|
1994 Standards for Accessible Design[3] |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary[4] |
|
|
Available
at http://www.ada.gov/2010ADAstandards_index.htm. |
Available
at http://www.ada.gov/regs2010/2010ADAStandards/2010ADAStandards.pdf. |
Available
at http://web01.spo.ga.gov/ADA/Georgia%20Accessibility%20Code.htm.
|
For
additional information on the application of the 2010 Standards for
Accessible Design, see the DOJ Guidance
on the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design available at http://www.ada.gov/regs2010/2010ADAStandards/Guidance2010ADAstandards.htm. |
APPLICATION, ADMINISTRATION AND SCOPE
|
2010 Standards for Accessible Design |
1994 Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|
ADA CHAPTER 1: APPLICATION
AND ADMINISTRATION |
See Appendix 1[5] |
|
|
|
101.1 General. This
document contains scoping and technical requirements for accessibility to
sites, facilities, buildings, and elements by individuals with disabilities.
The requirements are to be applied during the design, construction, additions
to, and alteration of sites, facilities, buildings, and elements to the
extent required by regulations issued by Federal agencies under the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA). |
This document sets guidelines for
accessibility to places of public accommodation and commercial facilities by
individuals with disabilities. These guidelines are to be applied during the
design, construction, and alteration of such buildings and facilities to the
extent required by regulations issued by Federal agencies, including the
Department of Justice, under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. The technical specifications 4.2
through 4.35, of these guidelines are the same as those of the American
National Standard Institute's document A117.1-1980, except as noted in this
text by italics. However, sections 4.1.1 through 4.1.7 and sections 5 through
10 are different from ANSI A117.1 in their entirety and are printed in standard
type. |
120-3-20-.01
PURPOSE (1) The provisions of this chapter
are enacted to further the policy of the State of Georgia to encourage and
enable persons with disabilities or elderly persons to participate fully in
the social and economic life of Georgia and to encourage and promote their
education and rehabilitation. It is the intent of this chapter to eliminate,
insofar as possible, unnecessary physical barriers encountered by persons
with disabilities or elderly persons whose ability to participate in the
social and economic life of this state is needlessly restricted when such
persons cannot readily use government buildings, public buildings, and
facilities used by the public. |
The intent of the US Department of Justice 1994
and 2010 Standards for Accessible Design is to establish design and
construction criteria that accomplish the nondiscrimination mandates of the
Americans with Disabilities Act. |
|
|
|
(2) Unless otherwise stated in this
Chapter of the Rules and Regulations of the Georgia Safety Fire Commissioner,
the following meet the Americans With Disabilities Act Accessibility
Guidelines and shall be the minimum standard for Accessibility to buildings
and facilities by individuals with disabilities under the Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990. These rules are to be applied during the
design, construction, and alteration of buildings and facilities covered by
Titles II and III of the ADA to the extent required by regulations issued by
Federal agencies, including the Department of Justice and the Department of
Transportation, under the ADA.
The technical specifications Rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.46,
of these regulations are the same as those of the American National Standard
Institute's document A117.1-1980, except as noted in this text by italics.
However, Rules 120-3-20-.07 through 120-3-20-.12 and Rules 120-3-20-.47
through 120-3-20-.53 are different from ANSI A117.1 in their entirety. |
|
|
|
The illustrations and text of ANSI
A117.1 are reproduced with permission from the American National Standards
Institute. Copies of the standard may be purchased from the American National
Standards Institute at 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018. |
The illustrations and text of ANSI
A117.1 are reproduced with permission from the American National Standards
Institute. Copies of the standard may be purchased from the American National
Standards Institute at 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018 |
|
|
|
|
120-3-20-.02
ADMINISTRATION (a) Except for buildings under the
jurisdiction of the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia, all
buildings subject to the jurisdiction of the Safety Fire Commissioner
pursuant to Code Section 25-2-12 and subsection (c) of Code Section 25-2-13
shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Safety Fire Commissioner for
purposes of enforcement of this chapter. (b) The board of regents shall be
responsible for the administration and enforcement of this chapter with
respect to all buildings and facilities under its jurisdiction. No
construction plans for any such building or facility shall be approved by the
board of regents for any construction within the University System of Georgia
unless the building or facility conforms to O.C.G.A. 25-2-12 Rules 30-3-3 and
30-3-5 and unless the architect or engineer responsible for preparation of
said plans and specifications affixes that person's seal on such plans. The
affixing of the seal of an architect or engineer to said plans shall
constitute a certification that to the best of that person's knowledge, information,
and belief they have been prepared in conformity with O.C.G.A. Title 30 Code
Rules 30-3-3 and 30-3-5. A certificate of compliance may be displayed on said
plans in lieu of the architect's or engineer's seal. The builder, developer,
contractor, or building owner following said plans shall require an
architect's or engineer's seal or a certificate of compliance to be displayed
on the plans before starting construction. (c) Local governing authorities shall
be responsible for the administration and enforcement of this chapter with
regard to all government and public buildings and facilities which are not
under the jurisdiction of the Safety Fire Commissioner or board of regents,
pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Code section and which are under
the jurisdiction of such local governing authorities. No building permit for
any such building or facility shall be approved by any local governing
authority for any private person, corporation, partnership, association, or
public entity unless the plans and specifications conform to the requirements
of O.C.G.A. Title 30 Code Rules 30-3-3 and 30-3-5 and unless the architect or
engineer responsible for preparation of said plans and specifications affixes
that person's seal on such plans.
The affixing of the seal of an architect or engineer to said plans
shall constitute a certification that to the best of that person's knowledge,
information, and belief they have been prepared in conformity with O.C.G.A.
Title 30 Code Rules 30-3-3 and 30-3-5. A certificate of compliance may be
displayed on said plans in lieu of the architect's or engineer's seal. The
builder, developer, contractor, or building owner following said plans shall
require such a seal or a certificate of compliance on the plans before
starting construction. All construction plans must display such a certificate
of compliance, or a seal provided by the architect or engineer, for all
construction in local governing jurisdictions which do not require building
permits. In all areas where local governing authority building permits are
not required, the builder, developer, contractor, or building owner following
said plans shall require such an architect's or engineer's seal or a
certificate of compliance to be displayed on the plans before starting construction. |
|
|
101.2 Effect on Removal of Barriers
in Existing Facilities. This document does not address
existing facilities unless altered at the discretion of a covered entity. The
Department of Justice has authority over existing facilities that are subject
to the requirement for removal of barriers under title III of the ADA. Any
determination that this document applies to existing facilities subject to
the barrier removal requirement is solely within the discretion of the
Department of Justice and is effective only to the extent required by
regulations issued by the Department of Justice. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards make clear that they do not address existing facilities unless
they are undergoing an alteration.
The same is true of the 1994 Standards and the accessibility
requirements of the Georgia Accessibility Code. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
102 Dimensions for Adults
and Children The technical
requirements are based on adult dimensions and anthropometrics. In addition,
this document includes technical requirements based on children's dimensions
and anthropometrics for drinking fountains, water closets, toilet
compartments, lavatories and sinks, dining surfaces, and work surfaces. |
2.1
Provisions for Adults. The specifications in these
guidelines are based upon adult dimensions and anthropometrics. See also Appendix 2.1. |
120-3-20-.04
GENERAL. (1) Provisions for Adults. The
specifications in these regulations are based upon adult dimensions and
anthropometries. |
The
1994 Standards do not address accessibility for children. |
|
103 Equivalent Facilitation Nothing in these requirements
prevents the use of designs, products, or technologies as alternatives to
those prescribed, provided they result in substantially equivalent or greater
accessibility and usability. |
2.2
Equivalent Facilitation. Departures from particular
technical and scoping requirements of this guideline by the use of other
designs and technologies are permitted where the alternative designs and
technologies used will provide substantially equivalent or greater access to
and usability of the facility. |
(2) Equivalent Facilitation.
Departures from particular technical and scoping requirements of this chapter
by the use of other designs and technologies are permitted where the
alternative designs and technologies used will provide substantially
equivalent or greater access to and usability of the facility. Note: Equivalent Facilitation.
Specific examples of equivalent facilitation are found in the following
sections: 120-3-20-.11(3)(c) Elevators in
Alterations 120-3-20-.42(9) Text Telephones 120-3-49(2) Sales and Service
Counters, Teller Windows, Information counters
120-3-20-.51(1)d Classes of Sleeping
Accommodations 120-3-20-.51(2)(6)(d) Requirements for Accessible Units,
Sleeping Rooms,
and Suites |
|
|
|
|
(3) Designing for Children. The
specifications in this standard are based upon adult dimensions and anthropometrics.
If buildings, facilities, or portions thereof serve children primarily, they
should comply with provisions of 120-3-20-.53. |
|
|
|
|
120-3-20-.53 Children's Facilities
Designing for Children (1) Application This section applies
to facilities, or portions of facilities, constructed according to children's
dimensions and anthropometric for ages 2 through 12. Facilities covered by
this section shall comply with the applicable requirements of rule
120-3-20-.03 through rule 120-3-20-.46 and the special application sections,
except as modified or otherwise provided in this section. All public and common use areas
covered by this section are required to be designed and constructed to comply
with rule 120-3-20-.03 through rule 120-3-20-.46, except as modified or
otherwise provided in this section. Accessible elements and spaces covered by
this section shall be on an accessible route complying with rules
120-3-20-.14, 120-3-20-.53(3), and 120-3-20-.53(4). The specifications in
this section are based on children's dimensions and anthropometrics. The phrase
"constructed according to children's dimensions and anthropometric"
means where the construction of a facility reflects the size and dimensions,
reach ranges, level of strength and stamina, or other characteristics of
children. Facilities constructed that do not reflect children's
characteristics are not covered by this section. Note: Rule 120-3-20-.53 modifies the
technical requirements in section rule 120-3-20-.03. This section applies to
facilities, or portions thereof, constructed according to children's
dimensions and anthropometric for ages 2 through 12. State and local codes
and rules, as well as best practices, often specify that facilities be
designed to accommodate children rather than adults, particularly where
children are the primary population served by a facility. These codes, rules,
and best practices may specify lower mounting heights for certain elements
used primarily by children, such as water fountains, lavatories, and toilets.
This section provides accessibility requirements for these elements and is
intended to apply where state or local codes, rules, or best practices
specify design for children. The phrase "constructed
according to children's dimensions and anthropometric" means where the
construction of a facility reflects the size and dimensions, reach ranges,
level of strength and stamina, or other characteristics of children, thus
rendering such a facility more usable by children. Facilities constructed
that do not reflect children's characteristics are not covered by rule 120-3-20-.53. Rule 120-3-20-.53 also specifies that
accessible elements and spaces constructed according to children's dimensions
and anthropometric shall be on an accessible route complying with rules
120-3-20-.14, 120-3-20-.53(3), and 120-3-20-.53(4). Additional routes serving
the children's area are not subject to the requirements in this section.
Accessible routes subject to this section must comply with the requirements
for protruding objects (rule 120-3-20-.53(3)) and handrails at ramps and
stairs (rule 120-3-20-.53(4)). For example, a children's area may be located
in a portion of a community center and may have elements and features
constructed according to children's dimensions and anthropometric, such as
storage units, toilets, or lavatories. Where the accessible route serving the
children's area includes a ramp, additional handrails for children must be
provided. Additionally, objects along this accessible route that project from
walls must comply with the requirements for protruding objects in rule
120-3-20-.53(3). An accessible route complying with this section shall also
be provided where individual elements are positioned at heights or locations
based on children's sizes and dimensions, such as a drinking fountain in a
shopping mall. |
|
|
|
3. MISCELLANEOUS
INSTRUCTIONS AND DEFINITIONS. |
120-3-20-.05
Miscellaneous Instructions. (a) Graphic Conventions. Graphic
conventions are shown in Table 1. Dimensions that are not marked minimum or
maximum are absolute, unless otherwise indicated in the text or captions. |
|
|
104 Conventions |
3.1 Graphic Conventions. Graphic
conventions are shown in Table 1. Dimensions that are not marked minimum or
maximum are absolute, unless otherwise indicated in the text or captions. NOTE: Table
1 describes graphic conventions for showing dimensions on figures between
boundary and element lines, how the direction of approach is denoted,
centerline designation and boundary of clear floor area. All dimensions are
shown in inches above the measure line, with the metric equivalent below.
Where the dimension does not fit conveniently between lines, the measure line
is extended beyond the lines and the dimension placed above (and below) the
extension. |
|
|
|
104.1 Dimensions. Dimensions
that are not stated as "maximum" or "minimum" are
absolute. |
3.2
Dimensional Tolerances. All dimensions are subject to
conventional building industry tolerances for field conditions. |
120-3-20-.05
(b) Dimensional Tolerances. All dimensions are subject to
conventional building industry tolerances for field conditions. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code state that all dimensions are
subject to conventional building tolerances, while the 2010 Standards do not
permit a deviation outside a stated minimum-maximum range. |
|
104.1.1 Construction and
Manufacturing Tolerances. All dimensions are subject to
conventional industry tolerances except where the requirement is stated as a
range with specific minimum and maximum end points. |
|
||
|
104.2 Calculation of Percentages.
Where the required number of elements or facilities to be provided is
determined by calculations of ratios or percentages and remainders or
fractions result, the next greater whole number of such elements or
facilities shall be provided. Where the determination of the required size or
dimension of an element or facility involves ratios or percentages, rounding
down for values less than one half shall be permitted. |
|
|
|
|
104.3 Figures.
Unless specifically stated otherwise, figures are provided for informational
purposes only. |
|
|
The
1994 Standards include many of their requirements in figures with no
corresponding provisions in text. (i.e. Figure 31 for knee and toe clearance
at lavatories). |
|
|
3.3 Notes.
The text of these guidelines does not contain notes or footnotes. Additional
information, explanations, and advisory materials are located in the
Appendix. Paragraphs marked with an asterisk have related, nonmandatory
material in the Appendix. In the Appendix, the corresponding paragraph
numbers are preceded by an A. |
120-3-20-.05
(c) Notes. The text of these regulations contains
additional information, and explanations. Rules, paragraphs, and
subparagraphs marked with a ÒNote:Ó This additional information shall have
the same effect as the specific requirements and shall be considered to be
additional to the minimum accessible requirement. |
|
|
|
3.4 General
Terminology. comply with.
Meet one or more specifications of these guidelines. if, if ... then.
Denotes a specification that applies only when the conditions described are
present. may. Denotes an
option or alternative. shall.
Denotes a mandatory specification or requirement. should.
Denotes an advisory specification or recommendation. |
120-3-20-.05
(d) General Terminology. comply with. ................ Must
meet one or more specifications. if, if ... then...................
Denotes a specification that applies only when the conditions
described are present. may...............................
Denotes an option or alternative. shall..............................
Denotes a mandatory specification or requirement. should...........................
Denotes an advisory specification or recommendation. |
ÒMayÓ
and ÒshouldÓ are examples of nonmandatory language that is not found in the
2010 Standards. |
|
105 Referenced Standards |
See Appendix 2.3 |
|
|
|
105.1 General. The standards listed in 105.2 are incorporated by
reference in this document and are part of the requirements to the prescribed
extent of each such reference. The Director of the Federal Register has
approved these standards for incorporation by reference in accordance with 5
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the referenced standards may be
inspected at the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board,
1331 F Street, NW, Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004; at the Department of
Justice, Civil Rights Division,
Disability Rights Section, 1425 New York Avenue, NW, Washington, DC; at the
Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh Street, SW, Room 10424, Washington DC; or at the National
Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the
availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
|
See Appendix 2.3.1 |
|
|
|
105.2 Referenced Standards.
The specific edition of the standards listed below are referenced in this
document. Where differences occur between this document and the referenced standards, this
document applies. |
See Appendix 2.3.2 |
|
|
|
105.2.1 ANSI/BHMA.
Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the Builders Hardware
Manufacturers Association, 355 Lexington Avenue, 17th floor, New York, NY
10017 (http://www.buildershardware.com). |
|
|
|
|
ANSI/BHMA A156.10-1999 American
National Standard for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors (see 404.3). |
See 4.13.12 |
|
|
|
ANSI/BHMA A156.19-1997 American
National Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see
404.3, 408.3.2.1, and 409.3.1). ANSI/BHMA A156.19-2002 American
National Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see
404.3, 408.3.2.1, and 409.3.1). |
See 4.13.12 |
|
In
some cases the 2010 Standards reference a number of editions of the same
standard or code. This is to
avoid conflict with an edition that may be referenced by a jurisdictionÕs
building code. |
|
105.2.2 ASME.
Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the American Society
of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, New York 10016 (http://www.asme.org). |
|
|
|
|
ASME A17.1- 2000 Safety Code for
Elevators and Escalators, including ASME A17.1a-2002 Addenda and ASME
A17.1b-2003 Addenda (see 407.1, 408.1, 409.1, and 810.9). |
See 4.10.1 |
|
|
|
ASME A18.1-1999 Safety Standard for
Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts, including ASME A18.1a-2001 Addenda and ASME
A18.1b-2001 Addenda (see 410.1). ASME A18.1-2003 Safety Standard for
Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts, (see 410.1). |
See
4.11.2 |
|
The
1994 Standards reference ASME A17.1-1990 for wheelchair (platform) lifts,
which regulated these devices prior to the creation of the ASME A18.1
standard in 1999. The ASME
A17.1-1990 code prohibited floor penetration by vertical lifts and specified
that fold-up inclined lifts must be attendant operated (which is prohibited
by the 1994 Standards). ASME
A18.1a-2001 and ASME A18.1-2003 do not have these restrictions. |
|
105.2.3 ASTM.
Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the American Society
for Testing and Materials, 100 Bar Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken,
Pennsylvania 19428 (http://www.astm.org). |
See Appendix 2.3.2.1 |
|
The
ASTM reference standards in the 2010 Standards are applicable in accessible
play areas which are not regulated by the Georgia Accessibility Code. |
|
ASTM F 1292-99 Standard Specification
for Impact Attenuation of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground
Equipment (see 1008.2.6.2). |
See Appendix 15.6.7.2 |
||
|
ASTM F 1292-04 Standard Specification
for Impact Attenuation of Surfacing Materials Within the Use Zone of
Playground Equipment (see 1008.2.6.2). |
See Appendix 15.6.7.2 |
||
|
ASTM F 1487-01 Standard Consumer
Safety Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use (see
106.5). |
|
||
|
ASTM F 1951-99 Standard Specification
for Determination of Accessibility of Surface Systems Under and Around
Playground Equipment (see 1008.2.6.1). |
See also Appendix 15.6.7.1 |
||
|
105.2.4 ICC/IBC.
Copies of the referenced standard may be obtained from the International Code
Council, 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600, Falls Church, Virginia 22041
(www.iccsafe.org). |
See Appendix 2.3.2.2 |
|
|
|
International Building Code, 2000
Edition (see 207.1, 207.2, 216.4.2, 216.4.3, and 1005.2.1). International Building Code, 2001
Supplement (see 207.1 and 207.2). International Building Code, 2003
Edition (see 207.1, 207.2, 216.4.2, 216.4.3, and 1005.2.1). |
See Appendix 15.3.3.2 |
|
|
|
105.2.5 NFPA.
Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the National Fire
Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts
02169-7471, (http://www.nfpa.org). |
|
|
|
|
NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code,
1999 Edition (see 702.1 and 809.5.2). NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code,
2002 Edition (see 702.1 and 809.5.2). |
|
|
|
|
106 Definitions |
3.5
Definitions. |
120-3-20-.06 Definitions. Unless a different meaning is
required by the context, the following terms as used in these rules and
regulations shall have the meaning hereinafter respectively ascribed to them.
Where terms are not defined, they shall have their ordinarily accepted
meaning or such as context applies unless defined in O.C.G.A. Title 30
Chapter 3. Words used in the present tense
included the future; Words used in the masculine gender includes the feminine
and neuter; the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular. |
|
|
|
|
(a ) Above Finished Floor (A.F.F.)
means the distance above the finish floor surface. |
|
|
106.1 General.
For the purpose of this document, the terms defined in 106.5 have the
indicated meaning. |
|
|
|
|
106.2 Terms Defined in Referenced
Standards. Terms not defined in 106.5 or in
regulations issued by the Department of Justice and the Department of Transportation to implement the
Americans with Disabilities Act, but specifically defined in a referenced
standard, shall have the specified meaning from the referenced standard
unless otherwise stated. |
|
|
|
|
106.3 Undefined Terms.
The meaning of terms not specifically defined in 106.5 or in regulations
issued by the Department of Justice and the Department of Transportation to
implement the Americans with Disabilities Act or in referenced standards
shall be as defined by collegiate dictionaries in the sense that the context
implies. |
|
|
|
|
106.4 Interchangeability.
Words, terms and phrases used in the singular include the plural and those
used in the plural include the singular. |
|
|
|
|
106.5 Defined Terms. |
|
|
|
|
|
Access Aisle. An accessible pedestrian space
between elements, such as parking spaces, seating, and desks, that provides
clearances appropriate for use of the elements. |
(b) Access Aisle. An accessible
pedestrian space between elements, such as parking spaces, seating, and
desks, that provides clearances appropriate for use of the elements. |
The 2010 Standards do not include this definition
because it is not necessary. |
|
Accessible. A
site, building, facility, or portion thereof that complies with this part. |
Accessible. Describes a site, building,
facility, or portion thereof that complies with these guidelines. |
(c) Accessible. Describes a site,
building, facility, or portion thereof that complies with these regulations. |
|
|
|
Accessible Element. An
element specified by these guidelines (for example, telephone, controls, and
the like). |
(d) Accessible Element. An element
specified by these regulations (i.e., telephone, controls).
|
|
|
Accessible Means of Egress.
A continuous and unobstructed way of egress travel from any point in a
building or facility that provides an accessible route to an area of refuge,
a horizontal exit, or a public way. |
|
|
|
|
|
Accessible Route. A continuous unobstructed path
connecting all accessible elements and spaces of a building or facility.
Interior accessible routes may include corridors, floors, ramps, elevators,
lifts, and clear floor space at fixtures. Exterior accessible routes may
include parking access aisles, curb ramps, crosswalks at vehicular ways,
walks, ramps, and lifts. |
(e) Accessible Route. A continuous
unobstructed path connecting all accessible elements and spaces of a building
or facility. Interior accessible routes may include corridors, floors, ramps,
elevators, lifts, and clear floor space at fixtures. Exterior accessible
routes may include parking access aisles, curb ramps, crosswalks at vehicular
ways, walks, ramps, and lifts. |
|
|
|
Accessible Space. Space that complies with these
guidelines. |
(f) Accessible Space. Space that complies with these
regulations. |
|
|
|
Adaptability. The ability
of certain building spaces and elements, such as kitchen counters, sinks, and
grab bars, to be added or altered so as to accommodate the needs of
individuals with or without disabilities or to accommodate the needs of
persons with different types or degrees of disability. |
(g) Adaptability. The ability of
certain building spaces and elements, such as kitchen counters, sinks, and
grab bars, to be added or altered so as to accommodate the needs of
individuals with or without disabilities or to accommodate the needs of
persons with different types or degrees of disability. |
This term is defined but never used in the 1994
Standards. |
|
Addition.
An expansion, extension, or increase in the gross floor area or height of a
building or facility. |
Addition. An expansion,
extension, or increase in the gross floor area of a building or facility. |
(h) Addition. An expansion,
extension, or increase in the gross floor area of a building or facility. |
|
|
Administrative Authority.
A governmental agency that adopts or enforces regulations and guidelines for
the design, construction, or alteration of buildings and facilities. |
Administrative Authority. A
governmental agency that adopts or enforces regulations and guidelines for
the design, construction, or alteration of buildings and facilities. |
(i) Administrative Authority. A
governmental agency that adopts or enforces regulations and regulations for
the design, construction, or alteration of buildings and facilities. |
|
|
Alteration.
A change to a building or facility that affects or could affect the usability
of the building or facility or portion thereof. Alterations include, but are
not limited to, remodeling, renovation, rehabilitation, reconstruction, historic restoration, resurfacing of
circulation paths or vehicular ways, changes or rearrangement of the
structural parts or elements, and changes or rearrangement in the plan
configuration of walls and full-height partitions. Normal maintenance, reroofing,
painting or wallpapering, or changes to mechanical and electrical systems are
not alterations unless they affect the usability of the building or facility. |
Alteration. An alteration is a change to a
building or facility made by, on behalf of, or for the use of a public
accommodation or commercial facility, that affects or could affect the
usability of the building or facility or part thereof. Alterations include,
but are not limited to, remodeling, renovation, rehabilitation,
reconstruction, historic restoration, changes or rearrangement of the structural
parts or elements, and changes or rearrangement in the plan configuration of
walls and full-height partitions. Normal maintenance, reroofing, painting or
wallpapering, or changes to mechanical and electrical systems are not
alterations unless they affect the usability of the building or facility. |
(j) Alteration. An alteration is a
change to a building or facility made by, on behalf of, or for the use of a
public accommodation or commercial facility, that affects or could affect the
usability of the building or facility or part thereof. Alterations include,
but are not limited to, remodeling, renovation, rehabilitation,
reconstruction, historic restoration, changes or rearrangement of the
structural parts or elements, and changes or rearrangement in the plan
configuration of walls and full-height partitions. Normal maintenance,
re-roofing, painting or wallpapering, or changes to mechanical and electrical
systems are not alterations unless they affect the usability of the building
or facility. |
|
|
Amusement Attraction.
Any facility, or portion of a facility, located within an amusement park or
theme park which provides amusement without the use of an amusement device.
Amusement attractions include, but are not limited to, fun houses, barrels,
and other attractions without seats. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Amusement Ride.
A system that moves persons through a fixed course within a defined area for
the purpose of amusement. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
||
|
Amusement Ride Seat.
A seat that is built-in or mechanically fastened to an amusement ride
intended to be occupied by one or more passengers. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
||
|
|
Area of Rescue Assistance. An
area, which has direct access to an exit, where people who are unable to use
stairs may remain temporarily in safety to await further instructions or
assistance during emergency evacuation. |
(k) Area of Rescue Assistance. An
area, which has direct access to an exit, where people who are unable to use
stairs may remain temporarily in safety to await further instructions or
assistance during emergency evacuation. The area of rescue assistance space
shall protected from fire or smoke, separated from all other spaces in the
same building or an adjacent building that permits a delay in egress travel
from any level. |
|
|
Area of Sport Activity.
That portion of a room or space where the play or practice of a sport occurs. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Assembly Area.
A building or facility, or portion thereof, used for the purpose of
entertainment, educational or civic gatherings, or similar purposes. For the
purposes of these requirements, assembly areas include, but are not limited
to, classrooms, lecture halls, courtrooms, public meeting rooms, public
hearing rooms, legislative chambers, motion picture houses, auditoria,
theaters, playhouses, dinner theaters, concert halls, centers for the
performing arts, amphitheaters, arenas, stadiums,
grandstands, or convention centers. |
Assembly Area. A room or space accommodating a
group of individuals for recreational, educational, political, social, civic,
or amusement purposes, or for the consumption of food and drink. |
(l) Assembly Area. A room or space
accommodating a group of individuals for recreational, educational,
political, social, or amusement purposes, or for the consumption of food and
drink. |
|
|
|
|
(m) Assistive. An electrical,
hydraulic, or mechanical means of increasing power. |
|
|
Assistive Listening System (ALS).
An amplification system utilizing transmitters, receivers, and coupling
devices to bypass the acoustical space between a sound source and a listener
by means of induction loop, radio frequency, infrared, or direct-wired
equipment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Automatic Door. A door equipped with a
power-operated mechanism and controls that open and close the door
automatically upon receipt of a momentary actuating signal. The switch
that begins the automatic cycle may be a photoelectric device, floor mat, or
manual switch (see power-assisted
door). |
(n) Automatic Door. A door equipped
with a power-operated mechanism and controls that open and close the door
automatically upon receipt of a momentary actuating signal. The switch that
begins the automatic cycle may be a photoelectric device, floor mat, or
manual switch. |
|
|
Boarding Pier.
A portion of a pier where a boat is temporarily secured for the purpose of
embarking or disembarking. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Boat Launch Ramp.
A sloped surface designed for launching and retrieving trailered boats and
other water craft to and from a body of water. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Boat Slip.
That portion of a pier, main pier, finger pier, or float where a boat is
moored for the purpose of berthing, embarking, or disembarking. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(o) Bollard. One of a series of short
posts, used for excluding motor vehicles from pedestrian way. |
|
|
Building.
Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or
occupancy. |
Building. Any structure used and intended
for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy. |
(p) Building. Any structure used and
intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy. |
|
|
Catch Pool.
A pool or designated section of a pool used as a terminus for water slide
flumes. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Characters.
Letters, numbers, punctuation marks and typographic symbols. |
|
|
|
|
Children's Use.
Describes spaces and elements specifically designed for use primarily by
people 12 years old and younger. |
|
|
|
|
Circulation Path.
An exterior or interior way of passage provided for pedestrian travel,
including but not limited to, walks, hallways, courtyards, elevators,
platform lifts, ramps, stairways, and landings. |
Circulation Path. An exterior or interior way of
passage from one place to another for pedestrians, including, but not limited
to, walks, hallways, courtyards, stairways, and stair landings. |
(q) Circulation Path. An exterior or
interior way of passage from one place to another for pedestrians, including,
but not limited to, walks, hallways, courtyards, stairways, and stair
landings. |
|
|
|
Clear. Unobstructed. |
(r) Clear. Unobstructed. |
|
|
|
Clear Floor Space. The minimum unobstructed floor
or ground space required to accommodate a single, stationary wheelchair and
occupant. |
(s) Clear Floor Space. The minimum
unobstructed floor or ground space required to accommodate a single,
stationary wheelchair and occupant. |
|
|
Closed-Circuit Telephone.
A telephone with a dedicated line such as a house phone, courtesy phone or
phone that must be used to gain entry to a facility. |
Closed Circuit Telephone. A
telephone with dedicated line(s) such as a house phone, courtesy phone or
phone that must be used to gain entrance to a facility. |
(t) Closed Circuit Telephone. A
telephone with dedicated line(s) such as a house phone, courtesy phone or
phone that must be used to gain entrance to a facility. |
|
|
|
|
(u) Commissioner means the Safety
Fire Commissioner provided for in Chapter 2 of Title 25. |
|
|
|
Commercial
Facilities. (28 C.F.R. ¤
36.104). Commercial facilities
means facilities -- (1) Whose operations will affect
commerce; (2) That are intended for
nonresidential use by a private entity; and (3) That are not -- (i) Facilities that are
not covered or expressly exempted from coverage under the Fair Housing Act of
1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 3601-3631); (ii) Aircraft; or (iii) Railroad
locomotives, railroad freight cars, railroad cabooses, commuter or intercity
passenger rail cars (including coaches, dining cars, sleeping cars, lounge
cars, and food service cars), and any other railroad cars described in
section 242 of the Act or covered under title II of the Act, or railroad
rights-of-way. For purposes of
this definition, "rail" and "railroad" have the meaning
given the term "railroad" in section 202(e) of the Federal Railroad
Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431(e)). |
|
|
|
|
Commercial
facilities located in private residences. (28 C.F.R. ¤ 36.401(b)). (1) When a commercial facility is
located in a private residence, the portion of the residence used exclusively
as a residence is not covered by this subpart, but that portion used both for
the commercial facility and for residential purposes is covered by the new
construction and alterations requirements of this subpart. (2) The portion of the residence
covered under paragraph (b)(1) of this section extends to those elements used
to enter the commercial facility, including the homeowner's front sidewalk,
if any, the door or entryway, and hallways; and those portions of the
residence, interior or exterior, available to or used by employees or
visitors of the commercial facility, including restrooms. |
|
|
|
Common Use.
Interior or exterior circulation paths, rooms, spaces, or elements that are
not for public use and are made available for the shared use of two or more
people. |
Common Use. Interior or exterior
circulation paths, rooms, spaces, or elements that are not for public use and
are made available for the shared use of two or more people |
(v) Common Use. Refers to those
interior and exterior rooms, spaces, or elements that are made available for
the use of a restricted group of people (for example, occupants of a homeless
shelter, the occupants of an office building, or the guests of such
occupants). |
|
|
|
|
(w) Covered Multi Family Dwelling
means a building which had occupancy after March 31, 1993, and consists of
four or more units and has an elevator or the ground floor units of a
building which consists of four or more units and does not have an elevator. |
|
|
Cross Slope. The
slope that is perpendicular to the direction of travel (see running slope). |
Cross Slope. The slope that is perpendicular
to the direction of travel (see running slope). |
(x) Cross Slope. The slope that is
perpendicular to the direction of travel (see running slope). |
|
|
Curb Ramp.
A short ramp cutting through a curb or built up to it. |
Curb Ramp. A short ramp cutting through a
curb or built up to it. |
(y) Curb Ramp. A short ramp cutting
through a curb or built up to it. |
|
|
Detectable Warning.
A standardized surface feature built in or applied to walking surfaces or
other elements to warn of hazards on a circulation path. |
Detectable Warning. A
standardized surface feature built in or applied to walking surfaces or other
elements to warn visually impaired people of hazards on a circulation path. |
(z) Detectable Warning. A
standardized surface feature built in or applied to walking surfaces or other
elements to warn visually impaired people of hazards on a circulation path. |
|
|
|
Disability. (28 C.F.R ¤ 36.104). Disability means, with respect to an
individual, a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or
more of the major life activities of such individual; a record of such an impairment;
or being regarded as having such an impairment. |
|
|
|
|
Dwelling Unit. A single unit which provides a
kitchen or food preparation area, in addition to rooms and spaces for living,
bathing, sleeping, and the like. Dwelling units include a single family home
or a townhouse used as a transient group home; an apartment building used as
a shelter; guestrooms in a hotel that provide sleeping accommodations and
food preparation areas; and other similar facilities used on a transient
basis. For purposes of these guidelines, use of the term "Dwelling
Unit" does not imply the unit is used as a residence. |
(aa) Dwelling Unit. A single unit
which provides a kitchen or food preparation area, in addition to rooms and
spaces for living, bathing, sleeping, and the like. Dwelling units include a
single family home or a town house used as a transient group home; an
apartment building used as a shelter; guest rooms in a hotel that provide
sleeping accommodations and food preparation areas; and other similar
facilities used on a transient basis. For purposes of these regulations, use
of the term "Dwelling Unit" does not imply the unit is used as a
residence. |
|
|
|
Egress, Means of. A continuous and unobstructed
way of exit travel from any point in a building or facility to a public way.
A means of egress comprises vertical and horizontal travel and may include
intervening room spaces, doorways, hallways, corridors, passageways,
balconies, ramps, stairs, enclosures, lobbies, horizontal exits, courts and
yards. An accessible means of egress is one that complies with these
guidelines and does not include stairs, steps, or escalators. Areas of rescue
assistance or evacuation elevators may be included as part of accessible
means of egress. |
(bb) Egress, Means of. A continuous
and unobstructed way of exit travel from any point in a building or facility
to a public way. A means of egress comprises vertical and horizontal travel
and may include intervening room spaces, doorways, hallways, corridors,
passageways, balconies, ramps, stairs, enclosures, lobbies, horizontal exits,
courts and yards. An accessible means of egress is one that complies with
these regulations and does not include stairs, steps, or escalators . Area of
rescue assistance or evacuation elevators may be included as part of
accessible means of egress. |
|
|
Element.
An architectural or mechanical component of a building, facility, space, or
site. |
Element. An architectural or
mechanical component of a building, facility, space, or site, e.g.,
telephone, curb ramp, door, drinking fountain, seating, or water closet. |
|
|
|
Elevated Play Component.
A play component that is approached above or below grade and that is part of
a composite play structure consisting of two or more play components attached
or functionally linked to create an integrated unit providing more than one
play activity. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Employee Work Area.
All or any portion of a space used only by employees and used only for work.
Corridors, toilet rooms, kitchenettes and break rooms are not employee work
areas. |
|
|
|
|
Entrance.
Any access point to a building or portion of a building or facility used for
the purpose of entering. An entrance includes the approach walk, the vertical
access leading to the entrance platform, the entrance platform itself, vestibule
if provided, the entry door or gate, and the hardware of the entry door or
gate.[6] |
Entrance. Any access point to
a building or portion of a building or facility used for the purpose of
entering. An entrance includes the approach walk, the vertical access leading
to the entrance platform, the entrance platform itself, vestibules if
provided, the entry door(s) or gate(s), and the hardware of the entry door(s)
or gate(s). |
(cc) Entrance. Any access point to a
building or portion of a building or facility used for the purpose of
entering. An entrance includes the approach walk, the vertical access leading
to the entrance platform, the entrance platform itself, vestibules if
provided, the entry door(s) or gate(s), and the hardware of the entry door(s)
or gate(s). |
|
|
|
|
(dd) Essential Features. Those
elements and spaces that make a building or facility usable by, or serve the
needs of, its occupants or users. Essential features include but are not
limited to entrances, toilet rooms, and accessible routes. |
|
|
Facility.
All or any portion of buildings, structures, site improvements, elements, and
pedestrian routes or vehicular ways located on a site. |
Facility. All or any portion of
buildings, structures, site improvements, complexes, equipment, roads, walks,
passageways, parking lots, or other real or personal property located on a
site. |
(ee) Facilities shall include, but is
not limited to, all or any portion of buildings, structures, site
improvements, complexes, equipment, roads, walks, walkways, passageways, sidewalks,
curbing, parking lots, parks, stadiums, coliseums, and any other man made or
developed area used by the public or other real or personal property located
on a site. |
|
|
Gangway.
A variable-sloped pedestrian walkway that links a fixed structure or land
with a floating structure. Gangways that connect to vessels are not addressed
by this document. |
See
Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Golf Car Passage.
A continuous passage on which a motorized golf car can operate. |
See
Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(ff) Government Buildings means all
buildings, structures, streets, sidewalks, walkways, and access thereto,
which are used by the public or in which persons with disabilities or elderly
persons may be employed, that are constructed, leased, or renovated in whole
or in part by use of state, county, or municipal funds or the funds of any
political subdivisions of the state, and, to the extent not required
otherwise by federal law or regulations and not beyond the power of the state
to regulate, all buildings and structures used by the public which are
constructed or renovated in whole or in part by use of federal funds. |
|
|
|
Ground Floor. Any occupiable floor less than
one story above or below grade with direct access to grade. A building or
facility always has at least one ground floor and may have more than one
ground floor as where a split level entrance has been provided or where a
building is built into a hillside. |
(gg) Ground Floor. Any occupiable
floor less than one story above or below grade with direct access to grade. A
building or facility always has at least one ground floor and may have more
than one ground floor as where a split level entrance has been provided or
where a building is built into a hillside. |
The
2010 Standards do not use this term. |
|
Ground Level Play Component.
A play component that is approached and exited at the ground level. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(hh) Infeasible means where
structural conditions in an existing building or facility make it virtually
impossible to meet the accessibility requirements for alterations, those
accessibly requirements will be deemed Òtechnically infeasible.Ó For example,
the removal or altering of a load-bearing member in order to provide
accessibility would be infeasible. |
|
|
Key Station.
Rapid and light rail stations, and commuter rail stations, as defined under
criteria established by the Department of Transportation in 49 CFR 37.47 and
49 CFR 37.51, respectively. |
|
|
|
|
Mail Boxes.
Receptacles for the receipt of documents, packages, or other deliverable
matter. Mail boxes include, but are not limited to, post office boxes and
receptacles provided by commercial mail-receiving agencies, apartment
facilities, or schools. |
|
|
|
|
Marked Crossing.
A crosswalk or other identified path intended for pedestrian use in crossing
a vehicular way. |
Marked Crossing. A crosswalk or other identified
path intended for pedestrian use in crossing a vehicular way. |
(jj) Marked Crossing. A crosswalk or
other identified path intended for pedestrian use in crossing a vehicular
way. |
|
|
|
Maximum Extent Feasible. (28 C.F.R. ¤ 36.402(c)). The phrase, "to the maximum
extent feasible," as used in this section, applies to the occasional
case where the nature of an existing facility makes it virtually impossible
to comply fully with applicable accessibility standards through a planned
alteration. In these
circumstances, the alteration shall provide the maximum physical
accessibility feasible. Any
altered features of the facility that can be made accessible shall be made
accessible. If providing
accessibility in conformance with this section to individuals with certain
disabilities (e.g., those who use wheelchairs) would not be feasible, the
facility shall be made accessible to persons with other types of disabilities
(e.g., those who use crutches, those who have impaired vision or hearing, or
those who have other impairments). |
|
|
|
Mezzanine.
An intermediate level or levels between the floor and ceiling of any story
with an aggregate floor area of not more than one-third of the area of the
room or space in which the level or levels are located. Mezzanines have
sufficient elevation that space for human occupancy can be provided on the
floor below. |
Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor. That
portion of a story which is an intermediate floor level placed within the
story and having occupiable space above and below its floor. |
(ii) Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor.
That portion of a story which is an intermediate floor level placed within
the story and having occupiable space above and below its floor. |
The 2010 Standards specify an elevation that can
provide space for human occupancy below; the 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code further specify that space must be occupiable. |
|
|
Multifamily Dwelling. Any
building containing more than two dwelling units. |
(kk) Multifamily Dwelling. Any
building containing more than two dwelling units. |
This term is defined but never used in the 1994
Standards. |
|
|
Occupiable. A room or enclosed space
designed for human occupancy in which individuals congregate for amusement,
educational or similar purposes, or in which occupants are engaged at labor,
and which is equipped with means of egress, light, and ventilation. |
(ll) Occupiable. A room or enclosed
space designed for human occupancy in which individuals congregate for
amusement, educational or similar purposes, or in which occupants are engaged
at labor, and which is equipped with means of egress, light, and ventilation. |
|
|
Occupant Load. The
number of persons for which the means of egress of a building or portion of a
building is designed. |
|
|
|
|
Operable Part.
A component of an element used to insert or withdraw objects, or to activate,
deactivate, or adjust the element. |
Operable Part. A part of a piece of equipment
or appliance used to insert or withdraw objects, or to activate, deactivate,
or adjust the equipment or appliance (for example, coin slot, pushbutton,
handle). |
(mm) Operable Part. A part of a piece
of equipment or appliance used to insert or withdraw objects, or to activate,
deactivate, or adjust the equipment or appliance (for example, coin slot,
push button, handle). |
|
|
|
Path of Travel. (Reserved). |
(oo) Path of Travel. Is a continuous,
unobstructed route by which the primary function area can be approached,
entered, and exited, and which connects the area with the entrance to the facility
and other parts of the facility. |
|
|
Pictogram.
A pictorial symbol that represents activities, facilities, or concepts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Place
of Public Accommodation. (28
C.F.R. ¤ 36.104). Place of public
accommodation means a facility, operated by a private entity, whose
operations affect commerce and fall within at least one of the following
categories -- (1) An inn, hotel, motel, or other
place of lodging, except for an establishment located within a building that
contains not more than five rooms for rent or hire and that is actually
occupied by the proprietor of the establishment as the residence of the
proprietor; (2) A restaurant, bar, or other
establishment serving food or drink; (3) A motion picture house, theater,
concert hall, stadium, or other place of exhibition or entertainment; (4) An auditorium, convention center,
lecture hall, or other place of public gathering; (5) A bakery, grocery store, clothing
store, hardware store, shopping center, or other sales or rental
establishment; (6) A laundromat, dry-cleaner, bank,
barber shop, beauty shop, travel service, shoe repair service, funeral
parlor, gas station, office of an accountant or lawyer, pharmacy, insurance
office, professional office of a health care provider, hospital, or other service
establishment; (7) A terminal, depot, or other
station used for specified public transportation; (8) A museum, library, gallery, or
other place of public display or collection; (9) A park, zoo, amusement park, or
other place of recreation; (10) A nursery, elementary, secondary,
undergraduate, or postgraduate private school, or other place of education; (11) A day care center, senior citizen
center, homeless shelter, food bank, adoption agency, or other social service
center establishment; and (12) A gymnasium, health spa, bowling
alley, golf course, or other place of exercise or recreation. |
|
|
|
Play Area.
A portion of a site containing play components designed and constructed for
children. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Play Component.
An element intended to generate specific opportunities for play,
socialization, or learning. Play components are manufactured or natural; and
are stand-alone or part of a composite play structure. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
|
Power-assisted Door. A
door used for human passage with a mechanism that helps to open the door, or
relieves the opening resistance of a door, upon the activation of a switch or
a continued force applied to the door itself. |
(pp) Power-assisted Door. A door used
for human passage with a mechanism that helps to open the door, or relieves
the opening resistance of a door, upon the activation of a switch or a
continued force applied to the door itself. |
|
|
|
Primary Function.
(28 C.F.R. ¤ 36.403(b)). A
"primary function" is a major activity for which the facility is
intended. Areas that contain a
primary function include, but are not limited to, offices and other work
areas in which the activities of the public accommodation or other private
entity using the facility are carried out. Mechanical rooms, boiler rooms, supply
storage rooms, employee lounges or locker rooms, janitorial closets,
entrances, corridors, and restrooms are not areas containing a primary
function. |
|
|
|
Private Building or Facility. A
place of public accommodation or a commercial building or facility subject to
title III of the ADA and 28 CFR part 36 or a transportation building or
facility subject to title III of the ADA and 49 CFR 37.45. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
The
2010 Standards provide this definition to clarify scoping requirements that
are different for Title II and Title III entities. |
|
|
Professional Office of a Health Care
Provider. (28 C.F.R. ¤ 36.401(d)(i)). A location where a person or entity,
regulated by a State to provide professional services related to the physical
or mental health of an individual, makes such services available to the
public. The facility housing the
"professional office of a health care provider" only includes floor
levels housing at least one health care provider, or any floor level designed
or intended for use by at least one health care provider. |
|
|
|
Public Building or Facility.
A building or facility or portion of a building or facility designed,
constructed, or altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of a public entity
subject to title II of the ADA and 28 CFR part 35 or to title II of the ADA
and 49 CFR 37.41 or 37.43. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
(qq) Public Buildings means all
buildings, structures, streets, sidewalks, walkways, and access thereto,
which are used by the public or in which persons with disabilities or elderly
persons may be employed, that are constructed or renovated by the use of
private funds, including rental apartment complexes of twenty or more units
or more and temporary lodging facilities of 20 units or more, but excluding
covered multifamily dwellings; provided, however, that this chapter shall
require fully accessible adaptable units in only 2 percent of the total
rental apartments, or a minimum of one, whichever is greater, and this
chapter shall apply to only 5 percent of the total temporary lodging units,
or a minimum of one, whichever is greater; provided, further that this
chapter shall not apply to a private single-family residence or to duplexes
or any complex containing less than 20 units, or residential condominiums.
Fifty percent of the fully accessible or adaptable rental apartment units
required by this paragraph shall be adaptable for a roll in shower stall. |
|
|
Public Entrance.
An entrance that is not a service entrance or a restricted entrance. |
|
|
|
|
Public Use.
Interior or exterior rooms, spaces, or elements that are made available to
the public. Public use may be provided at a building or facility that is
privately or publicly owned. |
Public Use. Describes interior or exterior
rooms or spaces that are made available to the general public. Public use may
be provided at a building or facility that is privately or publicly owned. |
(rr) Public Use. Describes interior
or exterior rooms or spaces that are made available to the general public.
Public use may be provided at a building or facility that is privately or
publicly owned. |
|
|
Public Way.
Any street, alley or other parcel of land open to the outside air leading to
a public street, which has been deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently
appropriated to the public for public use and which has a clear width and
height of not less than 10 feet (3050 mm). |
|
|
|
|
Qualified Historic Building or
Facility. A building or facility that is
listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic
Places, or designated as historic under an appropriate State or local law. |
4.1.7(1)(b)
Definition. A qualified historic building or facility is a building or
facility that is: (i) Listed in or eligible for listing
in the National Register of Historic Places; or (ii) Designated as historic under an
appropriate State or local law. |
(b) A qualified historic building or
facility is a building or facility that is: (i) Listed in or eligible for listing
in the National Register of Historic Places; or (ii) Designated as historic under an
appropriate State or local law. |
|
|
Ramp. A
walking surface that has a running slope steeper than 1:20. |
Ramp. A walking surface which has a
running slope greater than 1:20. |
(ss) Ramp. A walking surface which
has a running slope greater than 1:20. |
|
|
|
|
(tt) Reasonable Number for all
government buildings, public buildings, and facilities receiving permits for
construction or renovation after July 1, 1995, as used in Code Section
30-3-4, shall meet the number as established by ADAAG. |
|
|
|
|
(uu) Renovation means: (a) if any specific component of an
elevator is replaced or moved from its existing location to a different
location, then the specific component shall be required to meet the ANSI
A117.1 standard, as specified in this Code Section, as it applies to that
specific component, including an accessible route as defined in the ANSI
A117.1 Standard; (b) Any component of a building,
structure, or facility, which is replaced, except for the purpose of repair,
or moved, shall be required to meet the ANSI A117.1 Standard as specified in
this Code Section, including an accessible route as defined in the ANSI
A117.1 Standard; or (c) The resurfacing, rest ripping, or
repainting of any parking facility, whether or not such resurfacing, rest
ripping, repainting is required to have a permit from the appropriate
political subdivision. |
|
|
Residential Dwelling Unit.
A unit intended to be used as a residence, that is primarily long-term in
nature. Residential dwelling units do not include transient lodging,
inpatient medical care, licensed long-term care, and detention or
correctional facilities. |
|
|
|
|
Restricted Entrance.
An entrance that is made available for common use on a controlled basis but
not public use and that is not a service entrance. |
|
|
|
|
Running Slope.
The slope that is parallel to the direction of travel (see cross slope). |
Running Slope. The slope that is parallel to
the direction of travel (see cross slope). |
(vv) Running Slope. The slope that is
parallel to the direction of travel (see cross slope). |
|
|
Self-Service Storage.
Building or facility designed and used for the purpose of renting or leasing
individual storage spaces to customers for the purpose of storing and
removing personal property on a self-service basis. |
|
|
|
|
Service Entrance.
An entrance intended primarily for delivery of goods or services. |
Service Entrance. An entrance intended primarily
for delivery of goods or services. |
(rr) Service Entrance. An entrance
intended primarily for delivery of goods or services. |
|
|
|
Signage. Displayed verbal, symbolic, tactile,
and pictorial information. |
(ss) Signage. Displayed verbal,
symbolic, tactile, and pictorial information. |
|
|
Site.
A parcel of land bounded by a property line or a designated portion of a
public right-of-way. |
Site. A parcel of land
bounded by a property line or a designated portion of a public right-of-way. |
(tt) Site. A parcel of land bounded
by a property line or a designated portion of a public right-of-way. |
|
|
|
Site Improvement. Landscaping, paving for
pedestrian and vehicular ways, outdoor lighting, recreational facilities, and
the like, added to a site. |
(uu) Site Improvement. Landscaping,
paving for pedestrian and vehicular ways, outdoor lighting, recreational
facilities, and the like, added to a site. |
The 1994 Standards use this term only in the
definition of ÒfacilityÓ, and not in the requirements themselves. |
|
|
Sleeping Accommodations. Rooms
in which people sleep; for example, dormitory and hotel or motel guest rooms
or suites. |
(vv) Sleeping Accommodations. Rooms
in which people sleep; for example, dormitory and hotel or motel guest rooms
or suites. |
|
|
Soft Contained Play Structure.
A play structure made up of one or more play components where the user enters
a fully enclosed play environment that utilizes pliable materials, such as
plastic, netting, or fabric. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Space.
A definable area, such as a room, toilet room, hall, assembly area, entrance,
storage room, alcove, courtyard, or lobby. |
Space. A definable area,
e.g., room, toilet room, hall, assembly area, entrance, storage room, alcove,
courtyard, or lobby. |
(ww) Space. A definable area, e.g.,
room, toilet room, hall, assembly area, entrance, storage room, alcove,
courtyard, or lobby. |
|
|
|
Specified
Public Transportation. (28 C.F.R.
¤ 36.104). Transportation by bus,
rail, or any other conveyance (other than by aircraft) that provides the
general public with general or special service (including charter service) on
a regular and continuing basis. |
|
|
|
Story.
That portion of a building or facility designed for human occupancy included
between the upper surface of a floor and upper surface of the floor or roof
next above. A story containing one or more mezzanines has more than one floor
level. |
Story. That portion of a
building included between the upper surface of a floor and upper surface of
the floor or roof next above. If such portion of a building does not include
occupiable space, it is not considered a story for purposes of these
guidelines. There may be more than one floor level within a story as in the
case of a mezzanine or mezzanines. |
(xx) Story. That portion of a
building included between the upper surface of a floor and upper surface of
the floor or roof next above. If such portion of a building does not include
occupiable space, it is not considered a story for purposes of these
regulations. There may be more than one floor level within a story as in the
case of a mezzanine or mezzanines. |
|
|
Structural Frame.
The columns and the girders, beams, and trusses having direct connections to
the columns and all other members that are essential to the stability of the
building or facility as a whole. |
Structural Frame. The
structural frame shall be considered to be the columns and the girders,
beams, trusses and spandrels having direct connections to the columns and all
other members which are essential to the stability of the building as a
whole. |
(yy) Structural Frame. The structural
frame shall be considered to be the columns and the girders, beams, trusses
and spandrels having direct connections to the columns and all other members
which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. |
|
|
|
|
(zz) Structural impracticability
means only in those rare circumstances when the unique characteristics of
terrain prevent the incorporation of accessibility features. Changes having little likelihood of
being accomplished without removing or altering a load-bearing structural
member and/or incurring an increase cost of 50 percent or more of the value
of the element of the building or facility involved. |
|
|
Tactile.
An object that can be perceived using the sense of touch. |
Tactile. Describes an object that can be
perceived using the sense of touch. |
(aaa)Tactile. Describes an object
that can be perceived using the sense of touch. |
|
|
|
|
(bbb)Tactile Warning. A standardized
surface texture applied to or built into walking surfaces or other elements
to warn visually impaired people of hazards in the path of travel. |
|
|
Technically Infeasible.
With respect to an alteration of a building or a facility, something that has
little likelihood of being accomplished because existing structural
conditions would require removing or altering a load-bearing member that is an essential part of
the structural frame; or because other existing physical or site constraints
prohibit modification or addition of elements, spaces, or features that are
in full and strict compliance with the minimum requirements. |
4.1.6(1)(j)
Technically Infeasible.
Means, with respect to an alteration of a building or a facility, that it has
little likelihood of being accomplished because existing structural
conditions would require removing or altering a load-bearing member which is
an essential part of the structural frame; or because other existing physical
or site constraints prohibit modification or addition of elements, spaces, or
features which are in full and strict compliance with the minimum
requirements for new construction and which are necessary to provide
accessibility. See also Appendix 3.5 |
(ccc ) Technically Infeasible. Means,
with respect to an alteration of a building or facility, that it has little
likelihood of being accomplished because of existing structural conditions
would require removing or altering a load bearing member which is an
essential part of the structural frame; or because other existing physical or
site constraints prohibit modification or addition of elements, spaces, or
features which are in full and strict compliance with the minimum
requirements for new construction and which are necessary to provide
accessibility. |
|
|
Teeing Ground.
In golf, the starting place for the hole to be played. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Transfer Device. Equipment
designed to facilitate the transfer of a person from a wheelchair or other
mobility aid to and from an amusement ride seat. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Transient Lodging.
A building or facility containing one or more guest room(s) for sleeping that
provides accommodations that are primarily short-term in nature. Transient
lodging does not include residential dwelling units intended to be used as a
residence, inpatient medical care facilities, licensed long-term care
facilities, detention or correctional facilities, or private buildings or
facilities that contain not more than five rooms for rent or hire and that
are actually occupied by the proprietor as the residence of such proprietor. |
Transient Lodging. A building, facility, or
portion thereof, excluding inpatient medical care facilities, that contains
one or more dwelling units or sleeping accommodations. Transient lodging may
include, but is not limited to, resorts, group homes, hotels, motels, and
dormitories. 9.1.1 EXCEPTION: Sections
9.1 through 9.4 do not apply to an establishment located within a building
that contains not more than five rooms for rent or hire and that is actually
occupied by the proprietor of such establishment as the residence of such
proprietor. |
(eee) Transient Lodging. A building,
facility, or portion thereof, excluding inpatient medical care facilities,
that contains one or more dwelling units or sleeping accommodations.
Transient lodging may include, but is not limited to, resorts, group homes,
hotels, motels, and dormitories. |
|
|
Transition Plate.
A sloping pedestrian walking surface located at the end(s) of a gangway. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
TTY.
An abbreviation for teletypewriter. Machinery that employs interactive
text-based communication through the transmission of coded signals across the
telephone network. TTYs may include, for example, devices known as TDDs
(telecommunication display devices or telecommunication devices for deaf persons)
or computers with special modems. TTYs are also called text telephones. |
Text Telephone.
Machinery or equipment that employs interactive graphic
(i.e., typed) communications through the transmission of coded signals across
the standard telephone network. Text telephones can include, for example,
devices known as TDDs (telecommunication display devices or telecommunication
devices for deaf persons) or computers. See also Appendix 3.5 |
(ddd) Text Telephone. Machinery or
equipment that employs interactive graphic (i.e., typed) communications
through the transmission of coded signals across the standard telephone
network. Text telephones can include, for example, devices known as TDD's
(telecommunication display devices or telecommunication devices for deaf
persons) or computers. |
|
|
Use Zone.
The ground level area beneath and immediately adjacent to a play structure or
play equipment that is designated by ASTM F 1487 (incorporated by reference,
see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) for unrestricted circulation
around the play equipment and where it is predicted that a user would land
when falling from or exiting the play equipment. |
See Appendix 3.5 |
|
|
|
Vehicular Way.
A route provided for vehicular traffic, such as in a street, driveway, or
parking facility. |
Vehicular Way. A route intended for vehicular
traffic, such as a street, driveway, or parking lot. |
(fff) Vehicular Way. A route intended
for vehicular traffic, such as a street, driveway, or parking lot. |
|
|
Walk. An
exterior prepared surface for pedestrian use, including pedestrian areas such
as plazas and courts. |
Walk. An exterior pathway with a
prepared surface intended for pedestrian use, including general pedestrian
areas such as plazas and courts. |
(ggg) Walk. An exterior pathway with
a prepared surface intended for pedestrian use, including general pedestrian
areas such as plazas and courts. |
|
|
Wheelchair Space.
Space for a single wheelchair and its occupant. |
|
|
|
|
Work Area Equipment.
Any machine, instrument, engine, motor, pump, conveyor, or other apparatus
used to perform work. As used in this document, this term shall apply only to
equipment that is permanently installed or built-in in employee work areas.
Work area equipment does not include passenger elevators and other accessible
means of vertical transportation.[7]
|
|
|
|
|
201 Application |
4. ACCESSIBLE
ELEMENTS AND SPACES: SCOPE AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS. |
|
|
|
4.1 Minimum Requirements |
|||
|
201.1 Scope.
All areas of newly designed and newly constructed buildings and facilities
and altered portions of existing buildings and facilities shall comply with
these requirements. |
4.1.1 Application. (1)
General. All areas of newly designed or newly constructed
buildings and facilities required to be accessible by 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 and
altered portions of existing buildings and facilities required to be
accessible by 4.1.6 shall comply with these guidelines, 4.1 through 4.35,
unless otherwise provided in this section or as modified in a special
application section. |
120-3-20-.03 APPLICATION. (1) General. All areas of newly
designed or newly constructed buildings and facilities required to be
accessible by Rules 120-3-20-.07 and 120-3-20-.08 and altered portions of
existing buildings and facilities required to be accessible by Rule
120-3-20-.11 shall comply with these Regulations, Rules 120-3-20-.03 through
120-3-20-.46, unless otherwise provided in this section or as modified in a
special application section. |
|
|
201.2 Application Based on Building
or Facility Use. Where a site, building, facility,
room, or space contains more than one use, each portion shall comply with the
applicable requirements for that use. |
4.1.1(2)
Application Based on Building Use. Special application sections 5 through 10
provide additional requirements for restaurants and cafeterias, medical care
facilities, business and mercantile, libraries, accessible transient lodging,
and transportation facilities. When a building or facility contains more than
one use covered by a special application section, each portion shall comply
with the requirements for that use. |
(2) Application Based on Building
Use. Special application rules 120-3-20-.47 thru 120-3-20-.53 provide
additional requirements for restaurants and cafeterias, medical care
facilities, business and mercantile, libraries, accessible transient lodging,
transportation facilities and designing for Children. When a building or
facility contains more than one use covered by a special application section,
each portion shall comply with the requirements for that use. |
|
|
201.3 Temporary and Permanent
Structures. These requirements shall apply to
temporary and permanent buildings and facilities. |
4.1.1(4)
Temporary Structures. These guidelines cover temporary buildings or
facilities as well as permanent facilities. Temporary buildings and facilities
are not of permanent construction but are extensively used or are essential
for public use for a period of time. Examples of temporary buildings or
facilities covered by these guidelines include, but are not limited to:
reviewing stands, temporary classrooms, bleacher areas, exhibit areas,
temporary banking facilities, temporary health screening services, or
temporary safe pedestrian passageways around a construction site. Structures,
sites and equipment directly associated with the actual processes of
construction, such as scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, or
construction trailers are not included. |
(4) Temporary Structures. These
regulations cover temporary buildings or facilities as well as permanent
facilities. Temporary buildings and facilities are not of permanent
construction but are extensively used or are essential for public use for a
period of time. Examples of temporary buildings or facilities covered by
these regulations include, but are not limited to: reviewing stands, temporary
classrooms, bleacher areas, exhibit areas, temporary banking facilities,
temporary health screening services, or temporary safe pedestrian passageways
around a construction site. Structures, sites and equipment directly
associated with the actual processes of construction, such as scaffolding,
bridging, materials hoists, or construction trailers are not included. |
This section of the 1994 Standards includes
examples and explanatory material, as does much of that document. This type of information was not included
in the text of the 2010 Standards but can be found in Advisory 201.3 for
Temporary and Permanent Structures. |
|
202 Existing Buildings and
Facilities |
4.1.6 Accessible Buildings:
Alterations. |
120-3-20-.11 Accessible Buildings:
Alterations. (1) General. Alterations to existing
buildings and facilities shall comply with the following: |
|
|
202.1 General.
Additions and alterations to existing buildings or facilities shall comply
with 202. |
4.1.6 (1)
General. Alterations to existing buildings and facilities shall comply with
the following: |
|
|
|
202.2 Additions.
Each addition to an existing building or facility shall comply with the
requirements for new construction. Each addition that affects or could affect
the usability of or access to an area containing a primary function shall
comply with 202.4. |
4.1.5 Accessible Buildings: Additions.
Each addition to an existing building or facility shall be regarded as an
alteration. Each space or element added to the existing building or facility
shall comply with the applicable provisions of 4.1.1 to 4.1.3, Minimum
Requirements (for New Construction) and the applicable technical
specifications of section 4 and the special application sections. Each
addition that affects or could affect the usability of an area containing a
primary function shall comply with 4.1.6(2). |
120-3-20-.10 Accessible Buildings:
Additions. Each addition to an existing building
or facility shall be regarded as an alteration. Each space or element added to the
existing building or facility shall comply with the applicable provisions of
120-3-20-.07 to 120-3-20-.08, Minimum Requirements (for New Construction) and
the applicable technical specifications of 120-3-20-.13 through 120-3-20-.46
and 120-3-20-.47 through 120-3-20-.53. Each addition that affects or could
affect the usability of an area containing a primary function shall comply
with 120-3-20-.011. |
|
|
202.3 Alterations.
Where existing elements or spaces are altered, each altered element or space
shall comply with the applicable requirements of Chapter 2. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Unless required by 202.4, where
elements or spaces are altered and the circulation path to the altered
element or space is not altered, an accessible route shall not be required. 2. In alterations, where compliance
with applicable requirements is technically infeasible, the alteration shall
comply with the requirements to the maximum extent feasible. 3. Residential dwelling units not
required to be accessible in compliance with a standard issued pursuant to
the Americans with Disabilities Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973, as amended, shall not be required to comply with 202.3. |
4.1.6(1)(b) If
existing elements, spaces, or common areas are altered, then each such
altered element, space, feature, or area shall comply with the applicable
provisions of 4.1.1 to 4.1.3 Minimum Requirements (for New Construction). If
the applicable provision for new construction requires that an element,
space, or common area be on an accessible route, the altered element, space, or
common area is not required to be on an accessible route except as provided
in 4.1.6(2) (Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function.) |
120-3-20-.11 (b) If existing
elements, spaces, or common areas are altered, then each such altered
element, space, feature, or area shall comply with the applicable provisions
of 120-3-20-.03 to 120-3-20-.08 Minimum Requirements (for New Construction).
If the applicable provision for new construction requires that an element,
space, or common area be on an accessible route, the altered element, space,
or common area is not required to be on an accessible route except as
provided in 120-3-20-.011 (2) (Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary
Function.) |
Note that the 2010 Standards incorporate the IBC
accessible means of egress requirements by reference. Those Chapter 10 requirements include
an exception for existing buildings and facilities (as replicated in 2006 IBC
3409.6, exception 2). |
|
4.1.6(1)(j) EXCEPTION:
In alteration work, if compliance with 4.1.6 is technically infeasible, the
alteration shall provide accessibility to the maximum extent feasible. Any
elements or features of the building or facility that are being altered and
can be made accessible shall be made accessible within the scope of the
alteration. |
(j) EXCEPTION: In alteration work, if
compliance with 120-3-20-.11 is technically infeasible, the alteration shall
provide accessibility to the maximum extent feasible. Any elements or
features of the building or facility that are being altered and can be made
accessible shall be made accessible within the scope of the alteration. |
||
|
|
4.1.6(1)(c)
If alterations of single elements, when considered together, amount to an
alteration of a room or space in a building or facility, the entire space
shall be made accessible. |
120-3-20-.11 (c)If alterations of
single elements, when considered together, amount to an alteration of a room
or space in a building or facility, the entire space shall be made
accessible. |
The 1994 Standard provision was not included in the
2010 Standards. |
|
202.3.1 Prohibited Reduction in
Access. An alteration that decreases or has the effect of
decreasing the accessibility of a building or facility below the requirements
for new construction at the time of the alteration is prohibited. |
4.1.6(1)(a) No
alteration shall be undertaken which decreases or has the effect of
decreasing accessibility or usability of a building or facility below the
requirements for new construction at the time of alteration. |
120-3-20-.11 (a) No alteration shall
be undertaken which decreases or has the effect of decreasing accessibility
or usability of a building or facility below the requirements for new
construction at the time of alteration. |
|
|
202.3.2 Extent of Application.
An alteration of an existing element, space, or area of a building or
facility shall not impose a requirement for accessibility greater than
required for new construction. |
4.1.6(1)(d) No
alteration of an existing element, space, or area of a building or facility
shall impose a requirement for greater accessibility than that which would be
required for new construction. For example, if the elevators and stairs in a
building are being altered and the elevators are, in turn, being made
accessible, then no accessibility modifications are required to the stairs
connecting levels connected by the elevator. If stair modifications to
correct unsafe conditions are required by other codes, the modifications
shall be done in compliance with these guidelines unless technically
infeasible. |
120-3-20-.11 (d)No alteration of an
existing element, space, or area of a building or facility shall impose a
requirement for greater accessibility than that which would be required for
new construction. For example, if the elevators and stairs in a building are
being altered and the elevators are, in turn, being made accessible, then no
accessibility modifications are required to the stairs connecting levels
connected by the elevator. If stair modifications to correct unsafe
conditions are required by other codes, the modifications shall be done in
compliance with these regulations unless technically infeasible. |
|
|
202.4 Alterations Affecting Primary
Function Areas. In addition to the requirements of
202.3, an alteration that affects or could affect the usability of or access
to an area containing a primary function shall be made so as to ensure that,
to the maximum extent feasible, the path of travel to the altered area,
including the rest rooms, telephones, and drinking fountains serving the
altered area, are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with
disabilities, unless such alterations are disproportionate to the overall
alterations in terms of cost and scope as determined under criteria
established by the Attorney General. In existing transportation facilities,
an area of primary function shall be as defined under regulations published
by the Secretary of the Department of Transportation or the Attorney General. EXCEPTION:
Residential dwelling units shall not be required to comply with 202.4. |
4.1.6(2) Alterations
to an Area Containing a Primary Function: In addition to the requirements of
4.1.6(1), an alteration that affects or could affect the usability of or
access to an area containing a primary function shall be made so as to ensure
that, to the maximum extent feasible, the path of travel to the altered area
and the restrooms, telephones, and drinking fountains serving the altered
area, are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities,
unless such alterations are disproportionate to the overall alterations in
terms of cost and scope (as determined under criteria established by the
Attorney General). |
120-3-20-.11 (2) Alterations to an
Area Containing a Primary Function: In addition to the requirements of
120-3-20-.11(1), an alteration that affects or could affect the usability of
or access to an area containing a primary function shall be made so as to
ensure that, to the maximum extent feasible, the path of travel to the
altered area and the rest rooms, telephones, and drinking fountains serving
the altered area, are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with
disabilities, unless such alterations are disproportionate to the overall
alterations in terms of cost and scope (as determined under criteria established
by the U.S. Attorney General). |
The Attorney General (Department of Justice)
specifies that Ò. . . alterations made to provide an accessible path of
travel to the altered area will be deemed disproportionate to the overall
alterations when the cost exceeds 20% of the cost of the alteration to the
primary function area.Ó [28 CFR Part 35, ¤35.151(b)(4)(iii) for Title II
entities and 28 CFR Part 36, ¤36.403(f) for Title III entities] |
|
4.1.6(1)(i)
If the alteration work is limited solely to the electrical, mechanical, or
plumbing system, or to hazardous material abatement, or automatic sprinkler
retrofitting, and does not involve the alteration of any elements or spaces
required to be accessible under these guidelines, then 4.1.6(2) does not apply.
|
120-3-20-.11 (i) If the alteration
work is limited solely to the electrical, mechanical, or plumbing system, or
to hazardous material abatement, or automatic sprinkler retro-fitting, and
does not involve the alteration of any elements or spaces required to be
accessible under these regulations, then 120-3-20-.11(2) does not apply. |
|
|
|
|
4.1.6(1)(e)
At least one interior public text telephone complying with 4.31.9 shall be
provided if: (i) alterations to existing buildings
or facilities with less than four exterior or interior public pay telephones
would increase the total number to four or more telephones with at least one
in an interior location; or (ii) alterations to one or more
exterior or interior public pay telephones occur in an existing building or
facility with four or more public telephones with at least one in an interior
location. |
120-3-20-.11 (e)At least one interior
public text telephone complying with 120-3-20-.42 shall be provided if: (i) alterations to existing buildings
or facilities with less than four exterior or interior public pay telephones
would increase the total number to four or more telephones with at least one
in an interior location; or (ii) Alterations to one or more
exterior or interior public pay telephones occur in an existing building or
facility with four or more public telephones with at least one in an interior
location. |
|
|
|
4.1.6 (3) Special Technical
Provisions for Alterations to Existing Buildings and Facilities: (a) Ramps: Curb ramps and interior or
exterior ramps to be constructed on sites or in existing buildings or
facilities where space limitations prohibit the use of a 1:12 slope or less
may have slopes and rises as follows: (i) A slope between 1:10
and 1:12 is allowed for a maximum rise of 6 inches. (ii) A slope between 1:8
and 1:10 is allowed for a maximum rise of 3 inches. A slope steeper than 1:8 is not
allowed. |
120-3-20-.11 (3) Special Technical
Provisions for Alterations to Existing Buildings and Facilities: (a) Ramps: Curb ramps and interior or
exterior ramps to be constructed on sites or in existing buildings or
facilities where space limitations prohibit the use of a 1:12 slope or less
may have slopes and rises as follows: (i) A slope between 1:10 and 1:12 is
allowed for a maximum rise of 6 inches. (ii)A slope between 1:8 and 1:10 is
allowed for a maximum rise of 3 inches. A slope steeper than 1:8 is not
allowed |
|
|
|
4.1.6 (3) (b) Stairs: Full extension of handrails at
stairs shall not be required in alterations where such extensions would be
hazardous or impossible due to plan configuration. |
120-3-20-.11 (b) Stairs: Full
extension of handrails at stairs shall not be required in alterations where
such extensions would be hazardous or impossible due to plan configuration. |
|
|
|
4.1.6 (3) (c) Elevators: (i) If safety door edges are provided
in existing automatic elevators, automatic door reopening devices may be
omitted (see 4.10.6). (ii) Where existing shaft
configuration or technical infeasibility prohibits strict compliance with
4.10.9, the minimum car plan dimensions may be reduced by the minimum amount
necessary, but in no case shall the inside car area be smaller than 48 in by
48 in. (iii) Equivalent facilitation may be
provided with an elevator car of different dimensions when usability can be
demonstrated and when all other elements required to be accessible comply
with the applicable provisions of 4.10.
For example, an elevator of 47 in by 69 in (1195 mm by 1755 mm) with a
door opening on the narrow dimension, could accommodate the standard
wheelchair clearances shown in Figure 4. |
120-3-20-.11 (c) Elevators: (i) If safety door edges are provided
in existing automatic elevators, automatic door reopening devices may be
omitted (see 120-3-20-.21). (ii) Where existing shaft configuration
or technical in feasibility prohibits strict compliance with 120-3-20-.21(9),
the minimum car plan dimensions may be reduced by the minimum amount
necessary, but in no case shall the inside car area be smaller than 48 inches
by 48 inches. (iii) Equivalent facilitation may be
provided with an elevator car of different dimensions when usability can be
demonstrated and when all other elements required to be accessible comply
with the applicable provisions of 120-3-20-.21. For example, an elevator of
47 inches by 69 inches (1195 mm by 1755 mm) with a door opening on the narrow
dimension, could accommodate the standard wheelchair clearances shown in
Figure 4. |
|
|
|
4.1.6 (3) (d) Doors: (i) Where it is technically infeasible
to comply with clear opening width requirements of 4.13.5, a projection of
5/8 in maximum will be permitted for the latch side stop. (ii) If existing thresholds are 3/4 in
high or less, and have (or are modified to have) a beveled edge on each side,
they may remain. |
120-3-20-.11 (d) Doors: (i) Where it is technically
infeasible to comply with clear opening width requirements of
120-3-20-.24(5), a projection of 5/8 inch maximum will be permitted for the
latch side stop. (ii) If existing thresholds are 3/4
inch high or less, and have (or are modified to have) a beveled edge on each
side, they may remain. |
|
|
|
4.1.6 (3) (f) Assembly Areas: (i) Where it is technically infeasible
to disperse accessible seating throughout an altered assembly area,
accessible seating areas may be clustered. Each accessible seating area shall
have provisions for companion seating and shall be located on an accessible
route that also serves as a means of emergency egress. |
120-3-20-.11 (f) Assembly Areas: (i) Where it is technically
infeasible to disperse accessible seating throughout an altered assembly
area, accessible seating areas may be clustered. Each accessible seating area
shall have provisions for companion seating and shall be located on an
accessible route that also serves as a means of emergency egress. |
|
|
202.5 Alterations to Qualified
Historic Buildings and Facilities. Alterations to a
qualified historic building or facility shall comply with 202.3 and 202.4. EXCEPTION:
Where the State Historic Preservation Officer or Advisory Council on Historic
Preservation determines that compliance with the requirements for accessible
routes, entrances, or toilet facilities would threaten or destroy the
historic significance of the building or facility, the exceptions for
alterations to qualified historic buildings or facilities for that element
shall be permitted to apply. |
4.1.7 Accessible Buildings: Historic
Preservation. (1)
Applicability: (a)
General Rule. Alterations to a qualified historic
building or facility shall comply with 4.1.6 (Accessible Buildings: Alterations),
the applicable technical specifications of section 4 and the applicable
special application sections unless it is determined in accordance with the
procedures in 4.1.7(2) that compliance with the requirements for accessible
routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten
or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility in which
case the alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) may be used for the
feature. EXCEPTION:
(Reserved). |
120-3-20-.12 Accessible Buildings:
Historic Preservation. (1) Applicability: (a) General Rule. Alterations to a
qualified historic building or facility shall comply with 120-3-20-.11
Accessible Buildings: Alterations, the applicable technical specifications of
120-3-20-.13 through 120-3-20-.46 and the applicable special application
Rules 120-3-20-.47 through 120-3-20-.52 unless it is determined in accordance
with the procedures in 120-3-20-.12(2) that compliance with the requirements
for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets
would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or
facility in which case the alternative requirements in 120-3-20-.12(3) may be
used for the feature. EXCEPTION: (Reserved). |
|
|
|
4.1.7(2)
Procedures: (a) Alterations to Qualified Historic
Buildings and Facilities Subject to Section 106 of the National Historic
Preservation Act: (i) Section 106 Process. Section 106
of the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470 f) requires that a
Federal agency with jurisdiction over a Federal, federally assisted, or
federally licensed undertaking consider the effects of the agency's
undertaking on buildings and facilities listed in or eligible for listing in
the National Register of Historic Places and give the Advisory Council on
Historic Preservation a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking
prior to approval of the undertaking. (ii) ADA Application. Where
alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that
is subject to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, the
Federal agency with jurisdiction over the undertaking shall follow the
section 106 process. If the State Historic Preservation Officer or Advisory
Council on Historic Preservation agrees that compliance with the requirements
for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets
would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or
facility, the alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) may be used for the
feature. (b) Alterations to Qualified Historic
Buildings and Facilities Not Subject to Section 106 of the National Historic
Preservation Act. Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic
building or facility that is not subject to section 106 of the National
Historic Preservation Act, if the entity undertaking the alterations believes
that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and
interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the
historic significance of the building or facility and that the alternative
requirements in 4.1.7(3) should be used for the feature, the entity should
consult with the State Historic Preservation Officer. If the State Historic
Preservation Officer agrees that compliance with the accessibility
requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances
or toilets would threaten or destroy the historical significance of the
building or facility, the alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) may be used. (c) Consultation With Interested
Persons. Interested persons should be invited to participate in the
consultation process, including State or local accessibility officials,
individuals with disabilities, and organizations representing individuals
with disabilities. (d) Certified Local Government
Historic Preservation Programs. Where the State Historic Preservation Officer
has delegated the consultation responsibility for purposes of this section to
a local government historic preservation program that has been certified in accordance
with section 101(c) of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16
U.S.C. 470a (c)) and implementing regulations (36 C.F.R. 61.5), the
responsibility may be carried out by the appropriate local government body or
official. |
120-3-20-.12 (2) Procedures: (a) Alterations to Qualified Historic
Buildings and Facilities Subject to Section 106 of the National Historic
Preservation Act: (i) Section 106 Process. Section 106
of the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470 f) requires that a Federal
agency with jurisdiction over a Federal, federally assisted, or federally
licensed undertaking consider the effects of the agency's undertaking on
buildings and facilities listed in or eligible for listing in the National
Register of Historic Places and give the Advisory Council on Historic
Preservation a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking prior to
approval of the undertaking. (ii) ADA Application. Where
alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that is
subject to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, the Federal
agency with jurisdiction over the undertaking shall follow the section 106
process. If the State Historic Preservation Officer or Advisory Council on
Historic Preservation agrees that compliance with the requirements for
accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would
threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility,
the alternative requirements in 120-3-20-.12(3) may be used for the feature. (b) Alterations to Qualified Historic
Buildings and Facilities Not Subject to Section 106 of the National Historic
Preservation Act. Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic
building or facility that is not subject to section 106 of the National
Historic Preservation Act, if the entity undertaking the alterations believes
that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and
interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic
significance of the building or facility and that the alternative
requirements in 120-3-20-.12(3) should be used for the feature, the entity
should consult with the State Historic Preservation Officer. If the State
Historic Preservation Officer agrees that compliance with the accessibility
requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances
or toilets would threaten or destroy the historical significance of the
building or facility, the alternative requirements in 120-3-20-.12(3) may be
used. (c) Consultation With Interested
Persons. Interested persons should be invited to participate in the
consultation process, including State or local accessibility officials,
individuals with disabilities, and organizations representing individuals
with disabilities. (d) Certified Local Government
Historic Preservation Programs. Where the State Historic Preservation Officer
has delegated the consultation responsibility for purposes of this section to
a local government historic preservation program that has been certified in
accordance with section 101(c) of the National Historic Preservation Act of
1966 (16 U.S.C. 470a (c)) and implementing regulations (36 CFR 61.5), the
responsibility may be carried out by the appropriate local government body or
official. |
The procedural requirements in the 1994 Standards
were deemed inappropriate for a building code and thus were not included in the
2010 Standards. Similar regulations may be adopted by a State Historic
Preservation Office or similar local entity. |
|
|
4.1.7(3) Historic Preservation:
Minimum Requirements |
120-3-20-.12 (3) Historic Preservation: Minimum Requirements: |
|
|
|
4.1.7(3)(a)
At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 from a site access point to
an accessible entrance shall be provided. EXCEPTION:
A ramp with a slope no greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft (610 mm)
may be used as part of an accessible route to an entrance. |
(a) At least one accessible route
complying with 4.3 from a site access point to an accessible entrance shall
be provided. EXCEPTION: A ramp with a slope no
greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft (610 mm) may be used as part of
an accessible route to an entrance. |
|
|
|
4.1.7(3)(e)
Displays and written information, documents, etc., should be located where
they can be seen by a seated person. Exhibits and signage displayed
horizontally (e.g., open books), should be no higher than 44 in (1120 mm)
above the floor surface. |
(e) Displays and written information,
documents, etc., should be located where they can be seen by a seated person.
Exhibits and signage displayed horizontally (e.g., open books), should be no
higher than 44 inches (1120 mm) above the floor surface. |
|
|
203 General Exceptions |
4.1.1(5)
General Exceptions. |
120-3-20-.03 (5) General Exceptions. |
|
|
|
4.1.1(5)(a)
In new construction, a person or entity is not required to meet fully the
requirements of these guidelines where that person or entity can demonstrate
that it is structurally impracticable to do so. Full compliance will be
considered structurally impracticable only in those rare circumstances when
the unique characteristics of terrain prevent the incorporation of
accessibility features. If full compliance with the requirements of these
guidelines is structurally impracticable, a person or entity shall comply
with the requirements to the extent it is not structurally impracticable. Any
portion of the building or facility which can be made accessible shall comply
to the extent that it is not structurally impracticable. |
(a) In new construction, a person or
entity is not required to meet fully the requirements of these regulations
where that person or entity can demonstrate that it is structurally
impracticable to do so. Full compliance will be considered structurally
impracticable only in those rare circumstances when the unique
characteristics of terrain prevent the incorporation of accessibility
features. If full compliance with the requirements of these regulations is
structurally impracticable, a person or entity shall comply with the requirements
to the extent it is not structurally impracticable. Any portion of the
building or facility which can be made accessible shall comply to the extent
that it is not structurally impracticable. |
It
was determined that nothing is structurally impracticable in new
construction, so the 2010 Standards do not include this provision from the 1994
Standards. |
|
203.1 General. Sites,
buildings, facilities, and elements are exempt from these requirements to the
extent specified by 203. |
|
|
|
|
203.2 Construction Sites.
Structures and sites directly
associated with the actual processes of construction, including but not
limited to, scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, materials storage, and
construction trailers shall not be required to comply with these requirements
or to be on an accessible route. Portable toilet units provided for use
exclusively by construction personnel on a construction site shall not be
required to comply with 213 or to be on an accessible route. |
4.1.1(4) Temporary
Structures. . . . . Structures,
sites and equipment directly associated with the actual processes of
construction, such as scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, or
construction trailers are not included. |
120-3-20-.03 (4) Temporary
Structures. . . . . Structures, sites and equipment directly associated with
the actual processes of construction, such as scaffolding, bridging,
materials hoists, or construction trailers are not included. |
|
|
203.3 Raised Areas.
Areas raised primarily for purposes of security, life safety, or fire safety,
including but not limited to, observation or lookout galleries, prison guard
towers, fire towers, or life guard stands shall not be required to comply with these
requirements or to be on an accessible route. |
4.1.1(5)(b)
Accessibility is not required to (i) observation galleries used primarily for
security purposes; or (ii) in non-occupiable spaces accessed only by ladders,
catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, or freight (non-passenger)
elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair purposes; such
spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses,
piping or equipment catwalks. See also Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b)(I) |
120-3-20-.03 (b) Accessibility is not
required to: (i) observation galleries used primarily
for security purposes; or |
|
|
203.4 Limited Access Spaces.
Spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, or very narrow
passageways shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an
accessible route. |
4.1.1(5)(b) in non-occupiable
spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow
passageways, or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by
service personnel for repair purposes; such spaces include, but are not
limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, piping or equipment catwalks. |
(ii) in non-occupiable spaces
accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, or
freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel
for repair purposes; such spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator
pits, elevator penthouses, piping or equipment catwalks. |
|
|
203.5 Machinery Spaces.
Spaces frequented only by service personnel for maintenance, repair, or
occasional monitoring of equipment shall not be required to comply with these
requirements or to be on an accessible route. Machinery spaces include, but
are not limited to, elevator pits or elevator penthouses; mechanical,
electrical or communications equipment rooms; piping or equipment catwalks; water or sewage treatment
pump rooms and stations; electric substations and transformer vaults; and
highway and tunnel utility facilities. |
4.1.1(5)(b) in
non-occupiable spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very
narrow passageways, or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only
by service personnel for repair purposes; such spaces include, but are not
limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, piping or equipment catwalks. 4.1.3(5) EXCEPTION 2:
Elevator pits, elevator penthouses, mechanical rooms, piping or equipment
catwalks are exempted from this requirement. See also Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b)(ii) |
(ii) in non-occupiable spaces
accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, or
freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel
for repair purposes; such spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator
pits, elevator penthouses, piping or equipment catwalks. |
|
|
203.6 Single Occupant Structures.
Single occupant structures accessed only by passageways below grade or
elevated above standard curb height, including but not limited to, toll
booths that are accessed only by underground tunnels, shall not be required
to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route. |
See Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b)(iii) |
|
|
|
203.7 Detention and Correctional
Facilities. In detention and correctional
facilities, common use areas that are used only by inmates or detainees and
security personnel and that do not serve holding cells or housing cells
required to comply with 232, shall not be required to comply with these
requirements or to be on an accessible route. |
|
|
|
|
203.8 Residential Facilities.
In residential facilities, common use areas that do not serve residential
dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2
through 809.4 shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to
be on an accessible route. |
|
|
|
|
203.9 Employee Work Areas.
Spaces and elements within employee work areas shall only be required to comply
with 206.2.8, 207.1, and 215.3 and shall be designed and constructed so that
individuals with disabilities can approach, enter, and exit the employee work
area. Employee work areas, or portions of employee work areas, other than
raised courtroom stations, that are less than 300 square feet (28 m2)
and elevated 7 inches (180 mm) or more above the finish floor or ground where
the elevation is essential to the function of the space shall not be required
to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route. |
4.1.1(3)
Areas Used Only by Employees as Work Areas. Areas that are used only as work
areas shall be designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities
can approach, enter, and exit the areas. These guidelines do not require that
any areas used only as work areas be constructed to permit maneuvering within
the work area or be constructed or equipped (i.e., with racks or shelves) to
be accessible. |
120-3-20-.03 (3) Areas Used Only by
Employees as Work Areas. Areas that are used only as work areas shall be
designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities can approach,
enter, and exit the areas. These regulations do not require that all areas
used only as work areas be constructed to permit maneuvering within the work
area or be constructed or equipped (i.e., with racks or shelves) to be
accessible. Note: Areas Used Only by Employees as
Work Areas. Where there are a series of individual work stations of the same
type (e.g., laboratories, service counters, ticket booths),5%, but not less
than one, of each type of work station should be constructed so that an
individual with disabilities can maneuver within the work stations. Rooms
housing individual offices in a typical office building must meet the
requirements of the regulations concerning doors, accessible routes, etc. but
do not need to allow for maneuvering space around all individual desks.
Modifications required to permit maneuvering within the work area may be
accomplished as a reasonable accommodation to individual employees with
disabilities under Title I of the ADA. Consideration should also be given to
placing shelves in employee work areas at a convenient height for
accessibility or installing commercially available shelving that is
adjustable so that reasonable accommodations can be made in the future. If
work stations are made accessible they should comply with the applicable
provisions of Rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.46. |
The 2010 Standards include requirements for alarm
systems that can be modified to include visible notification appliances at a
later date; accessible means of egress; and accessible common circulation
paths. They also provide an
exception for levels that are 7 or more inches above the floor where the
elevation is essential to the function of the space and the space is less
than 300 square feet in size. |
|
203.10 Raised Refereeing, Judging,
and Scoring Areas. Raised structures used solely for
refereeing, judging, or scoring a sport shall not be required to comply with
these requirements or to be on an accessible route. |
See Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b) |
|
|
|
203.11 Water Slides.
Water slides shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be
on an accessible route. |
See Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b) |
|
|
|
203.12 Animal Containment Areas.
Animal containment areas that are not for public use shall not be required to
comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route. |
See Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b) |
||
|
203.13 Raised Boxing or Wrestling
Rings. Raised boxing or wrestling rings shall not be required to
comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route. |
See Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b) |
|
|
|
203.14 Raised Diving Boards and
Diving Platforms. Raised diving boards and diving
platforms shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on
an accessible route. |
|
|
|
|
204 Protruding Objects |
|
|
|
|
204.1 General.
Protruding objects on circulation paths shall comply with 307. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Within areas of sport activity,
protruding objects on circulation paths shall not be required to comply with
307. 2. Within play areas, protruding
objects on circulation paths shall not be required to comply with 307
provided that ground level accessible routes provide vertical clearance in
compliance with 1008.2. |
4.1.2(3) All
objects that protrude from surfaces or posts into circulation paths shall
comply with 4.4. See also Appendix 4.1.2(2) |
120-3-20-.07 (c) All objects that
protrude from surfaces or posts into circulation paths shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.15 |
|
|
4.1.3(2)
All objects that overhang or protrude into circulation paths shall comply
with 4.4. |
120-3-20-.08 (2) All objects that
overhang or protrude into circulation paths shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.15. |
||
|
205 Operable Parts |
|
|
|
|
205.1 General.
Operable parts on accessible elements, accessible routes, and in accessible
rooms and spaces shall comply with 309. |
4.1.3(13) Controls
and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as
parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser controls)
shall comply with 4.27. |
120-3-20-.08 (13) Controls and
operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as
parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser
controls) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38. |
|
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Operable parts that are intended
for use only by service or maintenance personnel shall not be required to
comply with 309. |
4.27.3
Exception: These requirements do not apply where the use of special equipment
dictates otherwise or where electrical and communications systems receptacles
are not normally intended for use by building occupants. |
See 120-3-20-.38 (3) Exception These requirements do not apply
where the use of special equipment dictates otherwise or where electrical and
communications systems receptacles are not normally intended for use by
building occupants. Note: Fig. A8 further illustrates mandatory
and advisory control mounting height provisions for typical equipment. Electrical receptacles installed to
serve individual appliances and not intended for regular or frequent use by
building occupants are not required to be mounted within the specified reach
ranges. Examples would be
receptacles installed specifically for wall-mounted clocks, refrigerators,
and microwave ovens. |
|
|
2. Electrical or communication
receptacles serving a dedicated use shall not be required to comply with 309. |
|||
|
3. Where two or more outlets are
provided in a kitchen above a length of counter top that is uninterrupted by
a sink or appliance, one outlet shall not be required to comply with 309. |
The
2010 Standards include this exception to insure compliance with the NFPA 70
National Electrical Code. |
||
|
4. Floor electrical receptacles shall
not be required to comply with 309. |
|
||
|
5. HVAC diffusers shall not be
required to comply with 309. |
|||
|
6. Except for light switches, where
redundant controls are provided for a single element, one control in each
space shall not be required to comply with 309. |
|||
|
7. Cleats and other boat securement
devices shall not be required to comply with 309.3. |
See Appendix 15.2.5.2 |
|
|
|
8. Exercise machines and exercise
equipment shall not be required to comply with 309. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(13) Exception |
|
|
|
206 Accessible Routes |
|
|
|
|
206.1 General.
Accessible routes shall be provided in accordance with 206 and shall comply
with Chapter 4. |
|
|
|
|
206.2 Where Required.
Accessible routes shall be provided where required by 206.2. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.1.2 Accessible
Sites and Exterior Facilities: New Construction. An accessible site shall meet the
following minimum requirements: |
120-3-20-.07 Accessible Sites and
Exterior Facilities: New Construction. An accessible site shall meet the
following minimum requirements: |
|
|
206.2.1 Site Arrival Points.
At least one accessible route shall be provided within the site from
accessible parking spaces and accessible passenger loading zones; public
streets and sidewalks; and public transportation stops to the accessible
building or facility entrance they serve. |
4.1.2(1)
At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 shall be provided within the
boundary of the site from public transportation stops, accessible parking
spaces, passenger loading zones if provided, and public streets or sidewalks,
to an accessible building entrance. |
120-3-20-.07 (a) At least one
accessible route complying with Rule 120-3-20-.14 shall be provided within
the boundary of the site from public transportation stops, accessible parking
spaces, passenger loading zones if provided, and public streets or sidewalks,
to an accessible building entrance. |
|
|
4.3.2
Location. (1)
At least one accessible route within the boundary of the site shall be
provided from public transportation stops, accessible parking, and accessible
passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks to the accessible
building entrance they serve. The accessible route shall, to the maximum
extent feasible, coincide with the route for the general public. (2)
At least one accessible route shall connect accessible buildings, facilities,
elements, and spaces that are on the same site. See also Appendix 4.1.6(1)(k) |
120-3-20-.07 (2) Location. (a) At least one accessible route
within the boundary of the site shall be provided from public transportation
stops, accessible parking, and accessible passenger loading zones, and public
streets or sidewalks to the accessible building entrance they serve. The
accessible route shall, to maximum extent feasible coincide with the route
for the general public. (b) At least one accessible route
shall connect accessible buildings, facilities, elements, and spaces that are
on the same site. (c) At least one accessible route
shall connect accessible building or facility entrances with all accessible
spaces and elements and with all accessible dwelling units within the building
or facility. (d) An accessible route shall connect
at least one accessible entrance of each accessible dwelling unit with those
exterior and interior spaces and facilities that serve the accessible
dwelling unit. Note: (1) Travel Distances. Many people with
mobility impairments can move at only very slow speeds; for many, traveling
200 feet (61 m) could take about 2 minutes. This assumes a rate of about 1.5
ft/s (455 mm/s) on level ground. It also assumes that the traveler would move
continuously. However, on trips
over 100 ft (30 m), disabled people are apt to rest frequently, which
substantially increases their trip times. Resting periods of 2 minutes for
every 100 ft (30 m) can be used to estimate travel times for people with
severely limited stamina. In inclement weather, slow progress and resting can
greatly increase a disabled person's exposure to the elements. |
|
|
|
|
|
(2) Sites. Level, indirect routes or
those with running slopes lower than 1:20 can sometimes provide more
convenience than direct routes with maximum allowable slopes or with ramps. |
|
|
EXCEPTIONS: 1. Where exceptions for alterations
to qualified historic buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, no more
than one accessible route from a site arrival point to an accessible entrance
shall be required. |
4.1.7(3)
Historic Preservation: Minimum Requirements: (a) At least one accessible route
complying with 4.3 from a site access point to an accessible entrance shall
be provided. EXCEPTION: A ramp with a slope no
greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft (610 mm) may be used as part of
an accessible route to an entrance. |
120-3-20-.12 (3) Historic Preservation: Minimum Requirements: (a) At least one accessible route
complying with 4.3 from a site access point to an accessible entrance shall
be provided. EXCEPTION: A ramp with a slope no
greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft (610 mm) may be used as part of
an accessible route to an entrance. |
|
|
2. An accessible route shall not be
required between site arrival points and the building or facility entrance if
the only means of access between them is a vehicular way not providing
pedestrian access. |
|
|
The 2010 StandardsÕ exception specifies that
accessible routes are not required where the facility design does not provide
for pedestrians walking from site arrival points to building entrances. |
|
206.2.2 Within a Site.
At least one accessible route shall connect accessible buildings, accessible
facilities, accessible elements, and accessible spaces that are on the same
site. |
4.1.2(2) At
least one accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect accessible
buildings, accessible facilities, accessible elements, and accessible spaces
that are on the same site. |
120-3-20-.07 (b) At least one
accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 shall connect accessible
buildings, accessible facilities, accessible elements, and accessible spaces
that are on the same site. |
|
|
EXCEPTION:
An accessible route shall not be required between accessible buildings,
accessible facilities, accessible elements, and accessible spaces if the only
means of access between them is a vehicular way not providing pedestrian
access. |
|
|
The 2010 Standards specify that accessible routes
are not required where the facility design does not provide for pedestrians walking
between two accessible buildings, facilities, spaces or elements. |
|
206.2.3 Multi-Story Buildings and
Facilities. At least one accessible route shall
connect each story and mezzanine in multi-story buildings and facilities. |
4.1.3(5)
One passenger elevator complying with 4.10 shall serve each level, including
mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted
below. If more than one elevator is provided, each passenger elevator shall
comply with 4.10. |
120-3-20-.08 (5) One passenger
elevator complying with rule 120-3-20-.21 shall serve each level, including
mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted
below. If more than one elevator is provided, each full passenger elevator
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.21. |
|
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In private buildings or facilities
that are less than three stories or that have less than 3000 square feet (279
m2) per story, an accessible route shall not be required to
connect stories provided that the building or facility is not a shopping
center, a shopping mall, the professional office of a health care provider, a
terminal, depot or other station used for specified public transportation, an
airport passenger terminal, or another type of facility as determined by the
Attorney General. |
EXCEPTION 1:
Elevators are not required in facilities that are less than three stories or
that have less than 3000 square feet per story unless the building is a
shopping center, a shopping mall, or the professional office of a health care
provider, or another type of facility as determined by the Attorney General. See 10.1 See also Appendix 4.1.3(5)
Exception (1) |
EXCEPTION 1: Elevators are not
required in facilities that are less than three stories or that have less
than 3000 square feet per story unless the building is a shopping center, a
shopping mall, or the professional office of a health care provider, or
another type of facility as determined by the U.S. Attorney General. |
The 2010 Standards and the Georgia Accessibility Code
provide exceptions for accessible routes, while the 1994 Standards provide an
exception for an elevator. All three do not allow their exemptions to be
applied to levels containing offices of health care providers, shopping
malls, or passenger transportation facilities. |
|
2. Where a two story public building
or facility has one story with an occupant load of five or fewer persons that
does not contain public use space, that story shall not be required to be
connected to the story above or below. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(5) Exception
(1) |
|
The
2010 Standards exempt two story buildings where one story has an occupant
load of 5 or less and does not contain public use space. The document does not establish
occupant loads. |
|
|
The elevator exemption set forth in
this paragraph does not obviate or limit in any way the obligation to comply
with the other accessibility requirements established in section 4.1.3. For
example, floors above or below the accessible ground floor must meet the
requirements of this section except for elevator service. If toilet or
bathing facilities are provided on a level not served by an elevator, then
toilet or bathing facilities must be provided on the accessible ground floor.
In new construction, if a building or facility is eligible for exemption but
a passenger elevator is nonetheless planned, that elevator shall meet the
requirements of 4.10 and shall serve each level in the building. A passenger
elevator that provides service from a garage to only one level of a building
or facility is not required to serve other levels. |
The elevator exemption set forth in
this paragraph does not obviate or limit in any way the obligation to comply
with the other accessibility requirements established in rule 120-3-20-.08.
For example, floors above or below the accessible ground floor must meet the
requirements of this section except for elevator service. If toilet or
bathing facilities are provided on a level not served by an elevator, then
toilet or bathing facilities must be provided on the accessible ground floor.
In new construction if a building or facility is eligible for this exemption
but a full passenger elevator is nonetheless planned, that elevator shall
meet the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.21 and shall serve each level in the
building. A full passenger elevator that provides service from a garage to
only one level of a building or facility is not required to serve other
levels. |
The
1994 Standards requirement is covered by the 2010 StandardsÕ requirements
that all spaces have to be accessible unless specifically exempted, and
further clarified by the fact that the exemptions above apply only to
vertical accessible routes, and not the levels or stories. |
|
|
4.1.3(5) EXCEPTION 3:
Accessible ramps complying with 4.8 may be used in lieu of an elevator. |
EXCEPTION 3: Accessible ramps complying with rule
120-3-20-.19 may be used in lieu of an elevator. |
This exception is unnecessary in the 2010 Standards
because the base requirement is for accessible routes, not elevators. |
|
|
4.1.6(1)(k) EXCEPTION: (i) These guidelines do not require
the installation of an elevator in an altered facility that is less than
three stories or has less than 3,000 square feet per story unless the
building is a shopping center, a shopping mall, the professional office of a
health care provider, or another type of facility as determined by the
Attorney General. (ii) The exemption provided in
paragraph (i) does not obviate or limit in any way the obligation to comply
with the other accessibility requirements established in these guidelines.
For example, alterations to floors above or below the ground floor must be
accessible regardless of whether the altered facility has an elevator. If a
facility subject to the elevator exemption set forth in paragraph (i)
nonetheless has a passenger elevator, that elevator shall meet, to the
maximum extent feasible, the accessibility requirements of these guidelines. |
120-3-20-.11 (k) EXCEPTION: (i) These Regulations do not require
the installation of an elevator in an altered facility that is less than
three stories or has less than 3,000 square feet per story unless the
building is a shopping center, a shopping mall, the professional office of a
health care provider, or another type of facility as determined by the U.S.
Attorney General. (ii)This exemption does not obviate
or limit in any way the obligation to comply with the other accessibility
requirements established in these regulations. For example, alterations to
floors above or below the ground floor must be accessible regardless of
whether the altered facility has an elevator. If a facility subject to the
elevator exemption set forth in paragraph (1) nonetheless has a full
passenger elevator, that elevator shall meet, to the maximum extent feasible,
the accessibility requirements of these rules. |
|
|
3. In detention and correctional
facilities, an accessible route shall not be required to connect stories
where cells with mobility features required to comply with 807.2, all common
use areas serving cells with mobility features required to comply with 807.2,
and all public use areas are on an accessible route. |
See Appendix 12.1 EXCEPTION |
|
|
|
4. In residential facilities, an
accessible route shall not be required to connect stories where residential
dwelling units with mobility features required to comply with 809.2 through
809.4, all common use areas serving residential dwelling units with mobility features
required to comply with 809.2 through 809.4, and public use areas serving
residential dwelling units are on an accessible route. |
|
|
|
|
5. Within multi-story transient
lodging guest rooms with mobility features required to comply with 806.2, an
accessible route shall not be required to connect stories provided that
spaces complying with 806.2 are on an accessible route and sleeping
accommodations for two persons minimum are provided on a story served by an
accessible route. |
9.2.2
Minimum Requirements. An accessible unit, sleeping room or suite shall
be on an accessible route complying with 4.3 and have the following
accessible elements and spaces. (2)
An accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect all accessible spaces
and elements, including telephones, within the unit, sleeping room, or suite.
This is not intended to require an elevator in multi-story units as long as
the spaces identified in 9.2.2(6) and (7) are on accessible levels and the
accessible sleeping area is suitable for dual occupancy. |
120-3-20-.51 (b) Minimum
Requirements. An accessible unit,
sleeping room or suite shall be on an accessible route complying with rule
120-3-20-.14 and have the following accessible elements and spaces. 2. An accessible route complying with
rule 120-3-20-.14 shall connect all accessible spaces and elements, including
telephones, within the unit, sleeping room, or suite. This is not intended to require an
elevator in multistory units as long as the spaces identified in rule
120-3-20-.51(2)(b)(6) and rule 120-3-20-.51(2)(b)(7) are on accessible levels
and the accessible sleeping area is suitable for dual occupancy. |
|
|
6. In air traffic control towers, an
accessible route shall not be required to serve the cab and the floor
immediately below the cab. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(5) Exception 5 |
|
The
2010 Standards exempt these levels because the enclosed elevator hoistway (to
provide access into the cab) or elevator penthouse necessary to provide
overhead car clearance (to provide elevator access to the floor immediately
below the cab) would obstruct the 360 degree sightlines necessary in an air
traffic control tower cab. (The ÒcabÓ is the top, window-enclosed level of a
tower.) Theoretically, the 1994 Standards require an elevator to
serve all levels of an air traffic control tower, though most are built by
the federal government and not subject to the ADA. |
|
7. Where exceptions for alterations
to qualified historic buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, an
accessible route shall not be required to stories located above or below the
accessible story. |
4.1.7(3)(d)
Accessible routes from an accessible entrance to all publicly used spaces on
at least the level of the accessible entrance shall be provided. Access shall
be provided to all levels of a building or facility in compliance with 4.1
whenever practical. |
120-3-20-.12 (d) Accessible routes
from an accessible entrance to all publicly used spaces on at least the level
of the accessible entrance shall be provided. Access shall be provided to all
levels of a building or facility in compliance with 120-3-20-.03 whenever
practical. |
|
|
206.2.3.1 Stairs and Escalators in
Existing Buildings. In alterations and additions, where
an escalator or stair is provided where none existed previously and major
structural modifications are necessary for the installation, an accessible
route shall be provided between the levels served by the escalator or stair
unless exempted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 through 7. |
4.1.6(1)(f)
If an escalator or stair is planned or installed where none existed
previously and major structural modifications are necessary for such
installation, then a means of accessible vertical access shall be provided
that complies with the applicable provisions of 4.7, 4.8, 4.10 or 4.11. |
120-3-20-.11 (f) If an escalator or
stair is planned or installed where none existed previously and major
structural modifications are necessary for such installation, then a means of
accessible vertical access shall be provided that complies with the
applicable provisions of 120-3-20-.19, 120-3-20-.20, 120-3-20-.10, or
120-3-20-.11. |
|
|
206.2.4 Spaces and Elements.
At least one accessible route shall connect accessible building or facility
entrances with all accessible spaces and elements within the building or
facility which are otherwise connected by a circulation path unless exempted
by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 through 7. |
4.1.3 Accessible Buildings: New
Construction. Accessible buildings and facilities
shall meet the following minimum requirements: |
120-3-20-.08
Accessible Buildings: New Construction. Accessible buildings and facilities
shall meet the following minimum requirements: |
|
|
4.1.3(1)
At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect accessible
building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements within
the building or facility. |
120-3-20-.08
(1) At least one accessible route complying with rule
120-3-20-.14 shall connect accessible building or facility entrances with all
accessible spaces and elements within the building or facility. |
||
|
4.1.3
(3) Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms
and spaces shall comply with 4.5. |
120-3-20-.08
(3) Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and
in accessible rooms and spaces shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16. |
||
|
4.3.2(3) At
least one accessible route shall connect accessible building or facility
entrances with all accessible spaces and elements and with all accessible
dwelling units within the building or facility. |
120-3-20-.08
(c) At least one accessible route shall connect accessible
building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements and
with all accessible dwelling units within the building or facility. |
||
|
4.14
Entrances. 4.14.1
Minimum Number. Entrances required to be accessible by 4.1 shall be
part of an accessible route complying with 4.3. Such entrances shall be
connected by an accessible route to public transportation stops, to accessible
parking and passenger loading zones, and to public streets or sidewalks if
available (see 4.3.2(1)). They shall also be connected by an accessible route
to all accessible spaces or elements within the building or facility. |
120-3-20-.25
Entrances. (1) Minimum Number. Entrances
required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall be part of an accessible
route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14. Such entrances shall be connected by
an accessible route to public transportation stops, to accessible parking and
passenger loading zones, and to public streets or sidewalks if available (see
rule 120-3-20-.14.(2)(1)). They shall also be connected by an accessible
route to all accessible spaces or elements within the building or facility. |
||
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Raised courtroom stations,
including judges' benches, clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy
clerks' stations, and court reporters' stations shall not be required to
provide vertical access provided that the required clear floor space,
maneuvering space, and, if appropriate, electrical service are installed at
the time of initial construction to allow future installation of a means of
vertical access complying with 405, 407, 408, or 410 without requiring substantial
reconstruction of the space. |
See Appendix 11.2.1(1) EXCEPTION |
|
The
2010 Standards exempt raised courtroom stations from the vertical
accessibility requirement. |
|
2. In assembly areas with fixed
seating required to comply with 221, an accessible route shall not be
required to serve fixed seating where wheelchair spaces required to be on an
accessible route are not provided. |
|
|
|
|
3. Accessible routes shall not be
required to connect mezzanines where buildings or facilities have no more
than one story. In addition, accessible routes shall not be required to connect stories or
mezzanines where multi-story buildings or facilities are exempted by 206.2.3
Exceptions 1 through 7. |
4.1.3(5)
One passenger elevator complying with 4.10 shall serve each level, including
mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted
below. If more than one elevator is provided, each passenger elevator shall
comply with 4.10. |
120-3-20-.08 (5) One passenger
elevator complying with rule 120-3-20-.21 shall serve each level, including
mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted
below. If more than one elevator is provided, each full passenger elevator
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.21. |
|
|
206.2.5 Restaurants and Cafeterias.
In restaurants and cafeterias, an accessible route shall be provided to all
dining areas, including raised or sunken dining areas, and outdoor dining
areas. |
5.4 Dining Areas.
In new construction, all dining areas, including raised or sunken dining
areas, loggias, and outdoor seating areas, shall be accessible. In
non-elevator buildings, an accessible means of vertical access to the
mezzanine is not required under the following conditions: 1) the area of
mezzanine seating measures no more than 33 percent of the area of the total
accessible seating area; 2) the same services and decor are provided in an
accessible space usable by the general public; and, 3) the accessible areas
are not restricted to use by people with disabilities. In alterations,
accessibility to raised or sunken dining areas, or to all parts of outdoor
seating areas is not required provided that the same services and decor are
provided in an accessible space usable by the general public and are not
restricted to use by people with disabilities. |
120-3-20-.47 (4) Dining Areas. In new construction, all dining areas,
including raised or sunken dining areas, loggias, and outdoor seating areas,
shall be accessible. In buildings
without elevators, an accessible means of vertical access to the mezzanine is
not required under the following conditions: (a) the area of mezzanine seating
measures no more than 33 percent of the area of the total accessible seating
area; (b) the same services and decor are provided in an accessible space
usable by the general public; and, (c) the accessible areas are not
restricted to use by people with disabilities. In alterations, accessibility to
raised or sunken dining areas, or to all parts of outdoor seating areas is
not required provided that the same services and decor are provided in an
accessible space usable by the general public and are not restricted to use
by people with disabilities Figure 53. Food Service Lines.
The clear width of the food service line shall be measured from the
leading edge of the tray slide. |
|
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In buildings or facilities not
required to provide an accessible route between stories, an accessible route
shall not be required to a mezzanine dining area where the mezzanine contains
less than 25 percent of the total combined area for seating and dining
and where the same decor and services are provided in the accessible area. |
|
|
|
|
2. In alterations, an accessible
route shall not be required to existing raised or sunken dining areas, or to
all parts of existing outdoor dining areas where the same services and decor
are provided in an accessible space usable by the public and not restricted to use by
people with disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
3. In sports facilities, tiered
dining areas providing seating required to comply with 221 shall be required
to have accessible routes serving at least 25 percent of the dining area
provided that accessible routes serve seating complying with 221 and each tier is
provided with the same services. |
|
|
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not include this exception,
and require 100% of the dining areas in sports facilities to be
accessible. Because restaurants
in sports venues are often built into the bowl of a stadium or arena, and
because the principle reason to go to a restaurant in these venues is to watch
the play on the field, the 2010 Standards permit tiered dining levels where
25% of the dining space is accessible. |
|
206.2.6 Performance Areas.
Where a circulation path directly connects a performance area to an assembly
seating area, an accessible route shall directly connect the assembly seating
area with the performance area. An accessible route shall be provided from
performance areas to ancillary areas or facilities used by performers unless
exempted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 through 7. |
4.33.5
Access to Performing Areas. An accessible route shall connect
wheelchair seating locations with performing areas, including stages, arena
floors, dressing rooms, locker rooms, and other spaces used by performers. |
120-3-20-.44 (5) Access to Performing
Areas. An accessible route shall connect
wheelchair seating locations with performing areas, including stages, arena
floors, dressing rooms, locker rooms, and other spaces used by
performers. |
The 1994 Standards require an accessible route
between performance areas and wheelchair seating locations, regardless of
whether such intercommunication is otherwise planned. The 2010 Standards require accessible
routes only where a circulation path is provided. |
|
|
4.1.6(3)(f)(ii)
Where it is technically infeasible to alter all performing areas to be on an
accessible route, at least one of each type of performing area shall be made
accessible. |
120-3-20-.11 (ii) Where it is
technically infeasible to alter all performing areas to be on an accessible
route, at least one of each type of performing area shall be made accessible. |
|
|
|
5.7 Raised Platforms.
In banquet rooms or spaces where a head table or speaker's lectern is located
on a raised platform, the platform shall be accessible in compliance with 4.8
or 4.11. Open edges of a raised platform shall be protected by placement of
tables or by a curb. |
120-3-20-.47 (7) Raised
Platforms. In banquet rooms or
spaces where a head table or speaker's lectern is located on a raised
platform, the platform shall be accessible in compliance with rule
120-3-20-.19 or rule 120-3-20-.22.
Open edges of a raised platform shall be protected by placement of
tables or by a curb. |
|
|
206.2.7 Press Boxes.
Press boxes in assembly areas shall be on an accessible route. |
|
|
|
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. An accessible route shall not be
required to press boxes in bleachers that have points of entry at only one
level provided that the aggregate area of all press boxes is 500 square feet
(46 m2) maximum. |
|
|
The 1994 Standards require an accessible route to
many press boxes built into or above bleacher systems, particularly in Title
II entities. This proved to be
impracticable in venues like small high school football fields, and the 2010
Standards provide an exception for this design. |
|
2. An accessible route shall not be
required to free-standing press boxes that are elevated above grade 12 feet
(3660 mm) minimum provided that the aggregate area of all press boxes is 500
square feet (46 m2) maximum. |
A
free-standing press box is a single story unit that must be served by and
accessible route according to the 1994 Standards, even where the box is
located on piers or stilts 12 feet above the playing surface. The 2010 Standards provide exceptions
for these small, elevated press boxes. |
||
|
206.2.8 Employee Work Areas.
Common use circulation paths within employee work areas shall comply with
402. |
4.1.1(3)
Areas Used Only by Employees as Work Areas. Areas that are used only as work
areas shall be designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities
can approach, enter, and exit the areas. These guidelines do not require that
any areas used only as work areas be constructed to permit maneuvering within
the work area or be constructed or equipped (i.e., with racks or shelves) to
be accessible. |
120-3-20-.03 (3) Areas Used Only by
Employees as Work Areas. Areas that are used only as work areas shall be
designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities can approach,
enter, and exit the areas. These regulations do not require that all areas
used only as work areas be constructed to permit maneuvering within the work
area or be constructed or equipped (i.e., with racks or shelves) to be
accessible. Note: Areas Used Only by Employees as
Work Areas. Where there are a series of individual work stations of the same
type (e.g., laboratories, service counters, ticket booths), 5%, but not less
than one, of each type of work station should be constructed so that an
individual with disabilities can maneuver within the work stations. Rooms
housing individual offices in a typical office building must meet the
requirements of the regulations concerning doors, accessible routes, etc. but
do not need to allow for maneuvering space around all individual desks.
Modifications required to permit maneuvering within the work area may be
accomplished as a reasonable accommodation to individual employees with
disabilities under Title I of the ADA. Consideration should also be given to
placing shelves in employee work areas at a convenient height for
accessibility or installing commercially available shelving that is
adjustable so that reasonable accommodations can be made in the future. If
work stations are made accessible they should comply with the applicable
provisions of Rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.46. |
The 2010 Standards require common circulation
paths in employee areas to be accessible. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code only require that individuals be able to approach, enter
and exit the space. |
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Common use circulation paths
located within employee work areas that are less than 1000 square feet (93 m2)
and defined by permanently installed partitions, counters, casework, or
furnishings shall not be required to comply with 402. |
|
|
|
|
2. Common use circulation paths
located within employee work areas that are an integral component of work
area equipment shall not be required to comply with 402. |
|
|
|
|
3. Common use circulation paths
located within exterior employee work areas that are fully exposed to the
weather shall not be required to comply with 402. |
|
|
|
|
206.2.9 Amusement Rides. Amusement
rides required to comply with 234 shall provide accessible routes in
accordance with 206.2.9. Accessible routes serving amusement rides shall
comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by 1002.2. |
See Appendix 15.1 |
|
|
|
206.2.9.1 Load and Unload Areas.
Load and unload areas shall be on an accessible route. Where load and unload
areas have more than one loading or unloading position, at least one loading
and unloading position shall be on an accessible route. |
|||
|
206.2.9.2 Wheelchair Spaces, Ride
Seats Designed for Transfer, and Transfer Devices.
When amusement rides are in the load and unload position, wheelchair spaces
complying with 1002.4, amusement ride seats designed for transfer complying
with 1002.5, and transfer devices complying with 1002.6 shall be on an
accessible route. |
|||
|
206.2.10 Recreational Boating
Facilities. Boat slips required to comply with
235.2 and boarding piers at boat launch ramps required to comply with 235.3
shall be on an accessible route. Accessible routes serving recreational
boating facilities shall comply with Chapter 4, except as modified by 1003.2. |
See Appendix 15.2 |
|
|
|
206.2.11 Bowling Lanes.
Where bowling lanes are provided, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one
of each type of bowling lane, shall be on an accessible route. |
See Appendix 15.7.3 |
|
|
|
206.2.12 Court Sports.
In court sports, at least one accessible route shall directly connect both
sides of the court. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(1)(b) |
|
|
|
206.2.13 Exercise Machines and
Equipment. Exercise machines and equipment
required to comply with 236 shall be on an accessible route. |
See Appendix 15.7.2 |
|
|
|
206.2.14 Fishing Piers and Platforms.
Fishing piers and platforms shall be on an accessible route. Accessible
routes serving fishing piers and platforms shall comply with Chapter 4 except
as modified by 1005.1. |
See Appendix 15.3 |
|
|
|
206.2.15 Golf Facilities.
At least one accessible route shall connect accessible elements and spaces
within the boundary of the golf course. In addition, accessible routes serving
golf car rental areas; bag drop areas; course weather shelters complying with
238.2.3; course toilet rooms; and practice putting greens, practice teeing
grounds, and teeing stations at driving ranges complying with 238.3 shall comply with Chapter 4
except as modified by 1006.2. |
See Appendix 15.4 |
|
|
|
EXCEPTION:
Golf car passages complying with 1006.3 shall be permitted to be used for all
or part of accessible routes required by 206.2.15. |
|||
|
206.2.16 Miniature Golf Facilities.
Holes required to comply with 239.2, including the start of play, shall be on
an accessible route. Accessible routes serving miniature golf facilities
shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by 1007.2. |
See Appendix 15.5 |
|
|
|
206.2.17 Play Areas. Play areas shall provide accessible routes in
accordance with 206.2.17. Accessible routes serving play areas shall comply
with Chapter 4 except as modified by 1008.2. |
See Appendix 15.6 |
|
|
|
206.2.17.1 Ground Level and Elevated
Play Components. At least one accessible route shall
be provided within the play area. The accessible route shall connect ground
level play components required to comply with 240.2.1 and elevated play
components required to comply with 240.2.2, including entry and exit points
of the play components. |
|||
|
206.2.17.2 Soft Contained Play
Structures. Where three or fewer entry points
are provided for soft contained play structures, at least one entry point
shall be on an accessible route. Where four or more entry points are provided
for soft contained play structures, at least two entry points shall be on an
accessible route. |
|||
|
206.3 Location.
Accessible routes shall coincide with or be located in the same area as
general circulation paths. Where circulation paths are interior, required
accessible routes shall also be interior. |
4.3.2 Location. (1) At least
one accessible route within the boundary of the site shall be provided from
public transportation stops, accessible parking, and accessible passenger
loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks to the accessible building
entrance they serve. The accessible route shall, to the maximum extent
feasible, coincide with the route for the general public. |
120-3-20-.07 (a) At least one accessible route
complying with Rule 120-3-20-.14 shall be provided within the boundary of the
site from public transportation stops, accessible parking spaces, passenger
loading zones if provided, and public streets or sidewalks, to an accessible
building entrance. |
|
|
206.4 Entrances.
Entrances shall be provided in accordance with 206.4. Entrance doors,
doorways, and gates shall comply with 404 and shall be on an accessible route
complying with 402. |
|
|
|
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where an alteration includes
alterations to an entrance, and the building or facility has another entrance
complying with 404 that is on an accessible route, the altered entrance shall
not be required to comply with 206.4 unless required by 202.4. |
4.1.6(1)(h)
Entrances: If a planned alteration entails alterations to an entrance, and
the building has an accessible entrance, the entrance being altered is not
required to comply with 4.1.3(8), except to the extent required by 4.1.6(2).
If a particular entrance is not made accessible, appropriate accessible
signage indicating the location of the nearest accessible entrance(s) shall
be installed at or near the inaccessible entrance, such that a person with
disabilities will not be required to retrace the approach route from the
inaccessible entrance. |
120-3-20-.11 (h) Entrances: If a
planned alteration entails alterations to an entrance, and the building has
an accessible entrance, the entrance being altered is not required to comply
with 120-3-20-.08(8), except to the extent required by 120-3-20-.11(2). If a particular entrance is not made
accessible, appropriate accessible signage indicating the location of the
nearest accessible entrance(s) shall be installed at or near the inaccessible
entrance, such that a person with disabilities will not be required to
retrace the approach route from the inaccessible entrance. Note: When an entrance is being
altered, it is required that those entrances being altered be made accessible
to the extent feasible. |
|
|
2. Where exceptions for alterations
to qualified historic buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, no more
than one public entrance shall be required to comply with 206.4. Where no
public entrance can comply with 206.4 under criteria established in 202.5
Exception, then either an unlocked entrance not used by the public shall
comply with 206.4; or a locked entrance complying with 206.4 with a
notification system or remote monitoring shall be provided. |
4.1.7(3)(b)
At least one accessible entrance complying with 4.14 which is used by the
public shall be provided. EXCEPTION: If it is
determined that no entrance used by the public can comply with 4.14, then
access at any entrance not used by the general public but open (unlocked)
with directional signage at the primary entrance may be used. The accessible
entrance shall also have a notification system. Where security is a problem,
remote monitoring may be used. |
120-3-20-.12 (b) At least one
accessible entrance complying with 120-3-20-.25 which is used by the public
shall be provided. EXCEPTION: If it is determined that
no entrance used by the public can comply with 120-3-20-.25, then access at
any entrance not used by the general public but open (unlocked) with
directional signage at the primary entrance may be used. The accessible
entrance shall also have a notification system. Where security is a problem,
remote monitoring may be used. |
|
|
206.4.1 Public Entrances.
In addition to entrances required by 206.4.2 through 206.4.9, at least 60
percent of all public entrances shall comply with 404. |
4.1.3(8)
The requirements in (a) and (b) below shall be satisfied independently: (a)(i) At least 50 percent of all
public entrances (excluding those in (b) below) shall comply with 4.14. At
least one must be a ground floor entrance. Public entrances are any entrances
that are not loading or service entrances. (ii) Accessible public
entrances must be provided in a number at least equivalent to the number of
exits required by the applicable building or fire codes. (This paragraph does
not require an increase in the total number of public entrances planned for a
facility.) |
120-3-20-.08 (8) In new construction,
at a minimum, the requirements in (a) and (b) below shall be satisfied
independently: (a) 1. All primary entrances
(excluding those in (b) below) must be accessible. At least one must be a
ground floor entrance. Public entrances are any entrances that are not
loading or service entrances. 2. Accessible entrances must be
provided in a number at least equivalent to the number of exits required by
the applicable building/fire codes. (This paragraph does not require an
increase in the total number of entrances planned for a facility.) |
The 2010 Standards require 60% of all public
entrances to be accessible; the 1994 Standards specify 50%. The Georgia Accessibility Code requires all
primary entrances to be accessible. |
|
206.4.2 Parking Structure Entrances.
Where direct access is provided for pedestrians from a parking structure to a
building or facility entrance, each direct access to the building or facility
entrance shall comply with 404. |
4.1.3(8)(b)(i)
In addition, if direct access is provided for pedestrians from an enclosed
parking garage to the building, at least one direct entrance from the garage
to the building must be accessible. |
120-3-20-.08 (b) 1. In addition, if
direct access is provided for pedestrians from an enclosed parking garage to
the building, at least one direct entrance from the garage to the building
must be accessible. |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify
an ÒenclosedÓ parking garage. |
|
206.4.3 Entrances from Tunnels or
Elevated Walkways. Where direct access is provided for
pedestrians from a pedestrian tunnel or elevated walkway to a building or
facility, at least one direct entrance to the building or facility from each
tunnel or walkway shall comply with 404. |
4.1.3(8)(b)(ii) If
access is provided for pedestrians from a pedestrian tunnel or elevated
walkway, one entrance to the building from each tunnel or walkway must be
accessible. One entrance may be considered as
meeting more than one of the requirements in (b). Because entrances also serve as
emergency exits whose proximity to all parts of buildings and facilities is
essential, it is preferable that all entrances be accessible. |
120-3-20-.08 2. If access is provided
for pedestrians from a pedestrian tunnel or elevated walkway, one entrance to
the building from each tunnel or walkway must be accessible. One entrance may
be considered as meeting more than one of the requirements in (b). Because
entrances also serve as emergency exits whose proximity to all parts of
buildings and facilities is essential, it is preferable that all entrances be
accessible. |
|
|
206.4.4 Transportation Facilities. In
addition to the requirements of 206.4.2, 206.4.3, and 206.4.5 through
206.4.9, transportation facilities shall provide entrances in accordance with
206.4.4. |
10.3.1
New Construction. New stations in rapid rail, light
rail, commuter rail, intercity bus, intercity rail, high speed rail, and
other fixed guideway systems (e.g., automated guideway transit, monorails,
etc.) shall comply with the following provisions, as applicable . . . See also 10.3.2(2) |
120-3-20-.52 (3)(a) New Construction. New stations in rapid rail, light
rail, commuter rail, intercity bus, intercity rail, high speed rail, and
other fixed guide way systems (e.g., automated guide way transit, monorails,
etc.) shall comply with the following provisions, as applicable: |
|
|
206.4.4.1 Location.
In transportation facilities, where different entrances serve different
transportation fixed routes or groups of fixed routes, at least one public
entrance serving each fixed route or group of fixed routes shall comply with
404. |
10.3.1(2)
In lieu of compliance with 4.1.3(8), at least one entrance to each station
shall comply with 4.14, Entrances. If different entrances to a station serve
different transportation fixed routes or groups of fixed routes, at least one
entrance serving each group or route shall comply with 4.14, Entrances. All
accessible entrances shall, to the maximum extent practicable, coincide with
those used by the majority of the general public. |
120-3-20-.52 (3) 2. In lieu of compliance with rule
120-3-20-.08(8), at least one entrance to each station shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.25, Entrances. If
different entrances to a station serve different transportation fixed routes
or groups of fixed routes, at least one entrance serving each group or route
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.25, Entrances. All accessible entrances shall, to the
maximum extent practicable, coincide with those used by the majority of the
general public. |
|
|
EXCEPTION:
Entrances to key stations and existing intercity rail stations retrofitted in
accordance with 49 CFR 37.49 or 49 CFR 37.51 shall not be required to comply
with 206.4.4.1. |
10.3.2
Existing Facilities: Key Stations. (1)
Rapid, light and commuter rail key stations, as defined under criteria
established by the Department of Transportation in subpart C of 49 C.F.R.
part 37 and existing intercity rail stations shall provide at least one
accessible route from an accessible entrance to those areas necessary for use
of the transportation system. |
120-3-20-.52 (b) Existing Facilities:
Key Stations. 1. Rapid, light and commuter rail key
stations, as defined under criteria established by the Department of
Transportation in subpart C of 49 CFR part 37 and existing intercity rail
stations shall provide at least one accessible route from an accessible
entrance to those areas necessary for use of the transportation system. |
|
|
(2)
The accessible route required by 10.3.2(1) shall include the features
specified in 10.3.1(1), (4)-(9), (11)-(15), and (17)-(19). |
120-3-20-.52 2. The accessible route
required by rule 120-3-20-.52(b)1 shall include the features specified in
rules 120-3-20-.52(a)(1), (4)-(9), (11)-(15), and (17)-(19). |
||
|
206.4.4.2 Direct Connections.
Direct connections to other facilities shall provide an accessible route
complying with 404 from the point of connection to boarding platforms and all
transportation system elements required to be accessible. Any elements
provided to facilitate future direct connections shall be on an accessible
route connecting boarding platforms and all transportation system elements
required to be accessible. |
10.3.1(3)
Direct connections to commercial, retail, or residential facilities shall
have an accessible route complying with 4.3 from the point of connection to
boarding platforms and all transportation system elements used by the public.
Any elements provided to facilitate future direct connections shall be on an
accessible route connecting boarding platforms and all transportation system
elements used by the public. |
120-3-20-.52 3. Direct connections to
commercial, retail, or residential facilities shall have an accessible route
complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 from the point of connection to boarding
platforms and all transportation system elements used by the public. Any elements provided to facilitate
future direct connections shall be on an accessible route connecting boarding
platforms and all transportation system elements used by the public. |
|
|
EXCEPTION:
In key stations and existing intercity rail stations, existing direct
connections shall not be required to comply with 404. |
See 10.3.2(2) |
|
|
|
206.4.4.3 Key Stations and Intercity
Rail Stations. Key stations and existing intercity
rail stations required by Subpart C of 49 CFR part 37 to be altered, shall
have at least one entrance complying with 404. |
10.3.3
Existing Facilities: Alterations. (1) For the purpose of complying with
4.1.6(2) Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function, an area of
primary function shall be as defined by applicable provisions of 49 C.F.R.
37.43(c) (Department of Transportation's ADA Rule) or 28 C.F.R. 36.403
(Department of Justice's ADA Rule). See also 10.3.2(1) |
120-3-20-.52 (c) Existing Facilities:
Alterations. 1. For the purpose of complying with
rule 120-3-20-.11(2) Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function, an
area of primary function shall be as defined by applicable provisions of 49
CFR 37.43(c) (Department of Transportation's ADA Rule) or 28 CFR 36.403
(Department of Justice's ADA Rule). |
|
|
206.4.5 Tenant Spaces.
At least one accessible entrance to each tenancy in a facility shall comply
with 404. |
4.1.3(8)(a)(iii)
An accessible public entrance must be provided to each tenancy in a facility
(for example, individual stores in a strip shopping center). One entrance may be considered as
meeting more than one of the requirements in (a). Where feasible, accessible
public entrances shall be the entrances used by the majority of people
visiting or working in the building. |
120-3-20-.08 (8)(a)3. An accessible
entrance must be provided to each tenancy in a facility (for example,
individual stores in a strip shopping center). One entrance may be considered
as meeting more than one of the requirements in (a). Where feasible, accessible
entrances shall be the entrances used by the majority of people visiting or
working in the building. |
|
|
EXCEPTION: Self-service
storage facilities not required to comply with 225.3 shall not be required to
be on an accessible route. |
|
|
|
|
206.4.6 Residential Dwelling Unit
Primary Entrance. In residential dwelling units, at
least one primary entrance shall comply with 404. The primary entrance to a
residential dwelling unit shall not be to a bedroom. |
|
|
|
|
206.4.7 Restricted Entrances.
Where restricted entrances are provided to a building or facility, at least
one restricted entrance to the building or facility shall comply with 404. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(8)(a) and
Appendix 4.1.3(8)(b) |
|
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do
not address restricted entrances. |
|
206.4.8 Service Entrances.
If a service entrance is the only entrance to a building or to a tenancy in a
facility, that entrance shall comply with 404. |
4.1.3(8)(c)
If the only entrance to a building, or tenancy in a facility, is a service
entrance, that entrance shall be accessible. |
120-3-20-.08 (b)(2) Service Entrances. A service
entrance shall not be the sole accessible entrance unless it is the only
entrance to a building or facility (for example, in a factory or garage). |
|
|
4.14.2
Service Entrances. A service entrance shall not be the sole accessible
entrance unless it is the only entrance to a building or facility (for
example, in a factory or garage). |
|||
|
206.4.9 Entrances for Inmates or
Detainees. Where entrances used only by inmates
or detainees and security personnel are provided at judicial facilities,
detention facilities, or correctional facilities, at least one such entrance
shall comply with 404. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(8)(a) and
Appendix 4.1.3(8)(b) |
|
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do
not address entrances for inmates or detainees. |
|
|
6.2 Entrances. – Medical Care
Facilities At
least one accessible entrance that complies with 4.14 shall be protected from
the weather by canopy or roof overhang.
Such entrances shall incorporate a passenger loading zone that
complies with 4.6.6. |
120-3-20-.48 2) Entrances –
Medical Care Facilities. At least
one accessible entrance that complies with rule 120-3-20-.25 shall be
protected from the weather by canopy or roof overhang. Such entrances shall incorporate a
passenger loading zone that complies with rule 120-3-20-.17(6). |
|
|
206.5 Doors, Doorways, and Gates.
Doors, doorways, and gates providing user passage shall be provided in
accordance with 206.5. 206.5.1 Entrances.
Each entrance to a building or facility required to comply with 206.4 shall
have at least one door, doorway, or gate complying with 404. 206.5.2 Rooms and Spaces.
Within a building or facility, at least one door, doorway, or gate serving
each room or space complying with these requirements shall comply with 404. |
4.1.3(7)
Doors (a) At each accessible entrance to a
building or facility, at least one door shall comply with 4.13. (b) Within a building or facility, at
least one door at each accessible space shall comply with 4.13. (c) Each door that is an element of
an accessible route shall comply with 4.13. (d) Each door required by 4.3.10,
Egress, shall comply with 4.13. |
120-3-20-.08 (7) Doors: (a) At each accessible entrance to a
building or facility, at least one door shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24. (b) Within a building or facility, at
least one door at each accessible space shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24 (c) Each door that is an element of
an accessible route shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24. (d) Each door required by rule
120-3-20-.14(10), Egress, shall comply with 1 rule 20-3-20-.24. |
|
|
206.5.3 Transient Lodging Facilities.
In transient lodging facilities, entrances, doors, and doorways providing
user passage into and within guest rooms that are not required to provide
mobility features complying with 806.2 shall comply with 404.2.3. EXCEPTION:
Shower and sauna doors in guest rooms that are not required to provide
mobility features complying with 806.2 shall not be required to comply with
404.2.3. |
9.4 Other Sleeping Rooms and
Suites. Doors and doorways designed to allow
passage into and within all sleeping units or other covered units shall
comply with 4.13.5. |
120-3-20-.51 8 (4) Other Sleeping
Rooms and Suites. Doors and
doorways designed to allow passage into and within all sleeping units or
other covered units shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24(5). |
|
|
206.5.4 Residential Dwelling Units.
In residential dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying
with 809.2 through 809.4, all doors and doorways providing user passage shall
comply with 404. |
|
|
|
|
206.6 Elevators.
Elevators provided for passengers shall comply with 407. Where multiple
elevators are provided, each elevator shall comply with 407. |
4.1.3(5)
One passenger elevator complying with 4.10 shall serve each level, including
mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted
below. If more than one elevator is provided, each full passenger elevator
shall comply with 4.10. |
120-3-20-.08 (5) One passenger
elevator complying with rule 120-3-20-.21 shall serve each level, including
mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted
below. If more than one elevator is provided, each full passenger elevator
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.21. |
Limited-Use/Limited-Application
elevators are most economical in existing buildings due to certain exceptions
that ASME A17.1 allows in these installations. It is here where this
requirement becomes ambiguous because all three documents permit the use of
platform lifts in existing buildings.
The ASME A18.1 standard referenced by the 2010 Standards permits
vertical platform lifts to penetrate floors. The result is that while the 2010
Standards appear to be more restrictive by not allowing limited-use elevators
where a Òfull passenger elevatorÓ is required, this provision could drive the
installation of a less accessible platform lift instead of a passenger
elevator. For example, an
existing small, two-story town hall would not be permitted to have a
limited-use elevator installed, but if the town cannot afford $50-60K for a
2500 lb passenger elevator, it could install a less accessible platform lift
to serve the second story. |
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In a building or facility
permitted to use the exceptions to 206.2.3 or permitted by 206.7 to use a
platform lift, elevators complying with 408 shall be permitted. |
|
|
|
|
2. Elevators complying with 408 or
409 shall be permitted in multi-story residential dwelling units. |
|
|
|
|
206.6.1 Existing Elevators.
Where elements of existing elevators are altered, the same element shall also
be altered in all elevators that are programmed to respond to the same hall
call control as the altered elevator and shall comply with the requirements
of 407 for the altered element. |
|
|
The 2010 Standards specify that where elements are
altered on existing elevators, those elements must be altered on all
elevators programmed to respond to the same hall call control. The 1994 Standards permit only one
elevator in a bank of elevators that respond to the same call to be
altered. The result is that under
the 1994 Standards, three elevators in a bank of four elevators that respond
to the same hall call control may be inaccessible, meaning a passenger has
only a 25% chance of getting an accessible elevator when pushing the hall
call button. |
|
206.7 Platform Lifts.
Platform lifts shall comply with 410. Platform lifts shall be permitted as a
component of an accessible route in new construction in accordance with
206.7. Platform lifts shall be permitted as a component of an accessible
route in an existing building or facility. |
4.1.3(5) EXCEPTION 4:
Platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) complying with 4.11 of this guideline and
applicable State or local codes may be used in lieu of an elevator only under
the following conditions: 4.1.6(3)(g)
Platform Lifts (Wheelchair Lifts): In alterations, platform lifts (wheelchair
lifts) complying with 4.11 and applicable state or local codes may be used as
part of an accessible route. The use of lifts is not limited to the
conditions in exception 4 of 4.1.3(5). |
120-3-20-.08 EXCEPTION 4: Platform
lifts (wheelchair lifts) complying with rule 120-3-20-.22 of this regulation
and applicable state or local codes may be used in lieu of an elevator only
under the following conditions: 120-3-20-.11 (3)(g) Platform Lifts
(Wheelchair Lifts): In alterations, platform lifts (wheelchair lifts)
complying with 120-3-20-.22 and applicable state or local codes may be used
as part of an accessible route. The use of lifts is not limited to the four
conditions in exception 4 of 120-3-20-.08(5). |
|
|
206.7.1 Performance Areas and
Speakers' Platforms. Platform lifts shall be
permitted to provide accessible routes to performance areas and speakers'
platforms |
(a) To provide an accessible route to
a performing area in an assembly occupancy. |
120-3-20-.08 (5) Exception 4 (a) To
provide an accessible route to a performing area in an assembly occupancy. |
|
|
206.7.2 Wheelchair Spaces.
Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide an accessible route to comply
with the wheelchair space dispersion and line-of-sight requirements of 221
and 802. |
(b) To comply with the wheelchair
viewing position line-of- sight and dispersion requirements of 4.33.3. |
(b) To comply with the wheelchair viewing
position line-of-sight and dispersion requirements of rule 120-3-20-.44(3). |
|
|
206.7.3 Incidental Spaces.
Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide an accessible route to
incidental spaces which are not public use spaces and which are occupied by five
persons maximum. |
(c) To provide access to
incidental occupiable spaces and rooms which are not open to the general
public and which house no more than five persons, including but not limited
to equipment control rooms and projection booths. |
(c) To provide access to incidental
occupiable spaces and rooms which are not open to the general public and
which house no more than five persons, including but not limited to equipment
control rooms and projection booths. |
|
|
206.7.4 Judicial Spaces.
Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide an accessible route to: jury
boxes and witness stands; raised courtroom stations including, judges'
benches, clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks' stations, and court reporters'
stations; and to depressed areas such as the well of a court. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(5) |
|
|
|
206.7.5 Existing Site Constraints.
Platform lifts shall be permitted where existing exterior site constraints
make use of a ramp or elevator infeasible. |
(d) To provide access where existing
site constraints or other constraints make use of a ramp or an elevator
infeasible. |
(d) To provide access where existing
site constraints or other constraints make use of a ramp or an elevator
infeasible. |
|
|
|
|
Note: Only full passenger elevators
are covered by the accessibility provisions of rule 120-3-20-.21. Materials
and equipment hoists, freight elevators not intended for passenger use,
dumbwaiters, and construction elevators are not covered by these rules. If a
building is exempt from the elevator requirement, it is not necessary to
provide a platform lift or other means of vertical access in lieu of an
elevator. |
|
|
|
|
Under Exception 4, platform lifts are
allowed where existing conditions make it impractical to install a ramp or
elevator. Such conditions generally occur where it is essential to provide
access to small raised or lowered areas where space may not be available for
a ramp. Examples include, but are not limited to, raised pharmacy platforms,
commercial offices raised above a sales floor, or radio and news booths. |
|
|
206.7.6 Guest Rooms and Residential
Dwelling Units. Platform lifts shall be permitted to
connect levels within transient lodging guest rooms required to provide
mobility features complying with 806.2 or residential dwelling units required
to provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4. |
|
|
|
|
206.7.7 Amusement Rides.
Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide accessible routes to load and
unload areas serving amusement rides. |
See Appendix 15.1.3 |
|
|
|
206.7.8 Play Areas.
Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide accessible routes to play
components or soft contained play structures. |
See Appendix 15.6 |
|
|
|
206.7.9 Team or Player Seating. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide accessible routes to team
or player seating areas serving areas of sport activity. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(5) |
|
|
|
206.7.10 Recreational Boating
Facilities and Fishing Piers and Platforms. Platform
lifts shall be permitted to be used instead of gangways that are part of
accessible routes serving recreational boating facilities and fishing piers
and platforms. |
See Appendix 15.2 |
|
|
|
206.8 Security Barriers.
Security barriers, including but not limited to, security bollards and
security check points, shall not obstruct a required accessible route or
accessible means of egress. EXCEPTION:
Where security barriers incorporate elements that cannot comply with these
requirements such as certain metal detectors, fluoroscopes, or other similar
devices, the accessible route shall be permitted to be located adjacent to
security screening devices. The accessible route shall permit persons with
disabilities passing around security barriers to maintain visual contact with
their personal items to the same extent provided others passing through the
security barrier. |
7.4 Security Bollards.
Any device used to prevent the removal of shopping carts from store premises
shall not prevent access or egress to people in wheelchairs. An alternate
entry that is equally convenient to that provided for the ambulatory
population is acceptable. 10.4.1(8)
Security Systems. In public facilities that are airports, at least one
accessible route complying with 4.3 shall be provided through fixed security
barriers at each single barrier or group of security barriers. A group is two
or more security barriers immediately adjacent to each other at a single
location. Where security barriers incorporate equipment such as metal
detectors, fluoroscopes, or other similar devices which cannot be made
accessible, an accessible route shall be provided adjacent to such security
screening devices to facilitate an equivalent circulation path. The
circulation path shall permit persons with disabilities passing through
security barriers to maintain visual contact with their personal items to the
same extent provided other members of the general public. EXCEPTION: Doors, doorways, and gates designed
to be operated only by security personnel shall be exempt from 4.13.9,
4.13.11, and 4.13.12. |
120-3-20-.49 (4) Security Bollards. Any device used to prevent the removal
of shopping carts from store premises shall not prevent access or egress to
people in wheelchairs. An
alternate entry that is equally convenient to that provided for the
ambulatory population is acceptable.
120-3-20-.52 (4)(a) 8. Security Systems. [Reserved] |
|
|
207 Accessible Means of
Egress |
|
|
|
|
207.1 General. Means
of egress shall comply with section 1003.2.13 of the International Building
Code (2000 edition and 2001 Supplement) or section 1007 of the International
Building Code (2003 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced
Standards" in Chapter 1). EXCEPTIONS: 1. Where means of egress are
permitted by local building or life safety codes to share a common path of
egress travel, accessible means of egress shall be permitted to share a
common path of egress travel. 2. Areas of refuge shall not be
required in detention and correctional facilities. |
4.1.3(9)
In buildings or facilities, or portions of buildings or facilities, required
to be accessible, accessible means of egress shall be provided in the same
number as required for exits by local building/life safety regulations. Where
a required exit from an occupiable level above or below a level of accessible
exit discharge is not accessible, an area of rescue assistance shall be provided
on each such level (in a number equal to that of inaccessible required
exits). Areas of rescue assistance shall comply with 4.3.11. A horizontal
exit, meeting the requirements of local building/life safety regulations,
shall satisfy the requirement for an area of rescue assistance. EXCEPTION:
Areas of rescue assistance are not required in buildings or facilities having
a supervised automatic sprinkler system. 4.1.6(1)(g)
In alterations, the requirements of 4.1.3(9), 4.3.10 and 4.3.11 do not apply.
See also Appendix 12.1 EXCEPTION |
120-3-20-.08 (9) In buildings or
facilities, or portions of buildings or facilities, required to be
accessible, accessible means of egress shall be provided in the same number
as required for exits by local building/life safety regulations. Where a
required exit from an occupiable level above or below a level of accessible
exit discharge is not accessible, an area of rescue assistance shall be
provided on each such level (in a number equal to that of inaccessible required
exits). Areas of rescue assistance shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14(11). A
horizontal exit, meeting the requirements of local building/life safety
regulations, shall satisfy the requirement for an area of rescue assistance. 120-3-20-.11 (g)In alterations, the
requirements of 120-3-20-.08 (9), 120-3-20-. 4.3.10 and 4.3.11 do not apply. EXCEPTION: Areas of rescue assistance
are not required in buildings or facilities having a supervised automatic
sprinkler system. Note:
Supervised automatic sprinkler systems have built in signals for monitoring
features of the system such as the opening and closing of water control
valves, the power supplies for needed pumps, water tank levels, and for
indicating conditions that will impair the satisfactory operation of the
sprinkler system. Because of these monitoring features, supervised automatic
sprinkler systems have a high level of satisfactory performance and response
to fire conditions. 120-3-20-.14 (10) Egress.
Accessible routes serving any accessible space or element shall also serve as
a means of egress for emergencies or connect to an accessible area of rescue
assistance. Note: Because people with disabilities may
visit, be employed or be a resident in any building, emergency management
plans with specific provisions to ensure their safe evacuation also play an
essential role in fire safety and life safety. 120-3-20-.11 (g) In alterations, the
requirements of 120-3-20-.08 (9), 120-3-20-. 4.3.10 and 4.3.11 do not apply. |
The 2010 Standards incorporate the IBC accessible
means of egress requirements by reference. |
|
4.3.10
Egress. Accessible routes serving any accessible space or element
shall also serve as a means of egress for emergencies or connect to an
accessible area of rescue assistance. |
The 1994 Standards do not support this
provision. For example, an
elevator may serve as an accessible route to the second story of a building,
but the 1994 Standards do not specify that the elevator must be a part of an
accessible means of egress. |
||
|
|
4.3.11.3 Stairway Width.
Each stairway adjacent to an area of rescue assistance shall have a minimum
clear width of 48 inches between handrails. |
120-3-20-.14(11) (c)
Stairway Width. Each stairway adjacent to an area of rescue assistance shall
have a minimum clear width of 48 inches between handrails. Note: A 48 inches (1220 mm) wide exit
stairway is needed to allow assisted evacuation (e.g., carrying a person in a
wheelchair) without encroaching on the exit path for ambulatory persons. |
|
|
|
4.3.11 Areas of Rescue Assistance.
|
120-3-20-.14(11) Areas of Rescue
Assistance. |
|
|
|
4.3.11.1
Location and Construction. An area of rescue assistance shall be
one of the following: (1) A portion of a stairway
landing within a smokeproof enclosure (complying with local requirements). (2) A portion of an exterior
exit balcony located immediately adjacent to an exit stairway when the
balcony complies with local requirements for exterior exit balconies. Openings to the interior of the
building located within 20 feet (6 m) of the area of rescue assistance shall
be protected with fire assemblies having a three-fourths hour fire protection
rating. (3) A portion of a one-hour
fire-resistive corridor (complying with local requirements for fire-resistive
construction and for openings) located immediately adjacent to an exit
enclosure. (4) A vestibule located
immediately adjacent to an exit enclosure and constructed to the same
fire-resistive standards as required for corridors and openings. (5) A portion of a stairway landing
within an exit enclosure which is vented to the exterior and is separated
from the interior of the building with not less than one-hour fire-resistive
doors. (6) When approved by the
appropriate local authority, an area or a room which is separated from other
portions of the building by a smoke barrier. Smoke barriers shall have a
fire-resistive rating of not less than one hour and shall completely enclose
the area or room. Doors in the
smoke barrier shall be tight-fitting smoke- and draft control assemblies having a fire-protection
rating of not less than 20 minutes and shall be self-closing or automatic
closing. The area or room shall
be provided with an exit directly to an exit enclosure. Where the room or area exits into an
exit enclosure which is required to be of more than one-hour fire-resistive
construction, the room or area shall have the same fire-resistive
construction, including the same opening protection, as required for the
adjacent exit enclosure. (7) An elevator lobby when elevator
shafts and adjacent lobbies are pressurized as required for smokeproof
enclosures by local regulations and when complying with requirements herein
for size, communication, and signage.
Such pressurization system shall be activated by smoke detectors on
each floor located in a manner approved by the appropriate local
authority. Pressurization
equipment and its duct work within the building shall be separated from other
portions of the building by a minimum two-hour fire-resistive construction. |
(a) Location and
Construction. An area of rescue assistance shall be one of the following: 1. A portion of
a stairway landing within a smokeproof enclosure (complying with local
requirements). 2. A portion of
an exterior exit balcony located immediately adjacent to an exit stairway
when the balcony complies with local requirements for exterior exit
balconies. Openings to the interior of the building located within 20 feet (6
m) of the area of rescue assistance shall be protected with fire assemblies
having a three-fourths hour fire protection rating. 3. A portion of
a one-hour fire-resistive corridor (complying with local requirements for
fire-resistive construction and for openings) located immediately adjacent to
an exit enclosure. 4. A vestibule
located immediately adjacent to an exit enclosure and constructed to the same
fire-resistive standards as required for corridors and openings. 5. A portion of
a stairway landing within an exit enclosure which is vented to the exterior
and is separated from the interior of the building with not less than
one-hour fire-resistive doors. 6. When
approved by the appropriate local authority, an area or a room which is
separated from other portions of the building by a smoke barrier. Smoke
barriers shall have a fire-resistive rating of not less than one hour and
shall completely enclose the area or room. Doors in the smoke barrier shall
be tight-fitting smoke-control and draft-control assemblies having a
fire-protection rating of not less than 20 minutes and shall be self-closing
or automatic closing. The area or room shall be provided with an exit
directly to an exit enclosure. Where the room or area exits into an exit
enclosure which is required to be of more than one-hour fire-resistive
construction, the room or area shall have the same fire-resistive
construction, including the same opening protection, as required for the
adjacent exit enclosure. 7. An elevator
lobby when elevator shafts and adjacent lobbies are pressurized as required
for smokeproof enclosures by local regulations and when complying with
requirements herein for size, communication, and signage. Such pressurization system shall be
activated by smoke detectors on each floor located in a manner approved by
the appropriate local authority. Pressurization equipment and its duct work
within the building shall be separated from other portions of the building by
a minimum two-hour fire-resistive construction. |
|
|
|
4.3.11.2
Size. Each area of rescue assistance shall
provide at least two accessible areas each being not less than 30 inches by
48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm).
The area of rescue assistance shall not encroach on any required exit
width. The total number of such
30-inch by 48-inch (760 mm by 1220 mm) areas per story shall be not less than
one for every 200 persons of calculated occupant load served by the area of
rescue assistance. EXCEPTION: The appropriate local authority may
reduce the minimum number of 30-inch by 48-inch (760 mm by 1220 mm) areas to
one for each area of rescue assistance on floors where the occupant load is
less than 200. |
(b) Size.
Each area of rescue assistance shall provide at least two accessible areas
each being not less than 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm). The area
of rescue assistance shall not encroach on any required exit width. The total
number of such 30-inch by 48-inch (760 mm by 1220 mm) areas per story shall
be not less than one for every 200 persons of calculated occupant load served
by the area of rescue assistance. EXCEPTION:
The appropriate local authority may reduce the minimum number of 30-inches by
48-inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) areas to one for each area of rescue assistance
on floors where the occupant load is less than 200. |
|
|
|
4.3.11.3*
Stairway Width. Each stairway adjacent to an area of
rescue assistance shall have a minimum clear width of 48 inches between
handrails. |
(c) Stairway Width.
Each stairway adjacent to an area of rescue assistance shall have a minimum
clear width of 48 inches between handrails. Note: A 48 inches (1220 mm) wide exit
stairway is needed to allow assisted evacuation (e.g., carrying a person in a
wheelchair) without encroaching on the exit path for ambulatory persons. |
|
|
|
4.3.11.4 Two-way Communication.
A method of two-way communication, with both visible and audible signals,
shall be provided between each area of rescue assistance and the primary
entry. The fire department or appropriate local authority may approve a
location other than the primary entry. |
(d) Two-way Communication. A method
of two-way communication, with both visible and audible signals, shall be
provided between each area of rescue assistance and the primary entry. The
fire department or appropriate local authority may approve a location other
than the primary entry. Note: It is essential that emergency communication
not be dependent on voice communications alone because the safety of people
with hearing or speech impairments could be jeopardized. The visible signal
requirement could be satisfied with something as simple as a button in the
area of rescue assistance that lights, indicating that help is on the way,
when the message is answered at the point of entry. |
|
|
|
4.3.11.5 Identification.
Each area of rescue assistance shall be identified by a sign which states
"AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE" and displays the international symbol
of accessibility. The sign shall be illuminated when exit sign illumination
is required. Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits and
where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction to areas of
rescue assistance. In each area of rescue assistance, instructions on the use
of the area under emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining the two-way
communication system. |
(e) Identification. Each area of
rescue assistance shall be identified by a sign which states "AREA OF
RESCUE ASSISTANCE" and displays the international symbol of
accessibility. The sign shall be illuminated when exit sign illumination is
required. Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits and where
otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction to areas of rescue
assistance. In each area of rescue assistance, instructions on the use of the
area under emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining the two-way
communication system. |
|
|
207.2 Platform Lifts.
Standby power shall be provided for platform lifts permitted by section
1003.2.13.4 of the International Building Code (2000 edition and 2001
Supplement) or section 1007.5 of the International Building Code (2003
edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in
Chapter 1) to serve as a part of an accessible means of egress. |
|
|
Note
the requirement for standby power on platform lifts used as part of an
accessible means of egress in the 2010 Standards. |
|
208 Parking Spaces |
4.1.2(5)(a)
If parking spaces are provided for self-parking by employees or visitors, or
both, then accessible spaces complying with 4.6 shall be provided in each
such parking area in conformance with the table below. Spaces required by the
table need not be provided in the particular lot. They may be provided in a
different location if equivalent or greater accessibility, in terms of
distance from an accessible entrance, cost and convenience is ensured.[8]
|
120-3-20-.07 (e) (1). If parking
spaces are provided for self-parking by employees or visitors, or both, then
accessible spaces complying with rule 120-3-20-.17 shall be provided in each
such parking area in conformance with the table below. Spaces required by the table need not
be provided in the particular lot. They may be provided in a different
location if equivalent or greater accessibility, in terms of distance from an
accessible entrance, cost and convenience is ensured. |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do
not have an exception for parking spaces for buses, trucks, etc. |
|
208.1 General. Where
parking spaces are provided, parking spaces shall be provided in accordance
with 208. |
|||
|
EXCEPTION:
Parking spaces used exclusively for buses, trucks, other delivery vehicles,
law enforcement vehicles, or vehicular impound shall not be required to
comply with 208 provided that lots accessed by the public are provided with a
passenger loading zone complying with 503. |
|||
|
208.2 Minimum Number.
Parking spaces complying with 502 shall be provided in accordance with Table
208.2 except as required by 208.2.1, 208.2.2, and 208.2.3. Where more than one parking facility
is provided on a site, the number of accessible spaces provided on the site
shall be calculated according to the number of spaces required for each
parking facility. |
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design Table 208.2
Parking Spaces |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia
Accessibility Code |
|||
|
Total Number of Parking Spaces
Provided in Parking Facility |
Minimum Number of Required Accessible
Parking Spaces |
Total Parking in Lot |
Required Minimum Number of Accessible
Spaces |
Total Parking in Lot |
Required Minimum Number of Accessible
Spaces |
|
1 to 25 |
1 |
1 to 25 |
1 |
1 to 25 |
1 |
|
26 to 50 |
2 |
26 to 50 |
2 |
26 to 50 |
2 |
|
51 to 75 |
3 |
51 to 75 |
3 |
51 to 75 |
3 |
|
76 to 100 |
4 |
76 to 100 |
4 |
76 to 100 |
4 |
|
101 to 150 |
5 |
101 to 150 |
5 |
101 to 150 |
5 |
|
151 to 200 |
6 |
151 to 200 |
6 |
151 to 200 |
6 |
|
201 to 300 |
7 |
201 to 300 |
7 |
201 to 300 |
7 |
|
301 to 400 |
8 |
301 to 400 |
8 |
301 to 400 |
8 |
|
401 to 500 |
9 |
401 to 500 |
9 |
401 to 500 |
9 |
|
501 to 1000 |
2 percent of total |
501 to 1000 |
2 percent of total |
501 to 1000 |
2% of total |
|
1001 and over |
20, plus 1 for each 100, or fraction
thereof, over 1000 |
1001 and over |
20, plus 1 for each 100, or fraction
thereof, over 1000 |
1001 and over |
20 plus one for each 100 over 1,000 |
|
2010 Standards for Accessible Design
|
1994 Standards for Accessible Design
|
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|
|
9.2.2(6) Where
provided as part of an accessible unit, sleeping room, or suite, the
following spaces shall be accessible and shall be on an accessible route: (g) carports,
garages or parking spaces. |
120-3-20-.51 6. Exception (g) Where
provided as part of an accessible unit, sleeping room, or suite, the
following spaces shall be accessible and shall be on an accessible route: (g) carports, garages or parking spaces. |
|
|
208.2.1 Hospital Outpatient
Facilities. Ten percent of patient and visitor
parking spaces provided to serve hospital outpatient facilities shall comply
with 502. |
4.1.2(5)(d)
At facilities providing medical care and other services for persons with mobility
impairments, parking spaces complying with 4.6 shall be provided in
accordance with 4.1.2(5)(a) except as follows: (i) Outpatient units and facilities:
10 percent of the total number of parking spaces provided serving each such
outpatient unit or facility; |
120-3-20-.07 (e)(4). At facilities
providing medical care and facilities providing other services for persons
with mobility impairments, parking spaces complying with rule120-3-20-.17
shall be provided in accordance with rule 120-3-20-.07(5)(a) except as
follows: Exception 1: Outpatient units and
facilities: 10 percent of the total number of parking spaces provided serving
each such outpatient unit or facility; |
The 2010 Standards restrict the 10% requirement to
patient and visitor parking. The 1994
Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code apply the 10% to
employee parking as well. |
|
208.2.2 Rehabilitation Facilities and
Outpatient Physical Therapy Facilities. Twenty
percent of patient and visitor parking spaces provided to serve
rehabilitation facilities specializing in treating conditions that affect mobility and outpatient physical
therapy facilities shall comply with 502. |
(ii) Units and facilities that
specialize in treatment or services for persons with mobility impairments: 20
percent of the total number of parking spaces provided serving each such unit
or facility. |
Exception 2: Units and facilities
that specialize in treatment or services for persons with mobility
impairments: 20 percent of the total number of parking spaces provided serving
each such unit or facility. |
The 2010 Standards restrict the 20% requirement to
patient and visitor parking. The 1994
Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code apply the 20% to employee parking as
well. |
|
208.2.3 Residential Facilities.
Parking spaces provided to serve residential facilities shall comply with
208.2.3. |
|
|
|
|
208.2.3.1 Parking for Residents.
Where at least one parking space is provided for each residential dwelling
unit, at least one parking space complying with 502 shall be provided for
each residential dwelling unit required to provide mobility features
complying with 809.2 through 809.4. |
|
|
|
|
208.2.3.2 Additional Parking Spaces
for Residents. Where the total number of parking
spaces provided for each residential dwelling unit exceeds one parking space
per residential dwelling unit, 2 percent, but no fewer than one space, of all
the parking spaces not covered by 208.2.3.1 shall comply with 502. |
|
|
|
|
208.2.3.3 Parking for Guests,
Employees, and Other Non-Residents. Where parking
spaces are provided for persons other than residents, parking shall be
provided in accordance with Table 208.2. |
|
|
|
|
208.2.4 Van Parking Spaces.
For every six or fraction of six parking spaces required by 208.2 to comply
with 502, at least one shall be a van parking space complying with 502. |
4.1.2(5)(b)
One in every eight accessible spaces, but not less than one, shall be served
by an access aisle 96 in (2440 mm) wide minimum and shall be designated
"van accessible" as required by 4.6.4. The vertical clearance at such
spaces shall comply with 4.6.5. All such spaces may be grouped on one level
of a parking structure. EXCEPTION:
Provision of all required parking spaces in conformance with "Universal
Parking Design" (see appendix A4.6.3) is permitted. |
120-3-20-.07(e) (2). One in every
eight accessible spaces, but not less than one, shall be served by an access
aisle 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum and shall be designated "van
accessible" as required by rule 120-3-20-.17(4). The vertical clearance
at such spaces shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.17(5). All such spaces may be
grouped on one level of a parking structure. EXCEPTION: Provision of all required
parking spaces in conformance with "Universal Parking Design" (fig.
A5) |
The 2010 Standards require one in every six
accessible spaces (or fraction thereof) to be van accessible. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code require 1 in 8. |
|
208.3 Location.
Parking facilities shall comply with 208.3 |
|
|
|
|
208.3.1 General.
Parking spaces complying with 502 that serve a particular building or
facility shall be located on the shortest accessible route from parking to an
entrance complying with 206.4. Where parking serves more than one accessible
entrance, parking spaces complying with 502 shall be dispersed and located on
the shortest accessible route to the accessible entrances. In parking facilities that do not serve a
particular building or facility, parking spaces complying with 502 shall be
located on the shortest accessible route to an accessible pedestrian entrance
of the parking facility. |
4.6.2
Location. Accessible parking spaces serving a
particular building shall be located on the shortest accessible route of
travel from adjacent parking to an accessible entrance. In parking facilities
that do not serve a particular building, accessible parking shall be located
on the shortest accessible route of travel to an accessible pedestrian
entrance of the parking facility. In buildings with multiple accessible
entrances with adjacent parking, accessible parking spaces shall be dispersed
and located closest to the accessible entrances. |
120-3-20-.17 (2) Location. Accessible
parking spaces serving a particular building shall be located on the shortest
accessible route of travel from adjacent parking to an accessible entrance.
In parking facilities that do not serve a particular building, accessible
parking shall be located on the shortest accessible route of travel to an
accessible pedestrian entrance of the parking facility. In buildings with multiple accessible
entrances with adjacent parking, accessible parking spaces shall be dispersed
and located closest to the accessible entrances. |
|
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. All van parking spaces shall be
permitted to be grouped on one level within a multi-story parking facility. |
4.1.2(5)(b)
. . . All such spaces may be grouped on one level of a parking structure. |
120-3-20-.07(e) (2) ÉAll such spaces
may be grouped on one level of a parking structure. |
|
|
2. Parking spaces shall be permitted
to be located in different parking facilities if substantially equivalent or
greater accessibility is provided in terms of distance from an accessible
entrance or entrances, parking fee, and user convenience. |
4.1.2(5)(a)
If parking spaces are provided for self-parking by employees or visitors, or
both, then accessible spaces complying with 4.6 shall be provided in each
such parking area in conformance with the table below. Spaces required by the
table need not be provided in the particular lot. They may be provided in a
different location if equivalent or greater accessibility, in terms of
distance from an accessible entrance, cost and convenience is ensured. |
120-3-20-.07 (e) (1). If parking
spaces are provided for self-parking by employees or visitors, or both, then
accessible spaces complying with rule 120-3-20-.17 shall be provided in each
such parking area in conformance with the table below. Spaces required by the table need not
be provided in the particular lot. They may be provided in a different
location if equivalent or greater accessibility, in terms of distance from an
accessible entrance, cost and convenience is ensured. |
|
|
208.3.2 Residential Facilities.
In residential facilities containing residential dwelling units required to
provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4, parking spaces
provided in accordance with 208.2.3.1 shall be located on the shortest
accessible route to the residential dwelling unit entrance they serve. Spaces
provided in accordance with 208.2.3.2 shall be dispersed throughout all types
of parking provided for the residential dwelling units. |
|
120-3-20-.54 Where parking is
provided for facilities with all dwelling units designed for adaptability,
accessible parking spaces are provided according to the number and particular
needs of the disabled residents occupying the adaptable units. |
|
|
EXCEPTION:
Parking spaces provided in accordance with 208.2.3.2 shall not be required to
be dispersed throughout all types of parking if substantially equivalent or
greater accessibility is provided in terms of distance from an accessible
entrance, parking fee, and user convenience. |
|
|
|
|
209 Passenger Loading Zones
and Bus Stops 209.1 General. Passenger
loading zones shall be provided in accordance with 209. |
4.1.2(5)(c)
If passenger loading zones are provided, then at least one passenger loading
zone shall comply with 4.6.6. |
120-3-20-.07 (e) (3). If passenger
loading zones are provided, then at least one passenger loading zone shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.17(6). |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code only
require one accessible passenger loading zone where they are provided. |
|
209.2 Type.
Where provided, passenger loading zones shall comply with 209.2. |
|
|
|
|
209.2.1 Passenger Loading Zones.
Passenger loading zones, except those required to comply with 209.2.2 and
209.2.3, shall provide at least one passenger loading zone complying with 503 in every
continuous 100 linear feet (30 m) of loading zone space, or fraction thereof. |
|
|
|
|
209.2.2 Bus Loading Zones.
In bus loading zones restricted to use by designated or specified public
transportation vehicles, each bus bay, bus stop, or other area designated for
lift or ramp deployment shall comply with 810.2. |
|
|
|
|
209.2.3 On-Street Bus Stops.
On-street bus stops shall comply with 810.2 to the maximum extent practicable. |
10.2.1
(1) Where new bus stop pads are constructed at bus stops,
bays or other areas where a lift or ramp is to be deployed, they shall have a
firm, stable surface; a minimum clear length of 96 inches (measured from the
curb or vehicle roadway edge) and a minimum clear width of 60 inches
(measured parallel to the vehicle roadway) to the maximum extent allowed by
legal or site constraints; and shall be connected to streets, sidewalks or
pedestrian paths by an accessible route complying with 4.3 and 4.4. The slope
of the pad parallel to the roadway shall, to the extent practicable, be the
same as the roadway. For water drainage, a maximum slope of 1:50 (2%)
perpendicular to the roadway is allowed. |
120-3-20-.52 (2)(a)1. Where new bus
stop pads are constructed at bus stops, bays or other areas where a lift or
ramp is to be deployed, they shall have a firm, stable surface; a minimum clear length of 96 inches
(measured from the curb or vehicle roadway edge) and a minimum clear width of
60 inches (measured parallel to the vehicle roadway) to the maximum extent
allowed by legal or site constraints; and shall be connected to streets,
sidewalks or pedestrian paths by an accessible route complying with rule
120-3-20-.14 and rule 120-3-20-.15.
The slope of the pad parallel to the roadway shall, to the extent
practicable, be the same as the roadway.
For water drainage, a maximum slope of 1:50 (2%) perpendicular to the
roadway is allowed. |
|
|
209.3 Medical Care and Long-Term Care
Facilities. At least one passenger loading zone
complying with 503 shall be provided at an accessible entrance to licensed
medical care and licensed long-term care facilities where the period of stay
exceeds twenty-four hours. |
6.2 Entrances.
At least one accessible entrance that complies with 4.14 shall be protected
from the weather by canopy or roof overhang. Such entrances shall incorporate
a passenger loading zone that complies with 4.6.6. |
120-3-20-.48 (2) Entrances. At least one accessible entrance that
complies with rule 120-3-20-.25 shall be protected from the weather by canopy
or roof overhang. Such entrances
shall incorporate a passenger loading zone that complies with rule
120-3-20-.17(6). |
The 1994 Standards and the Georgia Accessibility
Code require a canopy at an accessible medical facility entrance. |
|
209.4 Valet Parking.
Parking facilities that provide valet parking services shall provide at least
one passenger loading zone complying with 503. |
4.1.2(5)(e)
Valet parking: Valet parking facilities shall provide a passenger loading
zone complying with 4.6.6 located on an accessible route to the entrance of
the facility. Paragraphs 5(a), 5(b), and 5(d) of this section do not apply to
valet parking facilities. |
120-3-20-.07 (e)(5). Valet parking:
Valet parking facilities shall provide a passenger loading zone complying
with rule 120-3-20-.17(6) located on an accessible route to the entrance of
the facility. Paragraphs (a), (b), and (d) of this section 120- 3-20-.07 do not apply to valet
parking facilities. Notes: Valet parking is not always
usable by individuals with disabilities.
For instance, an individual may use a type of vehicle controls that
render the regular controls inoperable or the driver's seat in a van may be
removed. In these situations, another person cannot park the vehicle. It is
recommended that some self-parking spaces be provided at valet parking
facilities for individuals whose vehicles cannot be parked by another person
and that such spaces be located on an accessible route to the entrance of the
facility. |
|
|
209.5 Mechanical Access Parking
Garages. Mechanical access parking garages
shall provide at least one passenger loading zone complying with 503 at
vehicle drop-off and vehicle pick-up areas. |
|
|
|
|
210 Stairways |
|
|
|
|
210.1 General.
Interior and exterior stairs that are part of a means of egress shall comply
with 504. |
4.1.3(4)
Interior and exterior stairs connecting levels that are not connected by an
elevator, ramp, or other accessible means of vertical access shall comply
with 4.9. |
120-3-20-.08 (4) Interior and
exterior stairs connecting levels that are not connected by an elevator,
ramp, or other accessible means of vertical access shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.20. |
The
2010 Standards apply their stair requirements on stairs that are part of a
means of egress, regardless of whether the connected levels are served by
accessible routes. The 1994
Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code apply only where the connected
levels are not also connected by an accessible route. |
|
EXCEPTIONS: 1. In detention and correctional
facilities, stairs that are not located in public use areas shall not be
required to comply with 504. |
See Appendix 12.1 EXCEPTION |
|
|
|
2. In alterations, stairs between
levels that are connected by an accessible route shall not be required to
comply with 504, except that handrails complying with 505 shall be provided
when the stairs are altered. |
|
|
|
|
3. In assembly areas, aisle stairs
shall not be required to comply with 504. |
|
|
|
|
4. Stairs that connect play
components shall not be required to comply with 504. |
See Appendix 15.6.1 EXCEPTION 6 |
|
|
|
211 Drinking Fountains |
4.1.3(10)
Drinking Fountains: |
120-3-20-.08 (10) Drinking Fountains: |
|
|
211.1 General. Where
drinking fountains are provided on an exterior site, on a floor, or within a
secured area they shall be provided in accordance with 211. EXCEPTION:
In detention or correctional facilities, drinking fountains only serving
holding or housing cells not required to comply with 232 shall not be
required to comply with 211. |
(a) Where only one drinking fountain
is provided on a floor there shall be a drinking fountain which is accessible
to individuals who use wheelchairs in accordance with 4.15 and one accessible
to those who have difficulty bending or stooping. (This can be accommodated
by the use of a "hi-lo" fountain; by providing one fountain
accessible to those who use wheelchairs and one fountain at a standard height
convenient for those who have difficulty bending; by providing a fountain
accessible under 4.15 and a water cooler; or by such other means as would
achieve the required accessibility for each group on each floor.) (b) Where more than one drinking
fountain or water cooler is provided on a floor, 50% of those provided shall
comply with 4.15 and shall be on an accessible route. |
(a) Where only one drinking fountain is
provided on a floor there shall be a drinking fountain which is accessible to
individuals who use wheelchairs in accordance with rule 120-3-20-.26 and one
accessible to those who have difficulty bending or stooping. (This can be
accommodated by the use of a "hi-lo" fountain; by providing one
fountain accessible to those who use wheelchairs and one fountain at a
standard height convenient for those who have difficulty bending; by
providing a fountain accessible under rule 120-3-20-.26 and a water cooler;
or by such other means as would achieve the required accessibility for each
group on each floor.) (b) Where more than one drinking
fountain or water cooler is provided on a floor, 50% of those provided shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.26 and shall be on an accessible route. Notes: If an odd number of drinking
fountains is provided on a floor, the requirement in rule 120-3-20-.08(10)(b)
may be met by rounding down the odd number to an even number and calculating
50% of the even number. When more than one drinking fountain on a floor is
required to comply with rule 120-3-20-26, those fountains should be dispersed
to allow wheelchair users convenient access. For example, in a large facility such
as a convention center that has water fountains at several locations on a
floor, the accessible water fountains should be located so that wheelchair
users do not have to travel a greater distance than other people to use a
drinking fountain. |
All three documents require drinking fountains to
be accessible to people who use wheelchairs and people who stand (the 1994
Standards specify the latter have difficulty bending or stooping). The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code provide no technical criteria for drinking fountains for
standing persons. Note that the 1994 Standards do not scope exterior
drinking fountains. |
|
211.2 Minimum Number.
No fewer than two drinking fountains shall be provided. One drinking fountain
shall comply with 602.1 through 602.6 and one drinking fountain shall comply
with 602.7. |
|||
|
EXCEPTION:
Where a single drinking fountain complies with 602.1 through 602.6 and 602.7,
it shall be permitted to be substituted for two separate drinking fountains. |
|||
|
211.3 More Than Minimum Number.
Where more than the minimum number of drinking fountains specified in 211.2
are provided, 50 percent of the total number of drinking fountains provided
shall comply with 602.1 through 602.6, and 50 percent of the total number of
drinking fountains provided shall comply with 602.7. |
|||
|
EXCEPTION:
Where 50 percent of the drinking fountains yields a fraction, 50 percent
shall be permitted to be rounded up or down provided that the total number of
drinking fountains complying with 211 equals 100 percent of drinking
fountains. |
|||
|
212 Kitchens, Kitchenettes,
and Sinks |
|
|
|
|
212.1 General.
Where provided, kitchens, kitchenettes, and sinks shall comply with 212. |
|
|
|
|
212.2 Kitchens and Kitchenettes.
Kitchens and kitchenettes shall comply with 804. |
|
|
The 2010 Standards have specific requirements for
kitchens and kitchenettes not limited to residential units. |
|
212.3 Sinks.
Where sinks are provided, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of each
type provided in each accessible room or space shall comply with 606. |
|
|
Note that while the 1994 Standards include
technical requirements for accessible sinks (4.24), they never provide
scoping requirements for sinks. |
|
EXCEPTION:
Mop or service sinks shall not be required to comply with 212.3. |
|
|
|
|
213 Toilet
Facilities and Bathing Facilities 213.1 General. Where
toilet facilities and bathing facilities are provided, they shall comply with
213. Where toilet facilities and bathing facilities are provided in
facilities permitted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 and 2 not to connect stories by
an accessible route, toilet facilities and bathing facilities shall be
provided on a story connected by an accessible route to an accessible
entrance. 213.2 Toilet Rooms and Bathing Rooms.
Where toilet rooms are provided, each toilet room shall comply with 603. Where
bathing rooms are provided, each bathing room shall comply with 603. |
4.1.2(6)
If toilet facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common
use toilet facility shall comply with 4.22. If bathing facilities are
provided on a site, then each such public or common use bathing facility
shall comply with 4.23 Accessible units shall be identified by the
International Symbol of Accessibility. EXCEPTION:
Portable toilet units at construction sites used exclusively by construction
personnel are not required to comply with 4.1.2(6). 4.1.3(11)
Toilet Facilities: If toilet rooms are provided, then each public and common
use toilet room shall comply with 4.22. Other toilet rooms provided for the
use of occupants of specific spaces (i.e., a private toilet room for the
occupant of a private office) shall be adaptable. If bathing rooms are
provided, then each public and common use bathroom shall comply with 4.23.
Accessible toilet rooms and bathing facilities shall be on an accessible
route. |
120-3-20-.07 (e)(6) If toilet
facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common use toilet
facility shall comply with 120-3-20-.33. If bathing facilities are provided
on a site, then each such public or common use bathing facility shall comply
with 120-3- 20-.34. For single user portable toilet or bathing units
clustered at a single location, at least 5% but no less than one toilet unit
or bathing unit complying with 120-3-20-.33 or 120-3-20-.34 shall be
installed at each cluster whenever typical inaccessible units are provided.
Accessible units shall be identified by the International Symbol of
Accessibility. EXCEPTION: Portable toilet units at
construction sites used exclusively by construction personnel are not
required to comply with 120-3-20-.07(6). 120-3-20-.08 (11) Toilet Facilities:
If toilet rooms are provided, then each public and common use toilet room
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.33. Other toilet rooms provided for the use
of occupants of specific spaces (i.e., a private toilet room for the occupant
of a private office) shall be adaptable. If bathing rooms are provided, then
each public and common use bathroom shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.34.
Accessible toilet rooms and bathing facilities shall be on an accessible
route. |
The 1994 Standards permit private toilet rooms off
private spaces to be ÒadaptableÓ but provide no technical specification for
this. |
|
|
|
||
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In alterations where it is
technically infeasible to comply with 603, altering existing toilet or
bathing rooms shall not be required where a single unisex toilet room or
bathing room complying with 213.2.1 is provided and located in the same area
and on the same floor as existing inaccessible toilet or bathing rooms. |
4.1.6(3)(e) Toilet
Rooms: (i) Where it is technically
infeasible to comply with 4.22 or 4.23, the installation of at least one
unisex toilet/bathroom per floor, located in the same area as existing toilet
facilities, will be permitted in lieu of modifying existing toilet facilities
to be accessible. Each unisex toilet room shall contain one water closet
complying with 4.16 and one lavatory complying with 4.19, and the door shall
have a privacy latch. |
120-3-20-.11 (3)(e) Toilet Rooms: (i) Where it is technically
infeasible to comply with 120-3-20-.33 or 120-3-20-.34, the installation of at
least one unisex toilet/bathroom per floor, located in the same area as
existing toilet facilities, will be permitted in lieu of modifying existing
toilet facilities to be accessible. Each unisex toilet room shall contain one
water closet complying with 120-3-20-.27 and one lavatory complying with
120-3-20-.30, and the door shall have a privacy latch. |
|
|
|
(ii) Where it is technically
infeasible to install a required standard stall (Fig. 30(a)), or where other
codes prohibit reduction of the fixture count (i.e., removal of a water
closet in order to create a double-wide stall), either alternate stall
(Fig.30(b)) may be provided in lieu of the standard stall. |
(ii) Where it is technically infeasible
to install a required standard stall (Fig. 30(a)), or where other codes
prohibit reduction of the fixture count (i.e., removal of a water closet in
order to create a double-wide stall), either alternate stall (Fig.30(b)) may
be provided in lieu of the standard stall. |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit
the use of smaller, alternate toilet stalls; the 2010 Standards do not. |
|
2. Where exceptions for alterations
to qualified historic buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, no
fewer than one toilet room for each sex complying with 603 or one unisex
toilet room complying with 213.2.1 shall be provided. |
4.1.7(3)(c)
If toilets are provided, then at least one toilet facility complying with
4.22 and 4.1.6 shall be provided along an accessible route that complies with
4.3. Such toilet facility may be unisex in design. |
120-3-20-.12 (3)(c) If toilets are
provided, then at least one toilet facility complying with 120-3-20-.33 and
120-3-20-.11 shall be provided along an accessible route that complies with
120-3-20-.14. Such toilet facility may be unisex in design. |
|
|
3. Where multiple single user
portable toilet or bathing units are clustered at a single location, no more
than 5 percent of the toilet units and bathing units at each cluster shall be
required to comply with 603. Portable toilet units and bathing units
complying with 603 shall be identified by the International Symbol of
Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1. |
4.1.2(6)
If toilet facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common
use toilet facility shall comply with 4.22. If bathing facilities are
provided on a site, then each such public or common use bathing facility
shall comply with 4.23. For single user portable toilet or bathing units
clustered at a single location, at least five percent but no less than one
toilet unit or bathing unit complying with 4.22 or 4.23 shall be installed at
each cluster whenever typical inaccessible units are provided. Accessible
units shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility. |
120-3-20-.07 (e)(6) If toilet
facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common use toilet
facility shall comply with 120-3-20-.33. If bathing facilities are provided
on a site, then each such public or common use bathing facility shall comply
with 120-3- 20-.34. For single user portable toilet or bathing units
clustered at a single location, at least 5% but no less than one toilet unit
or bathing unit complying with 120-3-20-.33 or 120-3-20-.34 shall be installed
at each cluster whenever typical inaccessible units are provided. Accessible
units shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility. |
|
|
4. Where multiple single user toilet
rooms are clustered at a single location, no more than 50 percent of the
single user toilet rooms for each use at each cluster shall be required to
comply with 603. |
|
|
|
|
213.2.1 Unisex (Single-Use or Family)
Toilet and Unisex Bathing Rooms. Unisex toilet
rooms shall contain not more than one lavatory, and two water closets without
urinals or one water closet and one urinal. Unisex bathing rooms shall
contain one shower or one shower and one bathtub, one lavatory, and one water
closet. Doors to unisex toilet rooms and unisex bathing rooms shall have
privacy latches. |
|
|
|
|
213.3 Plumbing Fixtures and
Accessories. Plumbing fixtures and accessories
provided in a toilet room or bathing room required to comply with 213.2 shall
comply with 213.3. |
|
|
|
|
213.3.1 Toilet Compartments.
Where toilet compartments are provided, at least one toilet compartment shall
comply with 604.8.1. In addition to the compartment required to comply with
604.8.1, at least one compartment shall comply with 604.8.2 where six or more
toilet compartments are provided, or where the combination of urinals and water
closets totals six or more fixtures. 213.3.2 Water Closets.
Where water closets are provided, at least one shall comply with 604. |
4.22.4 Water Closets.
If toilet stalls are provided, then at least one shall be a standard toilet
stall complying with 4.17; where 6 or more stalls are provided, in addition
to the stall complying with 4.17.3, at least one stall 36 in (915 mm) wide
with an outward swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying
with Fig. 30(d) and 4.26 shall be provided. Water closets in such stalls
shall comply with 4.16. If water closets are not in stalls, then at least one
shall comply with 4.16. 4.23.4
Water Closets. If toilet stalls are provided, then
at least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with 4.17; where 6 or
more stalls are provided, in addition to the stall complying with 4.17.3, at
least one stall 36 in (915 mm) wide with an outward swinging, self-closing
door and parallel grab bars complying with Fig. 30(d) and 4.26 shall be
provided. Water closets in such stalls shall comply with 4.16. If water
closets are not in stalls, then at least one shall comply with 4.16. |
120-3-20-.33 (4) Water Closets. If toilet stalls are provided, then at
least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with rule 120-3-20-.28;
where 6 or more stalls are
provided, in addition to the stall complying with rule
120-3-20-.28(3), at least one stall 36 inches (915 mm) wide with an outward
swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying with Fig. 30(d)
and rule 120-3-20-.37 shall be provided.
Water closets in such stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27. If water closets are not in stalls,
then at least one shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27 (4) Water Closets. If toilet stalls are provided, then at
least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with rule 120-3-20-.28;
where 6 or more stalls are provided, in addition to the stall complying with
rule 120-3-20-.28(3), at least one stall 36 inches (915 mm) wide with an
outward swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying with
Fig. 30(d) and rule 120-3-20-.37 shall be provided. Water closets in such stalls shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.27. If
water closets are not in stalls, then at least one shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.27. |
Note that the 2010 StandardsÕ trigger for the
ambulatory stall in addition to the accessible toilet stall is based on 6 or
more toilet stalls OR where the combination of urinals and
water closets totals 6 or more fixtures. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code require the ambulatory stall when 6 or more stalls are
provided. |
|
213.3.3 Urinals.
Where more than one urinal is provided, at least one shall comply with 605. |
4.22.5
Urinals. If urinals are provided, then at
least one shall comply with 4.18. |
120-3-20-.33 (5) Urinals. If urinals
are provided, then at least one shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.29. |
The 1994 Standards require at least one accessible
urinal in rooms where urinals are provided. The 2010 Standards have an exception where
only one urinal is provided. |
|
4.23.5
Urinals. If urinals are provided, then at
least one shall comply with 4.18. |
120-3-20-.34 (5) Urinals. If urinals are provided, then at least
one shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.29. |
||
|
213.3.4 Lavatories.
Where lavatories are provided, at least one shall comply with 606 and shall
not be located in a toilet compartment. 213.3.5 Mirrors.
Where mirrors are provided, at least one shall comply with 603.3. |
4.22.6
Lavatories and Mirrors [Toilet Rooms]. If lavatories and
mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with 4.19. 4.23.6
Lavatories and Mirrors. If lavatories and mirrors are
provided, then at least one of each shall comply with 4.19. |
120-3-20-.33 (6) Lavatories and
Mirrors [Toilet Rooms]. If
lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply
with rule 120-3-20-.30. 120-3-20-.34 (6) Lavatories and
Mirrors [Bathrooms]. If
lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply
with rule 120-2-20-.30.
|
|
|
213.3.6 Bathing Facilities. Where
bathtubs or showers are provided, at least one bathtub complying with 607 or
at least one shower complying with 608 shall be provided. |
4.23.8
Bathing and Shower Facilities. If tubs or showers are provided, then
at least one accessible tub that complies with 4.20 or at least one
accessible shower that complies with 4.21 shall be provided. |
120-3-20-.34 (8) Bathing and Shower
Facilities. If tubs or showers
are provided, then at least one accessible tub that complies with rule
120-2-20-.31 or at least one accessible shower that complies with rule
120-2-20-.32 shall be provided. |
|
|
213.3.7 Coat Hooks and Shelves.
Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in toilet rooms without toilet
compartments, at least one of each type shall comply with 603.4. Where coat
hooks or shelves are provided in toilet compartments, at least one of each
type complying with 604.8.3 shall be provided in toilet compartments required
to comply with 213.3.1. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in bathing
facilities, at least one of each type complying with 603.4 shall serve
fixtures required to comply with 213.3.6. |
|
|
|
|
214 Washing Machines and
Clothes Dryers |
|
|
The
2010 Standards address accessible laundry equipment; the 1994 Standards do
not. |
|
214.1 General.
Where provided, washing machines and clothes dryers shall comply with 214. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (6) (Residential)Laundry
Facilities. If laundry equipment is provided within individual accessible
dwelling units, or if separate laundry facilities serve one or more
accessible dwelling units, they shall meet the requirements of 120-320-.54.6.1
and 120-3-20-.54.6.2. |
|
|
214.2 Washing Machines.
Where three or fewer washing machines are provided, at least one shall comply
with 611. Where more than three washing machines are provided, at least two
shall comply with 611. |
|
(a) Location. Laundry Facilities and
laundry equipment shall be on an accessible route. (b) Washing Machines and Clothes
Dryers. Accessible washing machines and clothes dryers in common-use laundry
rooms shall be front loading and shall comply with 120-3-20-.13(4). (c) Controls. Laundry equipment shall
comply with 120-3-20-.38. |
|
|
214.3 Clothes Dryers.
Where three or fewer clothes dryers are provided, at least one shall comply
with 611. Where more than three clothes dryers are provided, at least two shall comply with 611. |
|
|
|
|
215 Fire Alarm Systems |
4.1.3(14)
If emergency warning systems are provided, then they shall include both
audible alarms and visual alarms complying with 4.28. Sleeping accommodations
required to comply with 9.3 shall have an alarm system complying with 4.28.
Emergency warning systems in medical care facilities may be modified to suit
standard health care alarm design practice. |
120-3-20-.08 (14) If emergency
warning systems are provided, then they shall include both audible alarms and
visual alarms complying with rule 120-3-20-.39. Sleeping accommodations
required to comply with rule 120-3-20-.51(3) shall have an alarm system
complying with rule 120-3-20-.39. Emergency warning systems in medical care
facilities may be modified to suit standard health care alarm design
practice. |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code purport
to regulate all emergency warning systems, but provide technical criteria only
for fire alarm systems. |
|
215.1 General. Where
fire alarm systems provide audible alarm coverage, alarms shall comply with
215. |
|||
|
EXCEPTION:
In existing facilities, visible alarms shall not be required except where an
existing fire alarm system is upgraded or replaced, or a new fire alarm
system is installed. |
|
|
|
|
215.2 Public and Common Use Areas.
Alarms in public use areas and common use areas shall comply with 702. |
4.28.1 General. Alarm
systems required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.28. At a
minimum, visual signal appliances shall be provided in buildings and
facilities in each of the following areas: restrooms and any other general
usage areas (e.g., meeting rooms), hallways, lobbies, and any other area for
common use. |
120-3-20-.39 Alarms. General. Alarm systems required to be
accessible by rule 120-3-.20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-.20-.39. At a minimum, visual signal appliances
shall be provided in buildings and facilities in each of the following areas:
restrooms and any other general usage areas (e.g., class rooms, meeting
rooms), hallways, lobbies, and any other area for common use. |
|
|
215.3 Employee Work Areas.
Where employee work areas have audible alarm coverage, the wiring system
shall be designed so that visible alarms complying with 702 can be integrated into the
alarm system. |
|
|
The 2010 Standards require that alarm systems in
employee work areas be designed so that visible notification devices can be
added at a later date as needed
The 1994 Standards exempt employee work areas from all alarm
requirements. |
|
215.4 Transient Lodging.
Guest rooms required to comply with 224.4 shall provide alarms complying with
702. |
4.28.4
Auxiliary Alarms. Units and sleeping accommodations shall have a
visual alarm connected to the building emergency alarm system or shall have a
standard 110-volt electrical receptacle into which such an alarm can be
connected and a means by which a signal from the building emergency alarm
system can trigger such an auxiliary alarm. When visual alarms are in place
the signal shall be visible in all areas of the unit or room. Instructions
for use of the auxiliary alarm or receptacle shall be provided. |
120-3-20-.39 (4) Auxiliary
Alarms. Units and sleeping
accommodations shall have a visual alarm connected to the building emergency
alarm system or shall have a standard 110-volt electrical receptacle into
which such an alarm can be connected and a means by which a signal from the
building emergency alarm system can trigger such an auxiliary alarm. When visual alarms are in place the
signal shall be visible in all areas of the unit or room. Instructions for use of the auxiliary
alarm or receptacle shall be provided.
Note: Locating visual emergency alarms in
rooms where persons who are deaf may work or reside alone can ensure that
they will always be warned when an emergency alarm is activated. To be effective, such devices must be
located and oriented so that they will spread signals and reflections
throughout a space or raise the overall light level sharply. However, visual alarms alone are not
necessarily the best means to alert sleepers. A study conducted by Underwriters
Laboratory (UL) concluded that a flashing light more than seven times
brighter was required (110 candela v. 15 candela, at the same distance) to
awaken sleepers as was needed to alert awake subjects in a normal daytime
illuminated room. For hotel and other rooms where
people are likely to be asleep, a signal activated vibrator placed between
mattresses and box springs or under pillows were found by UL to be much more
effective in alerting sleepers.
Many readily available devices are sound – activated so that
they could respond to an alarm clock, clock radio, wake-up telephone call or
room smoke detector. Activation
by a building alarm system can be accomplished either by a separate circuit
activating an auditory alarm which would, in turn, trigger the vibrator or by
a signal transmitted through the ordinary 110-volt outlet. Transmission of signals through the
power line is relatively simple and is the basis of common, inexpensive
remote light control systems sold in many department and electronic stores
for home use. So-called
ÒwirelessÓ intercoms operate on the same principal. |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit
portable, plug-in visible alarms.
These are not acceptable under the 2010 Standards as they would not be
part of a supervised alarm system. |
|
215.5 Residential Facilities.
Where provided in residential dwelling units required to comply with 809.5,
alarms shall comply with 702. |
|
|
Where alarms are provided in a building, the 2010 Standards
require visible alarms in the small number of accessible dwelling units it
requires. The 1994 Standards do
not address non-transient residential occupancies. |
|
216 Signs 216.1 General.
Signs shall be provided in accordance with 216 and shall comply with 703. |
4.1.2(7)
Building Signage. 4.1.3(16)
Building Signage: Signs which designate permanent rooms
and spaces shall comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.4, 4.30.5 and 4.30.6. Other signs
which provide direction to, or information about, functional spaces of the
building shall comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, and 4.30.5. Elements and
spaces of accessible facilities which shall be identified by the
International Symbol of Accessibility and which shall comply with 4.30.7 are: |
120-3-20-.07 (e)(7) Building Signage.
Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with rules
120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(4), 120-3-20-.41(5) and 120-3- 20-.41(6)É. 120-3-20-.08 (16) Building Signage: (a) Signs which designate permanent
rooms and spaces shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(4),
120-3-20-.41(5) and 120-3-20-.41(6). |
|
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Building directories, menus, seat
and row designations in assembly areas, occupant names, building addresses,
and company names and logos shall not be required to comply with 216. |
4.1.3(16)(b) EXCEPTION: Building
directories, menus, and all other signs which are temporary are not required
to comply. |
EXCEPTION: Transitory building
directories, menus, and all other signs which are temporary in nature are not
required to comply |
|
|
2. In parking facilities, signs shall
not be required to comply with 216.2, 216.3, and 216.6 through 216.12. |
|
|
|
|
3. Temporary, 7 days or less, signs
shall not be required to comply with 216. |
4.1.3(16)(b) EXCEPTION: Building
directories, menus, and all other signs which are temporary are not required
to comply. |
EXCEPTION: Transitory building
directories, menus, and all other signs which are temporary in nature are not
required to comply |
|
|
4. In detention and correctional
facilities, signs not located in public use areas shall not be required to
comply with 216. |
See Appendix 12.1 EXCEPTION |
|
|
|
216.2 Designations.
Interior and exterior signs identifying permanent rooms and spaces shall
comply with 703.1, 703.2, and 703.5. Where pictograms are provided as
designations of permanent interior rooms and spaces, the pictograms shall
comply with 703.6 and shall have text descriptors complying with 703.2 and
703.5 . EXCEPTION:
Exterior signs that are not located at the door to the space they serve shall
not be required to comply with 703.2. |
4.1.2(7)
Building Signage. Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall
comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.4, 4.30.5 and 4.30.6. Other signs which provide
direction to, or information about, functional spaces of the building shall
comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, and 4.30.5. Elements and spaces of
accessible facilities which shall be identified by the International Symbol
of Accessibility and which shall comply with 4.30.7 areÉ 4.1.3(16)(a)
Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with 4.30.1,
4.30.4, 4.30.5 and 4.30.6. |
120-3-20-.07 (e)(7) Building Signage.
Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with rules
120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(4), 120-3-20-.41(5) and 120-3- 20-.41(6). Other
signs which provide direction to, or information about, functional spaces of
the building shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2),
120-3-20-.41(3), and 120-3-20-.41(5). Elements and spaces of accessible
facilities which shall be identified by the International Symbol of
Accessibility and which shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.41(7) are. . . 120-3-20-.08 (16) Building Signage: (a) Signs which designate permanent
rooms and spaces shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(4),
120-3-20-.41(5) and 120-3-20-.41(6). |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do
not have an exception for exterior signs not located at the door to the space
they serve. |
|
216.3 Directional and Informational
Signs. Signs that provide direction to or information about
interior spaces and facilities of the site shall comply with 703.5. |
4.1.3(16)(b)
Other signs which provide direction to or information about functional spaces
of the building shall comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, and 4.30.5. |
(b) Other signs which provide
direction to or information about functional spaces of the building shall
comply with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3), and
120-3-20-.41(5). |
|
|
216.4 Means of Egress.
Signs for means of egress shall comply with 216.4. |
|
|
|
|
216.4.1 Exit Doors.
Doors at exit passageways, exit discharge, and exit stairways shall be
identified by tactile signs complying with 703.1, 703.2, and 703.5. |
|
|
|
|
216.4.2 Areas of Refuge.
Signs required by section 1003.2.13.5.4 of the International Building Code
(2000 edition) or section 1007.6.4 of the International Building Code (2003
edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in
Chapter 1) to provide instructions in areas of refuge shall comply with
703.5. |
4.3.11.5
Identification. Each area of rescue assistance shall
be identified by a sign which states "AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE"
and displays the international symbol of accessibility. The sign shall be
illuminated when exit sign illumination is required. Signage shall also be
installed at all inaccessible exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly
indicate the direction to areas of rescue assistance. In each area of rescue
assistance, instructions on the use of the area under emergency conditions
shall be posted adjoining the two-way communication system. |
120-3.20-.14 (e) Identification.
Each area of rescue assistance shall be identified by a sign which states
"AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE" and displays the international symbol
of accessibility. The sign shall be illuminated when exit sign illumination
is required. Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits and
where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction to areas of
rescue assistance. In each area of rescue assistance, instructions on the use
of the area under emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining the two-way
communication system. |
|
|
216.4.3 Directional Signs.
Signs required by section 1003.2.13.6 of the International Building Code
(2000 edition) or section 1007.7 of the International Building Code (2003
edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in
Chapter 1) to provide directions to accessible means of egress shall comply
with 703.5. |
4.3.11.5
Identification. Each area of rescue assistance shall
be identified by a sign which states "AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE"
and displays the international symbol of accessibility. The sign shall be
illuminated when exit sign illumination is required. Signage shall also be
installed at all inaccessible exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly
indicate the direction to areas of rescue assistance. In each area of rescue
assistance, instructions on the use of the area under emergency conditions
shall be posted adjoining the two-way communication system. |
(e) Identification.
Each area of rescue assistance shall be identified by a sign which states
"AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE" and displays the international symbol
of accessibility. The sign shall be illuminated when exit sign illumination
is required. Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits and
where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction to areas of
rescue assistance. In each area of rescue assistance, instructions on the use
of the area under emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining the two-way
communication system. |
|
|
216.5 Parking.
Parking spaces complying with 502 shall be identified by signs complying with
502.6. |
4.1.2(7)(a)
Parking spaces designated as reserved for individuals with disabilities; |
120-3-20-.07 (e)(7)(i) Parking spaces
designated as reserved for individuals with disabilities; |
The 2010 Standards do not require signs for
accessible parking spaces where there are four or fewer total parking spaces.
|
|
EXCEPTIONS: 1. Where a total of four or fewer
parking spaces, including accessible parking spaces, are provided on a site,
identification of accessible parking spaces shall not be required. |
|||
|
2. In residential facilities, where
parking spaces are assigned to specific residential dwelling units,
identification of accessible parking spaces shall not be required. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.1.2(7)(b)
Accessible passenger loading zones; |
(ii) Accessible passenger loading
zones; |
|
|
216.6 Entrances.
Where not all entrances comply with 404, entrances complying with 404 shall
be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with
703.7.2.1. Directional signs complying with 703.5 that indicate the location
of the nearest entrance complying with 404 shall be provided at entrances
that do not comply with 404. |
4.1.2(7)(c)
Accessible entrances when not all are accessible (inaccessible entrances
shall have directional signage to indicate the route to the nearest
accessible entrance); 4.1.3(8)(d)
Entrances which are not accessible shall have directional signage complying
with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, and 4.30.5, which indicates the location of the
nearest accessible entrance. |
(iii) Accessible entrances when not
all are accessible (inaccessible entrances shall have directional signage to
indicate the route to the nearest accessible entrance); 120-3-20-.08 (d) Entrances which are
not accessible shall have directional signage complying with rules
120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20 .41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3), and 120-3-20-.41(5), which
indicates the location of the nearest accessible entrance. |
|
|
216.7 Elevators.
Where existing elevators do not comply with 407, elevators complying with 407
shall be clearly identified with the International Symbol of Accessibility
complying with 703.7.2.1. |
|
|
|
|
216.8 Toilet Rooms and Bathing Rooms.
Where existing toilet rooms or bathing rooms do not comply with 603,
directional signs indicating the location of the nearest toilet room or
bathing room complying with 603 within the facility shall be provided. Signs
shall comply with 703.5 and shall include the International Symbol of
Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1. Where existing toilet rooms or
bathing rooms do not comply with 603, the toilet rooms or bathing rooms
complying with 603 shall be identified by the International Symbol of
Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1. Where clustered single user toilet
rooms or bathing facilities are permitted to use exceptions to 213.2, toilet
rooms or bathing facilities complying with 603 shall be identified by the
International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1 unless all
toilet rooms and bathing facilities comply with 603. |
4.1.2(7)(d) Accessible
toilet and bathing facilities when not all are accessible. 4.1.6(3)(e)(iii) When
existing toilet or bathing facilities are being altered and are not made
accessible, signage complying with 4.30.1,4.30.2, 4.30.3, 4.30.5 and 4.30.7
shall be provided indicating the location of the nearest accessible toilet or
bathing facility within the facility. |
120-3-20-.07 (e)(7)(iiii) Accessible
toilet and bathing facilities when not all are accessible. 120-3-20-.11 (3)(e)(iii) When
existing toilet or bathing facilities are being altered and are not made
accessible, signage complying with 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2),
120-3-20-.41(3), 120-3-20-.41(5) and 120-3-20-.41(7) shall be provided
indicating the location of the nearest accessible toilet or bathing facility
within the facility. |
|
|
216.9 TTYs.
Identification and directional signs for public TTYs shall be provided in
accordance with 216.9. 216.9.1 Identification Signs.
Public TTYs shall be identified by the International Symbol of TTY complying
with 703.7.2.2. 216.9.2 Directional Signs. Directional
signs indicating the location of the nearest public TTY shall be provided at
all banks of public pay telephones not containing a public TTY. In addition,
where signs provide direction to public pay telephones, they shall also
provide direction to public TTYs. Directional signs shall comply with 703.5
and shall include the International Symbol of TTY complying with 703.7.2.2. |
4.30.7(3) Text Telephones. Text telephones required by
4.1.3(17)(c) shall be identified by the international TDD symbol (Fig 43(c)).
In addition, if a facility has a public text telephone, directional signage
indicating the location of the nearest text telephone shall be placed
adjacent to all banks of telephones which do not contain a text telephone.
Such directional signage shall include the international TDD symbol. If a
facility has no banks of telephones, the directional signage shall be
provided at the entrance (e.g., in a building directory). |
120-3-20-.41 (7)(c) Text Telephones.
Text telephones required by rule 120-3-20-.08 (17)(c) shall be identified by
the international TDD symbol (Fig 43(c)). In addition, if a facility has a
public text telephone, directional signage indicating the location of the
nearest text telephone shall be placed adjacent to all banks of telephones
which do not contain a text telephone.
Such directional signage shall include the international TDD
symbol. If a facility has no
banks of telephones, the directional signage shall be provided at the
entrance (e.g., in a building directory). |
|
|
216.10 Assistive Listening Systems.
Each assembly area required by 219 to provide assistive listening systems
shall provide signs informing patrons of the availability of the assistive
listening system. Assistive listening signs shall comply with 703.5 and shall
include the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss complying with
703.7.2.4. EXCEPTION:
Where ticket offices or windows are provided, signs shall not be required at
each assembly area provided that signs are displayed at each ticket office or
window informing patrons of the availability of assistive listening systems. |
4.30.7(4) Assistive Listening Systems. In assembly areas
where permanently installed assistive listening systems are required by
4.1.3(19)(b) the availability of such systems shall be identified with signage
that includes the international symbol of access for hearing loss (Fig
43(d)). |
120-3-20-.41 (7)(d) Assistive
Listening Systems. In assembly
areas where permanently installed assistive listening systems are required by
rule 120-3-20-.08(19)(b) the availability of such systems shall be identified
with signage that includes the international symbol of access for hearing
loss (Fig 43(d)). |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require
a sign at each assembly area, even where they are all served by a common
ticket office (e.g., multiplex theaters). |
|
216.11 Check-Out Aisles.
Where more than one check-out aisle is provided, check-out aisles complying
with 904.3 shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility
complying with 703.7.2.1. Where check-out aisles are identified by numbers,
letters, or functions, signs identifying check-out aisles complying with
904.3 shall be located in the same location as the check-out aisle
identification. EXCEPTION:
Where all check-out aisles serving a single function comply with 904.3, signs
complying with 703.7.2.1 shall not be required. |
7.3(3)
Signage identifying accessible check-out aisles shall
comply with 4.30.7 and shall be mounted above the check-out aisle in the same
location where the check-out number or type of check-out is displayed. |
120-3-20-.49 (3)(c) Signage identifying accessible
check-out aisles shall comply with 4.30.7 and shall be mounted above the
check-out aisle in the same location where the check-out number or type of
check-out is displayed. Note: Rule 120-3-20-.49(2) refers to
counters without aisles; rule 120-3-20-.49(3) concerns check out aisles. A counter without an aisle (rule
120-3-20-.49(2)) can be approached from more than one direction such as in a
convenience store. In order to
use a check out aisle (rule 120-3-20-.49(3)), customers must enter a defined
area (an aisle) at a particular point, pay for goods, and exit at a
particular point. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not have an exception for signs
where all check-out aisles serving a single function are accessible. |
|
216.12 Amusement Rides.
Signs identifying the type of access provided on amusement rides shall be
provided at entries to queues and waiting lines. In addition, where
accessible unload areas also serve as accessible load areas, signs indicating
the location of the accessible load and unload areas shall be provided at
entries to queues and waiting lines. |
See Appendix 15.1.6 |
|
|
|
217 Telephones |
4.1.3(17)
Public telephones: |
120-3-20-.08 (17) Public telephones: |
|
|
217.1 General.
Where coin-operated public pay telephones, coinless public pay telephones,
public closed-circuit telephones, public courtesy phones, or other types of
public telephones are provided, public telephones shall be provided in
accordance with 217 for each type of public telephone provided. For purposes
of this section, a bank of telephones shall be considered to be two or
more adjacent telephones. |
(a) If public pay
telephones, public closed circuit telephones, or other public telephones are
provided, then they shall comply with 4.31.2 through 4.31.8 to the extent
required by the following table: |
(a) If public pay telephones, public
closed circuit telephones, or other public telephones are provided, then they
shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.42(2) through 120-3-20-.42(8) to the extent
required by the following table: |
The 1994 StandardsÕ requirements for accessible
public telephones are located in the ÒAccessible BuildingÓ section but not
the ÒÓAccessible Sites and Exterior FacilitiesÓ section, and arguably do not
regulate exterior phones. The
2010 Standards require accessible public telephones where phones are
provided. |
|
217.2 Wheelchair Accessible
Telephones. Where public telephones are
provided, wheelchair accessible telephones complying with 704.2 shall be
provided in accordance with Table 217.2. |
|
|
|
|
EXCEPTION:
Drive-up only public telephones shall not be required to comply with 217.2. |
|
|
|
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design Table 217.2 Wheelchair
Accessible Telephones |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
|||
|
Number of Telephones Provided on a
Floor, Level or Exterior Site |
Minimum Number of Required Wheelchair
Accessible Telephones |
Number of each type of telephone
provided on each floor |
Number of telephones required to
comply with 4.31.2 through 4.31.81 |
Number of each type of telephone
provided on each floor |
Number of telephones required to
comply with 4.31.2 through 4.31.81 |
|
1 or more single units |
1 per floor, level and exterior site |
1 or more single unit |
1 per floor |
1 or more single unit |
1 per floor |
|
1 bank |
1 per floor, level and exterior site |
1 bank² |
1 per floor |
1 bank² |
1 per floor |
|
2 or more banks |
1 per bank |
2
or more banks² |
1 per bank. Accessible unit may be
installed as a single unit in proximity (either visible or with signage) to
the bank. At least one public telephone per floor shall meet the requirements
for a forward reach telephone³ |
2
or more banks² |
1 per bank. Accessible unit may be
installed as a single unit in proximity (either visible or with signage) to
the bank. At least one public telephone per floor shall meet the requirements
for a forward reach telephone³ |
|
|
¹ Additional public telephones
may be installed at any height. Unless otherwise specified, accessible
telephones may be either forward or side reach telephones. ² A bank consists of two or more
adjacent public telephones, often installed as a unit. ³ EXCEPTION: For exterior
installations only, if dial tone first service is available, then a side
reach telephone may be installed instead of the required forward reach
telephone. |
¹ Additional public telephones
may be installed at any height. Unless otherwise specified, accessible
telephones may be either forward or side reach telephones. ² A bank consists of two or more
adjacent public telephones, often installed as a unit. ³ EXCEPTION: For exterior
installations only, if dial tone first service is available, then a side
reach telephone may be installed instead of the required forward reach
telephone. |
|||
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design |
1994 Standards for Accessible Design
|
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|
217.3 Volume Controls. All
public telephones shall have volume controls complying with 704.3. |
(b)
All telephones required to be accessible and complying with 4.31.2 through
4.31.8 shall be equipped with a volume control. In addition, 25 percent, but
never less than one, of all other public telephones provided shall be
equipped with a volume control and shall be dispersed among all types of
public telephones, including closed circuit telephones, throughout the
building or facility. Signage complying with applicable provisions of 4.30.7
shall be provided. |
(b) All telephones required to be
accessible and complying with rules 120-3-20-.42(2) through 120-3-20-.42(8)
shall be equipped with a volume control. In addition, 25 percent, but never
less than one, of all other public telephones provided shall be equipped with
a volume control and shall be dispersed among all types of public telephones,
including closed circuit telephones, throughout the building or facility.
Signage complying with applicable provisions of rule 120-3-20-.41(7) shall be
provided. |
The 2010 Standards require all public telephones
to have volume controls. The 1994
Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require volume controls only on
accessible phones. |
|
217.4 TTYs.
TTYs complying with 704.4 shall be provided in accordance with 217.4. |
(c)
The following shall be provided in accordance with 4.31.9: (i) If a total of four or more public
pay telephones (including both interior and exterior telephones) is provided
at a site, and at least one is in an interior location, then at least one
interior public text telephone shall be provided |
(c) The following shall be provided
in accordance with rule 120-3-20-.42(9): 1. if a total number of four or more
public pay telephones (including both interior and exterior phones) is
provided at a site, and at least one is in an interior location, then at
least one interior public text telephone shall be provided. |
|
|
217.4.1 Bank Requirement.
Where four or more public pay telephones are provided at a bank of
telephones, at least one public TTY complying with 704.4 shall be provided at that bank. |
|
|
|
|
EXCEPTION:
TTYs shall not be required at banks of telephones located within 200 feet (61
m) of, and on the same floor as, a bank containing a public TTY. |
|
|
|
|
217.4.2 Floor Requirement.
TTYs in public buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.2.1. TTYs
in private buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.2.2. |
|
|
|
|
217.4.2.1 Public Buildings.
Where at least one public pay telephone is provided on a floor of a public
building, at least one public TTY shall be provided on that floor. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(17)(c)(i) |
|
|
|
217.4.2.2 Private Buildings.
Where four or more public pay telephones are provided on a floor of a private
building, at least one public TTY shall be provided on that floor. |
|
|
|
|
217.4.3 Building Requirement.
TTYs in public buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.3.1. TTYs
in private buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.3.2. |
|
|
|
|
217.4.3.1 Public Buildings.
Where at least one public pay telephone is provided in a public building, at
least one public TTY shall be provided in the building. Where at least one
public pay telephone is provided in a public use area of a public building,
at least one public TTY shall be provided in the public building in a public
use area. |
(ii) If an interior public pay
telephone is provided in a stadium or arena, in a convention center, in a
hotel with a convention center, or in a covered mall, at least one interior
public text telephone shall be provided in the facility |
2. If an interior public pay
telephone is provided in a stadium or arena, in a convention center, in a
hotel with a convention center, or in a covered mall, at least one interior
public text telephone shall be provided in the facility. |
|
|
217.4.3.2 Private Buildings.
Where four or more public pay telephones are provided in a private building,
at least one public TTY shall be provided in the building. |
|||
|
217.4.4 Exterior Site Requirement.
Where four or more public pay telephones are provided on an exterior site, at
least one public TTY shall be provided on the site. |
|
|
|
|
217.4.5 Rest Stops, Emergency
Roadside Stops, and Service Plazas. Where at least one
public pay telephone is provided at a public rest stop, emergency roadside
stop, or service plaza, at least one public TTY shall be provided. |
|
|
|
|
217.4.6 Hospitals.
Where at least one public pay telephone is provided serving a hospital
emergency room, hospital recovery room, or hospital waiting room, at least
one public TTY shall be provided at each location. |
(iii) If a public pay telephone is
located in or adjacent to a hospital emergency room, hospital recovery room,
or hospital waiting room, one public text telephone shall be provided at each
such location. |
3. if a public pay telephone is
located in or adjacent to a hospital emergency room, hospital recovery room,
or hospital waiting room, one public text telephone shall be provided at each
such location. |
|
|
217.4.7 Transportation Facilities.
In transportation facilities, in addition to the requirements of 217.4.1
through 217.4.4, where at least one public pay telephone serves a particular
entrance to a bus or rail facility, at least one public TTY shall be provided
to serve that entrance. In airports, in addition to the requirements of
217.4.1 through 217.4.4, where four or more public pay telephones are located
in a terminal outside the security areas, a concourse within the security
areas, or a baggage claim area in a terminal, at least one public TTY shall
be provided in each location. |
10.3.1(12)
Text Telephones: The following shall be provided in accordance with 4.31.9: (a) If an interior public pay telephone
is provided in a transit facility (as defined by the Department of
Transportation) at least one interior public text telephone shall be provided
in the station. (b) Where four or more public pay
telephones serve a particular entrance to a rail station and at least one is
in an interior location, at least one interior public text telephone shall be
provided to serve that entrance. Compliance with this section constitutes
compliance with section 4.1.3(17)(c). |
120-3-20-.52 (3)(a)12. Text
Telephones: The following shall be provided in accordance with rule
120-3-20-.42(9): (i) If an interior public pay
telephone is provided in a transit facility (as defined by the Department of
Transportation) at least, one interior public text telephone shall be provided
in the station. (ii) Where four or more public pay
telephones serve a particular entrance to a rail station and at least one is
in an interior location, at least one interior public text telephone shall be
provided to serve that entrance.
Compliance with this section constitutes compliance with rule
120-3-20-.08 (17)(c). |
|
|
10.4.1(4)
Where public pay telephones are provided, and at least one is at an interior
location, a public text telephone shall be provided in compliance with
4.31.9. Additionally, if four or more public pay telephones are located in
any of the following locations, at least one public text telephone shall also be provided in that
location: (a) a main terminal outside the
security areas; (b) a concourse within the security
areas; or (c) a baggage claim area in a
terminal. Compliance with this section
constitutes compliance with section 4.1.3(17)(c). |
120-3-20-.52 (4)(a)4. Where public
pay telephones are provided, and at least one is at an interior location, a
public text telephone shall be provided in compliance with rule
120-3-20-.42(9). Additionally, if
four or more public pay telephones are located in any of the following
locations, at least one public text telephone shall also be provided in that
location: (i) a main terminal outside the security
areas; (ii) a concourse within the security areas;
or (iii) a baggage claim area in a terminal. Compliance with this section
constitutes compliance with rule 120-3-20-.08(17)(c). |
|
|
|
217.4.8 Detention and Correctional
Facilities. In detention and correctional
facilities, where at least one pay telephone is provided in a secured area
used only by detainees or inmates and security personnel, at least one TTY
shall be provided in at least one secured area. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(17)(c)(iv) |
|
The 2010 Standards include requirements for TTYs
at detention and correctional facilities; the 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code do not. |
|
217.5 Shelves for Portable TTYs.
Where a bank of telephones in the interior of a building consists of three or
more public pay telephones, at least one public pay telephone at the bank
shall be provided with a shelf and an electrical outlet in accordance with
704.5. |
4.1.3(17)(d)
Where a bank of telephones in the interior of a building consists of three or
more public pay telephones, at least one public pay telephone in each such
bank shall be equipped with a shelf and outlet in compliance with 4.31.9(2). |
120-3-20-.08 (17)(d) Where a bank of
telephones in the interior of a building consists of three or more public pay
telephones, at least one public pay telephone in each such bank shall be
equipped with a shelf and outlet in compliance with rule 120-3-20-.42(9)(b). Notes: In addition to the
requirements of rule 120-3-20-.08(17)(b), the installation of additional
volume controls is required. Volume controls can be installed on any
telephone. |
|
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Secured areas of detention and
correctional facilities where shelves and outlets are prohibited for purposes
of security or safety shall not be required to comply with 217.5. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(17)(d)
Exception |
|
|
|
2. The shelf and electrical outlet
shall not be required at a bank of telephones with a TTY. |
|
|
|
|
218 Transportation
Facilities |
10. TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES. |
|
|
|
218.1 General.
Transportation facilities shall comply with 218. |
See 10.1 |
|
|
|
218.2 New and Altered Fixed Guideway
Stations. New and altered stations in rapid
rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity rail, high speed rail, and other
fixed guideway systems shall comply with 810.5 through 810.10. |
10.3.1
New Construction. New stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter
rail, intercity bus, intercity rail, high speed rail, and other fixed
guideway systems (e.g., automated guideway transit, monorails, etc.) shall
comply with the following provisions, as applicableÉ. (1)
Elements such as ramps, elevators or other circulation devices, fare vending
or other ticketing areas, and fare collection areas shall be placed to
minimize the distance which wheelchair users and other persons who cannot
negotiate steps may have to travel compared to the general public. The circulation path, including an
accessible entrance and an accessible route, for persons with disabilities
shall, to the maximum extent practicable, coincide with the circulation path
for the general public. Where the
circulation path is different, signage complying with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3,
4.30.5, and 4.30.7(1) shall be provided to indicate direction to and identify
the accessible entrance and accessible route. |
120-3-20-.52 (3)(a) New Construction. New stations in rapid rail, light
rail, commuter rail, intercity bus, intercity rail, high speed rail, and
other fixed guide way systems (e.g., automated guide way transit, monorails,
etc.) shall comply with the following provisions, as applicable: 1. Elements such as ramps, elevators or
other circulation devices, fare vending or other ticketing areas, and fare
collection areas shall be placed to minimize the distance which wheelchair
users and other persons who cannot negotiate steps may have to travel
compared to the general public.
The circulation path, including an accessible entrance and an
accessible route, for persons with disabilities shall, to the maximum extent
practicable, coincide with the circulation path for the general public. Where the circulation path is
different, signage complying with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2),
120-3-20-.41(3), 120-3-20-.41(5), and 120-3-20-.41(7)(1) shall be provided to
indicate direction to and identify the accessible entrance and accessible
route. |
|
|
10.3.1
(10) Stations shall not be designed or constructed so as to require persons
with disabilities to board or alight from a vehicle at a location other than
one used by the general public. |
120-3-20-.52 (3)10. Stations shall
not be designed or constructed so as to require persons with disabilities to
board or alight from a vehicle at a location other than one used by the
general public. |
|
|
|
10.3.3 Existing Facilities:
Alterations. (1) For the purpose of complying with
4.1.6(2) (Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function), an area of
primary function shall be as defined by applicable provisions of 49 C.F.R.
37.43(c); (Department of Transportation's ADA Rule) or 28 C.F.R. 36.403
(Department of Justice's ADA Rule). |
120-3-20-.52 (c) (1)Existing
Facilities: Alterations. 1. For the purpose of complying with
rule 120-3-20-.11(2) Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function, an
area of primary function shall be as defined by applicable provisions of 49
CFR 37.43(c) (Department of Transportation's ADA Rule) or 28 CFR 36.403
(Department of Justice's ADA Rule). |
|
|
|
218.3 Key Stations and Existing
Intercity Rail Stations. Key stations and existing
intercity rail stations shall comply with 810.5 through 810.10. |
10.3.2 Existing Facilities: Key
Stations. (1)
Rapid, light and commuter rail key stations, as defined under criteria
established by the Department of Transportation in subpart C of 49 C.F.R.
part 37 and existing intercity rail stations shall provide at least one accessible
route from an accessible entrance to those areas necessary for use of the
transportation system. (2)
The accessible route required by 10.3.2(1) shall include the features
specified in 10.3.1(1), (4)-(9), (11)-(15), and (17)-(19). (3)
Where technical infeasibility in existing stations requires the accessible
route to lead from the public way to a paid area of the transit system, an
accessible fare collection system, complying with 10.3.1(7), shall be
provided along such accessible route. (4)
In light rail, rapid rail and commuter rail key stations, the platform or a
portion thereof and the vehicle floor shall be coordinated so that the
vertical difference, measured when the vehicle is at rest, is within plus or
minus 1-1/2 inches under all normal passenger load conditions, and the
horizontal gap, measured when the vehicle is at rest, is no greater than 3
inches for at least one door of each vehicle or car required to be accessible
by 49 C.F.R. part 37. EXCEPTION 1:
Existing vehicles retrofitted to meet the requirements of 49 C.F.R. 37.93
(one-car-per-train rule) shall be coordinated with the platform such that,
for at least one door, the vertical difference between the vehicle floor and
the platform, measured when the vehicle is at rest with 50% normal passenger
capacity, is within plus or minus 2 inches and the horizontal gap is no
greater than 4 inches. EXCEPTION 2:
Where it is not structurally or operationally feasible to meet the horizontal
gap or vertical difference requirements, mini-high platforms, car-borne or
platform mounted lifts, ramps or bridge plates, or similar manually deployed
devices, meeting the applicable requirements of 36 C.F.R. part 1192, or 49
C.F.R. part 38, shall suffice. (5)
New direct connections to commercial, retail, or residential facilities
shall, to the maximum extent feasible, have an accessible route complying
with 4.3 from the point of connection to boarding platforms and all
transportation system elements used by the public. Any elements provided to
facilitate future direct connections shall be on an accessible route
connecting boarding platforms and all transportation system elements used by
the public. |
120-3-20-.52 (b)(1) Existing Facilities: Key Stations. 1. Rapid, light and commuter rail key
stations, as defined under criteria established by the Department of
Transportation in subpart C of 49 CFR part 37 and existing intercity rail
stations shall provide at least one accessible route from an accessible
entrance to those areas necessary for use of the transportation system. 2. The accessible route required by
rule 120-3-20-.52(b)1 shall include the features specified in rules
120-3-20-.52(a)(1), (4)-(9), (11)-(15), and (17)-(19). 3.Where technical infeasibility in
existing stations requires the accessible route to lead from the public way
to a paid area of the transit system, an accessible fare collection system,
complying with rule 120-3-20-.52(a)(7), shall be provided along such
accessible routes. 4. In light rail, rapid rail and commuter
rail key stations, the platform or a portion thereof and the vehicle floor
shall be coordinated so that the vertical difference, measured when the
vehicle is at rest, within plus or minus 1-1/2 inches under all normal
passenger load conditions, and the horizontal gap, measured when the vehicle
is at rest, is no greater than 3 inches for at least one door of each vehicle
or car required to be accessible by 49 CFR part 37. EXCEPTION 1: Existing vehicles
retrofitted to meet the requirements of 49 CFR 37.93 (one-car-per-train rule)
shall be coordinated with the platform such that, for at least one door, the
vertical difference between the vehicle floor and the platform, measured when
the vehicle is at rest with 50% normal passenger capacity, is within plus or
minus 2 inches and the horizontal gap is no greater than 4 inches. EXCEPTION 2: Where it is not structurally or
operationally feasible to meet the horizontal gap or vertical difference
requirements, mini-high platforms, car-borne or platform mounted lifts, ramps
or bridge plates, or similar manually deployed devices, meeting the
applicable requirements of 36 CFR Part 1192 shall suffice. 5. New direct connections to
commercial, retail, or residential facilities shall, to the maximum extent
feasible, have an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 from the
point of connection to boarding platforms and all transportation system
elements used by the public. Any
elements provided to facilitate future direct connections shall be on an
accessible route connecting boarding platforms and all transportation system
elements used by the public. |
|
|
218.4 Bus Shelters.
Where provided, bus shelters shall comply with 810.3. |
See 10.2.1(2) |
|
|
|
|
10.4
Airports. 10.4.1
New Construction. (1) Elements such as ramps, elevators
or other vertical circulation devices, ticketing areas, security checkpoints,
or passenger waiting areas shall be placed to minimize the distance which
wheelchair users and other persons who cannot negotiate steps may have to
travel compared to the general public. |
120-3-20-.52 (4) Airports. (a)New Construction. 1. Elements such as ramps, elevators
or other vertical circulation devices, ticketing areas, security checkpoints,
or passenger waiting areas shall be placed to minimize the distance which
wheelchair users and other persons who cannot negotiate steps may have to
travel compared to the general public |
|
|
|
10.4.1
(2) The circulation path, including an accessible entrance and an accessible
route, for persons with disabilities shall, to the maximum extent practicable,
coincide with the circulation path for the general public. Where the circulation path is
different, directional signage complying with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3 and
4.30.5 shall be provided which indicates the location of the nearest
accessible entrance and its accessible route. |
2. The circulation path, including an
accessible entrance and an accessible route, for persons with disabilities
shall, to the maximum extent practicable, coincide with the circulation path
for the general public. Where the
circulation path is different, directional signage complying with rules
120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3) and 120-3-20-.41(5) shall
be provided which indicates the location of the nearest accessible entrance
and its accessible route. |
|
|
218.5 Other Transportation
Facilities. In other transportation facilities,
public address systems shall comply with 810.7 and clocks shall comply with
810.8. |
10.4.1(6)
Terminal information systems which broadcast information to the general
public through a public address system shall provide a means to provide the
same or equivalent information to persons with a hearing loss or who are
deaf. Such methods may include, but are not limited to, visual paging systems
using video monitors and computer technology. For persons with certain types
of hearing loss such methods may include, but are not limited to, an
assistive listening system complying with 4.33.7. |
120-3-20-.52 (4) 6. Terminal
information systems which broadcast information to the general public through
a public address system shall provide a means to provide the same or
equivalent information to persons with a hearing loss or who are deaf. Such methods may include, but are not
limited to, visual paging systems using video monitors and computer
technology. For persons with
certain types of hearing loss such methods may include, but are not limited
to, an Assistive listening system complying with rule 120-3-20-.44(7). |
|
|
|
10.4.1(7)
Where clocks are provided for use by the general public the clock face shall
be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible. Hands, numerals,
and/or digits shall contrast with their background either light-on-dark or
dark-on-light. Where clocks are mounted overhead, numerals and/or digits
shall comply with 4.30.3. Clocks shall be placed in uniform locations
throughout the facility to the maximum extent practicable. |
120-3-20-.52 (4) 7. Where clocks are
provided for use by the general public the clock face shall be uncluttered so
that its elements are clearly visible.
Hands, numerals, and/or digits shall contrast with their background
either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.
Where clocks are mounted, numerals and/or digits shall comply with
rule 120-3-20-.41(3). Clocks
shall be placed in uniform locations throughout the facility to the maximum
extent practicable. |
|
|
219 Assistive Listening
Systems |
4.1.3(19)
Assembly Areas: |
120-3-20-.08 (19)* Assembly areas: |
|
|
219.1 General.
Assistive listening systems shall be provided in accordance with 219 and
shall comply with 706. |
|
|
|
|
219.2 Required Systems.
In each assembly area where audible communication is integral to the use of
the space, an assistive listening system shall be provided. |
(b)
This paragraph applies to assembly areas where audible communications are integral
to the use of the space (e.g., concert and lecture halls, playhouses and
movie theaters, meeting rooms, etc.). Such assembly areas, if (1) they
accommodate at least 50 persons, or if they have audio-amplification systems,
and (2) they have fixed seating, shall have a permanently installed assistive
listening system complying with 4.33. For other assembly areas, a permanently
installed assistive listening system, or an adequate number of electrical
outlets or other supplementary wiring necessary to support a portable
assistive listening system shall be provided. The minimum number of receivers
to be provided shall be equal to 4 percent of the total number of seats, but
in no case less than two. Signage complying with applicable provisions of
4.30 shall be installed to notify patrons of the availability of a listening
system. |
(b) This paragraph applies to
assembly areas where audible communications are integral to the use of the
space (e.g., assembly areas, if
(1) they accommodate at least 50 persons, or if they have audio -
amplification systems, and (2) they have fixed seating, shall have a
permanently installed Assistive listening system complying with rule 120-3-
20-.34. For other assembly areas, a permanently installed assistive listening
system, or an adequate number of electrical outlets or other supplementary
wiring necessary to support a portable assistive listening system shall be
provided. The minimum number of receivers to be provided shall be equal to 4
percent of the total number of seats, but in no case less than two. Signage
complying with applicable provisions of rule 120-3-20-.41 shall be installed
to notify patrons of the availability of a listening system. |
|
|
EXCEPTION:
Other than in courtrooms, assistive listening systems shall not be required
where audio amplification is not provided. |
|||
|
219.3 Receivers. Receivers
complying with 706.2 shall be provided for assistive listening systems in
each assembly area in accordance with Table 219.3. Twenty-five percent
minimum of receivers provided, but no fewer than two, shall be hearing-aid
compatible in accordance with 706.3. |
The 2010 Standards decrease the number of
receivers required inversely to the capacity of a venue. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code require a number of receivers equal to 4% of the venue
capacity. The 2010 Standards require some receivers to be
hearing-aid compatible; the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not. |
||
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where a building contains more
than one assembly area and the assembly areas required to provide assistive
listening systems are under one management, the total number of required
receivers shall be permitted to be calculated according to the total
number of seats in the assembly areas in the building provided that all
receivers are usable with all systems. |
|
The 2010 Standards permit multi-room assembly
venues like multiplex movie theaters to calculate the number of required
receivers based on the total capacity of the facility instead of on a
room-by-room basis. The 1994
Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code require a number of receivers equal to 4% of the capacity. |
|
|
2. Where all seats in an assembly
area are served by an induction loop assistive listening system, the minimum
number of receivers required by Table 219.3 to be hearing-aid compatible
shall not be required to be provided. |
|
|
2010 Standards for Accessible Design Table 219.3 Receivers for Assistive Listening Systems |
||
|
Capacity of Seating in Assembly Area |
Minimum Number of Required Receivers |
Minimum Number of Required Receivers Required to be
Hearing-aid Compatible |
|
50 or less |
2 |
2 |
|
51 to 200 |
2, plus
1 per 25 seats over 50 seats1 |
2 |
|
201 to 500 |
2, plus
1 per 25 seats over 50 seats1 |
1 per 4 receivers1 |
|
501 to 1000 |
20, plus 1 per 33 seats over 500 seats1 |
1 per 4 receivers1 |
|
1001 to 2000 |
35, plus 1 per 50 seats over 1000 seats1 |
1 per 4 receivers1 |
|
2001 and over |
55, plus 1 per 100 seats over 2000 seats1 |
1 per 4 receivers1 |
|
1
or fraction thereof |
||
|
2010 Standards for Accessible Design
|
1994 Standards for Accessible Design
|
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|
220 Automatic Teller
Machines and Fare Machines |
|
|
|
|
220.1 General.
Where automatic teller machines or self-service fare vending, collection, or
adjustment machines are provided, at least one of each type provided at each
location shall comply with 707. Where bins are provided for envelopes, waste
paper, or other purposes, at least one of each type shall comply with 811. |
4.1.3(20)
Where automated teller machines (ATMs) are provided, each ATM shall comply
with the requirements of 4.34 except where two or more are provided at a
location, then only one must comply. EXCEPTION:
Drive-up-only automated teller machines are not required to comply with
4.27.2, 4.27.3 and 4.34.3. |
120-3-20-.08 (20) Where automated
teller machines (ATMs) are provided, each ATM shall comply with the
requirements of rule 120-3-20-.45 except where two or more are provided at a
location, then only one must comply. EXCEPTION: Drive-up-only automated
teller machines are not required to comply with rules 120-3-20-.38(2),
120-3-20-.38(3) and 120-3-20-.45(3). |
The 2010 Standards address fare vending machines
generally. The 1994 Standards
only address these when located in transportation facilities |
|
10.3.1(7)
Automatic fare vending, collection and adjustment (e.g., add-fare) systems
shall comply with 4.34.2, 4.34.3, 4.34.4, and 4.34.5. At each accessible
entrance such devices shall be located on an accessible route. If
self-service fare collection devices are provided for the use of the general
public, at least one accessible device for entering, and at least one for
exiting, unless one device serves both functions, shall be provided at each
accessible point of entry or exit. Accessible fare collection devices shall
have a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches; shall permit passage of a
wheelchair; and, where provided, coin or card slots and controls necessary
for operation shall comply with 4.27. Gates which must be pushed open by
wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface
extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor and
shall comply with 4.13. Where the circulation path does not coincide with
that used by the general public, accessible fare collection systems shall be
located at or adjacent to the accessible point of entry or exit. |
120-3-20-.52 (3)(a)7. Automatic fare
vending, collection and adjustment (e.g., add-fare) systems shall comply with
rules 120-3-20-.45(2), 120-3-20-.45(3), and 120-3-20-.45(4). At each accessible entrance such
devices shall be located on an accessible route. If self-service fare collection
devices are provided for the use of the general public, at least one
accessible device for entering, and at least one for exiting, unless one device
serves both functions, shall be provided at each accessible point of entry or
exit. Accessible fare collection
devices shall have a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches; shall permit
passage of a wheelchair; and, where provided, coin or card slots and controls
necessary for operation shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38. Gates which must be pushed open by
wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface
extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor and
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24.
Where the circulation path does not coincide with that used by the
general public, accessible fare collection systems shall be located at or
adjacent to the accessible point of entry or exit. Note: One means of making control buttons on
fare vending machines usable by persons with vision impairments is to raise
them above the surrounding surface.
Those activated by a mechanical motion are likely to be more
detectable. If fare card vending,
collection, and adjustment devices are designed to accommodate fare cards
having one tactually distinctive corner, then a person who has a vision
impairment will insert the card with greater ease. |
|
|
|
|
|
Token collection devices that are
designed to accommodate tokens which are perforated can allow a person to
distinguish more readily between tokens and common coins. Thoughtful placement of accessible
gates and fare vending machines in relation to inaccessible devices will make
their use and detection easier for all persons with disabilities |
|
|
221 Assembly Areas |
4.1.3(19)
Assembly Areas: |
120-3-20-.08 (19)* Assembly areas: |
|
|
221.1 General. Assembly
areas shall provide wheelchair spaces, companion seats, and designated aisle
seats complying with 221 and 802. In addition, lawn seating shall comply with 221.5. 221.2 Wheelchair Spaces.
Wheelchair spaces complying with 221.2 shall be provided in assembly areas
with fixed seating. 221.2.1 Number and Location.
Wheelchair spaces shall be provided complying with 221.2.1. 221.2.1.1 General Seating.
Wheelchair spaces complying with 802.1 shall be provided in accordance with
Table 221.2.1.1. |
(a)
In places of assembly with fixed seating accessible wheelchair locations
shall comply with 4.33.2, 4.33.3, and 4.33.4 and shall be provided consistent
with the following table:[9]
|
(a) In places of assembly with fixed
seating, accessible wheelchair locations shall comply with rules
120-3-20-.44(2), 120-3-20-.44(3), and 120-3-20-.44(4) and shall be provided
consistent with the following table: |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require 1%
of the seating over 500 to be wheelchair spaces. The 2010 Standards reduce
the requirement to 0.67% of the seating capacity between 501 and 5,000, and
0.5% of the seating capacity over 5,000. |
|
¤36.406(f) Assembly areas. Assembly areas that are subject to this part shall
comply with the provisions of the 2010 Standards applicable to assembly
areas, including, but not limited to, sections 221 and 802 (p. 78 and 202).
In addition, assembly areas shall ensure that–– |
|
|
|
|
(1) In stadiums, arenas, and grandstands, wheelchair spaces and
companion seats are dispersed to all levels that include seating served by an
accessible route; |
|
|
|
|
(2) Assembly areas that are required to horizontally disperse wheelchair
spaces and companion seats by section 221.2.3.1 of the 2010 Standards (p. 79)
and that have seating encircling, in whole or in part, a field of play or
performance, wheelchair spaces and companion seats are dispersed around that
field of play or performance area; |
|
|
|
|
(3) Wheelchair spaces and companion seats are not located on (or
obstructed by) temporary platforms or other movable structures, except that
when an entire seating section is placed on temporary platforms or other
movable structures in an area where fixed seating is not provided, in order
to increase seating for an event, wheelchair spaces and companion seats may
be placed in that section. When wheelchair spaces and companion seats are not
required to accommodate persons eligible for those spaces and seats,
individual, removable seats may be placed in those spaces and seats; |
|
|
|
|
(4) In stadium-style movie theaters, wheelchair spaces and companion
seats are located on a riser or cross-aisle in the stadium section that
satisfies at least one of the following criteria–– (i) It is located within the rear 60% of the seats provided in an
auditorium; or (ii) It is located within the area of an auditorium in which the
vertical viewing angles (as measured to the top of the screen) are from the
40th to the 100th percentile of vertical viewing angles for all seats as
ranked from the seats in the first row (1st percentile) to seats in the back
row (100th percentile). |
|
|
|
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design Table 221.2.1.1 Number of Wheelchair Spaces
in Assembly Areas |
1994 Standards for
Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
|||
|
Number of Seats |
Minimum Number or Required
Wheelchair Spaces |
Capacity of Seating in Assembly Area |
Number of Required Wheelchair
Locations |
Capacity of Seating in Assembly Area |
Number of Required Wheelchair
Locations |
|
4 to 25 |
1 |
4 to 25 |
1 |
4 to 25 |
1 |
|
26 to 50 |
2 |
26 to 50 |
2 |
26 to 50 |
2 |
|
51 to 150 |
4 |
51 to 300 |
4 |
51 to 300 |
4 |
|
301 to 500 |
6 |
301 to 500 |
6 |
301 to 500 |
6 |
|
501 to 5000 |
6, plus 1 for each 150,
or fraction thereof, between 501 through 5000 |
over 500 |
6 plus 1 additional space for each
total seating capacity increase of 100 |
over 500 |
6 plus 1 additional space for each
total seating capacity increase of 100 |
|
5001 and over |
36, plus 1 for each 200,
or fraction thereof, over 5000 |
|
|
||
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design |
1994 Standards for Accessible Design
|
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|
221.2.1.2 Luxury Boxes, Club Boxes,
and Suites in Arenas, Stadiums, and Grandstands.
In each luxury box, club box, and suite within arenas, stadiums, and
grandstands, wheelchair spaces complying with 802.1 shall be provided in
accordance with Table 221.2.1.1. |
|
|
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify
that wheelchair spaces must provide a choice of admission prices and
comparable lines of sight, but do not specifically address luxury boxes, club
boxes, or suites. |
|
221.2.1.3 Other Boxes.
In boxes other than those required to comply with 221.2.1.2, the total number
of wheelchair spaces required shall be determined in accordance with Table
221.2.1.1. Wheelchair spaces shall be located in not less than 20 percent of
all boxes provided. Wheelchair spaces shall comply with 802.1. |
|
|
|
|
221.2.1.4 Team or Player Seating.
At least one wheelchair space complying with 802.1 shall be provided in team
or player seating areas serving areas of sport activity. EXCEPTION:
Wheelchair spaces shall not be required in team or player seating areas
serving bowling lanes not required to comply with 206.2.11. |
See
Appendix 4.1.3(19) |
|
|
|
221.2.2 Integration.
Wheelchair spaces shall be an integral part of the seating plan. 221.2.3 Lines of Sight and
Dispersion. Wheelchair spaces shall provide
lines of sight complying with 802.2 and shall comply with 221.2.3. In
providing lines of sight, wheelchair spaces shall be dispersed. Wheelchair
spaces shall provide spectators with choices of seating locations and viewing
angles that are substantially equivalent to, or better than, the choices of
seating locations and viewing angles available to all other spectators. When
the number of wheelchair spaces required by 221.2.1 has been met, further
dispersion shall not be required. |
4.33.3
Placement of Wheelchair Locations. Wheelchair areas
shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan and shall be provided so
as to provide people with physical disabilities a choice of admission prices
and lines of sight comparable to those for members of the general public.
They shall adjoin an accessible route that also serves as a means of egress
in case of emergency. At least one companion fixed seat shall be provided
next to each wheelchair seating area. When the seating capacity exceeds 300,
wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location. Readily
removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not
required to accommodate wheelchair users. 4.1.6(3)(f)
Assembly Areas: (i) Where it is technically
infeasible to disperse accessible seating throughout an altered assembly
area, accessible seating areas may be clustered. Each accessible seating area
shall have provisions for companion seating and shall be located on an
accessible route that also serves as a means of emergency egress |
120-3-20-.44 (3) Placement of
Wheelchair Locations. Wheelchair
areas shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan and shall be
provided so as to provide people with physical disabilities a choice of
admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of the
general public. They shall adjoin
an accessible route that also serves as a means of egress in case of
emergency. At least one companion
fixed seat shall be provided next to each wheelchair seating area. When the seating capacity exceeds 300,
wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location. Readily removable seats may be
installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not required to
accommodate wheelchair users. 120-3-20-.11 (3)(f) Assembly Areas: (i) Where it is technically
infeasible to disperse accessible seating throughout an altered assembly
area, accessible seating areas may be clustered. Each accessible seating area
shall have provisions for companion seating and shall be located on an
accessible route that also serves as a means of emergency egress. (ii) Where it is technically
infeasible to alter all performing areas to be on an accessible route, at
least one of each type of performing area shall be made accessible. |
|
|
EXCEPTION:
Wheelchair spaces in team or player seating areas serving areas of sport
activity shall not be required to comply with 221.2.3. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(19)(c) |
|
|
|
221.2.3.1 Horizontal Dispersion.
Wheelchair spaces shall be dispersed horizontally. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Horizontal dispersion shall not be
required in assembly areas with 300 or fewer seats if the companion seats
required by 221.3 and wheelchair spaces are located within the 2nd or 3rd
quartile of the total row length. Intermediate aisles shall be included
in determining the total row length. If the row length in the 2nd and 3rd
quartile of a row is insufficient to accommodate the required number of
companion seats and wheelchair spaces, the additional companion seats and
wheelchair spaces shall be permitted to be located in the 1st and 4th
quartile of the row. 2. In row seating, two wheelchair
spaces shall be permitted to be located side-by-side. |
|
|
|
|
222.3.2 Vertical Dispersion.
Wheelchair spaces shall be dispersed vertically at varying distances from the
screen, performance area, or playing field. In addition, wheelchair spaces
shall be located in each balcony or mezzanine that is located on an
accessible route. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Vertical dispersion shall not be
required in assembly areas with 300 or fewer seats if the wheelchair spaces
provide viewing angles that are equivalent to, or better than, the average
viewing angle provided in the facility. 2. In bleachers, wheelchair spaces
shall not be required to be provided in rows other than rows at points of
entry to bleacher seating. |
4.33.3
Placement of Wheelchair Locations. EXCEPTION:
Accessible viewing positions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies, and
other areas having sight lines that require slopes of greater than 5 percent.
Equivalent accessible viewing positions may be located on levels having
accessible egress. |
120-3-20-.44 (3)EXCEPTION: Accessible
viewing positions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies, and other areas
having sight lines that require slopes of greater than 5 percent. Equivalent accessible viewing
positions may be located on levels having accessible egress. |
|
|
|
|||
|
221.3 Companion Seats.
At least one companion seat complying with 802.3 shall be provided for each
wheelchair space required by 221.2.1. |
4.33.3
Placement of Wheelchair Locations.
Wheelchair areas shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan and
shall be provided so as to provide people with physical disabilities a choice
of admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of the
general public. They shall adjoin an accessible route that also serves as a
means of egress in case of emergency. At least one companion fixed seat shall
be provided next to each wheelchair seating area. When the seating capacity
exceeds 300, wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location.
Readily removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces
are not required to accommodate wheelchair users. |
120-3-20-.44 (3) Placement of
Wheelchair Locations. Wheelchair
areas shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan and shall be
provided so as to provide people with physical disabilities a choice of
admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of the
general public. They shall adjoin
an accessible route that also serves as a means of egress in case of
emergency. At least one companion
fixed seat shall be provided next to each wheelchair seating area. When the seating capacity exceeds 300,
wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location. Readily removable seats may be
installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not required to
accommodate wheelchair users. |
|
|
221.4 Designated Aisle Seats.
At least 5 percent of the total number of aisle seats provided shall comply
with 802.4 and shall be the aisle seats located closest to accessible routes. |
4.1.3(19)(a) É. In
addition, one percent, but not less than one, of all fixed seats shall be
aisle seats with no armrests on the aisle side, or removable or folding
armrests on the aisle side. Each such seat shall be identified by a sign or
marker. Signage notifying patrons of the availability of such seats shall be
posted at the ticket office. Aisle seats are not required to comply with
4.33.4. |
120-3-20-.08 (19)(a)In addition, one
percent, but not less than one, of all fixed seats shall be aisle seats with
no armrests on the aisle side, or removable or folding armrests on the aisle
side. Each such seat shall be identified by a sign or marker. Signage
notifying patrons of the availability of such seats shall be posted at the
ticket office. Aisle seats are not required to comply with rule
120-3-20-.44(4). |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require
that 1% of the total number of seats be designated aisle seats. The 2010 Standards apply the
accessible designated aisle seat provisions to 5% of the total number of
aisle seats. Note that none of the documents require designated
aisle seats to be on an accessible route. |
|
EXCEPTION:
Team or player seating areas serving areas of sport activity shall not be
required to comply with 221.4. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(5) Exception 4(f) |
|
|
|
219.2 Required Systems. In each assembly area where audible communication is integral
to the use of the space, an assistive listening system shall be provided. EXCEPTION: Other than in courtrooms, assistive listening systems shall not be
required where audio amplification is not provided. |
4.1.3
(19) (b) This paragraph applies to assembly areas where audible
communications are integral to the use of the space (e.g., concert and
lecture halls, playhouses and movie theaters, meeting rooms, etc.). Such assembly areas, if (1) they
accommodate at least 50 persons, or if they have audio‑amplification
systems, and (2) they have fixed seating, shall have a permanently installed
assistive listening system complying with 4.33. For other assembly areas, a
permanently installed assistive listening system, or an adequate number of
electrical outlets or other supplementary wiring necessary to support a
portable assistive listening
system shall be provided. The
minimum number of receivers to be provided shall be equal to 4 percent of the
total number of seats, but in no case less than two. Signage complying with applicable
provisions of 4.30 shall be installed to notify patrons of the availability
of a listening system. |
120-3-20-.08 (19)(b) This paragraph
applies to assembly areas where audible communications are integral to the
use of the space (e.g., assembly areas, if (1) they accommodate at least 50
persons, or if they have audio - amplification systems, and (2) they have
fixed seating, shall have a permanently installed Assistive listening system
complying with rule 120-3- 20-.34. For other assembly areas, a permanently
installed assistive listening system, or an adequate number of electrical
outlets or other supplementary wiring necessary to support a portable
assistive listening system shall be provided. The minimum number of receivers
to be provided shall be equal to 4 percent of the total number of seats, but
in no case less than two. Signage complying with applicable provisions of
rule 120-3-20-.41 shall be installed to notify patrons of the availability of
a listening system. |
|
|
221.5 Lawn Seating.
Lawn seating areas and exterior overflow seating areas, where fixed seats are
not provided, shall connect to an accessible route. |
|
|
|
|
222 Dressing, Fitting, and Locker
Rooms 222.1 General.
Where dressing rooms, fitting rooms, or locker rooms are provided, at least 5
percent, but no fewer than one, of each type of use in each cluster provided
shall comply with 803. |
4.1.3(21)
Where dressing and fitting rooms are provided for use by the general public,
patients, customers or employees, 5 percent, but never less than one, of
dressing rooms for each type of use in each cluster of dressing rooms shall
be accessible and shall comply with 4.35. See also Appendix 4.1.3(21) |
120-3-20-.08 (21) Where dressing and
fitting rooms are provided for use by the general public, patients, customers
or employees, 5% , but never less than one, of dressing rooms for each type
of use in each cluster of dressing rooms shall be accessible and shall comply
with rule 120-3-20-.46. Examples of types of dressing rooms
are those serving different sexes or distinct and different functions as in
different treatment or examination facilities. |
|
|
EXCEPTION:
In alterations, where it is technically infeasible to provide rooms in
accordance with 222.1, one room for each sex on each level shall comply with
803. Where only unisex rooms are provided, unisex rooms shall be permitted. |
4.1.6(3)(h)
Dressing Rooms: In alterations where technical infeasibility can be
demonstrated, one dressing room for each sex on each level shall be made
accessible. Where only unisex dressing rooms are provided, accessible unisex
dressing rooms may be used to fulfill this requirement. |
120-3-20-.11 (3)(h) Dressing Rooms:
In alterations where technical in feasibility can be demonstrated, one
dressing room for each sex on each level shall be made accessible. Where only
unisex dressing rooms are provided, accessible unisex dressing rooms may be
used to fulfill this requirement. |
|
|
222.2 Coat Hooks and Shelves.
Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in dressing, fitting or locker rooms
without individual compartments, at least one of each type shall comply with
803.5. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in individual compartments at
least one of each type complying with 803.5 shall be provided in individual
compartments in dressing, fitting, or locker rooms required to comply with
222.1. |
|
|
|
|
223 Medical Care and
Long-Term Care Facilities |
6. MEDICAL CARE FACILITIES |
120-3-20-.48
MEDICAL CARE FACILITIES |
|
|
¤36.406(g) Medical care facilities. Medical care facilities that are subject to this part shall comply
with the provisions of the 2010 Standards applicable to medical care
facilities, including, but not limited to, sections 223 and 805 (pp. 81 and
209). In addition, medical care facilities that do not specialize in the
treatment of conditions that affect mobility shall disperse the accessible
patient bedrooms required by section 223.2.1 of the 2010 Standards (p. 82) in
a manner that is proportionate by type of medical specialty. |
|
|
|
|
223.1 General.
In licensed medical care facilities and licensed long-term care facilities
where the period of stay exceeds twenty-four hours, patient or resident
sleeping rooms shall be provided in accordance with 223. |
6.1 General.
Medical care facilities included in this section are those in which people
receive physical or medical treatment or care and where persons may need
assistance in responding to an emergency and where the period of stay may
exceed 24 hours. In addition to the requirements of 4.1 through 4.35, medical
care facilities and buildings shall comply with 6. |
(1)
General. Medical care
facilities included in this section are those in which people receive
physical or medical treatment or care and where persons may need assistance
in responding to an emergency and where the period of stay may exceed
twenty-four hours. In addition to
the requirements of rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.52, medical care
facilities shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.48. |
|
|
EXCEPTION:
Toilet rooms that are part of critical or intensive care patient sleeping
rooms shall not be required to comply with 603. |
|
|
The toilet room exception is not found in the 1994 Standards. The intent is that those
individuals in critical or intensive care will not be independently using the
toilet room. |
|
223.1.1 Alterations.
Where sleeping rooms are altered or added, the requirements of 223 shall
apply only to the sleeping rooms being altered or added until the number of
sleeping rooms complies with the minimum number required for new
construction. |
6.1(4)
Alterations to patient bedrooms. (a) When patient bedrooms are being
added or altered as part of a planned renovation of an entire wing, a
department, or other discrete area of an existing medical facility, a percentage
of the patient bedrooms that are being added or altered shall comply with
6.3. The percentage of accessible rooms provided shall be consistent with the
percentage of rooms required to be accessible by the applicable requirements
of 6.1(1), 6.1(2), or 6.1(3), until the number of accessible patient bedrooms
in the facility equals the overall number that would be required if the
facility were newly constructed. (For example, if 20 patient bedrooms are
being altered in the obstetrics department of a hospital, 2 of the altered
rooms must be made accessible. If, within the same hospital, 20 patient
bedrooms are being altered in a unit that specializes in treating mobility
impairments, all of the altered rooms must be made accessible.) Where
toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms which are added or altered and
required to be accessible, each such patient toilet/bathroom shall comply
with 6.4. (b) When patient bedrooms are being
added or altered individually, and not as part of an alteration of the entire
area, the altered patient bedrooms shall comply with 6.3, unless either: a)
the number of accessible rooms provided in the department or area containing
the altered patient bedroom equals the number of accessible patient bedrooms
that would be required if the percentage requirements of 6.1(1), 6.1(2), or
6.1(3) were applied to that department or area; or b) the number of
accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number that
would be required if the facility were newly constructed. Where
toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms which are added or altered and
required to be accessible, each such toilet/bathroom shall comply with 6.4. |
120-3-20-.48
(d) Alterations to patient bedrooms: (1) When patient bedrooms are being added or
altered as part of a planned renovation of an entire wing, a department, or
other discrete area of an existing medical facility, a percentage of the
patient bedrooms that are being added or altered shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.48(3). The percentage
of accessible rooms provided shall be consistent with the percentage of rooms
required to be accessible by the applicable requirements of rules
120-3-20-.48(1)(a), 120-3-20-.48(1)(b), or 120-3-20-.48(1)(c), until the
number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall
number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed. (For example, if 20 patient bedrooms
are being altered in the obstetrics department of a hospital, 2 of the
altered rooms must be made accessible.
If, within the same hospital, 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in
a unit that specializes in treating mobility impairments, all of the altered
rooms must be made accessible.)
Where toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms which are added or
altered and required to be accessible, each such patient toilet/bathroom
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.48(4). (b) When patient bedrooms are being added
or altered individually, and not as part of an alteration of the entire area,
the altered patient bedrooms shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.48(3), unless
either: a) the number of
accessible rooms provided in the department or area containing the altered
patient bedroom equals the number of accessible patient bedrooms that would
be required if the percentage requirements of rules 120-3-20-.48(1)(a),
120-3-20-.48(1)(b), or 120-3-20-.48(1)(c) were applied to that department or
area; or b) the number of
accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number that
would be required if the facility were newly constructed. Where toilet/bathrooms are part of
patient bedrooms which are added or altered and required to be accessible,
each such toilet/bathroom shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.48(4). |
|
|
223.2 Hospitals, Rehabilitation
Facilities, Psychiatric Facilities and Detoxification Facilities.
Hospitals, rehabilitation facilities, psychiatric facilities and
detoxification facilities shall comply with 223.2. |
|
|
|
|
223.2.1 Facilities Not Specializing
in Treating Conditions That Affect Mobility. In
facilities not specializing in treating conditions that affect mobility, at
least 10 percent, but no fewer than one, of the patient sleeping rooms shall
provide mobility features complying with 805. |
6.1(1)
Hospitals - general purpose hospitals, psychiatric facilities, detoxification
facilities - At least 10 percent of patient bedrooms and toilets, and all
public use and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed
to be accessible. |
120-3-20-.48 (1)(a) Hospitals -
general purpose hospitals, psychiatric facilities, detoxification facilities
- at least 10 percent of patient bedrooms and toilets, and all public use and
common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to be
accessible. |
|
|
223.2.2 Facilities Specializing in
Treating Conditions That Affect Mobility. In
facilities specializing in treating conditions that affect mobility, 100
percent of the patient sleeping rooms shall provide mobility features
complying with 805. |
6.1(2)
Hospitals and rehabilitation facilities that specialize in treating
conditions that affect mobility, or units within either that specialize in
treating conditions that affect mobility - All patient bedrooms and toilets,
and all public use and common use areas are required to be designed and
constructed to be accessible. |
120-3-20-.48 (1)(b) Hospitals and
rehabilitation facilities that specialize in treating conditions that affect
mobility, or units within either that specialize in treating conditions that
affect mobility - All patient bedrooms and toilets, and all public use and
common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to be
accessible. |
|
|
223.3 Long-Term Care Facilities.
In licensed long-term care facilities, at least 50 percent, but no fewer than
one, of each type of resident sleeping room shall provide mobility features
complying with 805. |
6.1(3)
Long term care facilities, nursing homes - At least 50 percent of patient
bedrooms and toilets, and all public use and common use areas are required to
be designed and constructed to be accessible. |
120-3-20-.48 (1)(c) Long term care
facilities, nursing homes - at least 50 percent of patient bedrooms and
toilets, and all public use and common use areas are required to be designed
and constructed to be accessible. |
|
|
224 Transient Lodging Guest
Rooms |
9. ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT LODGING. (1) Except as specified in the
special technical provisions of this section, accessible transient lodging
shall comply with the applicable requirements of section 4. Transient lodging
includes facilities or portions thereof used for sleeping accommodations,
when not classed as a medical care facility. |
120-3-20-.51
ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT LODGING. Except as specified in the special
technical provisions of this section, accessible transient lodging shall
comply with the applicable requirements of rules 120-3-20-.03 through
120-3-20-.46. Transient lodging
includes facilities or portions thereof used for sleeping accommodations,
when not classed as a medical care facility. |
|
|
224.1 General.
Transient lodging facilities shall provide guest rooms in accordance with
224. |
9.1 Hotels, Motels, Inns, Boarding
Houses, Dormitories, Resorts and Other Similar Places of Transient Lodging.
|
(1)
Hotels, Motels, Inns, Boarding Houses, Dormitories, Resorts and Other Similar
Places of Transient Lodging. |
|
|
|
9.1.1 General.
All public use and common use areas are required to be designed and
constructed to comply with section 4 (Accessible Elements and Spaces: Scope
and Technical Requirements). EXCEPTION: Sections 9.1 through 9.4 do not
apply to an establishment located within a building that contains not more
than five rooms for rent or hire and that is actually occupied by the
proprietor of such establishment as the residence of such proprietor. |
120-3-20-.51
(1)(a) General.
All public use and common use areas are required to be designed and
constructed to comply with rule 120-3-20-.03 (Accessible Elements and
Spaces: Scope and Technical
Requirements). EXCEPTION: Rules 120-3-20-.51(1)
through 120-3-20-.51(4) do not apply to an establishment located within a
building that contains not more than five rooms for rent or hire and that is
actually occupied by the proprietor of such establishment as the residence of
such proprietor. |
|
|
¤36.406(c)(3) Facilities with residential units and transient
lodging units. Residential dwelling units that are designed and constructed for
residential use exclusively are not subject to the transient lodging
standards. |
|
|
|
|
|
9.5 Transient Lodging in Homeless
Shelters, Halfway Houses, Transient Group Homes, and Other Social Service
Establishments. |
120-3-20-.51 (5) Transient Lodging in Homeless Shelters, Halfway Houses, Transient
Group Homes, and Other Social Service Establishments. (a) New Construction. In new construction all public use and
common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to comply with
rule 120-3-20.08. At least one of
each type of amenity (such as washers, dryers and similar equipment installed
for the use of occupants) in each common area shall be accessible and shall
be located on an accessible route to any accessible unit or sleeping
accommodation. EXCEPTION: Where elevators are not provided as
allowed in rule 120-3-20-.08(5), accessible amenities are not required on
inaccessible floors as long as one of each type is provided in common areas
on accessible floors. |
|
|
9.5.1
New Construction. In new construction all public use and common use
areas are required to be designed and constructed to comply with section 4.
At least one of each type of amenity (such as washers, dryers and similar
equipment installed for the use of occupants) in each common area shall be
accessible and shall be located on an accessible route to any accessible unit
or sleeping accommodation. EXCEPTION:
Where elevators are not provided as allowed in 4.1.3(5), accessible amenities
are not required on inaccessible floors as long as one of each type is
provided in common areas on accessible floors. |
|||
|
224.1.1 Alterations. Where
guest rooms are altered or added, the requirements of 224 shall apply only to
the guest rooms being altered or added until the number of guest rooms
complies with the minimum number required for new construction. |
9.1.5.
Alterations to Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites. When
sleeping rooms are being altered in an existing facility, or portion thereof,
subject to the requirements of this section, at least one sleeping room or
suite that complies with the requirements of 9.2 (Requirements for Accessible
Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites) shall be provided for each 25 sleeping
rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such
rooms provided equals the number required to be accessible with 9.1.2. In
addition, at least one sleeping room or suite that complies with the
requirements of 9.3 (Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and Telephones)
shall be provided for each 25 sleeping rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms
being altered until the number of such rooms equals the number required to be
accessible by 9.1.3. |
120-3-20-.51 (1)(e) Alterations to
Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites. When sleeping rooms are being altered
in an existing facility, or portion thereof, subject to the requirements of
this section, at least one sleeping room or suite that complies with the
requirements of rule 120-3-20-.51(2) (Requirements for Accessible Units,
Sleeping Rooms, and Suites) shall be provided for each 25 sleeping rooms, or
fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such rooms
provided equals the number required to be accessible with rule
120-3-20-.51(b). In addition, at
least one sleeping room or suite that complies with the requirements of rule
120-3-20-51(3) (Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and Telephones) shall be
provided for each 25 sleeping rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms being
altered until the number of such rooms equals the number required to be
accessible by rule 120-3-20-.51(c). |
|
|
¤36.406(c)(2) Exception. Alterations to guest rooms in places of lodging
where the guest rooms are not owned or substantially controlled by the entity
that owns, leases, or operates the overall facility and the physical features
of the guest room interiors are controlled by their individual owners are not
required to comply with ¤ 36.402 or the alterations requirements in section
224.1.1 of the 2010 Standards (p. 83). |
|
|
|
|
See 233.2 |
9.5.2
Alterations. (1)
Social service establishments which are not homeless shelters: (a) The provisions of 9.5.3 and 9.1.5
shall apply to sleeping rooms and beds. (b) Alteration of other areas shall be
consistent with the new construction provisions of 9.5.1. |
120-3-20-.51 (5)(b) Alterations. 1. Social service establishments
which are not homeless shelters: (i) The provisions of rule
120-3-20-.51(5)(c) and rule 120-3-20-.51(1)(e) shall apply to sleeping rooms
and beds. (ii) Alteration of other areas shall
be consistent with the new construction provisions of rule
120-3-20-.51(5)(a). |
|
|
See 233.2 |
(2)
Homeless shelters. If the following elements are altered, the following
requirements apply: (a) at least one public entrance
shall allow a person with mobility impairments to approach, enter and exit
including a minimum clear door width of 32 in (815 mm). (b) sleeping space for homeless
persons as provided in the scoping provisions of 9.1.2 shall include doors to
the sleeping area with a minimum clear width of 32 in (815 mm) and
maneuvering space around the beds for persons with mobility impairments
complying with 9.2.2(1). (c) at least one toilet room for each
gender or one unisex toilet room shall have a minimum clear door width of 32
in (815 mm), minimum turning space complying with 4.2.3, one water closet
complying with 4.16, one lavatory complying with 4.19 and the door shall have
a privacy latch; and, if provided, at least one tub or shower shall comply
with 4.20 or 4.21, respectively. (d) at least one common area which a
person with mobility impairments can approach, enter and exit including a
minimum clear door width of 32 in (815 mm). (e) at least one route connecting
elements (a), (b), (c) and (d) which a person with mobility impairments can
use including minimum clear width of 36 in (915 mm), passing space complying
with 4.3.4, turning space complying with 4.2.3 and changes in levels
complying with 4.3.8. (f) homeless shelters can comply with
the provisions of (a)- (e) by providing the above elements on one accessible
floor. |
120-3-20-.51 (5)(b)(2) Homeless
shelters. If the following
elements are altered, the following requirements apply: (a) at least one public entrance
shall allow a person with mobility impairments to approach, enter and exit
including a minimum clear door width of 32 inches (815 mm). (b) sleeping space for homeless
persons as provided in the scoping provisions of rule 120-3-20-.51(1)(b)
shall include doors to the sleeping area with a minimum clear width of 32
inches (815 mm) and maneuvering space around the beds for persons with
mobility impairments complying with rule 120-3-20-.51(2)(a). (c) at least one toilet room for each
sex or one unisex toilet room shall have a minimum clear door width of 32
inches (815 mm), minimum turning space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(3),
one water closet complying with rule 120-3-20-.27, one lavatory complying
with rule 120-3-20-.30 and the door shall have a privacy latch; and, if provided,
at least one tub or shower shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.31 or rule
120-3-20-.32, respectively. (d) at least one common area which a
person with mobility impairments can approach, enter and exit including a
minimum clear door width of 32 inches. (e)at least one route connecting
elements (a), (b), (c)and (d) which a person with mobility impairments can
use including minimum clear width of 36 inches (915 mm), passing space
complying with rule 120-3-20-.14(4), turning space complying with rule 120-3-20-.14(3)
and changes in levels complying with rule 120-3-20-.14(8). (f) homeless shelters can comply with
the provisions of (a)-(e) by providing the above elements on one accessible
floor. |
|
|
224.1.2 Guest Room Doors and
Doorways. Entrances, doors, and doorways
providing user passage into and within guest rooms that are not required to
provide mobility features complying with 806.2 shall comply with 404.2.3. |
9.4 Other Sleeping Rooms and
Suites. Doors and doorways designed to allow
passage into and within all sleeping units or other covered units shall
comply with 4.13.5. |
|
|
|
EXCEPTION:
Shower and sauna doors in guest rooms that are not required to provide
mobility features complying with 806.2 shall not be required to comply with
404.2.3. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards specify that the minimum clear opening requirement for doors
does not apply to shower or sauna doors. |
|
224.2 Guest Rooms with Mobility
Features. In transient lodging facilities,
guest rooms with mobility features complying with 806.2 shall be provided in
accordance with Table 224.2. |
9.1.2 Accessible Units, Sleeping
Rooms, and Suites. Accessible sleeping rooms or suites
that comply with the requirements of 9.2 (Requirements for Accessible Units,
Sleeping Rooms, and Suites) shall be provided in conformance with the table
below. In addition, in hotels, of 50 or more sleeping rooms or suites,
additional accessible sleeping rooms or suites that include a roll- in shower
shall also be provided in conformance with the table below. Such accommodations
shall comply with the requirements of 9.2, 4.21, and Figure 57(a) or (b). |
120-3-20-.51 (1)(b) Accessible Units,
Sleeping Rooms, and Suites.
Accessible sleeping rooms or suites that comply with the requirements
of rule 120-3-20-.51(2). (Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms,
and Suites) shall be provided in conformance with the table below. In addition, in hotels, of 50 or more
sleeping rooms or suites, additional accessible sleeping rooms or suites that
include a roll-in shower shall also be provided in conformance with the table
below. Such accommodations shall
comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.51(2), rule 120-3-20-.32, and
Figure 57(a) or (b). |
The 2010 Standards specify a minimum number of
guest rooms without roll-in showers.
|
|
¤36.406(c) Places of lodging. Places of lodging subject to this
part shall comply with the provisions of the 2010 Standards applicable to
transient lodging, including, but not limited to, the requirements for
transient lodging guest rooms in sections 224 and 806 of the 2010 Standards
(pp. 82 and 210). |
|
|
|
|
(1) Guest rooms. Guest rooms with mobility features
in places of lodging subject to the transient lodging requirements of 2010
Standards shall be provided as follows— |
|
|
|
|
(i) Facilities that are subject to the same permit application on a
common site that each have 50 or fewer guest rooms may be combined for the
purposes of determining the required number of accessible rooms and type of
accessible bathing facility in accordance with table 224.2 to section 224.2
of the 2010 Standards (pp 83). |
|
|
|
|
(ii) Facilities with more than 50 guest rooms shall be treated
separately for the purposes of determining the required number of accessible
rooms and type of accessible bathing facility in accordance with table 224.2
to section 224.2 of the 2010 Standards (p. 83). |
|
|
|
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design Table 224.2 Guest Rooms with Mobility
Features |
1994 Standards for
Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
|||||||
|
Total Number of Guest Rooms
Provided |
Minimum Number of Required
Rooms Without Roll-in Showers |
Minimum Number of Required
Rooms With Roll-in Showers |
Total Number of Required
Rooms |
Number of Rooms |
Accessible Rooms |
Rooms with Roll-in Showers |
Number of Rooms |
Accessible Rooms |
Rooms with Roll-in Showers |
|
1 to 25 |
1 |
0 |
1 |
1 to 25 |
1 |
|
1 to 25 |
1 |
|
|
26 to 50 |
2 |
0 |
2 |
26 to 50 |
2 |
|
26 to 50 |
2 |
|
|
51 to 75 |
3 |
1 |
4 |
51 to 75 |
3 |
1 |
51 to 75 |
3 |
1 |
|
76 to 100 |
4 |
1 |
5 |
76 to 100 |
4 |
1 |
76 to 100 |
4 |
1 |
|
101 to 150 |
5 |
2 |
7 |
101 to 150 |
5 |
2 |
101 to 150 |
5 |
2 |
|
151 to 200 |
6 |
2 |
8 |
151 to 200 |
6 |
2 |
151 to 200 |
6 |
2 |
|
201 to 300 |
7 |
3 |
10 |
201 to 300 |
7 |
3 |
201 to 300 |
7 |
3 |
|
301 to 400 |
8 |
4 |
12 |
301 to 400 |
8 |
4 |
301 to 400 |
8 |
4 |
|
401 to 500 |
9 |
4 |
13 |
401 to 500 |
9 |
4 plus 1 for each additional 100 over
400 |
401 to 500 |
9 |
4 plus 1 for each additional 100 over
400 |
|
501 to 1000 |
2 percent of total |
1 percent of total |
3 percent of total |
501 to 1000 |
2%
of total |
501 to 1000 |
2%
of total |
||
|
1001 and over |
20, plus 1 for each 100,
or fraction thereof, over 1000 |
10, plus 1 for each 100,
or fraction thereof, over 1000 |
30, plus 2 for each 100,
or fraction thereof, over 1000 |
1001 and over |
20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1000 |
1001 and over |
20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1000 |
||
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design |
1994 Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia
Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|
224.3 Beds.
In guest rooms having more than 25 beds, 5 percent minimum of the beds shall
have clear floor space complying with 806.2.3. |
9.5.3.
Accessible Sleeping Accommodations in New Construction. Accessible
sleeping rooms shall be provided in conformance with the table in 9.1.2 and
shall comply with 9.2 Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms and Suites (where the
items are provided). Additional sleeping rooms that comply with 9.3 Sleeping
Accommodations for Persons with Hearing Impairments shall be provided in
conformance with the table provided in 9.1.3. In facilities with multi-bed rooms or
spaces, a percentage of the beds equal to the table provided in 9.1.2 shall
comply with 9.2.2(1). |
120-3-20-.51 (5)(3) Accessible Sleeping Accommodations in
New Construction. Accessible
sleeping rooms shall be provided in conformance with the table in rule
120-3-20-.51(1)(b) and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.51(2) Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms and
Suites (where the items are provided).
Additional sleeping rooms that comply with rule 120-3-20-.51(3)
Sleeping Accommodations for Persons with Hearing Impairments shall be
provided in conformance with the table provided in rule
120-3-20-.51(1)(c). In facilities
with multi-bed rooms or spaces, a percentage of the beds equal to the table
provided in rule 120-3-20-.51(1)(b) shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.51(2)(b)(1). |
|
|
224.4 Guest Rooms with Communication
Features. In transient lodging facilities,
guest rooms with communication features complying with 806.3 shall be
provided in accordance with Table 224.4. |
9.2.2(8)
Sleeping room accommodations for persons with hearing impairments required by
9.1 and complying with 9.3 shall be provided in the accessible sleeping room
or suite. 9.1.3 Sleeping Accommodations for
Persons with Hearing Impairments. In addition to
those accessible sleeping rooms and suites required by 9.1.2, sleeping rooms
and suites that comply with 9.3 (Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and
Telephones) shall be provided in conformance with the following table: |
120-3-20-.51 (2)(b)8. Sleeping room
accommodations for persons with hearing impairments required by rule
120-3-20-.51 and complying with rule 120-3-20-.51(3) shall be provided in the
accessible sleeping room or suite.
120-3-20-.51 (1)(c) Sleeping Accommodations
for Persons with Hearing Impairments.
In addition to those accessible sleeping rooms and suites required by
rule 120-3-20-.51(2), sleeping rooms and suites that comply with rule
120-3-20-.51(3) (Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and Telephones) shall
be provided in conformance with the following table: |
The
2010 Standards require a larger number of rooms to have visible
alarms/communication features. Note
the while the 1994 StandardsÕ table indicates requirements for facilities
with 1-5 rooms, these are exempt in an exception in 9.1.1. |
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design Table 224.4 Guest Rooms with
Communication Features |
1994 Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility
Code |
|||
|
Total Number of Guest Rooms
Provided |
Minimum Number of Required
Guest Rooms with Communication Features |
Number of Elements |
Accessible Elements |
Number of Elements |
Accessible Elements |
|
6 to 25 |
2 |
1 to 25 |
1 |
1 to 25 |
1 |
|
26 to 50 |
4 |
26 to 50 |
2 |
26 to 50 |
2 |
|
51 to 75 |
7 |
51 to 75 |
3 |
51 to 75 |
3 |
|
76 to 100 |
9 |
76 to 100 |
4 |
76 to 100 |
4 |
|
101 to 150 |
12 |
101 to 150 |
5 |
101 to 150 |
5 |
|
151 to 200 |
14 |
151 to 200 |
6 |
151 to 200 |
6 |
|
201 to 300 |
17 |
201 to 300 |
7 |
201 to 300 |
7 |
|
301 to 400 |
20 |
301 to 400 |
8 |
301 to 400 |
8 |
|
401 to 500 |
22 |
401 to 500 |
9 |
401 to 500 |
9 |
|
501 to 1000 |
5 percent of total |
501 to 1000 |
2% of total |
501 to 1000 |
2% of total |
|
1001 and over |
50, plus 3 for each 100
over 1000 |
1001 and over |
20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1000 |
1001 and over |
20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1000 |
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994 Standards for Accessible Design
|
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|
224.5 Dispersion.
Guest rooms required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 and
guest rooms required to provide communication features complying with 806.3 shall be dispersed among
the various classes of guest rooms, and shall provide choices of types of
guest rooms, number of beds, and other amenities comparable to the choices
provided to other guests. Where the minimum number of guest rooms required to
comply with 806 is not sufficient to allow for complete dispersion, guest
rooms shall be dispersed in the following priority: guest room type, number
of beds, and amenities. At least one guest room required to provide mobility
features complying with 806.2 shall also provide communication features complying
with 806.3. Not more than 10 percent of guest rooms required to provide
mobility features complying with 806.2 shall be used to satisfy the minimum
number of guest rooms required to provide communication features complying
with 806.3. |
9.1.4
Classes of Sleeping Accommodations. (1)
In order to provide persons with disabilities a range of options equivalent
to those available to other persons served by the facility, sleeping rooms
and suites required to be accessible by 9.1.2 shall be dispersed among the
various classes of sleeping accommodations available to patrons of the place
of transient lodging. Factors to be considered include room size, cost,
amenities provided, and the number of beds provided. (2)
Equivalent Facilitation. For purposes of this section, it shall be deemed
equivalent facilitation if the operator of a facility elects to limit
construction of accessible rooms to those intended for multiple occupancy,
provided that such rooms are made available at the cost of a single occupancy
room to an individual with disabilities who requests a single-occupancy room.
|
120-3-20-.51 (1)(d) Classes of Sleeping Accommodations. 1. In order to provide persons with
disabilities a range of options equivalent to those available to other
persons served by the facility, sleeping rooms and suites required to be
accessible by rule 120-3-20-.51(b) shall be dispersed among the various
classes of sleeping accommodations available to patrons of the place of
transient lodging. Factors to be
considered including room size, cost, amenities provided, and the number of
beds provided. 2. Equivalent Facilitation. For purposes of this section, it shall
be deemed equivalent facilitation if the operator of a facility elects to
limit construction of accessible rooms to those intended for multiple
occupancy, provided that such rooms are made available at the cost of a
single occupancy room to an individual with disabilities who requests a
single-occupancy room. |
|
|
¤36.406(e) Housing at a place of education. Housing at a place of education that
is subject to this part shall comply with the provisions of the 2010
Standards applicable to transient lodging, including, but not limited to, the
requirements for transient lodging guest rooms in sections 224 and 806 (pp.
82 and 210), subject to the following exceptions. For the purposes of the
application of this section, the term Òsleeping roomÓ is intended to be used
interchangeably with the term Òguest roomÓ as it is used in the transient
lodging standards. |
|
|
|
|
(1) Kitchens within housing units containing accessible sleeping rooms
with mobility features (including suites and clustered sleeping rooms) or on
floors containing accessible sleeping rooms with mobility features shall
provide turning spaces that comply with section 809.2.2 of the 2010 Standards
(p. 213) and kitchen work surfaces that comply with section 804.3 of the 2010
Standards (p. 208). |
|
|
|
|
(2) Multi-bedroom housing units containing accessible sleeping rooms
with mobility features shall have an accessible route throughout the unit in
accordance with section 809.2 of the 2010 Standards (p. 212). |
|
|
|
|
(3) Apartments or townhouse facilities that are provided by or on
behalf of a place of education, which are leased on a year-round basis
exclusively to graduate students or faculty and do not contain any public use
or common use areas available for educational programming, are not subject to
the transient lodging standards and shall comply with the requirements for
residential facilities in sections 233 and 809 of the 2010 Standards (pp. 91
and 212). |
|
|
|
|
225 Storage |
|
|
|
|
225.1 General.
Storage facilities shall comply with 225. |
|
|
|
|
225.2 Storage.
Where storage is provided in accessible spaces, at least one of each type
shall comply with 811. |
4.1.3(12)
Storage, Shelving and Display Units: (a) If fixed or built-in storage
facilities such as cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers are provided in
accessible spaces, at least one of each type provided shall contain storage
space complying with 4.25. Additional storage may be provided outside of the
dimensions required by 4.25. |
120-3-20-.08 (12) Storage, Shelving
and Display Units: (a) If fixed or built-in storage
facilities such as cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers are provided in
accessible spaces, at least one of each type provided shall contain storage
space complying with rule 120-3-20-.36. Additional storage may be provided
outside of the dimensions required by rule 120-3-20-.36. |
|
|
225.2.1 Lockers.
Where lockers are provided, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one of each
type, shall comply with 811. |
See Appendix 4.1.3(12) |
|
|
|
225.2.2 Self-Service Shelving.
Self-service shelves shall be located on an accessible route complying with
402. Self-service shelving shall not be required to comply with 308. |
4.1.3(12)(b)
Shelves or display units allowing self-service by customers in mercantile
occupancies shall be located on an accessible route complying with 4.3.
Requirements for accessible reach range do not apply. 8.5 Stacks.
Minimum clear aisle width between stacks shall comply with 4.3, with a
minimum clear aisle width of 42 in (1065 mm) preferred where possible. Shelf
height in stack areas is unrestricted (see Fig. 56). NOTE: Figure 56 indicates the minimum width between fixed
stacks is 36 inches (915 mm). |
120-3-20-.08 (12)(b) Shelves or
display units allowing self-service by customers in mercantile occupancies
shall be located on an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14.
Requirements for accessible reach range do not apply. 120-3-20-.50 (5) Stacks. Minimum clear aisle width between
stacks shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14, with a minimum clear aisle width
of 42 inches (1065 mm) preferred where possible. Shelf height in stack areas is
unrestricted (see Fig. 56). |
|
|
225.3 Self-Service Storage Facilities.
Self-service storage facilities shall provide individual self-service storage
spaces complying with these requirements in accordance with Table 225.3. |
|
|
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require
all spaces in self-service storage facilities to be accessible (subject to
the building elevator exceptions). |
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design Table 225.3 Self-Service
Storage Facilities |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Spaces in Facility |
Minimum Number of Spaces
Required to be Accessible |
|||
|
1 to 200 |
5 percent |
|||
|
201 and over |
10, plus 2 percent of
total number of units over 200 |
|||
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994 Standards for Accessible Design
|
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|
225.3.1 Dispersion.
Individual self-service storage spaces shall be dispersed throughout the
various classes of spaces provided. Where more classes of spaces are provided
than the number required to be accessible, the number of spaces shall not be
required to exceed that required by Table 225.3. Self-service storage spaces
complying with Table 225.3 shall not be required to be dispersed among
buildings in a multi-building facility. |
|
|
|
|
226 Dining Surfaces and
Work Surfaces |
|
|
|
|
226.1 General.
Where dining surfaces are provided for the consumption of food or drink, at
least 5 percent of the seating spaces and standing spaces at the dining
surfaces shall comply with 902. In addition, where work surfaces are provided
for use by other than employees, at least 5 percent shall comply with 902. |
4.1.3(18)
If fixed or built-in seating or tables (including, but not limited to, study
carrels and student laboratory stations), are provided in accessible public
or common use areas, at least five percent (5%), but not less than one, of
the fixed or built-in seating areas or tables shall comply with 4.32. An
accessible route shall lead to and through such fixed or built-in seating
areas, or tables. |
120-3-20-.08 (18) If fixed or built-in seating or
tables (including, but not limited to, study carrels and student laboratory
stations), are provided in accessible public or common use areas, at least
five percent (5%), but not less than one, of the fixed or built-in seating
areas or tables shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.43. An accessible route
shall lead to and through such fixed or built-in seating areas, or tables. |
|
|
5.1 General.
Except as specified or modified in this section, restaurants and cafeterias
shall comply with the requirements of 4.1 to 4.35. Where fixed tables (or
dining counters where food is consumed but there is no service) are provided,
at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of the fixed tables (or a portion
of the dining counter) shall be accessible and shall comply with 4.32 as
required in 4.1.3(18). In establishments where separate areas are designated
for smoking and non-smoking patrons, the required number of accessible fixed
tables (or counters) shall be proportionally distributed between the smoking
and non-smoking areas. In new construction, and where practicable in
alterations, accessible fixed tables (or counters) shall be distributed
throughout the space or facility. |
120-3-20-.47 RESTAURANTS AND
CAFETERIAS (1) General. Except as specified or modified in
this section, restaurants and cafeterias shall comply with the requirements
of rule 120-3-20-.03 to rule 120-3-20-.52. Where fixed tables (or
dining counters where food is consumed but there is no service) are provided,
at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of the fixed tables (or a portion
of the dining counter) shall be accessible and shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.43 as required in rule 120-3-20-.08(18). In establishments where separate areas
are designated for smoking and nonsmoking patrons, the required number of
accessible fixed tables (or counters) shall be proportionally distributed
between the smoking and nonsmoking areas. In new construction, and where
practicable in alterations, accessible fixed tables (or counters) shall be
distributed throughout the space or facility. Note: Dining counters (where there is not
service) are typically found in small carry-out restaurants, bakeries, or
coffee shops and may be only a narrow eating surface attached to a wall. This section requires that where such
a dining counter is provided, a portion of the counter shall be at the required
accessible height. |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code address
smoking and nonsmoking areas.
This is not a design and construction issue and thus is not addressed
in the 2010 Standards. |
|
|
8.2 Reading and Study Areas.
At least 5 percent or a minimum of one of each element of fixed seating,
tables, or study carrels shall comply with 4.2 and 4.32. Clearances between
fixed accessible tables and between study carrels shall comply with 4.3. |
120-3-20-.50 (2) Reading and Study
Areas. At least 5 percent or a
minimum of one of each element of fixed seating, tables, or study carrels
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.13 and rule 120-3-20-.43. Clearances between fixed accessible
tables and between study carrels shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14. |
|
|
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Sales counters and service
counters shall not be required to comply with 902. |
|
|
|
|
2. Check writing surfaces provided at
check-out aisles not required to comply with 904.3 shall not be required to
comply with 902. |
|
|
|
|
226.2 Dispersion.
Dining surfaces and work surfaces required to comply with 902 shall be
dispersed throughout the space or facility containing dining surfaces and
work surfaces. |
|
|
|
|
227 Sales and Service |
7. BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE. |
120-3-20-.49 BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE |
|
|
7.1 General.
In addition to the requirements of 4.1 to 4.35, the design of all areas used
for business transactions with the public shall comply with 7. |
(1)
General.
In addition to the requirements of rules 120-3-20-.03 through
120-3-20-.46, the design of all areas used for business transactions with the
public shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.49. |
|
|
|
7.2 Sales and Service Counters,
Teller Windows, Information Counters. |
120-3-20-.49 (2) Sales and Service Counters, Teller
Windows, Information Counters. |
|
|
|
227.1 General. Where
provided, check-out aisles, sales counters, service counters, food service
lines, queues, and waiting lines shall comply with 227 and 904. |
7.2 Sales and Service Counters,
Teller Windows, Information Counters. (1) In department stores and
miscellaneous retail stores where counters have cash registers and are
provided for sales or distribution of goods or services to the public, at
least one of each type shall have a portion of the counter which is at least
36 in (915 mm) in length with a maximum height of 36 in (915 mm) above the
finish floor. It shall be on an
accessible route complying with 4.3.
The accessible counters must be dispersed throughout the building or
facility. In alterations where it
is technically infeasible to provide an accessible counter, an auxiliary
counter meeting these requirements may be provided. (2) At ticketing counters, teller
stations in a bank, registration counters in hotels and motels, box office
ticket counters, and other counters that may not have a cash register but at
which goods or services are sold or distributed, either: (i) a portion of the main
counter which is a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) in length shall be provided with
a maximum height of 36 in (915 mm); or (ii) an auxiliary counter
with a maximum height of 36 in (915 mm) in close proximity to the main
counter shall be provided; or (iii) equivalent
facilitation shall be provided (e.g., at a hotel registration counter,
equivalent facilitation might consist of: (1) provision of a folding shelf
attached to the main counter on which an individual with disabilities can
write, and (2) use of the space on the side of the counter or at the
concierge desk, for handing materials back and forth). All accessible sales and service
counters shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3. (3)* Assistive Listening Devices. (Reserved). |
(2) Sales and Service Counters,
Teller Windows, Information Counters. (a) In department stores and
miscellaneous retail stores where counters have cash registers and are
provided for sales or distribution of goods or services to the public, at
least one of each type shall have a portion of the counter which is at least
36 inches (915mm) in length with a maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm) above
the finish floor. It shall be on
an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14. The accessible counters must be
dispersed throughout the building or facility. In alterations where it is technically
infeasible to provide an accessible counter, an auxiliary counter meeting
these requirements may be provided. (b) At ticketing counters, teller
stations in a bank, registration counters in hotels and motels, box office
ticket counters, and other counters that may not have a cash register but at which
goods or services are sold or distributed, either: 1. a portion of the main counter
which is a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm) in length shall be provided with a
maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm); or 2. an auxiliary counter with a
maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm) in close proximity to the main counter
shall be provided; or 3. equivalent facilitation shall be
provided (e.g., at a hotel registration counter, equivalent facilitation
might consist of: (i) provision of a folding shelf
attached to the main counter on which an individual with disabilities can
write, and (ii) use of the space on the side of
the counter or at the concierge desk, for handing materials back and forth).
All accessible sales and service counters shall be on an accessible route
complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 (c) Assistive Listening Devices.
(Reserved) Note: At all sales and service counters,
teller windows, box offices, and information kiosks where a physical barrier separates
service personnel and customers, it is recommended that at least one
permanently installed Assistive listening device complying with rule
120-3-30-.44 be provided at each location or series. Where Assistive listening devices are
installed, signage should be provided identifying those stations which are so
equipped. |
|
|
227.2 Check-Out Aisles.
Where check-out aisles are provided, check-out aisles complying with 904.3
shall be provided in accordance with Table 227.2. Where check-out aisles
serve different functions, check-out aisles complying with 904.3 shall be
provided in accordance with Table 227.2 for each function. Where check-out
aisles are dispersed throughout the building or facility, check-out aisles complying with 904.3 shall be
dispersed. |
7.3 Check-out Aisles.
(1)
In new construction, accessible check-out aisles shall be provided in
conformance with the table below: |
120-3-20-.49 (3)
Check out Aisles. (a) In new construction, accessible
check out aisles shall be provided in conformance with the table below: |
|
|
EXCEPTION:
Where the selling space is under 5000 square feet (465 m2) no more
than one check-out aisle complying with 904.3 shall be required. |
7.3 EXCEPTION:
In new construction, where the selling space is under 5000 square feet, only
one check-out aisle is required to be accessible. |
EXCEPTION: In new construction, where
the selling space is under 5000 square feet, only one check-out aisle is
required to be accessible. |
|
|
1994 Standards for
Accessible Design Table 227.2 Check-Out
Aisles |
1994 Standards for
Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
|||
|
Number of Check-Out Aisles
of Each Function |
Minimum Number of Check-Out
Aisles of Each Function Required to Comply with 904.3 |
Total Check-out Aisles of Each Design |
Minimum Number of Accessible |
Total Check-out Aisles of Each Design |
Minimum Number of Accessible |
|
1 to 4 |
1 |
1 - 4 |
1 |
1 - 4 |
1 |
|
5 to 8 |
2 |
5 - 8 |
2 |
5 - 8 |
2 |
|
9 to 15 |
3 |
9 - 15 |
3 |
9 - 15 |
3 |
|
16 and over |
3, plus 20 percent of
additional aisles |
over 15 |
3, plus 20% of additional aisles |
over 15 |
3, plus 20% of additional aisles |
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994 Standards for Accessible Design
|
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|||
|
227.2.1 Altered Check-Out Aisles.
Where check-out aisles are altered, at least one of each check-out aisle
serving each function shall comply with 904.3 until the number of check-out
aisles complies with 227.2. |
EXCEPTION:
In alterations, at least one check-out aisle shall be accessible in
facilities under 5000 square feet of selling space. In facilities of 5000 or
more square feet of selling space, at least one of each design of check-out
aisle shall be made accessible when altered until the number of accessible
check-out aisles of each design equals the number required in new construction.
|
EXCEPTION: In alterations, at least
one check-out aisle shall be accessible in facilities under 5000 square feet
of selling space. In facilities
of 5000 or more square feet of selling space, at least one of each design of
check-out aisle shall be made accessible when altered until the number of
accessible check-out aisles of each design equals the number required in new
construction. |
|
|||
|
|
Examples of check-out aisles of
different "design" include those which are specifically designed to
serve different functions. Different "design" includes but is not
limited to the following features - length of belt or no belt; or permanent
signage designating the aisle as an express lane. |
Examples of check-out aisles of
different "design" include those which are specifically designed to
serve different functions.
Different "design" includes but is not limited to the
following features - length of belt or no belt; or permanent signage
designating the aisle as an express lane. |
|
|||
|
227.3 Counters.
Where provided, at least one of each type of sales counter and service
counter shall comply with 904.4. Where counters are dispersed throughout the
building or facility, counters complying with 904.4 also shall be dispersed. |
10.3.1(18) Where
provided, ticketing areas shall permit persons with disabilities to obtain a
ticket and check baggage and shall comply with 7.2. |
120-3-20-.52 (18). Where provided,
ticketing areas shall permit persons with disabilities to obtain a ticket and
check baggage and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.49(2). |
|
|||
|
10.4.1(3)
Ticketing areas shall permit persons with disabilities to obtain a ticket and
check baggage and shall comply with 7.2. |
120-3-20-.52 (4)3. Ticketing areas
shall permit persons with disabilities to obtain a ticket and check baggage
and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.49(2). |
|
||||
|
227.4 Food Service Lines.
Food service lines shall comply with 904.5. Where self-service shelves are
provided, at least 50 percent, but no fewer than one, of each type provided
shall comply with 308. |
5.5 Food Service Lines.
Food service lines shall have a minimum clear width of 36 in (915 mm), with a
preferred clear width of 42 in (1065 mm) to allow passage around a person
using a wheelchair. Tray slides shall be mounted no higher than 34 in (865
mm) above the floor (see Fig. 53). If self-service shelves are provided, at
least 50 percent of each type must be within reach ranges specified in 4.2.5
and 4.2.6. NOTE:
Figure 53 indicates the
clear width of the food service line shall be measured from the leading edge
of the tray slide. At least 36 inches (915 mm) wide is required at the food
service line. Tray slides shall be no higher than 34 inches (865 mm) above
the floor. |
120-3-20-.47 (5) Food Service
Lines. Food service lines shall
have a minimum clear width of 36 inches, with a preferred clear width of 42
inches to allow passage around a person using a wheelchair. Tray slides shall be mounted no higher
than 34 inches above the floor (see Fig. 53). If self-service shelves are provided,
at least 50 percent of each type must be within reach ranges specified in
rule 120-3-20-.13(5) and rule 120-3-20-.13(6). |
|
|||
|
227.5 Queues and Waiting Lines.
Queues and waiting lines servicing counters or check-out aisles required to
comply with 904.3 or 904.4 shall comply with 403. |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
8 LIBRARIES. 8.1
General. In addition to the
requirements of 4.1 to 4.35, the design of all public areas of a library
shall comply with 8, including reading and study areas, stacks, reference
rooms, reserve areas, and special facilities or collections. |
120-3-20-.50
LIBRARIES (1) General. In addition to the requirements of
rules 120-3-20-.03 to 120-3-20-.46, the design of all public areas of a
library shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.50, including reading and study
areas, stacks, reference rooms, reserve areas, and special facilities or
collections. |
|
|||
|
|
Libraries: 8.3
Check‑Out Areas. At least
one lane at each check‑out area shall comply with 7.2(1). Any traffic control or book security
gates or turnstiles shall comply with 4.13 |
Libraries: 120-3-20-.50 (3) Check-Out
Areas. At least one lane at each
check out area shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.49(2)(a). Any traffic control or book security
gates or turnstiles shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24. |
No Equivalent Section dedicated to Libraries in the
2010 Standards. |
|||
|
|
10.3.1(19)
Where provided, baggage check-in and retrieval systems shall be on an
accessible route complying with 4.3, and shall have space immediately
adjacent complying with 4.2. If unattended security barriers are provided, at
least one gate shall comply with 4.13. Gates which must be pushed open by
wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface
extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor. |
120-3-20-.52 (3)(a)19. Where
provided, baggage check-in and retrieval systems shall be on an accessible
route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14, and shall have space immediately
adjacent complying with rule 120-3-20-.13. If unattended security barriers are
provided, at least one gate shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24. Gates which must be pushed open by
wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface
extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor. |
|
|||
|
10.4.1(5)
Baggage check-in and retrieval systems shall be on an accessible route
complying with 4.3, and shall have space immediately adjacent complying with
4.2.4. If unattended security barriers are provided, at least one gate shall
comply with 4.13. Gates which must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility
aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface extending from 2 inches
above the floor to 27 inches above the floor. |
120-3-20-.52 (4)(a)5. Baggage
check-in and retrieval systems shall be on an accessible route complying with
rule 120-3-20-.14, and shall have space immediately adjacent complying with
rule 120-3-20-.13(4). If
unattended security barriers are provided, at least one gate shall comply
with rule 120-3-20-.24. Gates
which must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a
smooth continuous surface extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27
inches above the floor. |
|
||||
|
228 Depositories, Vending
Machines, Change Machines, Mail Boxes, and Fuel Dispensers |
|
|
|
|||
|
228.1 General. Where
provided, at least one of each type of depository, vending machine, change
machine, and fuel dispenser shall comply with 309. EXCEPTION:
Drive-up only depositories shall not be required to comply with 309. |
4.1.3(13)
Controls and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible
routes, or as parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and
dispenser controls) shall comply with 4.27. 5.8
Vending Machines and Other Equipment. Spaces for vending
machines and other equipment shall comply with 4.2 and shall be located on an
accessible route. |
120-3-20-.47 (8) Vending Machines and
Other Equipment. Spaces for
vending machines and other equipment shall comply with rule 120-3-20.13 and
shall be located on an accessible route.
|
The 2010 Standards have an exception for drive-up
only depositories. The 1994
Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not. |
|||
|
228.2 Mail Boxes.
Where mail boxes are provided in an interior location, at least 5 percent,
but no fewer than one, of each type shall comply with 309. In residential
facilities, where mail boxes are provided for each residential dwelling unit,
mail boxes complying with 309 shall be provided for each residential dwelling
unit required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through
809.4. |
4.1.3(13)
Controls and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible
routes, or as parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and
dispenser controls) shall comply with 4.27. |
120-3-20-.08 (13) Controls and
operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as
parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser
controls) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38. |
|
|||
|
229 Windows 229.1 General. Where
glazed openings are provided in accessible rooms or spaces for operation by
occupants, at least one opening shall comply with 309. Each glazed opening
required by an administrative authority to be operable shall comply with 309. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Glazed openings in residential
dwelling units required to comply with 809 shall not be required to comply
with 229. 2. Glazed openings in guest rooms
required to provide communication features and in guest rooms required to
comply with 206.5.3 shall not be required to comply with 229. |
4.1.3(6)
Windows: (Reserved). |
120-3-20-.08 (6) Windows: (Reserved). (6) Windows intended to be accessed
by occupants in accessible spaces shall comply with 120-3-.23. |
The 1994 Standards do not address accessible
windows. The 2010 Standards rely on the employee work area
exception to not require accessible windows in places like restaurants and
office buildings. The 2010 Standards do not require accessible
windows in accessible residential dwelling units (section 809), and clarifies
that accessible windows are not required in guest rooms that are accessible
only to persons with hearing impairments. |
|||
|
230 Two-Way Communication
Systems |
|
|
|
|||
|
230.1 General.
Where a two-way communication system is provided to gain admittance to a
building or facility or to restricted areas within a building or facility,
the system shall comply with 708. |
|
|
|
|||
|
231 Judicial Facilities |
|
|
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not specifically address
judicial facilities. |
|||
|
231.1 General.
Judicial facilities shall comply with 231. |
|
|
|
|||
|
231.2 Courtrooms.
Each courtroom shall comply with 808. |
See Appendix 11.1 |
|
|
|||
|
See 808.3 |
||||||
|
231.3 Holding Cells.
Where provided, central holding cells and court-floor holding cells shall
comply with 231.3. |
See Appendix 11.2.3 |
|
|
|||
|
231.3.1 Central Holding Cells.
Where separate central holding cells are provided for adult male, juvenile
male, adult female, or juvenile female, one of each type shall comply with
807.2. Where central holding cells are provided and are not separated by age
or sex, at least one cell complying with 807.2 shall be provided. |
|
|
||||
|
231.3.2 Court-Floor Holding Cells.
Where separate court-floor holding cells are provided for adult male,
juvenile male, adult female, or juvenile female, each courtroom shall be
served by one cell of each type complying with 807.2. Where court-floor
holding cells are provided and are not separated by age or sex, courtrooms
shall be served by at least one cell complying with 807.2. Cells may serve
more than one courtroom. |
|
|
||||
|
231.4 Visiting Areas.
Visiting areas shall comply with 231.4. |
|
|
||||
|
231.4.1 Cubicles and Counters.
At least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of cubicles shall comply with 902
on both the visitor and detainee sides. Where counters are provided, at least
one shall comply with 904.4.2 on both the visitor and detainee sides. |
|
|
||||
|
EXCEPTION:
The detainee side of cubicles or counters at non-contact visiting areas not
serving holding cells required to comply with 231 shall not be required to
comply with 902 or 904.4.2. |
|
|
||||
|
231.4.2 Partitions.
Where solid partitions or security glazing separate visitors from detainees
at least one of each type of cubicle or counter partition shall comply with
904.6. |
|
|
||||
|
232 Detention Facilities
and Correctional Facilities |
|
|
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not specifically address
detention and correctional facilities. |
|||
|
232.1 General. Buildings,
facilities, or portions thereof, in which people are detained for penal or
correction purposes, or in which the liberty of the inmates is restricted for
security reasons shall comply with 232. |
See Appendix 12.1 |
|
|
|||
|
232.2 General Holding Cells and
General Housing Cells. General holding cells and
general housing cells shall be provided in accordance with 232.2. |
|
|
|
|||
|
EXCEPTION: Alterations
to cells shall not be required to comply except to the extent determined by
the Attorney General. |
|
|
|
|||
|
232.2.1 Cells with Mobility Features.
At least 2 percent, but no fewer than one, of the total number of cells in a
facility shall provide mobility features complying with 807.2. |
See Appendix 12.4 |
|
|
|||
|
232.2.1.1 Beds.
In cells having more than 25 beds, at least 5 percent of the beds shall have
clear floor space complying with 807.2.3. |
|
|
|
|||
|
232.2.2 Cells with Communication
Features. At least 2 percent, but no fewer
than one, of the total number of general holding cells and general housing
cells equipped with audible emergency alarm systems and permanently installed
telephones within the cell shall provide communication features complying
with 807.3. |
See Appendix 12.4.3 |
|
|
|||
|
232.3 Special Holding Cells and
Special Housing Cells. Where special holding cells or
special housing cells are provided, at least one cell serving each purpose
shall provide mobility features complying with 807.2. Cells subject to this
requirement include, but are not limited to, those used for purposes of
orientation, protective custody, administrative or disciplinary detention or
segregation, detoxification, and medical isolation. |
See Appendix 12.4.2 |
|
|
|||
|
EXCEPTION:
Alterations to cells shall not be required to comply except to the extent
determined by the Attorney General. |
|
|
|
|||
|
232.4 Medical Care Facilities.
Patient bedrooms or cells required to comply with 223 shall be provided in
addition to any medical isolation cells required to comply with 232.3. |
See Appendix 12.4.4 |
|
|
|||
|
232.5 Visiting Areas.
Visiting areas shall comply with 232.5. |
See Appendix 12.3 |
|
|
|||
|
232.5.1 Cubicles and Counters.
At least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of cubicles shall comply with 902
on both the visitor and detainee sides. Where counters are provided, at least
one shall comply with 904.4.2 on both the visitor and detainee or inmate
sides. |
||||||
|
EXCEPTION:
The inmate or detainee side of cubicles or counters at non-contact visiting
areas not serving holding cells or housing cells required to comply with 232
shall not be required to comply with 902 or 904.4.2. |
|
|
||||
|
232.5.2 Partitions.
Where solid partitions or security glazing separate visitors from detainees
or inmates at least one of each type of cubicle or counter partition shall
comply with 904.6. |
||||||
|
233 Residential Facilities |
|
120-3-20-.54
Covered Multi-Family Dwelling Unit |
|
|||
|
233.1 General. Facilities
with residential dwelling units shall comply with 233. |
|
(1) General. Accessible dwelling units shall comply
with 120-3-20-.54. Note: A person with a disability who lives
in an accessible dwelling unit of a multifamily building or a housing project
wants to participate in all on-site social activities, including visiting
neighbors in their dwelling units.
Hence, any circulation paths among all dwelling units and among all
on-site facilities should be as accessible as possible. An accessible second exit in dwelling
units provides an extra margin of safety in a fire. The Fair Housing Amendments Act of
1988 requires a substantial number of minimally adaptable dwelling units (see
regulations at 24 CFR 100.205 and accessibility guidelines at 24 CFR Ch. I,
Subch. A, App. II). In establishing administrative
provisions as described in 2.0, administrative authorities specify the number
of dwelling units to be fully adaptable or accessible, or procedures for
determining the number to be fully adaptable or accessible, for different
types of construction (i.e., new construction or remodeling or
alterations). In addition,
administrative authorities specify whether those fixtures for which height
ranges are provided in 120-3-20-.54.3 and 120-3-20-.54.4 are to be
permanently installed at a specific height or whether they are to be designed
for adaptability. (2) Adaptability. Both adaptable dwelling units and units
in which fixtures are permanently installed within the heights specified in
120-3-20-.54.4 bathrooms and 120-3-20-.54.5 kitchens shall be considered
accessible dwelling units. Note: Adaptable dwelling units are
particularly beneficial in rental housing where the demand for accessible
units varies over time. Dwelling
units designed for adaptability accommodate either able-bodies residents or
residents having any of the disabilities described in 1.1, and have the
further advantage of allowing the user to select the degree of accessibility
that is desired. For example, an
occupant chooses to have grab bars installed in the bathroom but prefers the
standard-height counter and sink. Where parking is provided for
facilities with all dwelling units designed for adaptability, accessible
parking spaces are provided according to the number and particular needs of
the disabled residents occupying the adaptable units. The subsections on bathrooms and
kitchens specify a range of heights and clearances within which certain
fixtures are installed (for example, grab bars at bathtubs and toilets, and
work surface and sink heights in kitchens). In the case of grab bars, provision is
made for later installation within the specified height range, as requested
by the occupant of the dwelling unit.
Other fixtures are permanently installed at a height within these
ranges, or the fixtures are adjustable within the ranges. |
|
|||
|
233.2 Residential Dwelling Units
Provided by Entities Subject to HUD Section 504 Regulations.
Where facilities with residential dwelling units are provided by entities
subject to regulations issued by the Department of Housing and Urban
Development (HUD) under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
amended, such entities shall provide residential dwelling units with mobility
features complying with 809.2 through
809.4 in a number required by the applicable HUD regulations. Residential
dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2
through 809.4 shall be on an accessible route as required by 206. In
addition, such entities shall provide residential dwelling units with
communication features complying with 809.5 in a number required by the
applicable HUD regulations. Entities subject to 233.2 shall not be required
to comply with 233.3. |
|
|
|
|||
|
¤36.406 (d) Social service center establishments. Group homes, halfway houses,
shelters, or similar social service center establishments that provide either
temporary sleeping accommodations or residential dwelling units that are subject
to this part shall comply with the provisions of the 2010 Standards
applicable to residential facilities, including, but not limited to, the
provisions in sections 233 and 809 (pp. 91 and 212) . |
|
|
|
|||
|
(1) In sleeping rooms with more than 25 beds covered by this part, a
minimum of 5% of the beds shall have clear floor space complying with section
806.2.3 of the 2010 Standards (p. 210). |
|
|
|
|||
|
(2) Facilities with more than 50 beds covered by this part that provide
common use bathing facilities shall provide at least one roll-in shower with
a seat that complies with the relevant provisions of section 608 of the 2010
Standards (p. 174). Transfer-type showers are not permitted in lieu of a
roll-in shower with a seat, and the exceptions in sections 608.3 and 608.4
for residential dwelling units are not permitted. When separate shower
facilities are provided for men and for women, at least one roll-in shower
shall be provided for each group. |
|
|
|
|||
|
233.3 Residential Dwelling Units
Provided by Entities Not Subject to HUD Section 504 Regulations.
Facilities with residential dwelling units provided by entities not subject
to regulations issued by the Department of Housing and Urban Development
(HUD) under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, shall comply
with 233.3. |
|
|
|
|||
|
233.3.1 Minimum Number: New
Construction. Newly constructed facilities with
residential dwelling units shall comply with 233.3.1. |
|
|
|
|||
|
EXCEPTION:
Where facilities contain 15 or fewer residential dwelling units, the
requirements of 233.3.1.1 and 233.3.1.2 shall apply to the total number of
residential dwelling units that are constructed under a single contract, or
are developed as a whole, whether or not located on a common site. |
|
|
|
|||
|
233.3.1.1 Residential Dwelling Units
with Mobility Features. In facilities with residential
dwelling units, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one unit, of the total
number of residential dwelling units shall provide mobility features
complying with 809.2 through 809.4 and shall be on an accessible route as
required by 206. |
|
|
|
|||
|
233.3.1.2 Residential Dwelling Units
with Communication Features. In facilities with
residential dwelling units, at least 2 percent, but no fewer than one unit,
of the total number of residential dwelling units shall provide communication
features complying with 809.5. |
|
|
|
|||
|
233.3.2 Residential Dwelling Units
for Sale. Residential dwelling units offered
for sale shall provide accessible features to the extent required by
regulations issued by Federal agencies under the Americans with Disabilities
Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended. |
|
|
|
|||
|
233.3.3 Additions.
Where an addition to an existing building results in an increase in the
number of residential dwelling units, the requirements of 233.3.1 shall apply
only to the residential dwelling units that are added until the total number
of residential dwelling units complies with the minimum number required by
233.3.1. Residential dwelling units required to comply with 233.3.1.1 shall
be on an accessible route as required by 206. |
|
|
|
|||
|
233.3.4 Alterations.
Alterations shall comply with 233.3.4. |
|
|
|
|||
|
EXCEPTION: Where
compliance with 809.2, 809.3, or 809.4 is technically infeasible, or where it
is technically infeasible to provide an accessible route to a residential
dwelling unit, the entity shall be permitted to alter or construct a comparable residential
dwelling unit to comply with 809.2 through 809.4 provided that the minimum
number of residential dwelling units required by 233.3.1.1 and 233.3.1.2, as applicable,
is satisfied. |
|
|
|
|||
|
233.3.4.1 Alterations to Vacated
Buildings. Where a building is vacated for the
purposes of alteration, and the altered building contains more than 15
residential dwelling units, at least 5 percent of the residential dwelling
units shall comply with 809.2 through 809.4
and shall be on an accessible route as required by 206. In addition, at least
2 percent of the residential dwelling units shall comply with 809.5. |
|
|
|
|||
|
233.3.4.2 Alterations to Individual
Residential Dwelling Units. In individual
residential dwelling units, where a bathroom or a kitchen is substantially
altered, and at least one other room is altered, the requirements of 233.3.1
shall apply to the altered residential dwelling units until the total number
of residential dwelling units complies with the minimum number required by
233.3.1.1 and 233.3.1.2. Residential dwelling units required to comply with
233.3.1.1 shall be on an accessible route as required by 206. |
|
|
|
|||
|
EXCEPTION:
Where facilities contain 15 or fewer residential dwelling units, the
requirements of 233.3.1.1 and 233.3.1.2 shall apply to the total number of
residential dwelling units that are altered under a single contract, or are
developed as a whole, whether or not located on a common site. |
|
|
|
|||
|
233.3.5 Dispersion.
Residential dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying
with 809.2 through 809.4 and residential dwelling units required to provide
communication features complying with 809.5 shall be dispersed among the
various types of residential dwelling units in the facility and shall provide
choices of residential dwelling units comparable to, and integrated with,
those available to other residents. |
|
|
|
|||
|
EXCEPTION:
Where multi-story residential dwelling units are one of the types of residential
dwelling units provided, one-story residential dwelling units shall be
permitted as a substitute for multi-story residential dwelling units where
equivalent spaces and amenities are provided in the one-story residential
dwelling unit. |
|
|
|
|||
|
234 Amusement Rides |
See Appendix 15.1 |
|
Neither
the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address
accessible amusement rides. |
|||
|
234.1 General. Amusement
rides shall comply with 234. |
|
|
||||
|
EXCEPTION:
Mobile or portable amusement rides shall not be required to comply with 234. |
|
|
||||
|
234.2 Load and Unload Areas.
Load and unload areas serving amusement rides shall comply with 1002.3. |
|
|
||||
|
234.3 Minimum Number.
Amusement rides shall provide at least one wheelchair space complying with
1002.4, or at least one amusement ride seat designed for transfer complying
with 1002.5, or at least one transfer device complying with 1002.6. |
|
|
||||
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Amusement rides that are
controlled or operated by the rider shall not be required to comply with 234.3. |
|
|
||||
|
2. Amusement rides designed primarily
for children, where children are assisted on and off the ride by an adult,
shall not be required to comply with 234.3. |
|
|
||||
|
3. Amusement rides that do not
provide amusement ride seats shall not be required to comply with 234.3. |
|
|
||||
|
234.4 Existing Amusement Rides.
Where existing amusement rides are altered, the alteration shall comply with
234.4. |
See Appendix 15.1.2 |
|
|
|||
|
234.4.1 Load and Unload Areas.
Where load and unload areas serving existing amusement rides are newly
designed and constructed, the load and unload areas shall comply with 1002.3. |
|
|
||||
|
234.4.2 Minimum Number.
Where the structural or operational characteristics of an amusement ride are
altered to the extent that the amusement ride's performance differs from that
specified by the manufacturer or the original design, the amusement ride
shall comply with 234.3. |
|
|
||||
|
235 Recreational Boating
Facilities |
See Appendix 15.2 |
|
Neither
the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address
accessible recreational boating facilities. |
|||
|
235.1 General. Recreational
boating facilities shall comply with 235. |
||||||
|
235.2 Boat Slips.
Boat slips complying with 1003.3.1 shall be provided in accordance with Table
235.2. Where the number of boat slips is not identified, each 40 feet (12 m)
of boat slip edge provided along the perimeter of the pier shall be counted as one boat slip for
the purpose of this section. |
See Appendix 15.2.3 |
|
|
|||
|
Table 235.2 Boat Slips |
See Appendix Table 15.2.3 |
|
|
|||
|
Total Number of Boating
Slips Provided in Facility |
Minimum Number of Required
Accessible Boating Slips |
|
|
|
||
|
1 to 25 |
1 |
|||||
|
26 to 50 |
2 |
|||||
|
51 to 100 |
3 |
|||||
|
101 to 150 |
4 |
|||||
|
151 to 300 |
5 |
|||||
|
301 to 400 |
6 |
|||||
|
401 to 500 |
7 |
|||||
|
501 to 600 |
8 |
|||||
|
601 to 700 |
9 |
|||||
|
701 to 800 |
10 |
|||||
|
801 to 900 |
11 |
|||||
|
901 to 1000 |
12 |
|||||
|
1001 and over |
12, plus 1 for every
100, or fraction thereof, over 1000 |
|||||
|
235.2.1 Dispersion.
Boat slips complying with 1003.3.1 shall be dispersed throughout the various
types of boat slips provided. Where the minimum number of boat slips required
to comply with 1003.3.1 has been met, no further dispersion shall be
required. |
|
|
|
|||
|
235.3 Boarding Piers at Boat Launch
Ramps. Where boarding piers are provided at boat launch ramps,
at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of the boarding piers shall comply
with 1003.3.2. |
See Appendix 15.2.4 |
|
|
|||
|
236 Exercise Machines and
Equipment |
See Appendix 15.7 |
|
Neither
the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address
accessible exercise machines and equipment. |
|||
|
236.1 General.
At least one of each type of exercise machine and equipment shall comply with
1004. |
||||||
|
237 Fishing Piers and Platforms |
See Appendix 15.3 |
|
Neither
the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address accessible
fishing piers and platforms. |
|||
|
237.1 General.
Fishing piers and platforms shall comply with 1005. |
||||||
|
238 Golf Facilities |
See Appendix 15.4 |
|
Neither
the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address
accessible golf facilities. |
|||
|
238.1 General.
Golf facilities shall comply with 238. |
|
|
||||
|
238.2 Golf Courses.
Golf courses shall comply with 238.2. |
||||||
|
238.2.1 Teeing Grounds. Where one teeing ground is provided for a hole, the
teeing ground shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter
and exit the teeing ground. Where two teeing grounds are provided for a hole,
the forward teeing ground shall be designed and constructed so that a golf
car can enter and exit the teeing ground. Where three or more teeing grounds
are provided for a hole, at least two
teeing grounds, including the forward teeing ground, shall be designed and
constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit each teeing ground. |
|
|
||||
|
EXCEPTION:
In existing golf courses, the forward teeing ground shall not be required to
be one of the teeing grounds on a hole designed and constructed so that a
golf car can enter and exit the teeing ground where compliance is not
feasible due to terrain. |
|
|
||||
|
238.2.2 Putting Greens.
Putting greens shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter
and exit the putting green. |
|
|
||||
|
238.2.3 Weather Shelters.
Where provided, weather shelters shall be designed and constructed so that a
golf car can enter and exit the weather shelter and shall comply with 1006.4. |
|
|
||||
|
238.3 Practice Putting Greens,
Practice Teeing Grounds, and Teeing Stations at Driving Ranges.
At least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of practice putting greens,
practice teeing grounds, and teeing stations at driving ranges shall be
designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the practice
putting greens, practice teeing grounds, and teeing stations at driving
ranges. |
|
|
||||
|
239 Miniature Golf Facilities |
See Appendix 15.5 |
|
Neither
the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address
accessible miniature golf. |
|||
|
239.1 General.
Miniature golf facilities shall comply with 239. |
|
|
||||
|
239.2 Minimum Number.
At least 50 percent of holes on miniature golf courses shall comply with
1007.3. |
|
|
||||
|
239.3 Miniature Golf Course
Configuration. Miniature golf courses shall be
configured so that the holes complying with 1007.3 are consecutive. Miniature
golf courses shall provide an accessible route from the last hole complying
with 1007.3 to the course entrance or exit without requiring travel through
any other holes on the course. |
|
|
||||
|
EXCEPTION:
One break in the sequence of consecutive holes shall be permitted provided
that the last hole on the miniature golf course is the last hole in the
sequence. |
|
|
||||
|
240 Play Areas |
See Appendix 15.6 |
|
Neither
the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address
accessible play areas. |
|||
|
240.1 General.
Play areas for children ages 2 and over shall comply with 240. Where separate
play areas are provided within a site for specific age groups, each play area
shall comply with 240. |
|
|
||||
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Play areas located in family child care facilities where the proprietor
actually resides shall not be required to comply with 240. |
|
|
||||
|
2. In existing play areas, where play
components are relocated for the purposes of creating safe use zones and the
ground surface is not altered or extended for more than one use zone, the
play area shall not be required to comply with 240. |
|
|
||||
|
3. Amusement attractions shall not be
required to comply with 240. |
|
|
||||
|
4. Where play components are altered
and the ground surface is not altered, the ground surface shall not be
required to comply with 1008.2.6 unless required by 202.4. |
|
|
||||
|
240.1.1 Additions.
Where play areas are designed and constructed in phases, the requirements of
240 shall apply to each successive addition so that when the addition is
completed, the entire play area complies with all the applicable requirements
of 240. |
|
|
||||
|
240.2 Play Components.
Where provided, play components shall comply with 240.2. |
|
|
||||
|
240.2.1 Ground Level Play Components.
Ground level play components shall be provided in the number and types
required by 240.2.1. Ground level play components that are provided to comply
with 240.2.1.1 shall be permitted to satisfy the additional number required
by 240.2.1.2 if the minimum required types of play components are satisfied.
Where two or more required ground level play components are provided, they
shall be dispersed throughout the play area and integrated with other play
components. |
|
|
||||
|
240.2.1.1 Minimum Number and Types.
Where ground level play components are provided, at least one of each type
shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with 1008.4. |
|
|
||||
|
240.2.1.2 Additional Number and
Types. Where elevated play components are provided, ground level
play components shall be provided in accordance with Table 240.2.1.2 and
shall comply with 1008.4. |
|
|
||||
|
EXCEPTION:
If at least 50 percent of the elevated play components are connected by a
ramp and at least 3 of the elevated play components connected by the ramp are
different types of play components, the play area shall not be required to
comply with 240.2.1.2. |
|
|
||||
|
Table 240.2.1.2 Number and Types of Ground Level Play
Components Required to be on Accessible Routes |
See Appendix Table 15.6.2.2 |
|
|
|||
|
Number of Elevated Play
Components Provided |
Minimum Number of Ground
Level Play Components Required to be on an Accessible Route |
Minimum Number of Different
Types of Ground Level Play Components Required to be on an Accessible Route |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
Not applicable |
Not applicable |
|
|||
|
2 to 4 |
1 |
1 |
||||
|
5 to 7 |
2 |
2 |
||||
|
8 to 10 |
3 |
3 |
||||
|
11 to 13 |
4 |
3 |
||||
|
14 to 16 |
5 |
3 |
||||
|
17 to 19 |
6 |
3 |
||||
|
22 to 22 |
7 |
4 |
||||
|
23 to 25 |
8 |
4 |
||||
|
26 and over |
8, plus 1 for each
additional 3, or fraction thereof, over 25 |
5 |
||||
|
240.2.2 Elevated Play Components.
Where elevated play components are provided, at least 50 percent shall be on
an accessible route and shall comply with 1008.4. |
|
|
|
|||
|
241 Saunas and Steam Rooms |
See Appendix 4.1.3(22) |
|
|
|||
|
241 General.
Where provided, saunas and steam rooms shall comply with 612. |
|
|
||||
|
EXCEPTION: Where saunas or steam rooms are clustered at a
single location, no more than 5 percent of the saunas and steam rooms, but no
fewer than one, of each type in each cluster shall be required to comply with
612. |
|
|
||||
|
242 Swimming Pools, Wading
Pools, and Spas |
See Appendix 15.8 |
|
Neither
the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address
accessible swimming pools. |
|||
|
242.1 General.
Swimming pools, wading pools, and spas shall comply with 242. |
|
|
||||
|
242.2 Swimming Pools.
At least two accessible means of entry shall be provided for swimming pools.
Accessible means of entry shall be swimming pool lifts complying with 1009.2;
sloped entries complying with 1009.3; transfer walls complying with 1009.4;
transfer systems complying with 1009.5; and pool stairs complying with
1009.6. At least one accessible means of entry provided shall comply with
1009.2 or 1009.3. |
|
|
||||
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where a swimming pool has less than 300 linear feet (91 m) of swimming
pool wall, no more than one accessible means of entry shall be required
provided that the accessible means of entry is a swimming pool lift complying
with 1009.2 or sloped entry complying with 1009.3. |
|
|
||||
|
2. Wave action pools, leisure rivers,
sand bottom pools, and other pools where user access is limited to one area
shall not be required to provide more than one accessible means of entry
provided that the accessible means of entry is a swimming pool lift complying
with 1009.2, a sloped entry complying with 1009.3, or a transfer system
complying with 1009.5. |
|
|
||||
|
3. Catch pools shall not be required
to provide an accessible means of entry provided that the catch pool edge is
on an accessible route. |
|
|
||||
|
242.3 Wading Pools.
At least one accessible means of entry shall be provided for wading pools.
Accessible means of entry shall comply with sloped entries complying with
1009.3. |
|
|
||||
|
242.4 Spas.
At least one accessible means of entry shall be provided for spas. Accessible
means of entry shall comply with swimming pool lifts complying with 1009.2;
transfer walls complying with 1009.4; or transfer systems complying with
1009.5. |
|
|
||||
|
EXCEPTION:
Where spas are provided in a cluster, no more than 5 percent, but no fewer
than one, spa in each cluster shall be required to comply with 242.4. |
|
|
||||
|
243 Shooting Facilities
with Firing Positions |
See Appendix 15.7.4 |
|
Neither
the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address
accessible shooting facilities. |
|||
|
243.1 General.
Where shooting facilities with firing positions are designed and constructed
at a site, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of each type of firing
position shall comply with 1010. |
|
|
||||
|
TECHNICAL |
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia
Accessibility Code |
Commentary
|
||||||||||||||||
|
CHAPTER
3: BUILDING BLOCKS |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
301
General |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
301.1
Scope. The provisions of Chapter 3 shall apply where required by
Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
302
Floor or Ground Surfaces |
4.5
Ground and Floor Surfaces. |
120-3-20-.16
Ground and Floor Surfaces |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
302.1 General. Floor
and ground surfaces shall be stable, firm, and slip resistant and shall
comply with 302. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Within animal containment areas,
floor and ground surfaces shall not be required to be stable, firm, and slip
resistant. 2. Areas of sport activity shall not
be required to comply with 302. |
4.5.1
General. Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in
accessible rooms and spaces including floors, walks, ramps, stairs, and curb
ramps, shall be stable, firm, slip-resistant, and shall comply with
4.5. See also Appendix 4.1.3(3) |
(1) General. Ground and floor surfaces
along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces including floors,
walks, ramps, stairs, and curb ramps, shall be stable, firm, slip-resistant,
and shall comply with rule 120-3-20.19. Note: People who have difficulty walking or
maintaining balance or who use crutches, canes, or walkers, and those with
restricted gaits are particularly sensitive to slipping and tripping hazards.
For such people, a stable and regular surface is necessary for safe walking,
particularly on stairs.
Wheelchairs can be propelled most easily on surfaces that are hard,
stable, and regular. Soft loose surfaces such as shag carpet, loose sand or
gravel, wet clay, and irregular surfaces such as cobblestones can
significantly impede wheelchair movement. Slip resistance is based on the
frictional force necessary to keep a shoe heel or crutch tip from slipping on
a walking surface under conditions likely to be found on the surface. While the dynamic coefficient of
friction during walking varies in a complex and non-uniform way, the static
coefficient of friction, which can be measured in several ways, provides a
close approximation of the slip resistance of a surface. Contrary to popular
belief, some slippage is necessary to walking, especially for persons with
restricted gaits; a truly "non-slip" surface could not be negotiated. The Occupational Safety and Health
Administration recommends that walking surfaces have a static coefficient of
friction of 0.5. A research project sponsored by the Architectural and
Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board) conducted tests with
persons with disabilities and concluded that a higher coefficient of friction
was needed by such persons. A static coefficient of friction of 0.6 is
recommended for accessible routes and 0.8 for ramps. It is recognized that the coefficient
of friction varies considerably due to the presence of contaminants, water,
floor finishes, and other factors not under the control of the designer or
builder and not subject to design and construction guidelines and that
compliance would be difficult to measure on the building site. Nevertheless, many common building
materials suitable for flooring are now labeled with information on the
static coefficient of friction. While it may not be possible to compare one
product directly with another, or to guarantee a constant measure, builders
and designers are encouraged to specify materials with appropriate values. As
more products include information on slip resistance, improved uniformity in
measurement and specification is likely. The Access Board's advisory guidelines
on Slip Resistant Surfaces provides additional information on this
subject. Cross slopes on walks and ground or
floor surfaces can cause considerable difficulty in propelling a wheelchair
in a straight line. |
The
2010 Standards provide exceptions for animal containment areas and areas of
sports activity. |
||||||||||||||||
|
302.2 Carpet.
Carpet or carpet tile shall be securely attached and shall have a firm
cushion, pad, or backing or no cushion or pad. Carpet or carpet tile shall
have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or level cut/uncut pile
texture. Pile height shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum. Exposed edges of
carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces and shall have trim on the entire
length of the exposed edge. Carpet edge trim shall comply with 303. |
4.5.3
Carpet. If carpet or carpet tile is used on a ground or floor surface,
then it shall be securely attached; have a firm cushion, pad, or backing, or
no cushion or pad; and have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or
level cut/uncut pile texture. The maximum pile thickness shall be 1/2 in (13
mm) (see Fig. 8(f)). Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor
surfaces and have trim along the entire length of the exposed edge. Carpet
edge trim shall comply with 4.5.2. NOTE: Figure 8(f) shows an elevation of
carpet with padding with the pile limited to ½ inch maximum. |
120-3-20-.16
(3) Carpet. If carpet or carpet tile is used on a ground
or floor surface, then it shall be securely attached; have a firm cushion,
pad, or backing, or no cushion or pad; and have a level loop, textured loop,
level cut pile, or level cut/uncut pile texture. The maximum pile thickness
shall be ½ inches (13 mm)(see Fig. 8(f)). Exposed edges of carpet
shall be fastened to floor surfaces and have trim along the entire length of
the exposed edge. Carpet edge
trim shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16(2). Note: Much more needs to be done in
developing both quantitative and qualitative criteria for carpeting (i.e.,
problems associated with texture and weave need to be studied). However,
certain functional characteristics are well established. When both carpet and
padding are used, it is desirable to have minimum movement (preferably none)
between the floor and the pad and the pad and the carpet which would allow
the carpet to hump or warp. In heavily trafficked areas, a thick, soft
(plush) pad or cushion, particularly in combination with long carpet pile,
makes it difficult for individuals in wheelchairs and those with other
ambulatory disabilities to get about. Firm carpeting can be achieved through
proper selection and combination of pad and carpet, sometimes with the
elimination of the pad or cushion, and with proper installation. Carpeting
designed with a weave that causes a zig-zag effect when wheeled across is
strongly discouraged. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
302.3 Openings. Openings
in floor or ground surfaces shall not allow passage of a sphere more than 1/2
inch (13 mm) diameter except as allowed in 407.4.3, 409.4.3, 410.4, 810.5.3
and 810.10. Elongated openings shall be placed so that the long dimension is
perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel. |
4.5.4
Gratings. If gratings are located in walking surfaces, then they shall
have spaces no greater than 1/2 in (13 mm) wide in one direction (see Fig.
8(g)). If gratings have elongated openings, then they shall be placed so that
the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of
travel (see Fig. 8(h)). NOTE: In Figure 8(g) the gratings are shown
with one dimension 1/2 inch maximum measured parallel to the predominant
direction of travel. In Figure 8(h), gratings are shown
with the long dimension perpendicular to route of travel. |
120-3-20-.16
(4) Gratings. If gratings are located in walking surfaces,
then they shall have spaces no greater than ½ inches (13 mm) wide in
one direction (see Fig. 8(g)). If gratings have elongated openings, then they
shall be placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant
direction of travel (see Fig. 8(h)). |
The
2010 Standards address any openings in a floor or ground surface. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code only address gratings. |
||||||||||||||||
|
303
Changes in Level 303.1 General.
Where changes in level are permitted in floor or ground surfaces, they shall
comply with 303. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Animal containment areas shall not
be required to comply with 303. 2. Areas of sport activity shall not
be required to comply with 303. 303.2 Vertical.
Changes in level of 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high maximum shall be permitted to be
vertical. 303.3 Beveled.
Changes in level between 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high minimum and 1/2 inch (13 mm)
high maximum shall be beveled with a slope not steeper than 1:2. 303.4 Ramps. Changes
in level greater than 1/2 inch (13 mm) high shall be ramped, and shall comply
with 405 or 406. |
4.3.8
Changes in Levels.
Changes in levels along an accessible route shall comply with 4.5.2. If an
accessible route has changes in level greater than 1/2 in (13 mm), then a
curb ramp, ramp, elevator, or platform lift (as permitted in 4.1.3 and 4.1.6)
shall be provided that complies with 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, or 4.11, respectively.
An accessible route does not include stairs, steps, or escalators. See
definition of "egress, means of" in 3.5. 4.5.2
Changes in Level. Changes in level up to 1/4 in (6 mm) may be vertical
and without edge treatment (see Fig. 7(c) ). Changes in level between 1/4 in
and 1/2 in (6 mm and 13 mm) shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2
(see Fig. 7(d)). Changes in level greater than 1/2 in (13 mm) shall be
accomplished by means of a ramp that complies with 4.7 or 4.8. NOTE: Figure 7(c) is a cross section drawing
showing a maximum 1/4 inch vertical change in level. Figure 7(d) is a cross section
drawing showing a change in level 1/4 to 1/2 inch high with a 1:2 slope. |
120-3-20-.16
(2) Changes in Level. Changes in level up to 1/4 inches (6
mm) may be vertical and without edge treatment (see Fig. 7(c) ). Changes in
level between 1/4 inches and ½ inches (6 mm and 13 mm) shall be
beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see Fig. 7(d)). Changes in level greater
than ½ inches (13 mm) shall be accomplished by means of a ramp that
complies with 120-3-20-.18 or 120-3-20-.19 |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
4.2.3
Wheelchair Turning Space. The space required for a wheelchair to make
a 180-degree turn is a clear space of 60 in (1525 mm) diameter (see Fig.
3(a)) or a T-shaped space (see Fig. 3(b)). NOTE:
Figure 3(a) illustrates a 60 inch (1525 mm) diameter turning circle. Figure
3(b) indicates the T-shape space is 36 inches (915 mm) wide at the top and
stem within a 60 inch by 60 inch (1525 mm by 1525 mm) square. |
120-3-20-.13 Space Allowance and
Reach Ranges Wheelchair Turning Space. The space required for a wheelchair to
make a 180-degree turn is a clear space of 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter (see
Fig.3(a)) or a T-shaped space (see Fig. 3(b)). Note: These guidelines specify a
minimum space of 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter or a 60 inches by 60 inches
(1525 mm by 1525 mm) T-shaped space for a pivoting 180-degree turn of a
wheelchair. This space is usually satisfactory for turning around, but many
people will not be able to turn without repeated tries and bumping into
surrounding objects. The space
shown in Fig. A2 will allow most wheelchair users to complete U-turns without
difficulty. Figure 3
Wheelchair Turning Space.
3(b) T-Shaped Space for
180 degree Turns. The T-shaped space is created by the
perpendicular intersection of two routes. Each route must be a minimum of 36 in
(915 mm) in width. The route
forming the top of the "T" must extend at least 12 in (305 mm)
beyond the intersection in each direction and the route forming the base of
the "T" must extend at least 24 in (610 mm) beyond the
intersection. The "T"
fits within a 60 in (1525 mm) square. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
304.1 General.
Turning space shall comply with 304. |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
304.2 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor
or ground surfaces of a turning space shall comply with 302. Changes in level
are not permitted. EXCEPTION:
Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. |
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
304.3 Size.
Turning space shall comply with 304.3.1 or 304.3.2. |
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
304.3.1 Circular Space.
The turning space shall be a space of 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter minimum.
The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with
306. |
|
The
2010 Standards specify that knee and toe clearances may be part of a circular
turning space. It is generally
understood that the 1994 Standards allow this as well. |
|||||||||||||||||
|
304.3.2 T-Shaped Space. The
turning space shall be a T-shaped space within a 60 inch (1525 mm) square
minimum with arms and base 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum. Each arm of the T
shall be clear of obstructions 12 inches (305 mm) minimum in each direction
and the base shall be clear of obstructions 24 inches (610 mm) minimum. The
space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306
only at the end of either the base or one arm. |
|
The
2010 Standards specify that knee and toe clearances may be part of a T-shaped
turning space at the end of the base or one arm. It is generally understood that the 1994
Standards allow this as well. |
|||||||||||||||||
|
304.4 Door Swing.
Doors shall be permitted to swing into turning spaces. |
|
|
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit this as well (except in
dressing rooms). |
||||||||||||||||
|
305
Clear Floor or Ground Space |
4.2.4
Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchairs. |
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
305.1 General.
Clear floor or ground space shall comply with 305. |
4.2.4.3
Surfaces for Wheelchair Spaces. Clear floor or
ground spaces for wheelchairs shall comply with 4.5. 4.13.6
Maneuvering Clearances at Doors. . . . The floor or ground area within the
required clearances shall be level and clear. |
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
305.2 Floor or Ground Surfaces.
Floor or ground surfaces of a clear floor or ground space shall comply with
302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTION:
Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. |
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
305.3 Size.
The clear floor or ground space shall be 30 inches (760 mm) minimum by 48
inches (1220 mm) minimum. |
4.2.4.1
Size and Approach. The minimum clear floor or ground
space required to accommodate a single, stationary wheelchair and occupant is
30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) (see Fig. 4(a)). The minimum clear floor
or ground space for wheelchairs may be positioned for forward or parallel
approach to an object (see Fig. 4(b) and (c)). Clear floor or ground space
for wheelchairs may be part of the knee space required under some objects. NOTE: In
Figure 4(a), the Clear floor space shown to be 30 by 48 inches minimum. Figure 4(b) illustrates a forward
approach with a clear floor space of 30 inches minimum by 48 inches minimum,
the narrow side facing an element on a wall. Figure 4(c) illustrates a parallel
approach with a clear floor space of 30 inches minimum by 48 inches minimum,
with the long side facing an element on a wall. |
120-3-20-.16
(4) Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchairs. (a) Size and Approach. The minimum
clear floor or ground space required to accommodate a single, stationary
wheelchair and occupant is 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) (see
Fig. 4(a)). The minimum clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs may be
positioned for forward or parallel approach to an object (see Fig. 4(b) and
(c)). Clear floor or ground space
for wheelchair may be part of the knee space required under some objects in
the T-shape turn. Note: The wheelchair and user shown
in Fig. A3 represent typical dimensions for a large adult male. The space
requirements in these rules are based upon maneuvering clearances that will
accommodate most wheelchairs. Fig. A3 provides a uniform reference for design
not covered by these rules. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
305.4 Knee and Toe Clearance. Unless
otherwise specified, clear floor or ground space shall be permitted to
include knee and toe clearance complying with 306. |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
305.5 Position.
Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or ground space shall be positioned
for either forward or parallel approach to an element. |
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
305.6 Approach. One
full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space shall adjoin an
accessible route or adjoin another clear floor or ground space. |
4.2.4.2
Relationship of Maneuvering Clearance to Wheelchair Spaces.
One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space for a
wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route or adjoin another
wheelchair clear floor space. If a clear floor space is located in an alcove
or otherwise confined on all or part of three sides, additional maneuvering
clearances shall be provided as shown in Fig. 4(d) and (e). NOTE: Figure 4(d) indicates the following: For a front approach, where the depth
of the alcove is equal to or less than 24 inches (610 mm), the required clear
floor space is 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm). For a side approach, where the depth
of the alcove is equal to or less than 15 inches (380 mm), the required clear
floor space is 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm). Figure 4(e) indicates the following: For a front approach, if the depth of
the alcove is greater than 24 inches (610 mm), then in addition to the 30
inch (760 mm) width, a maneuvering clearance of 6 inches (150 mm) in width is
required. For a side approach, where the depth
of the alcove is greater than 15 inches (380 mm), then in addition to the 48
inch (1220 mm) length, an additional maneuvering clearance of 12 inches in
length (305 mm) is required. |
(b) Relationship of Maneuvering
Clearance to Wheelchair Spaces. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor
or ground space for a wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route
or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space. If a clear floor space is
located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or part of three sides,
additional maneuvering clearances shall be provided as shown in Fig. 4(d) and
(e). |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
305.7 Maneuvering Clearance. Where
a clear floor or ground space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined
on all or part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearance shall be
provided in accordance with 305.7.1 and 305.7.2. |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
305.7.1 Forward Approach.
Alcoves shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds 24
inches (610 mm). |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
305.7.2 Parallel Approach.
Alcoves shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds 15
inches (380 mm). |
Figure 4 Minimum Clear Floor Space for
Wheelchairs.
4(d) Clear Floor Space in
Alcoves. For a forward approach,
where the depth of the alcove is equal to or less than 24 in (610 mm), the
required clear floor space is 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm).
For a parallel approach, where the depth of the alcove is equal to or
less than 15 in (380 mm), the required clear floor space is 48 in by 30 in
(1220 mm by 760 mm).
4(e) Additional Maneuvering Clearances for
Alcoves. For a forward approach,
if the depth of the alcove is greater than 24 in (610 mm), then in addition
to the 30 in (760 mm) width, a maneuvering clearance of 6 in (150 mm) in
width is required, for a total width of 36 in (915 mm). For a parallel approach, where the
depth of the alcove is greater than 15 in (380 mm), then in addition to the
48 in (1220 mm) length, an additional maneuvering clearance of 12 in (305 mm)
in length is required, for a total length of 60 in (1525 mm). |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
306
Knee and Toe Clearance |
|
|
The
2010 Standards specify in text what the 1994 Standards attempt to convey in a
figure. |
||||||||||||||||
|
306.1 General.
Where space beneath an element is included as part of clear floor or ground
space or turning space, the space shall comply with 306. Additional space
shall not be prohibited beneath an element but shall not be considered as
part of the clear floor or ground space or turning space. |
See Figure 31 |
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.2 Toe Clearance. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.2.1 General. Space
under an element between the finish floor or ground and 9 inches (230 mm)
above the finish floor or ground shall be considered toe clearance and shall
comply with 306.2. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.2.2 Maximum Depth.
Toe clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under an element. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.2.3 Minimum Required Depth.
Where toe clearance is required at an element as part of a clear floor space,
the toe clearance shall extend 17 inches (430 mm) minimum under the element. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.2.4 Additional Clearance.
Space extending greater than 6 inches (150 mm) beyond the available knee
clearance at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not be
considered toe clearance. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.2.5 Width.
Toe clearance shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.3 Knee Clearance. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.3.1 General.
Space under an element between 9 inches (230 mm) and 27 inches (685 mm) above
the finish floor or ground shall be considered knee clearance and shall
comply with 306.3. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.3.2 Maximum Depth.
Knee clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under an element at 9
inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.3.3 Minimum Required Depth.
Where knee clearance is required under an element as part of a clear floor
space, the knee clearance shall be 11 inches (280 mm) deep minimum at 9
inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground, and 8 inches (205 mm) deep
minimum at 27 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or ground. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.3.4 Clearance Reduction. Between
9 inches (230 mm) and 27 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or ground,
the knee clearance shall be permitted to reduce at a rate of 1 inch (25 mm)
in depth for each 6 inches (150 mm) in height. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
306.3.5 Width.
Knee clearance shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
307
Protruding Objects |
4.4
Protruding Objects |
120-3-20-.15 Protruding Objects. (1) General. Objects projecting from
walls (for example, telephones) with their leading edges between 27 inches
and 80 inches (685 mm and 2030 mm) above the finished floor shall protrude no
more than 4 inches (100 mm) inches to walks, halls, corridors, passageways,
or aisles (see Fig. 8(a)). Objects mounted with their leading edges at or
below 27 inches (685 mm) above the finished floor may protrude any amount
(see Fig. 8(a) and (b)).
Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons may overhang 12
inches (305 mm) maximum from 27 inches to 80 inches (685 mm to 2030 mm) above
the ground or finished floor (see Fig. 8(c) and (d)). Protruding objects shall not reduce
the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space (see Fig. 8(e)). Note: General. Service animals are trained
to recognize and avoid hazards. However, most people with severe impairments
of vision use the long cane as an aid to mobility. The two principal cane
techniques are the touch technique, where the cane arcs from side to side and
touches points outside both shoulders; and the diagonal technique, where the
cane is held in a stationary position diagonally across the body with the
cane tip touching or just above the ground at a point outside one shoulder
and the handle or grip extending to a point outside the other shoulder. The
touch technique is used primarily in uncontrolled areas, while the diagonal
technique is used primarily in certain limited, controlled, and familiar
environments. Cane users are often trained to use both techniques. Potential hazardous objects are
noticed only if they fall within the detection range of canes. (see Fig. A4).
Visually impaired people walking
toward an object can detect an overhang if its lowest surface is not higher
than 27 inches (685 mm). When walking alongside protruding objects, they
cannot detect overhangs. Since proper cane and service animal techniques keep
people away from the edge of a path or from walls, a slight overhang of no
more than 4 inches (100 mm) is not hazardous. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
307.1 General.
Protruding objects shall comply with 307. |
4.4.1 General.
Objects projecting from walls (for example, telephones) with their leading
edges between 27 in and 80 in (685 mm and 2030 mm) above the finished floor
shall protrude no more than 4 in (100 mm) into walks, halls, corridors,
passageways, or aisles (see Fig. 8(a)). Objects mounted with their leading
edges at or below 27 in (685 mm) above the finished floor may protrude any
amount (see Fig. 8(a) and (b)). Free-standing objects mounted on posts or
pylons may overhang 12 in (305 mm) maximum from 27 in to 80 in (685 mm to 2030
mm) above the ground or finished floor (see Fig. 8(c) and (d)). Protruding
objects shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route or
maneuvering space (see Fig. 8(e)). |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
NOTE:
In Figure 8(a) two figures show the depth that objects are permitted to
protrude from walls based on their heights from the floor. In one figure the object is installed
below 27 inches and is permitted to intrude into the Òany amountÓ provided
that Òclear widthÓ is preserved.
In the other figure, the object is installed higher than 27 inches and
cannot protrude more than 4 inches from the wall. Both figures show a person using a
white cane avoiding the object by making cane contact with sufficient
stopping time. In Figure 8(b) a person using a white
cane walks perpendicular to an object with its leading edge at 27 inches
above the floor and detects the object with sufficient stopping time. In Figure 8(c) free-standing objects
are shown with their leading edges protruding no more than 12 inches from the
floor. In Figure 8(c-1), the diagram
illustrates (as an example) a stair whose underside descends across a
pathway. Where the headroom is less than 80 inches, protection is offered by
a railing (2030 mm) which can be no higher than 27 inches (685 mm) to ensure
detectability. In Figure 8(d), the diagram
illustrates an area where an overhang can be greater than 12 inches (305 mm)
because the object cannot be approached in the direction of the overhang. In Figure 8(e), the minimum clear
width for continuous passage is 36 inches. Thirty two (32) inches is the
minimum clear width for a maximum distance of 24 inches (610 mm). |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
307.2 Protrusion Limits. Objects with leading edges more than 27 inches
(685 mm) and not more than 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finish floor or
ground shall protrude 4 inches (100 mm) maximum horizontally into the
circulation path. EXCEPTION:
Handrails shall be permitted to protrude 4 1/2 inches (115 mm) maximum. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
307.3 Post-Mounted Objects. Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons
shall overhang circulation paths 12 inches (305 mm) maximum when located 27
inches (685 mm) minimum and 80 inches (2030 mm) maximum above the finish
floor or ground. Where a sign or other obstruction is mounted between
posts or pylons and the clear distance between the posts or pylons is greater
than 12 inches (305 mm), the lowest edge of such sign or obstruction shall be
27 inches (685 mm) maximum or 80 inches (2030 mm) minimum above the finish
floor or ground. EXCEPTION:
The sloping portions of handrails serving stairs and ramps shall not be
required to comply with 307.3. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
307.4 Vertical Clearance.
Vertical clearance shall be 80 inches (2030 mm) high minimum. Guardrails or
other barriers shall be provided where the vertical clearance is less than 80
inches (2030 mm) high. The leading edge of such guardrail or barrier shall be
located 27 inches (685 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTION:
Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 78 inches (1980 mm)
minimum above the finish floor or ground. |
4.4.2
Head Room. Walks, halls, corridors,
passageways, aisles, or other circulation spaces shall have 80 in (2030 mm)
minimum clear head room (see Fig. 8(a)). If vertical clearance of an area
adjoining an accessible route is reduced to less than 80 in (nominal
dimension), a barrier to warn blind or visually-impaired persons shall be
provided (see Fig. 8(c-1)). NOTE:
In Figure 8(a) two figures show the depth that objects are permitted to
protrude from walls based on their heights from the floor. In one figure the object is installed
below 27 inches and is permitted to intrude into the Òany amountÓ provided
that Òclear widthÓ is preserved.
In the other figure, the object is installed higher than 27 inches and
cannot protrude more than 4 inches from the wall. Both figures show a person using a
white cane avoiding the object by making cane contact with sufficient
stopping time. In Figure 8(c-1), the diagram
illustrates (as an example) a stair whose underside descends across a pathway.
Where the headroom is less than 80 inches, protection is offered by a railing
(2030 mm) which can be no higher than 27 inches (685 mm) to ensure
detectability |
120-3-20-.15 (2) Head Room. Walks,
halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, or other circulation spaces shall have
80 inches (2030 mm) minimum clear head room (see Fig. 8(a)). If vertical clearance of an area
adjoining an accessible route is reduced to less than 80 inches (nominal
dimension), a barrier to warn blind or visually-impaired persons shall be
provided (see Fig. 8(c-1)). |
The 2010 Standards have an allowance for door
closers and door stops to reduce the vertical clearance to 78 inches
minimum. While the 1994 Standards
and Georgia Accessibility Code do not specifically allow this, is has been
the accepted practice as closers and stops will always reduce the vertical
clearance on an 80 inch door. |
||||||||||||||||
|
307.5 Required Clear Width.
Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width required for accessible
routes. |
4.4.1
General. . . . Protruding objects shall not
reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space (see Fig.
8(e)). NOTE: In Figure 8(e) the minimum clear width
for continuous passage is 36 inches. Thirty two (32) inches is the minimum
clear width for a maximum distance of 24 inches (610 mm). The maximum
distance an object can protrude beyond a wing wall is 4 inches (100 mm). |
120-3-20-.53(3) Protruding Objects
[Children]. The requirements in rule
120-3-20-.15(1) are modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(3). Objects projecting from
walls with their leading edges between 12 inches and 80 inches (305 mm and
2030 mm) above the finish floor shall protrude no more than 4 inches (100 mm)
into walks, halls, corridors, passageways, or aisles. Objects mounted with
their leading edges at or below 12 inches (305 mm) above the finish floor may
protrude any amount. Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons may
overhang 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from 12 inches to 80 inches (305 mm to
2030 mm) above the ground or finish floor. Protruding objects shall not
reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
308
Reach Ranges |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
308.1 General. Reach
ranges shall comply with 308. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
308.2 Forward Reach. |
4.2.5
Forward Reach. If the clear floor space only allows forward approach
to an object, the maximum high forward reach allowed shall be 48 in (1220 mm)
(see Fig. 5(a)). The minimum low forward reach is 15 in (380 mm). If the high
forward reach is over an obstruction, reach and clearances shall be as shown
in Fig. 5(b). NOTE: In Figure
5(a), the forward reach range shown in profile and plan view to be 48 inches
maximum and 15 inches minimum. In Figure 5(b), the maximum level
forward reach over an obstruction with knee space below is 25 inches (635
mm). When the obstruction is less than 20 inches (510 mm) deep, the maximum
high forward reach is 48 inches (1220 mm). When the obstruction projects 20
to 25 inches (510 mm to 635 mm), the maximum high forward reach is 44 inches
(1120 mm). (4.2.5, 4.25.3). |
120-3-20-.13 (5) Forward Reach. If
the clear floor space only allows forward approach to an object, the maximum
high forward reach allowed shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) (see Fig. 5(a)). The minimum low forward reach is 15 inches
(380 mm). If the high forward reach is over an obstruction, reach and
clearances shall be as shown in Fig. 5(b). 5(b) Maximum Forward Reach over an
Obstruction. The maximum depth of
an obstruction with knee space below is 25 in (635 mm). When the obstruction is less than 20
in (510 mm) deep, the maximum high forward reach is 48 in (1220 mm). When the depth of the obstruction is
greater than 20 in (510 mm), the maximum high forward reach is 44 in (1120
mm). |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
308.2.1 Unobstructed.
Where a forward reach is unobstructed, the high forward reach shall be 48
inches (1220 mm) maximum and the low forward reach shall be 15 inches (380
mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
308.2.2 Obstructed High Reach. Where
a high forward reach is over an obstruction, the clear floor space shall extend
beneath the element for a distance not less than the required reach depth
over the obstruction. The high forward reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm)
maximum where the reach depth is 20 inches (510 mm) maximum. Where the reach
depth exceeds 20 inches (510 mm), the high forward reach shall be 44 inches
(1120 mm) maximum and the reach depth shall be 25 inches (635 mm) maximum. |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
308.3 Side Reach. |
4.2.6
Side Reach. If the clear floor space allows
parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair, the maximum high side reach
allowed shall be 54 in (1370 mm) and the low side reach shall be no less than
9 in (230 mm) above the floor (Fig. 6(a) and (b)). If the side reach is over
an obstruction, the reach and clearances shall be as shown in Fig 6(c).
NOTE: In Figure
6(a), the 30 by 48 inch clear floor space is located a maximum 10 inches (255
mm) from the wall. In Figure 6(b), the 30 by 48 inch
wheelchair clear floor space is located a maximum 10 inches (255 mm) from the
wall. Figure 6(c) indicates that if the depth of the obstruction is
24 inches (610 mm) and the maximum height of the obstruction is 34 inches
(865 mm), the maximum high side reach over the obstruction is 46 inches
(1170). |
120-3-20-.13 (6) Side Reach. If the
clear floor space allows parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair, the
maximum high side reach allowed shall be 54 inches (1370 mm) and the low side
reach shall be no less than 9 inches (230 mm) above the floor (Fig. 6(a) and
(b). If the side reach is over an
obstruction, the reach and clearances shall be as shown in Fig. 6(c). Note: Reach ranges for persons seated
in wheelchairs may be further clarified by Fig. A3(a). These drawings
approximate in the plan view the information shown in Fig. 4, 5, and 6. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
308.3.1 Unobstructed.
Where a clear floor or ground space allows a parallel approach to an element
and the side reach is unobstructed, the high side reach shall be 48 inches
(1220 mm) maximum and the low side reach shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum
above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTIONS:
1. An obstruction shall be permitted
between the clear floor or ground space and the element where the depth of
the obstruction is 10 inches (255 mm) maximum. 2. Operable parts of fuel dispensers
shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum measured from the
surface of the vehicular way where fuel dispensers are installed on existing
curbs. |
Figure 6 Side Reach.
6(a) Clear Floor Space -
Parallel Approach, and 6(b) High and Low Side Reach Limits. The clear floor space is located a
maximum of 10 in (255 mm) from the wall.
6(c) Maximum Side Reach
over Obstruction. If the depth of
the obstruction is 24 in (610 mm) and the maximum height of the obstruction
is 34 in (865 mm), the maximum high side reach over the obstruction is 46 in
(1170 mm). |
The
2010 Standards limit the unobstructed high side reach to 48 inches maximum
(with an exception for existing elements). The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code permit an unobstructed high side reach of 54 inches
maximum. |
|||||||||||||||||
|
308.3.2 Obstructed High Reach.
Where a clear floor or ground space allows a parallel approach to an element
and the high side reach is over an obstruction, the height of the obstruction
shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum and the depth of the obstruction shall be
24 inches (610 mm) maximum. The high side reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm)
maximum for a reach depth of 10 inches (255 mm) maximum. Where the reach
depth exceeds 10 inches (255 mm), the high side reach shall be 46 inches
(1170 mm) maximum for a reach depth of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. EXCEPTIONS: 1. The top of washing machines and
clothes dryers shall be permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the
finish floor. 2. Operable parts of fuel dispensers
shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum measured from the
surface of the vehicular way where fuel dispensers are installed on existing
curbs. |
|
The
2010 Standards have exceptions for laundry equipment and fuel dispensers that
are installed on existing curbs. |
|||||||||||||||||
|
308.1 ChildrenÕs Reach Ranges |
A4.2.5 & A4.2.6 (this table is
the same as indicated in the GA Accessibility Code to the right). The following table provides guidance
on reach ranges for children according to age where building elements such as
coat hooks, lockers, or controls and operating mechanisms are designed for
use primarily by children. These dimensions apply to either forward or side
reaches. Accessible elements, controls, and operating mechanisms designed for
adult use or children over age 12 can be located outside these ranges but
must be within the adult reach ranges required by 4.2.5 and 4.2.6. |
120-3-20-.53(2) [ChildrenÕs] Reach
Ranges. (a) General. The requirements in rule
120-3-20-.13(5) and rule 120-3-20-.13(6) are modified by the following
provisions. (b) Forward and Side Reach. The high
forward or high side reach, and the low forward or low side reach shall
comply with A, B, or C in the table below. Selection of A, B, or C should
correspond to the age range of the primary user group.
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
309
Operable Parts |
4.27 Controls and Operating
Mechanisms. |
120-3-20-.38 Controls
and Operating Mechanisms. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
309.1 General.
Operable parts shall comply with 309. |
4.27.1 General.
Controls and operating mechanisms required to be accessible by 4.1 shall
comply with 4.27. |
(1) General. Controls and operating mechanisms
required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.38. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
309.2 Clear Floor Space.
A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided. |
4.27.2
Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space complying with 4.2.4 that allows
a forward or a parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be
provided at controls, dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment. |
(2)
Clear Floor Space. Clear
floor space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(4) that allows a forward or a
parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at
controls, dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
309.3 Height.
Operable parts shall be placed within one or more of the reach ranges
specified in 308. |
4.27.3
Height. The highest operable part of controls, dispensers,
receptacles, and other operable equipment shall be placed within at least one
of the reach ranges specified in 4.2.5 and 4.2.6. Electrical and
communications system receptacles on walls shall be mounted no less than 15
in (380 mm) above the floor. EXCEPTION:
These requirements do not apply where the use of special equipment dictates
otherwise or where electrical and communications systems receptacles are not
normally intended for use by building occupants. |
(3) Height. The highest operable part of controls,
dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment shall be placed within
at least one of the reach ranges specified in rule 120-3-20-.13(5) and rule
120-3-20-.13(6). Electrical and
communications system receptacles on walls shall be mounted no less than 15
inches (380 mm) above the floor. EXCEPTION: These requirements do not
apply where the use of special equipment dictates otherwise or where
electrical and communications systems receptacles are not normally intended
for use by building occupants. Note: Fig. A8 further illustrates mandatory
and advisory control mounting height provisions for typical equipment. Electrical receptacles installed to
serve individual appliances and not intended for regular or frequent use by
building occupants are not required to be mounted within the specified reach
ranges. Examples would be
receptacles installed specifically for wall-mounted clocks, refrigerators,
and microwave ovens. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
309.4 Operation.
Operable parts shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight
grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate
operable parts shall be 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum. EXCEPTION: Gas
pump nozzles shall not be required to provide operable parts that have an
activating force of 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum. |
4.27.4
Operation. Controls and operating mechanisms shall be operable with
one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the
wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf
(22.2 N). |
(4) Operation. Controls and operating mechanisms
shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping,
pinching, or twisting of the wrist.
The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf
(22.2 N). |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
CHAPTER
4: ACCESSIBLE ROUTES |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
401
General |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
401.1 Scope.
The provisions of Chapter 4 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where
referenced by a requirement in this document. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
402
Accessible Routes |
4.3 Accessible
Route. |
120-3-20-.14 Accessible Route |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
402.1 General.
Accessible routes shall comply with 402. |
4.3.1
General. All walks, halls, corridors, aisles, skywalks, tunnels, and
other spaces that are part of an accessible route shall comply with
4.3. |
(1) General. All walks, halls,
corridors, aisles, skywalks, tunnels, and other spaces that are part of an
accessible route shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
402.2 Components.
Accessible routes shall consist of one or more of the following components:
walking surfaces with a running slope not steeper than 1:20, doorways, ramps,
curb ramps excluding the flared sides, elevators, and platform lifts. All
components of an accessible route shall comply with the applicable
requirements of Chapter 4. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
403
Walking Surfaces |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
403.1 General.
Walking surfaces that are a part of an accessible route shall comply with
403. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
403.2 Floor or Ground Surface.
Floor or ground surfaces shall comply with 302. |
4.1.2(4)
Ground surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible spaces shall comply
with 4.5. |
120-3-20-.07 (d) Ground surfaces
along accessible routes and in accessible spaces shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.16. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
4.1.3(3)
Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and
spaces shall comply with 4.5. |
120-3-20-.08 (3) Ground and floor
surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.16. |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
4.3.6
Surface Textures. The surface of an accessible route shall comply with
4.5. |
120-3-20-.14(6) Surface Texture.
Surface textures of an accessible route shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16. |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
403.3 Slope.
The running slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:20. The
cross slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:48. |
4.3.7
Slope. An accessible route with a running slope greater than 1:20 is a
ramp and shall comply with 4.8. Nowhere shall the cross slope of an
accessible route exceed 1:50[10].
|
120-3-20-.14 (7) Slope. All
accessible route with running slopes greater than 1:20 is a ramp and shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.19. Cross slope shall not exceed 1:50. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
403.4 Changes in Level.
Changes in level shall comply with 303. |
4.3.8
Changes in Levels. Changes in levels along an accessible route shall
comply with 4.5.2. If an accessible route has changes in level greater than
1/2 in (13 mm), then a curb ramp, ramp, elevator, or platform lift (as
permitted in 4.1.3 and 4.1.6) shall be provided that complies with 4.7, 4.8,
4.10, or 4.11, respectively. An accessible route does not include stairs,
steps, or escalators. See definition of "egress, means of" in 3.5. |
120-3-20-.14 (8) Changes in
Level. Changes in level along an
accessible route shall comply with 120-3-20-.16. If an accessible route has
changes in level greater than ½ inch (13 mm), then a curb ramp, ramp,
elevator, or platform lift (as permitted in rules 120-3-20-.08 and
120-3-20-.11 shall be provided that complies with rules 120-3-20-.18,
120-3-20-.19, 120-3-20-.21, or 120-3-20-.22, respectively. Accessible route
does not include stairs, steps, or escalators. See definition of
"egress, means of" in rule 120-3-20-.06. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
403.5 Clearances.
Walking surfaces shall provide clearances complying with 403.5. EXCEPTION:
Within employee work areas, clearances on common use circulation paths shall
be permitted to be decreased by work area equipment provided that the
decrease is essential to the function of the work being performed. |
|
|
The
2010 StandardsÕ Exception for clearances on common use circulation paths in
employee works areas (due to equipment) is not found in the 1994 Standards or
the Georgia Accessibility Code. |
||||||||||||||||
|
403.5.1 Clear Width.
Except as provided in 403.5.2 and 403.5.3, the clear width of walking
surfaces shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. EXCEPTION:
The clear width shall be permitted to be reduced to 32 inches (815 mm)
minimum for a length of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum provided that reduced
width segments are separated by segments that are 48 inches (1220 mm) long
minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum. |
4.2.1 Wheelchair Passage Width.
The minimum clear width for single wheelchair passage shall be 32 in (815 mm)
at a point and 36 in (915 mm) continuously (see Fig. 1 and 24(e)). NOTE: Figure 1
indicates the minimum clear passage width for a single wheelchair shall be 36
inches (915 mm) minimum along an accessible route, but may be reduced to 32
inches (815 mm) minimum at a point for a maximum depth of 24 inches (610 mm),
such as at a doorway. |
120-3-20.13 (1) Wheelchair Passage Width. The minimum clear width for single
wheelchair passage shall be 32 inches (815 mm) at a point and 36 inches (915
mm) continuously (see Fig. 1 and 24 (e)). Note: Space Requirements for
Wheelchairs. Many persons who use wheelchairs need a 30 inches (760 mm) clear
opening width for doorways, gates, and the like, when the latter are entered
head-on. If the person is unfamiliar with a building, if competing traffic is
heavy, if sudden or frequent movements are needed, or if the wheelchair must
be turned clear widths are needed. For most situations, the addition of an
inch of leeway on either side is sufficient. Thus, a minimum clear width of
32 inches (815 mm) will provide adequate clearance. However, when an opening or a
restriction in a passageway is more than 24 in (610 mm) long, it is
essentially a passageway and must be at least 36 inches (915 mm) wide. 120-3-20.13 (3) Width.
The minimum clear width of an accessible route shall be 36 inches (915 mm)
except at doors (see rule 120-3-20-.24 (5) and rule 120-3-20-.24(6). If a
person in a wheelchair must make a turn around an obstruction, the minimum
clear width of the accessible route shall be as shown in Fig. 7(a) and (b). |
The
2010 Standards specify 24 inches while the 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code permit the reduction to 32 inches Òat a pointÓ. |
||||||||||||||||
|
4.3.3
Width. The minimum clear width of an accessible route shall be
36 in (915 mm) except at doors (see 4.13.5 and 4.13.6). If a person in a
wheelchair must make a turn around an obstruction, the minimum clear width of
the accessible route shall be as shown in Fig. 7(a) and (b). NOTE: Figure 7(a) indicates
a 90 degree turn can be made from a 36 inch (915 mm) wide passage into
another 36 inch (915 mm) passage if the depth of each leg is a minimum of 48
inches (1220 mm) on the inside dimensions of the turn. |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
403.5.2 Clear Width at Turn.
Where the accessible route makes a 180 degree turn around an element which is
less than 48 inches (1220 mm) wide, clear width shall be 42 inches (1065 mm)
minimum approaching the turn, 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum at the turn and 42
inches (1065 mm) minimum leaving the turn. EXCEPTION:
Where the clear width at the turn is 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum compliance
with 403.5.2 shall not be required. |
See 4.3.3 Width Figure 7(b) indicates that a U-turn
around an obstruction less than 48 inches (1220 mm) wide may be made if the
passage width is a minimum of 42 inches (1065 mm) and the base of the U-turn
space is a minimum of 48 inches (1220 mm) wide. |
|
The 2010 Standards provide an exception for the 42
inch minimum approaches where a 60 inch minimum by 60 inch minimum space is
provided at the turn. |
||||||||||||||||
|
403.5.3 Passing Spaces.
An accessible route with a clear width less than 60 inches (1525 mm) shall
provide passing spaces at intervals of 200 feet (61 m) maximum. Passing
spaces shall be either: a space 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches
(1525 mm) minimum; or, an intersection of two walking surfaces providing a
T-shaped space complying with 304.3.2 where the base and arms of the T-shaped
space extend 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum beyond the intersection. |
4.2.2 Width for Wheelchair Passing. The
minimum width for two wheelchairs to pass is 60 in (1525 mm) (see Fig. 2). NOTE:
In Figure 2, the minimum clear width for passage of two wheelchairs is shown
to be 60 inches minimum. |
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
4.3.4
Passing Space. If an accessible route has less than 60 in (1525 mm)
clear width, then passing spaces at least 60 in by 60 in (1525 mm by 1525 mm)
shall be located at reasonable intervals not to exceed 200 ft (61 m). A
T-intersection of two corridors or walks is an acceptable passing place. |
120-3-20.13 (2) Passing Space. If an accessible
route has less than 60 inches (1525 mm) clear width, then passing spaces at
least 60 inches by 60 inches (1525 mm by 1525 mm) shall be located at
reasonable intervals not to exceed 200 feet (61 m). A T-intersection of two
corridors or walks is an acceptable passing place. |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
403.6 Handrails.
Where handrails are provided along walking surfaces with running slopes not
steeper than 1:20 they shall comply with 505. |
|
|
Note
the requirement for handrails provided along walking surfaces to comply with the
2010 Standards. |
||||||||||||||||
|
404
Doors, Doorways, and Gates |
4.13
Doors. |
120-3-20-.24
Doors. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
404.1 General.
Doors, doorways, and gates that are part of an accessible route shall comply
with 404. EXCEPTION: Doors,
doorways, and gates designed to be operated only by security personnel shall
not be required to comply with 404.2.7, 404.2.8, 404.2.9, 404.3.2 and 404.3.4
through 404.3.7 |
4.13.1
General. Doors required to be accessible by
4.1 shall comply with the requirements of 4.13. 4.3.9
Doors. Doors along an accessible route shall comply with 4.13. 4.13.3
Gates. Gates, including ticket gates, shall meet all applicable
specifications of 4.13. See also Appendix 11.1.1 EXCEPTION and 12.5.2(1) EXCEPTION |
(1) General. Doors required to be
accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with the requirements of rule
120-3-20-.24. Doors. Doors that are part of an
accessible route shall comply with 120-3-20-.24. 120-3-20-.24 (3) Gates. Gates,
including ticket gates, shall meet all applicable specifications of rule
120-3-20-.23. |
The
2010 Standards include an exception for doors, etc. operated only by security
personnel. |
||||||||||||||||
|
404.2 Manual Doors, Doorways, and
Manual Gates. Manual doors and doorways and manual
gates intended for user passage shall comply with 404.2. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
404.2.1 Revolving Doors, Gates, and
Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates,
and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. |
4.13.2
Revolving Doors and Turnstiles. Revolving doors or turnstiles shall
not be the only means of passage at an accessible entrance or along an
accessible route. An accessible gate or door shall be provided adjacent to
the turnstile or revolving door and shall be so designed as to facilitate the
same use pattern. |
120-3-20-.24 (2) Revolving Doors and
Turnstiles. Revolving doors or turnstiles shall not be the only means of
passage at an accessible entrance or along an accessible route. An accessible
gate or door shall be provided adjacent to the turnstile or revolving door
and shall be so designed as to facilitate the same use pattern. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
404.2.2 Double-Leaf Doors and Gates.
At least one of the active leaves of doorways with two leaves shall comply
with 404.2.3 and 404.2.4. |
4.13.4
Double-Leaf Doorways. If doorways have two
independently operated door leaves, then at least one leaf shall meet the
specifications in 4.13.5 and 4.13.6. That leaf shall be an active leaf. |
120-3-20-.24 (4) Double-Leaf
Doorways. If doorways have two independently operated door leaves, then at
least one leaf shall meet the specifications in rule 120-3-20-.24(5) and rule
120-3-20-.24(6). That leaf shall
be an active leaf. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
404.2.3 Clear Width.
Door openings shall provide a clear width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum.
Clear openings of doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the
face of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees. Openings more
than 24 inches (610 mm) deep shall provide a clear opening of 36 inches (915
mm) minimum. There shall be no projections into the required clear opening
width lower than 34 inches (865 mm) above the finish floor or ground.
Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches (865 mm) and 80
inches (2030 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not exceed 4 inches
(100 mm). EXCEPTIONS:
|
4.13.5
Clear Width. Doorways shall have a minimum clear opening of 32 in (815
mm) with the door open 90 degrees, measured between the face of the door and
the opposite stop (see Fig. 24(a), (b), (c), and (d)). Openings more than 24
in (610 mm) in depth shall comply with 4.2.1 and 4.3.3 (see Fig. 24(e)). EXCEPTION:
Doors not requiring full user passage, such as shallow closets, may have the
clear opening reduced to 20 in (510 mm) minimum. NOTE: Figures 24(a) and 24(b) illustrate a 32
inch minimum opening on a hinged door, with Figure 24(a) demonstrating that
the measurement is taken from the face of the door to the opposite stop. Figure 24(c) shows a 32 inch minimum
clear width of a sliding or pocket door, measured from the leading edge op
the open door to the opposing stop/jamb.
Figure 24(d) illustrates the same measurement for a retracted
folding/accordion door. Figure 24(e) illustrates a doorway
without a door. The clear width
is 32 inches minimum, and the maximum depth of the opening is 24 inches. |
120-3-20-.24 (5) Clear Width.
Doorways shall have a minimum clear opening of 32 inches (815 mm) with the
door open 90 degrees, measured between the face of the door and the opposite
stop (see Fig. 24(a), (b), (c), and (d)). Openings more than 24 inches (610 mm)
in depth shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.13(1) and rule 120-3-20-.14(3) (see
Fig. 24(e)). EXCEPTION: Doors not requiring full
user passage, such as shallow closets, may have the clear opening reduced to
20 inches (510 mm) minimum. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
1. In alterations, a projection of
5/8 inch (16 mm) maximum into the required clear width shall be permitted for
the latch side stop. |
4.1.6(3)(d)
Doors: (i) Where it is technically
infeasible to comply with clear opening width requirements of 4.13.5, a
projection of 5/8 in (16 mm) maximum will be permitted for the latch side
stop. |
120-3-20-.11(3) (d) Doors: (i) Where it is technically
infeasible to comply with clear opening width requirements of
120-3-20-.24(5), a projection of 5/8 inch maximum will be permitted for the
latch side stop. |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
2. Door closers and door stops shall
be permitted to be 78 inches (1980 mm) minimum above the finish floor or
ground. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
404.2.4 Maneuvering Clearances.
Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors and gates shall comply with 404.2.4.
Maneuvering clearances shall extend the full width of the doorway and the
required latch side or hinge side clearance. EXCEPTION:
Entry doors to hospital patient rooms shall not be required to provide the
clearance beyond the latch side of the door. |
4.13.6
Maneuvering Clearances at Doors. Minimum maneuvering clearances at
doors that are not automatic or power-assisted shall be as shown in Fig. 25.
The floor or ground area within the required clearances shall be level and
clear. EXCEPTION:
Entry doors to acute care hospital bedrooms for in-patients shall be exempted
from the requirement for space at the latch side of the door (see dimension
"x" in Fig. 25) if the door is at least 44 in (1120 mm) wide. |
120-3-20-.24 (6) Maneuvering
Clearances at Doors. Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors that are not
automatic or power-assisted shall be as shown in Fig. 25. The floor or ground
area within the required clearances shall be level and clear. NOTE: The exception for entry doors
to acute care hospital bedroom doors has been deleted because increasing the
size of the door does not change its dynamics and the State of Georgia
requires all rooms to be accessible. Figure
25 Maneuvering Clearances at Doors.
NOTE: All doors in alcoves
shall comply with the clearances for front approaches. 25(a) Front Approaches -- Swinging
Doors. Front approaches to pull
side of swinging doors shall have maneuvering space that extends 18 in (455
mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 60 in (1525 mm) minimum
perpendicular to the doorway. Front approaches to push side of
swinging doors, if equipped with both closer and latch, shall have
maneuvering space that extends 12 in (305 mm) minimum beyond the latch side
of the door and 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Front approaches to push side of
swinging doors, if not equipped with latch and closer, shall have maneuvering
space that is the same width as door opening and extends 48 in (1220 mm)
minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Figure
25 25(b) Hinge Side Approaches. Hinge-side approaches to pull side of
swinging doors shall have maneuvering space that extends 36 in (915 mm)
minimum beyond the latch side of the door if 60 in (1525 mm) minimum is provided
perpendicular to the doorway or maneuvering space that extends 42 in (1065
mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door if 54 in (1370 mm) minimum is
provided perpendicular to the doorway. Hinge-side approaches to push side of
swinging doors, if not equipped with both latch and closer, shall have a
maneuvering space of 54 in (1370 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway,
extending from the latch side to beyond the hinge side, and 42 in (1065 mm)
minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Hinge side approaches to push side of
swinging doors, if equipped with both latch and closer, shall have
maneuvering space of 54 in (1370 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway,
extending from the latch side to beyond the hinge side, and 48 in (1220 mm)
minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Figure
25 25(c) Latch Side Approaches --
Swinging Doors. Latch-side
approaches to pull side of swinging doors that have closers shall have
maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum beyond the latch side
of the door and 54 in (1370 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Latch-side approaches to pull side of
swinging doors, if not equipped with closers, shall have maneuvering space
that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 48
in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Latch-side approaches to push side of
swinging doors that have closers shall have maneuvering space that extends 24
in (610 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway beyond the latch side of the door
and 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Latch-side approaches to push side of
swinging doors, if not equipped with closers, shall have maneuvering space
that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway beyond the latch
side of the door and 42 in (1065 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Figure
25 25(d) Front Approach -- Sliding Doors
and Folding Doors. Front
approaches to sliding doors and folding doors shall have maneuvering space
that is the same width as the door opening extending 48 in (1220 mm) minimum
perpendicular to the doorway. 25(e) Slide-side approaches to sliding
doors and folding doors shall have a maneuvering space of 54 in (1370 mm)
minimum parallel to the doorway, extending from the latch side to beyond the
hinge side, and 42 in (1065 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. 25(f) Latch Side Approach - Sliding
Doors and Folding Doors.
Latch-side approaches to sliding doors and folding doors shall have a
maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum beyond the latch side
of the door and extends 42 in (1065 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. |
The
2010 Standards do not exempt power-assisted doors from the maneuvering space
requirements. The 1994 Standards and
Georgia Accessibility Code have an exception, even though power assisted
doors must be manually operated. |
||||||||||||||||
|
6.3(1)
Each bedroom shall have a door that complies with 4.13. EXCEPTION:
Entry doors to acute care hospital bedrooms for in- patients shall be
exempted from the requirement in 4.13.6 for maneuvering space at the latch
side of the door if the door is at least 44 in (1120 mm) wide. |
120-3-20-.48 (3)(a) Each bedroom
shall have a door that complies with rule 120-3-20-.24.
EXCEPTION: Has been deleted. |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
404.2.4.1 Swinging Doors and Gates. Swinging
doors and gates shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table
404.2.4.1. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design: 404.2.4.1 Maneuvering Clearances at Manual Swinging Doors
and Gates |
|||
|
Type of Use |
Minimum Maneuvering Clearance |
||
|
Approach Direction |
Door or Gate Side |
Perpendicular to Doorway |
Parallel to Doorway (beyond latch
side unless noted) |
|
From front |
Pull |
60 inches (1525 mm) |
18 inches (455 mm) |
|
From front |
Push |
48 inches (1220 mm) |
0 inches (0 mm)1 |
|
From hinge side |
Pull |
60 inches (1525 mm) |
36 inches (915 mm) |
|
From hinge side |
Pull |
54 inches (1370 mm) |
42 inches (1065 mm) |
|
From hinge side |
Push |
42 inches (1065 mm)2 |
22 inches (560 mm)3 |
|
From latch side |
Pull |
48 inches (1220 mm)4 |
24 inches (610 mm) |
|
From latch side |
Push |
42 inches (1065 mm)4 |
24 inches (610 mm) |
|
1. Add 12 inches (305 mm) if
closer and latch are provided. 2. Add 6 inches (150 mm) if
closer and latch are provided. 3. Beyond hinge side. 4. Add 6 inches (150 mm) if
closer is provided. |
|||
|
1994
Standards for Accessible Design: Figure 25 |
|
NOTE: Figure 25
indicates the following -- Diagram (a) Front Approaches -- Swinging Doors.
Front approaches to pull side of swinging doors shall have maneuvering space
that extends 18 in (455 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 60
in (1525 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Front approaches to push side of
swinging doors, equipped with both closer and latch, shall have maneuvering
space that extends 12 in (305 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door
and 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Front approaches to push side of
swinging doors, not equipped with latch and closer, shall have maneuvering
space that is the same width as door opening and extends 48 in (1220 mm)
minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Diagram (b) Hinge Side Approaches.
Hinge-side approaches to pull side of swinging doors shall have maneuvering
space that extends 36 in (915 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door
if 60 in (1525 mm) minimum is provided perpendicular to the doorway or
maneuvering space that extends 42 in (1065 mm) minimum beyond the latch side
of the door shall be provided if 54 in (1370 mm) minimum is provided
perpendicular to the doorway. Hinge-side approaches to push side of
swinging doors, not equipped with both latch and closer, shall have a
maneuvering space of 54 in (1370 mm) minimum, parallel to the doorway and 42
in (1065 mm) minimum, perpendicular to the doorway. Hinge side approaches to push side of
swinging doors, equipped with both latch and closer, shall have maneuvering
space of 54 in (1370 mm) minimum, parallel to the doorway, 48 in (1220 mm)
minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Diagram (c) Latch Side Approaches --
Swinging Doors. Latch-side approaches to pull side of swinging doors, with
closers, shall have maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum
beyond the latch side of the door and 54 in (1370 mm) minimum perpendicular
to the doorway. Latch-side approaches to pull side of
swinging doors, not equipped with closers, shall have maneuvering space that
extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 48 in
(1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Latch-side approaches to push side of
swinging doors, with closers, shall have maneuvering space that extends 24 in
(610 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway beyond the latch side of the door
and 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Diagram (d) Front Approach -- Sliding
Doors and Folding Doors. Front approaches to sliding doors and folding doors
shall have maneuvering space that is the same width as the door opening and
shall extend 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. Diagram (e). Slide-side approaches to
sliding doors and folding doors shall have a maneuvering space of 54 in (1370
mm) minimum, parallel to the doorway, and 42 in (1065 mm) minimum,
perpendicular to the doorway. Diagram (f) Latch Side Approach --
Sliding Doors and Folding Doors. Latch-side approaches to sliding doors and
folding doors shall have a maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm)
minimum beyond the latch side of the door and extends 42 in (1065 mm) minimum
perpendicular to the doorway. Depending on the direction of
approach, diagrams (a) through (f) illustrate minimum maneuvering space
depths and latch side clearances for both push and pull sides of swinging, sliding
and folding doors. (4.13.6). Latch-side approaches to push side of
swinging doors, not equipped with closers, shall have maneuvering space that
extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway beyond the latch side
of the door and 42 in (1065 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway. |
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary
|
|
404.2.4.2 Doorways without Doors or
Gates, Sliding Doors, and Folding Doors. Doorways
less than 36 inches (915 mm) wide without doors or gates, sliding doors, or
folding doors shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table
404.2.4.2. |
|
|
|
|
2010 Standards for Accessible Design:
404.2.4.2 Maneuvering Clearances at
Doorways without Doors or Gates, Manual Sliding Doors, and Manual Folding
Doors |
||
|
|
Minimum Maneuvering Clearance |
|
|
Approach Direction |
Perpendicular to Doorway |
Parallel to Doorway (beyond
stop/latch side unless noted) |
|
From Front |
48 inches (1220 mm) |
0 inches (0 mm) |
|
From side1 |
42
inches (1065 mm) |
0 inches (0 mm) |
|
From pocket/hinge side |
42 inches (1065 mm) |
22 inches (560 mm)2 |
|
From stop/latch side |
42 inches (1065 mm) |
24 inches (610 mm) |
|
1.
Doorway with no door only. 2. Beyond pocket/hinge side. |
||
|
2010 Standards for Accessible Design |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary
|
|
404.2.4.3 Recessed Doors and Gates. Maneuvering
clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within
18 inches (455 mm) of the latch side of a doorway projects more than 8 inches
(205 mm) beyond the face of the door, measured perpendicular to the face of
the door or gate. |
|
|
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not address recessed doors. |
|
404.2.4.4 Floor or Ground Surface.
Floor or ground surface within required maneuvering clearances shall comply
with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall
be permitted. 2. Changes in level at thresholds
complying with 404.2.5 shall be permitted. |
4.5.2
Changes in Level. Changes in level up to 1/4 in (6 mm) may be vertical
and without edge treatment (see Fig. 7(c) ). Changes in level between 1/4 in
and 1/2 in (6 mm and 13 mm) shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2
(see Fig. 7(d)). Changes in level greater than 1/2 in (13 mm) shall be
accomplished by means of a ramp that complies with 4.7 or 4.8. 4.13.6
Maneuvering Clearances at Doors. . . . The floor or ground area within the
required clearances shall be level and clear. NOTE: Figure 7(c) is a cross section drawing
showing a maximum 1/4 inch vertical change in level. Figure 7(d) is a cross section
drawing showing a change in level 1/4 to 1/2 inch high with a 1:2 slope. |
120-3-20-.24 (6) Maneuvering
Clearances at DoorsÉ The floor or ground area within the required clearances
shall be level and clear. . |
|
|
404.2.5 Thresholds.
Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum.
Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 302 and
303. |
4.13.8
Thresholds at Doorways. Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed 3/4 in
(19 mm) in height for exterior sliding doors or 1/2 in (13 mm) for other
types of doors. Raised thresholds and floor level changes at accessible
doorways shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see 4.5.2).
|
120-3-20-.24 (8) Thresholds at
Doorways. Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed 3/4 inches (19 mm) in
height for exterior sliding doors or ½ inches (13 mm) for other types
of doors. Raised thresholds and floor level changes at accessible doorways
shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see rule 120-3-20-.16(2)). Note: Thresholds and surface height
changes in doorways are particularly inconvenient for wheelchair users who
also have low stamina or restrictions in arm movement because complex
maneuvering is required to get over the level change while operating the
door. |
|
|
EXCEPTION:
Existing or altered thresholds 3/4 inch (19 mm) high maximum that have a
beveled edge on each side with a slope not steeper than 1:2 shall not be
required to comply with 404.2.5. |
4.1.6(3)(d)
(ii) If existing thresholds are 3/4 in (19 mm) high or less, and have (or are
modified to have) a beveled edge on each side, they may remain. |
120-3-20-.11 (ii) If existing thresholds are 3/4
inch high or less, and have (or are modified to have) a beveled edge on each
side, they may remain. |
|
|
404.2.6 Doors in Series and Gates in
Series. The distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in
series and gates in series shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum plus the
width of doors or gates swinging into the space. |
4.13.7
Two Doors in Series. The minimum space between two
hinged or pivoted doors in series shall be 48 in (1220 mm) plus the width of
any door swinging into the space. Doors in series shall swing either in the
same direction or away from the space between the doors (see Fig. 26). NOTE: Figure 26(a) illustrates two hinged
doors in series, i.e., located in parallel walls and in a straight
line from one another. The doors
swing in the same direction. The distance between the leading edge of the
first door and the wall in which the second door is located is 48 inches
minimum. Figure 26(b) shows the same vestibule
condition, but with both doors swinging out of the vestibule. In this instance, the clear space is
48 inches minimum, measured between the opposing wall surfaces. |
120-3-20-.24 (7) Two Doors in Series.
The minimum space between two hinged or pivoted doors in series shall be 48
inches (1220 mm) plus the width of any door swinging into the space. Doors in
series shall swing either in the same direction or away from the space
between the doors (see Fig. 26). |
|
|
404.2.7 Door and Gate Hardware.
Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates
shall comply with 309.4. Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34 inches
(865 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor or
ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating
hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing locks shall be permitted
in any location at existing glazed doors without stiles, existing overhead
rolling doors or grilles, and similar existing doors or grilles that are
designed with locks that are activated only at the top or bottom rail. 2. Access gates in barrier walls and
fences protecting pools, spas, and hot tubs shall be permitted to have
operable parts of the release of latch on self-latching devices at 54 inches
(1370 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground provided the self-latching
devices are not also self-locking devices and operated by means of a key,
electronic opener, or integral combination lock. |
4.13.9
Door Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and
other operating devices on accessible doors shall have a shape that is easy
to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching,
or twisting of the wrist to operate. Lever-operated mechanisms, push-type
mechanisms, and U-shaped handles are acceptable designs. When sliding doors
are fully open, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both
sides. Hardware required for accessible door passage shall be mounted no
higher than 48 in (1220 mm) above finished floor. |
120-3-20-.24 (9) Door Hardware.
Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices on accessible
doors shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not
require tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist to
operate. Lever-operated mechanisms,
push-type mechanisms, and U-shaped handles are acceptable designs. When sliding doors are fully open,
operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. Hardware
required for accessible door passage shall be mounted no higher than 48
inches (1220 mm) above finished floor. Note: Some disabled persons must push
against a door with their chair or walker to open it. Applied kick plates on
doors with closer can reduce required maintenance by withstanding abuse from
wheelchairs and canes. To be effective, they should cover the door width,
less approximately 2 inches (51 mm), up to a height of 16 inches (405 mm)
from its bottom edge and be centered across the width of the door. |
The
2010 Standards specify a minimum 34 inch height for door hardware to
facilitate passage by someone using a wheelchair. |
|
404.2.8 Closing Speed.
Door and gate closing speed shall comply with 404.2.8. |
|
|
|
|
404.2.8.1 Door Closers and Gate
Closers. Door closers and gate closers shall
be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the time required to
move the door to a position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds
minimum. |
4.13.10
Door Closers. If a door has a closer, then the sweep period of the
closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the
door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 in (75 mm) from the
latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. |
120-3-20-.24 (10) Door Closer. If a
door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so
that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3
seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the
leading edge of the door. Note: Closers with delayed action
features give an individual more time to maneuver through doorways. They are
particularly useful on frequently used interior doors such as entrances to
toilet rooms. |
All
documents have similar requirements, though the 1994 Standards provide a
different way to measure the closing speed. |
|
404.2.8.2 Spring Hinges.
Door and gate spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open position
of 70 degrees, the door or gate shall move to the closed position in 1.5
seconds minimum. |
|
The
2010 Standards address spring hinges on doors (e.g., the spring hinges on a
hotel guest room). The 1994
Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not. |
|
|
404.2.9 Door and Gate Opening Force.
Fire doors shall have a minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate
administrative authority. The force for pushing or pulling open a door or
gate other than fire doors shall be as follows: 1. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5
pounds (22.2 N) maximum. 2. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds
(22.2 N) maximum. These forces do not apply to the
force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold
the door or gate in a closed position. |
4.13.11
Door Opening Force. The maximum force for pushing or
pulling open a door shall be as follows: (1) Fire doors shall have the minimum
opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. (2) Other doors. (a) exterior hinged doors:
(Reserved). These forces do not apply to the
force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that may
hold the door in a closed position. |
120-3-20-.24 (11) Door Opening Force.
The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall be as follows: (a) Fire doors shall have the minimum
opening force allowable by the National Fire Protection Association, NFPA 80
Fire Doors and Windows. (b) Other doors: (1) Exterior hinged doors: 8.5 lbs.
(37.9N) (2) Interior hinged doors: 5 lbfs
(22.2N) (3) Sliding / folding doors: 5 lbfs
(22.2N) These forces do not apply to the
force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that may
hold the door a closed position. Note: Although most people with
disabilities can exert at least 5 lbf (22.2N), both pushing and pulling from
a stationary position, a few people with severe disabilities cannot exert 3
lbf (13.13N). Although some
people cannot manage the allowable forces in this guideline and many others
have difficulty, door closer must have certain minimum closing forces to
close doors satisfactorily. Forces for pushing or pulling doors open are
measured with a push-pull scale under the following conditions: (1) Hinged doors: Force applied
perpendicular to the door at the door opener or 30 inches (760 mm) from the
hinged side, whichever is farther from the hinge. (2) Sliding or folding doors: Force
applied parallel to the door at the door pull or latch. (3) Application of force: Apply force
gradually so that the applied force does not exceed the resistance of the
door. In high-rise buildings, air-pressure differentials may require a
modification of this specification in order to meet the functional intent. |
|
|
404.2.10 Door and Gate Surfaces.
Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor
or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side
extending the full width of the door or gate. Parts creating horizontal or
vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of the
same plane as the other. Cavities created by added kick plates shall be
capped. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Sliding doors shall not be
required to comply with 404.2.10. 2. Tempered glass doors without
stiles and having a bottom rail or shoe with the top leading edge tapered at
60 degrees minimum from the horizontal shall not be required to meet the 10
inch (255 mm) bottom smooth surface height requirement. 3. Doors and gates that do not extend
to within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be
required to comply with 404.2.10. 4. Existing doors and gates without
smooth surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall
not be required to provide smooth surfaces complying with 404.2.10 provided
that if added kick plates are installed, cavities created by such kick plates
are capped. |
10.3.1(7)
Automatic fare vending, collection and adjustment (e.g., add-fare) systems
shall. . . Gates which must be pushed open by
wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface
extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor and
shall comply with 4.13. . . . |
120-3-20-.24 (9) Note: Some disabled persons must push
against a door with their chair or walker to open it. Applied kick plates on
doors with closer can reduce required maintenance by withstanding abuse from
wheelchairs and canes. To be effective, they should cover the door width,
less approximately 2 inches (51 mm), up to a height of 16 inches (405 mm)
from its bottom edge and be centered across the width of the door. |
The
2010 Standards address door surfaces.
The 1994 Standards regulate this only for gates in transportation facilities. |
|
404.2.11 Vision Lights. Doors,
gates, and side lights adjacent to doors or gates, containing one or more
glazing panels that permit viewing through the panels shall have the bottom
of at least one glazed panel located 43 inches (1090 mm) maximum above the
finish floor. EXCEPTION:
Vision lights with the lowest part more than 66 inches (1675 mm) from the
finish floor or ground shall not be required to comply with 404.2.11. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards regulate the placement of vision lights at doors; the 1994
Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not. |
|
404.3 Automatic and Power-Assisted
Doors and Gates. Automatic doors and automatic gates
shall comply with 404.3. Full-powered automatic doors shall comply with
ANSI/BHMA A156.10 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced
Standards" in Chapter 1). Low-energy and power-assisted doors shall
comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.19 (1997 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by
reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). |
4.13.12
Automatic Doors and Power-Assisted Doors. If an automatic door is
used, then it shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.10-1985. Slowly opening,
low-powered, automatic doors shall comply with ANSI A156.19-1984. Such doors
shall not open to back check faster than 3 seconds and shall require no more
than 15 lbf (66.6N) to stop door movement. If a power-assisted door is used,
its door-opening force shall comply with 4.13.11 and its closing shall
conform to the requirements in ANSI A156.19-1984. |
120-3-20-.24 (12) Automatic Doors and
Power-Assisted Doors. If an automatic door is used, then it shall comply with
ANSI/BHMA A156.10-1985. Slowly opening, low-powered, automatic doors shall
comply with ANSI A156.19-1984. Such doors shall not open to back check faster
than 3 seconds and shall require no more than 15 lbf (66.6N) to stop door
movement. If a power-assisted
door is used, its door-opening force shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24(11)
and its closing shall conform to the requirements in ANSI A156.19-1984. Note: Sliding automatic doors do not
need guard rails and are more convenient for wheelchair users and visually
impaired people to use. If slowly opening automatic doors can be reactivated
before their closing cycle is completed, they will be more convenient in busy
doorways. |
Note
Updated editions of ANSI/BHMA A156.10 and A156.19 are referenced in the 2010 Standards. |
|
404.3.1 Clear Width.
Doorways shall provide a clear opening of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum in
power-on and power-off mode. The minimum clear width for automatic door
systems in a doorway shall be based on the clear opening provided by all
leaves in the open position. |
4.13.5
Clear Width. Doorways shall have a minimum clear opening of 32 in (815
mm) with the door open 90 degrees, measured between the face of the door and
the opposite stop (see Fig. 24(a), (b), (c), and (d)). Openings more than 24
in (610 mm) in depth shall comply with 4.2.1 and 4.3.3 (see Fig. 24(e)). EXCEPTION:
Doors not requiring full user passage, such as shallow closets, may have the
clear opening reduced to 20 in (510 mm) minimum. NOTE: Figures 24(a) and 24(b) illustrate a 32
inch minimum opening on a hinged door, with Figure 24(a) demonstrating that
the measurement is taken from the face of the door to the opposite stop. Figure 24(c) shows a 32 inch minimum
clear width of a sliding or pocket door, measured from the leading edge op
the open door to the opposing stop/jamb.
Figure 24(d) illustrates the same measurement for a retracted
folding/accordion door. Figure 24(e) illustrates a doorway
without a door. The clear width
is 32 inches minimum, and the maximum depth of the opening is 24 inches. |
120-3-20-.24 (5)Clear
Width: Doorways shall have a minimum clear opening of 32 in (815 mm) with the
door open 90 degrees, measured between the face of the door and the opposite
stop |
|
|
404.3.2 Maneuvering Clearance.
Clearances at power-assisted doors and gates shall comply with 404.2.4.
Clearances at automatic doors and gates without standby power and serving an
accessible means of egress shall comply with 404.2.4. EXCEPTION:
Where automatic doors and gates remain open in the power-off condition,
compliance with 404.2.4 shall not be required. |
|
|
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not require maneuvering
space at power-assisted doors. |
|
404.3.3 Thresholds.
Thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 404.2.5. |
4.13.8
Thresholds at Doorways. Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed 3/4 in
(19 mm) in height for exterior sliding doors or 1/2 in (13 mm) for other
types of doors. Raised thresholds and floor level changes at accessible
doorways shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see 4.5.2).
|
120-3-20-.24 (8) Thresholds at Doorways.
Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed 3/4 inches (19 mm) in height for
exterior sliding doors or ½ inches (13 mm) for other types of doors.
Raised thresholds and floor level changes at accessible doorways shall be
beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see rule 120-3-20-.16(2)). Note: Thresholds and surface height
changes in doorways are particularly inconvenient for wheelchair users who
also have low stamina or restrictions in arm movement because complex
maneuvering is required to get over the level change while operating the
door. |
|
|
404.3.4 Doors in Series and Gates in
Series. Doors in series and gates in series
shall comply with 404.2.6. |
4.13.7 Two Doors in Series. The
minimum space between two hinged or pivoted doors in series shall be 48 in
(1220 mm) plus the width of any door swinging into the space. Doors in series
shall swing either in the same direction or away from the space between the
doors (see Fig. 26). NOTE: Figure 26(a) illustrates two hinged
doors in series, i.e., located in parallel walls and in a straight
line from one another. The doors
swing in the same direction. The distance between the leading edge of the
first door and the wall in which the second door is located is 48 inches
minimum. Figure 26(b) shows the same vestibule
condition, but with both doors swinging out of the vestibule. In this instance, the clear space is
48 inches minimum, measured between the opposing wall surfaces. |
120-3-20-.24 (7) Two Doors in Series. The minimum
space between two hinged or pivoted doors in series shall be 48 inches (1220
mm) plus the width of any door swinging into the space. Doors in series shall
swing either in the same direction or away from the space between the doors
(see Fig. 26). |
|
|
404.3.5 Controls.
Manually operated controls shall comply with 309. The clear floor space
adjacent to the control shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing. |
4.1.3(13) Controls
and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as
parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser
controls) shall comply with 4.27. |
120-3-20-.07 (13) Controls and
operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as
parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser
controls) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38. |
|
|
404.3.6 Break Out Opening.
Where doors and gates without standby power are a part of a means of egress,
the clear break out opening at swinging or sliding doors and gates shall be
32 inches (815 mm) minimum when operated in emergency mode. EXCEPTION:
Where manual swinging doors and gates comply with 404.2
and serve the same means of egress compliance with 404.3.6 shall not be
required. |
|
|
|
|
404.3.7 Revolving Doors, Revolving
Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving
gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. |
4.13.2
Revolving Doors and Turnstiles. Revolving doors or turnstiles shall
not be the only means of passage at an accessible entrance or along an
accessible route. An accessible gate or door shall be provided adjacent to
the turnstile or revolving door and shall be so designed as to facilitate the
same use pattern. |
120-3-20-.24 Doors (2) Revolving
Doors and Turnstiles. Revolving doors or turnstiles shall not be the only
means of passage at an accessible entrance or along an accessible route. An
accessible gate or door shall be provided adjacent to the turnstile or
revolving door and shall be so designed as to facilitate the same use
pattern. |
|
|
405
Ramps |
4.8
Ramps. |
120-3-20-.19
Ramps. |
|
|
405.1 General.
Ramps on accessible routes shall comply with 405. EXCEPTION:
In assembly areas, aisle ramps adjacent to seating and not serving elements
required to be on an accessible route shall not be required to comply with
405. |
4.8.1
General. Any part of an accessible route with a slope greater
than 1:20 shall be considered a ramp and shall comply with 4.8. |
(1) General. Any part of an accessible
route with a slope greater than 1:20 shall be considered a ramp and shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.19. Note: Ramps are essential for
wheelchair users if elevators or lifts are not available to connect different
levels. However, some people who use walking aids have difficulty with ramps
and prefer stairs. |
|
|
405.2 Slope.
Ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12. EXCEPTION:
In existing sites, buildings, and facilities, ramps shall be permitted to
have running slopes steeper than 1:12 complying with Table 405.2 where such
slopes are necessary due to space limitations. |
4.8.2
Slope and Rise. The least possible slope shall be used for any ramp.
The maximum slope of a ramp in new construction shall be 1:12. The maximum
rise for any run shall be 30 in (760 mm) (see Fig. 16). Curb ramps and ramps
to be constructed on existing sites or in existing buildings or facilities
may have slopes and rises as allowed in 4.1.6(3)(a) if space limitations
prohibit the use of a 1:12 slope or less. NOTE: Figure 16
indicates that if the slope of a ramp is between 1:12 and 1:16, the maximum
rise shall be 30 inches (760 mm) and the maximum horizontal run shall be 30
feet (9 m). If the slope of the ramp is between 1:16 and 1:20, the maximum
rise shall be 30 inches (760 mm) and the maximum horizontal run shall be 40
feet (12 m).[11]
|
(2) Slope and Rise. The least
possible slope shall be used for any ramp. The maximum slope of a ramp in new
construction shall be 1:12. The maximum rise for any run shall be 30 inches
(760 mm) (see Fig. 16). Curb ramps and ramps to be constructed on existing
sites or in existing buildings or facilities may have slopes and rises as
allowed in rule 120-3-20-.11 (3) (a) if space limitations prohibit the use of
a 1:12 slope or less. Note: Ramp slopes between 1:16 and
1:20 are preferred. The ability to manage an incline is related to both its
slope and its length. Wheelchair users with disabilities affecting their arms
or with low stamina have serious difficulty using inclines. Most ambulatory
people and most people who use wheelchairs can manage a slope of 1:16. Many people cannot manage a slope of
1:12 for 30 feet (9 m). |
All
documents limit the maximum rise of a ramp run to 30 inches. The 1994 Standards in Figure 16
indicate the maximum run is 30 feet up to a 1:16 slope and up to 40 feet for
a slope between 1:16 and 1:20, while the 2010 Standards simply requires that
the length of the run maintain the proper relationship to the slope, allowing
longer ramp runs as the slope is lessened. |
|
4.1.6(3)(a) Ramps:
Curb ramps and interior or exterior ramps to be constructed on sites or in
existing buildings or facilities where space limitations prohibit the use of
a 1:12 slope or less may have slopes and rises as follows: (i) A slope between 1:10 and 1:12 is
allowed for a maximum rise of 6 inches (150 mm). (ii) A slope between 1:8 and 1:10 is
allowed for a maximum rise of 3 inches (75 mm). A slope steeper than 1:8 is
not allowed. 4.1.7
(3) Historic Preservation: Minimum Requirements: (a) At least one accessible route
complying with 4.3 from a site access point to an accessible entrance shall
be provided. EXCEPTION:
A ramp with a slope no greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft (610 mm)
may be used as part of an accessible route to an entrance. |
|
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design: 405.2 Maximum Ramp Slope and Rise for
Existing Sites, Buildings, and Facilities |
|
|
Slope1 |
Maximum Rise |
|
Steeper than 1:10 but not steeper
than 1:8 |
3 inches (75 mm) |
|
Steeper than 1:12 but not steeper
than 1:10 |
6 inches (150 mm) |
|
1 A slope steeper
than 1:8 is prohibited. |
|
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary
|
|
405.3 Cross Slope.
Cross slope of ramp runs shall not be steeper than 1:48. |
4.8.6
Cross Slope and Surfaces. The cross slope of ramp surfaces shall be no
greater than 1:50. Ramp surfaces shall comply with 4.5. |
120-3-20-.19
(6) Cross Slope and Surfaces. The cross slope of ramp
surfaces shall be no greater than 1:50. Ramp surfaces shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.16. |
|
|
405.4 Floor or Ground Surfaces.
Floor or ground surfaces of ramp runs shall comply with 302. Changes in level
other than the running slope and cross slope are not permitted on ramp runs. |
|
||
|
405.5 Clear Width.
The clear width of a ramp run and, where handrails are provided, the clear
width between handrails shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. EXCEPTION:
Within employee work areas, the required clear width of ramps that are a part
of common use circulation paths shall be permitted to be decreased by work
area equipment provided that the decrease is essential to the function of the
work being performed. |
4.8.3
Clear Width. The minimum clear width of a ramp
shall be 36 in (915 mm). |
120-3-20-.19
(3) Clear Width. The minimum clear width of a ramp shall
be 36 inches (915 mm). |
The
2010 Standards include an exception for certain work area equipment
conditions. |
|
405.6 Rise. The
rise for any ramp run shall be 30 inches (760 mm) maximum. |
See 4.8.2 |
|
|
|
405.7 Landings.
Ramps shall have landings at the top and the bottom of each ramp run.
Landings shall comply with 405.7. |
4.8.4
Landings. Ramps shall have level landings at bottom and top of each
ramp and each ramp run. Landings shall have the following features: |
120-3-20-.19
(4) Landings. Ramps shall have level landings at bottom
and top of each ramp and each ramp run. Landings shall have the following
features: Note: Level landings are essential
toward maintaining an aggregate slope that complies with these rules. A ramp
landing that is not level causes individuals using wheelchairs to tip
backward or bottom out when the ramp is approached. |
|
|
405.7.1 Slope.
Landings shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTION:
Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. |
4.2.4.3 Surfaces for Wheelchair
Spaces. Clear floor or ground spaces for wheelchairs shall comply
with 4.5. 4.13.6
Maneuvering Clearances at Doors. . . . The floor or ground area within the
required clearances shall be level and clear. |
120-3-20-16 Surfaces for Wheelchair
Spaces. Clear floor or ground spaces for
wheelchairs shall comply with rule 120-3-20-16. |
|
|
405.7.2 Width. The
landing clear width shall be at least as wide as the widest ramp run leading
to the landing. |
(1)
The landing shall be at least as wide as the ramp run leading to it. |
120-3-20-.19
(4)(a) The landing shall be at least as wide as the ramp run
leading to it |
|
|
405.7.3 Length.
The landing clear length shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) long minimum. |
(2)
The landing length shall be a minimum of 60 in (1525 mm) clear. |
(b) The landing length shall be a
minimum of 60 inches (1525 mm) clear. |
|
|
405.7.4 Change in Direction.
Ramps that change direction between runs at landings shall have a clear
landing 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum. |
(3)
If ramps change direction at landings, the minimum landing size shall be 60
in by 60 in (1525 mm by 1525 mm). |
(c) If ramps change direction at
landings, the minimum landing size shall be 60 inches by 60 inches (1525 mm
by 1525 mm). |
|
|
405.7.5 Doorways.
Where doorways are located adjacent to a ramp landing, maneuvering clearances
required by 404.2.4 and 404.3.2 shall be permitted to overlap the required
landing area. |
(4)
If a doorway is located at a landing, then the area in front of the doorway
shall comply with 4.13.6. |
(d) If a doorway is located at a
landing, then the area in front of the doorway shall comply with rule
120-2-20-.24(6). |
|
|
405.8 Handrails.
Ramp runs with a rise greater than 6 inches (150 mm) shall have handrails
complying with 505. EXCEPTION:
Within employee work areas, handrails shall not be required where ramps that
are part of common use circulation paths are designed to permit the
installation of handrails complying with 505. Ramps not subject to the
exception to 405.5 shall be designed to maintain a 36 inch (915 mm) minimum
clear width when handrails are installed. |
4.8.5
Handrails. If a ramp run has a rise greater than
6 in (150 mm) or a horizontal projection greater than 72 in (1830 mm), then
it shall have handrails on both sides. Handrails are not required on curb
ramps or adjacent to seating in assembly areas. Handrails shall comply with 4.26 and
shall have the following features: (1) Handrails shall be provided along
both sides of ramp segments. The
inside handrail on switchback or dogleg ramps shall always be continuous. (2) If handrails are not continuous,
they shall extend at least 12 in (305 mm) beyond the top and bottom of the
ramp segment and shall be parallel with the floor or ground surface (see Fig.
17). (3) The clear space between the
handrail and the wall shall be 1‑1/2 in (38 mm). (4) Gripping surfaces shall be
continuous. (5) Top of handrail gripping surfaces
shall be mounted between 34 in and 38 in (865 mm and 965 mm) above ramp
surfaces. (6) Ends of handrails shall be either
rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post. (7) Handrails shall not rotate within
their fittings. |
120-3-20-.19
(5) Handrails. If a ramp run has a rise greater than 6
inches (150 mm) or a horizontal projection greater than 72 inches (1830 mm),
then it shall have handrails on both sides. Handrails are not required on curb
ramps or adjacent to seating in assembly areas. Handrails shall comply with
rule 120-3-20-.37 and shall have the following features: (a) Handrails shall be provided along
both sides of ramp segments. The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg
ramps shall always be continuous. (b) If handrails are not continuous,
they shall extend at least 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the top and bottom of
the ramp segment and shall be parallel with the floor or ground surface (see
Fig. 17). (c) The clear space between the
handrail and the wall shall be 1 ½ inches (38 mm). (d) Gripping surfaces shall be
continuous, without interruption by newel posts, other construction elements,
or obstructions. (e) Handrails shall have a circular
cross section with an outside diameter of 1 ¼ inches (32 mm) minimum and 1 ½
inches (51 mm) maximum. (f) Handrails, and any wall or other
surfaces adjacent to them, shall be free of any sharp or abrasive elements.
Edges shall have 1/8 inches (3.2 mm) minimum radius. (g) Top of handrail gripping surfaces
shall be mounted between 34 inches and 38 inches (865 mm and 965 mm) above
ramp surfaces. (h) Ends of handrails shall be either
rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post. (i) Handrails shall not rotate within
their fittings. Note: The requirements for stair and
ramp handrails in these rules are for adults. When children are principal
users in a building or facility, a second set of handrails at an appropriate
height is required to assist them and aid in preventing accidents. |
The
2010 Standards include an exception for employee work areas. |
|
405.9 Edge Protection.
Edge protection complying with 405.9.1 or 405.9.2 shall be provided on each
side of ramp runs and at each side of ramp landings. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Edge protection shall not be
required on ramps that are not required to have handrails and have sides
complying with 406.3. 2. Edge protection shall not be
required on the sides of ramp landings serving an adjoining ramp run or
stairway. 3. Edge protection shall not be
required on the sides of ramp landings having a vertical drop-off of 1/2 inch
(13 mm) maximum within 10 inches (255 mm) horizontally of the minimum landing
area specified in 405.7. |
4.8.7
Edge Protection. Ramps and landings with drop-offs
shall have curbs, walls, railings, or projecting surfaces that prevent people
from slipping off the ramp. Curbs shall be a minimum of 2 in (50 mm)
high (see Fig. 17). |
120-3-20-.19
(7) Edge Protection. Ramps and landings with drop-offs
shall have curbs, walls, railings, or projecting surfaces that prevent people
from slipping off the ramp. Curbs shall be a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) high
(see Fig. 17). |
|
|
405.9.1 Extended Floor or Ground
Surface. The floor or ground surface of the
ramp run or landing shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the inside
face of a handrail complying with 505. |
|
||
|
405.9.2 Curb or Barrier.
A curb or barrier shall be provided that prevents the passage of a 4 inch
(100 mm) diameter sphere, where any portion of the sphere is within 4 inches
(100 mm) of the finish floor or ground surface.[12] |
The
2010 Standards require a barrier that will prevent passage of a 4-inch
sphere, the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require a 2 inch
minimum curb. |
||
|
405.10 Wet Conditions.
Landings subject to wet conditions shall be designed to prevent the
accumulation of water. |
4.8.8
Outdoor Conditions. Outdoor ramps and their approaches shall be
designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces. |
120-3-20-.19
(8) Outdoor Conditions. Outdoor ramps and their approaches
shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces. |
|
|
406
Curb Ramps |
4.7
Curb Ramps. |
|
|
|
406.1 General.
Curb ramps on accessible routes shall comply with 406, 405.2 through 405.5,
and 405.10. |
4.7.1
Location. Curb ramps complying with 4.7 shall be provided wherever an
accessible route crosses a curb |
120-3-20-.18 Curb Ramps. (1) Location. Curb ramps complying with 120-3-20-.18
shall be provided wherever an accessible route crosses a curb. |
|
|
4.3.7
Slope. An accessible route with a running slope greater than
1:20 is a ramp and shall comply with 4.8. Nowhere shall the cross slope of an
accessible route exceed 1:50. |
(2) Slope. Slopes of curb ramps shall comply with
rule 120-3-20-.19. The slope
shall be measured as shown in Fig. 11.
Transitions from ramps to walks, gutters, or streets shall be flush
and free of abrupt changes.
Maximum slopes of adjoining gutters, road surface immediately adjacent
to the curb ramp, or accessible route shall not exceed 1:20. |
|
|
|
4.7.3
Width. The minimum width of a curb ramp shall be 36 in (915 mm),
exclusive of flared sides. |
(3) Width. The minimum width of a curb ramp shall
be 36 inches (915 mm), exclusive of flared sides. |
|
|
|
4.7.4
Surface. Surfaces of curb ramps shall comply with 4.5. |
(4) Surface. Surfaces of curb ramps shall comply
with rule 120-3-20-.16. |
|
|
|
4.8.8
Outdoor Conditions. Outdoor ramps and their approaches
shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces. |
|
|
|
|
406.2 Counter Slope.
Counter slopes of adjoining gutters and road surfaces immediately adjacent to
the curb ramp shall not be steeper than 1:20. The adjacent surfaces at
transitions at curb ramps to walks, gutters, and streets shall be at the same
level. |
4.7.2
Slope. Slopes of curb ramps shall comply with 4.8.2. The slope
shall be measured as shown in Fig. 11. Transitions from ramps to walks,
gutters, or streets shall be flush and free of abrupt changes. Maximum slopes
of adjoining gutters, road surface immediately adjacent to the curb ramp, or
accessible route shall not exceed 1:20. NOTE: Figure 11
indicates the ramp slope is a ratio equal to the vertical rise (y) divided by
the horizontal run (x). It is equal to the tangent of the angle that the
plane of the ramp surface makes with a horizontal (level) plane. For a curb
ramp, the adjoining slope at walk or street shall not exceed 1:20. |
120-3-20-.18 (2) Slope. Slopes of curb ramps shall comply with
rule 120-3-20-.19. The slope
shall be measured as shown in Fig. 11.
Transitions from ramps to walks, gutters, or streets shall be flush
and free of abrupt changes.
Maximum slopes of adjoining gutters, road surface immediately adjacent
to the curb ramp, or accessible route shall not exceed 1:20. Figure
11 Measurement of Curb Ramp Slopes. The ramp slope is a ratio expressed as
the vertical rise divided by the horizontal run. The adjoining slope at walk or street
shall not exceed 1:20. |
|
|
406.3 Sides of Curb Ramps.
Where provided, curb ramp flares shall not be steeper than 1:10. |
4.7.5
Sides of Curb Ramps. If a curb ramp is located where pedestrians must
walk across the ramp, or where it is not protected by handrails or
guardrails, it shall have flared sides; the maximum slope of the flare shall
be 1:10 (see Fig. 12(a)). Curb ramps with returned curbs may be used where
pedestrians would not normally walk across the ramp (see Fig. 12(b)). NOTE: Figure 12(a) shows a typical curb
ramp, cut into a walkway perpendicular to the curb face, with flared sides
having a maximum slope of 1:10. The landing at the top, measured from the top
of the ramp to the edge of the walkway or closest obstruction is denoted as
"x". If x, the landing depth at the top of a curb ramp, is less
than 48 inches, then the slope of the flared side shall not exceed 1:12. Figure 12(b) indicates that where the
curb ramp is completely contained within a planting strip or other
non-walking surface, so that pedestrians would not normally cross the sides,
the curb ramp sides can have steep sides including vertical returned curbs. |
120-3-20-.18 (5) Sides of Curb
Ramps. If a curb ramp is located
where pedestrians must walk across the ramp, or where it is not protected by
handrails or guardrails, it shall have flared sides; the maximum slope of the
flare shall be 1:10 (see Fig. 12(a)). Curb ramps with returned curbs may be
used where pedestrians would not normally walk across the ramp (see Fig.
12(b)). Figure
12 Sides of Curb Ramps. 12(a) Flared Sides. If the landing depth at the top of a
curb ramp is less than 48 in (1220 mm), then the slope of the flared side
shall not be steeper than 1:12. |
|
|
406.4 Landings.
Landings shall be provided at the tops of curb ramps. The landing clear
length shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. The landing clear width shall be
at least as wide as the curb ramp, excluding flared sides, leading to the
landing. EXCEPTION:
In alterations, where there is no landing at the top of curb ramps, curb ramp
flares shall be provided and shall not be steeper than 1:12. |
4.3.7
Slope. An accessible route with a running slope greater than 1:20 is a
ramp and shall comply with 4.8. Nowhere shall the cross slope of an
accessible route exceed 1:50. |
120-3-20-.19 1. General. An
accessible route with a running slope greater than 1:20 is a ramp and shall
comply with 4.8. Nowhere shall the cross slope of an accessible route exceed
1:50 |
|
|
406.5 Location.
Curb ramps and the flared sides of curb ramps shall be located so that they
do not project into vehicular traffic lanes, parking spaces, or parking
access aisles. Curb ramps at marked crossings shall be wholly contained
within the markings, excluding any flared sides. |
4.7.6
Built-up Curb Ramps. Built-up curb ramps shall be located so that they
do not project into vehicular traffic lanes (see Fig. 13). NOTE: In Figure
13, a built-up curb ramp extends outward from the curb and slopes to the
ground surface. The sides must also be tapered from the ramp surface to the
ground, with a maximum slope of 1:10, so that there are no drop-offs along
the edges. |
120-3-20-.18 (6) Built-up Curb
Ramps. Built-up curb ramps shall
be located so that they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes (see Fig.
13). |
|
|
4.7.9
Location at Marked Crossings. Curb ramps at marked crossings shall be
wholly contained within the markings, excluding any flared sides (see Fig.
15). |
120-3-20-.18 (9) Location at Marked
Crossings. Curb ramps at marked
crossings shall be wholly contained within the markings, excluding any flared
sides (see Fig. 15). Such signs shall be located so they cannot be obscured
by a vehicle parked in the space. |
|
|
|
|
4.7.8
Obstructions. Curb ramps shall be located or protected to prevent
their obstruction by parked vehicles |
120-3-20-.18 (8) Obstructions. Curb ramps shall be located or
protected to prevent their obstruction by parked vehicles. |
|
|
406.6 Diagonal Curb Ramps.
Diagonal or corner type curb ramps with returned curbs or other well-defined
edges shall have the edges parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow. The
bottom of diagonal curb ramps shall have a clear space 48 inches (1220 mm)
minimum outside active traffic lanes of the roadway. Diagonal curb ramps
provided at marked crossings shall provide the 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum
clear space within the markings. Diagonal curb ramps with flared sides shall
have a segment of curb 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum located on each side
of the curb ramp and within the marked crossing. |
4.7.10
Diagonal Curb Ramps. If diagonal (or corner type) curb ramps have
returned curbs or other well-defined edges, such edges shall be parallel to
the direction of pedestrian flow. The bottom of diagonal curb ramps shall
have 48 in (1220 mm) minimum clear space as shown in Fig. 15(c) and (d). If
diagonal curb ramps are provided at marked crossings, the 48 in (1220 mm)
clear space shall be within the markings (see Fig. 15(c) and (d)). If
diagonal curb ramps have flared sides, they shall also have at least a 24 in
(610 mm) long segment of straight curb located on each side of the curb ramp
and within the marked crossing (see Fig. 15(c)). NOTE:
Figure 15(c) shows diagonal
curb ramps located at each corner of the intersection. There are flared sides
on each diagonal curb ramp. The cross walks are placed so a minimum 48 inch
(1220 mm) long clear space is provided at the bottom of the curb ramp inside
the marked cross walk. An accessible route is provided across the island in
the intersection. Figure
15(d) is similar to 15(c) except that returned curb ramps are
provided at each corner of the intersection. A minimum 48 inch (1220 mm) long
clear floor space is provided at the bottom of the curb ramp within the
marked crossing area. A well defined edge is provided at the side of each
curb ramp. |
120-3-20-.18 (10) Diagonal Curb
Ramps. If diagonal (or corner
type) curb ramps have returned curbs or other well-defined edges, such edges
shall be parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow. The bottom of diagonal curb ramps
shall have 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum clear space as shown in Fig. 15(c) and
(d). If diagonal curb ramps are
provided at marked crossings, the 48 inches (1220 mm) clear space shall be
within the markings (see Fig. 15(c) and (d)). If diagonal curb ramps have flared
sides, they shall also have at least a 24 inches (610 mm) long segment of straight
curb located on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked crossing
(see Fig. 15(c)). |
|
|
406.7 Islands.
Raised islands in crossings shall be cut through level with the street or
have curb ramps at both sides. Each curb ramp shall have a level area 48
inches (1220 mm) long minimum by 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum at the top
of the curb ramp in the part of the island intersected by the crossings. Each
48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 36 inch (915 mm) minimum area shall be oriented
so that the 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum length is in the direction of the
running slope of the curb ramp it serves. The 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 36
inch (915 mm) minimum areas and the accessible route shall be permitted to
overlap. |
4.7.11
Islands. Any raised islands in crossings shall be cut through level
with the street or have curb ramps at both sides and a level area at least 48
in (1220 mm) long between the curb ramps in the part of the island
intersected by the crossings (see Fig. 15(a) and (b)). NOTE: Figures 15(a) and 15(b) illustrate
street pedestrian crossings cutting through a mid-street median at street
level. |
120-3-20-.18 (11) Islands. Any raised islands in crossings shall
be cut through level with the street or have curb ramps at both sides and a
level area at least 48 inches (1220 mm) long between the curb ramps in the
part of the island intersected by the crossings (see Fig. 15(a) and (b)). |
|
|
|
4.7.7
Detectable Warnings. A curb ramp shall have a detectable warning
complying with 4.29.2. The detectable warning shall extend the full width and
depth of the curb ramp. |
120-3-20-.18 (7) Detectable
Warnings. A curb ramp shall have
a detectable warning complying with rule 120-3-20-.40. The detectable warning shall extend
the full width and depth of the curb ramp, including flares. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require detectable warnings on
curb ramps; the 2010 Standards do not. |
|
407
Elevators |
4.10
Elevators. |
120-3-20-.21 Elevators. |
|
|
407.1 General. Elevators
shall comply with 407 and with ASME A17.1 (incorporated by reference, see
"Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). They shall be passenger
elevators as classified by ASME A17.1. Elevator operation shall be automatic.
|
4.10.1
General. Accessible elevators shall be on an accessible route and
shall comply with 4.10 and with the ASME A17.1-1990, Safety Code for
Elevators and Escalators. Freight
elevators shall not be considered as meeting the requirements of this section
unless the only elevators provided are used as combination passenger and
freight elevators for the public and employees. |
(1) General. Accessible elevators shall
be on an accessible route and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.21 and with
the ASME A17.1-1990, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. Freight
elevators shall not be considered as meeting the requirements of this section
unless the only elevators provided are used as combination passenger and
freight elevators for the public and employees. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit combination
passenger/freight elevators, though there is no such thing under the
referenced ASME A17.1 Elevator Safety Code. However, passenger elevators are
permitted to carry freight; this is true for all three documents. |
|
4.10.2
Automatic Operation. Elevator operation shall be automatic. Each car
shall be equipped with a self-leveling feature that will automatically bring
the car to floor landings within a tolerance of 1/2 in (13 mm) under rated
loading to zero loading conditions. This self-leveling feature shall be
automatic and independent of the operating device and shall correct the
overtravel or undertravel. |
(2) Automatic Operation. Elevator
operation shall be automatic. Each car shall be equipped with a self-leveling
feature that will automatically bring the car to floor landings within a
tolerance of ½ inches (13 mm) under rated loading to zero loading
conditions. This self-leveling feature shall be automatic and independent of
the operating device and shall correct the over travel or under travel. |
|
|
|
407.2 Elevator Landing Requirements.
Elevator landings shall comply with 407.2. |
|
|
|
|
407.2.1 Call Controls.
Where elevator call buttons or keypads are provided, they shall comply with
407.2.1 and 309.4. Call buttons shall be raised or flush. EXCEPTION:
Existing elevators shall be permitted to have recessed call buttons. |
4.10.3
Hall Call Buttons. Call buttons in elevator lobbies and halls shall be
centered at 42 in (1065 mm) above the floor. Such call buttons shall have
visual signals to indicate when each call is registered and when each call is
answered. Call buttons shall be a minimum of 3/4 in (19 mm) in the smallest
dimension. The button designating the up direction shall be on top. (See Fig.
20.) Buttons shall be raised or flush. Objects mounted beneath hall call
buttons shall not project into the elevator lobby more than 4 in (100 mm). 4.27.4
Operation. Controls and operating mechanisms shall be operable with
one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the
wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf
(22.2 N). 4.27.2
Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space complying with 4.2.4 that allows
a forward or a parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be
provided at controls, dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment. |
(3) Hall Call Buttons. Call buttons
in elevator lobbies and halls shall be centered at 42 inches (1065 mm) above
the floor. Such call buttons shall have visual signals to indicate when each
call is registered and when each call is answered. Call buttons shall be a
minimum of 3/4 inch (19 mm) in the smallest dimension. The button designating
the up direction shall be on top. (See Fig. 20.) Buttons shall be raised or
flush. Objects mounted beneath or placed in front of the hall call buttons
shall not project into the elevator lobby more than 4 inches (100 mm). 120-3-20-.38 (4)
Operation. Controls and operating
mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight
grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls
shall be no greater than 5 lbf (22.2 N). 120-3-20-.38 2) Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space complying with rule
120-3-20-.13(4) that allows a forward or a parallel approach by a person
using a wheelchair shall be provided at controls, dispensers, receptacles,
and other operable equipment. |
The
2010 Standards require hall call buttons within an accessible reach
range. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code specify that call buttons be centered at 42 inches, but
provide no minimum or maximum height if there are two buttons at a landing. |
|
407.2.1.1 Height.
Call buttons and keypads shall be located within one of the reach ranges
specified in 308, measured to the centerline of the highest operable part. EXCEPTION:
Existing call buttons and existing keypads shall be permitted to be located
at 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the finish floor, measured to the
centerline of the highest operable part. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards permit call buttons at 54 inches high maximum only for
existing buttons. The 1994
Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit this height in new installations. |
|
407.2.1.2 Size.
Call buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum in the smallest dimension. EXCEPTION:
Existing elevator call buttons shall not be required to comply with
407.2.1.2. |
|
|
|
|
407.2.1.3 Clear Floor or Ground
Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be
provided at call controls. |
|
|
|
|
407.2.1.4 Location.
The call button that designates the up direction shall be located above the
call button that designates the down direction. EXCEPTION:
Destination-oriented elevators shall not be required to comply with
407.2.1.4. |
|
The
2010 Standards contain specific requirements for destination-oriented
elevators in their elevator sections.
This is an elevator system in which passengers are directed to a
specific elevator in a bank after registering their destination at the hall
call station. That elevator will
then travel to the proper destination, and there are no passenger controls in
the car. These types of systems,
while not specifically addressed, are permitted by the 1994 Standards. |
|
|
407.2.1.5 Signals.
Call buttons shall have visible signals to indicate when each call is
registered and when each call is answered. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Destination-oriented elevators
shall not be required to comply with 407.2.1.5 provided that visible and
audible signals complying with 407.2.2 indicating which elevator car to enter
are provided. 2. Existing elevators shall not be
required to comply with 407.2.1.5. |
|
|
|
|
407.2.1.6 Keypads.
Where keypads are provided, keypads shall be in a standard telephone keypad
arrangement and shall comply with 407.4.7.2. |
|
|
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not address elevator keypads
(typical of destination-oriented elevators). |
|
407.2.2 Hall Signals.
Hall signals, including in-car signals, shall comply with 407.2.2. 407.2.2.1 Visible and Audible
Signals. A visible and audible signal shall
be provided at each hoistway entrance to indicate which car is answering a
call and the car's direction of travel. Where in-car signals are provided,
they shall be visible from the floor area adjacent to the hall call buttons. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Visible and audible signals shall
not be required at each destination-oriented elevator where a visible and
audible signal complying with 407.2.2 is provided indicating the elevator car
designation information. 2. In existing elevators, a signal
indicating the direction of car travel shall not be required. |
4.10.4
Hall Lanterns. A visible and audible signal shall
be provided at each hoistway entrance to indicate which car is answering a
call. Audible signals shall sound once for the up direction and twice for the
down direction or shall have verbal annunciators that say "up" or
"down." Visible signals shall have the following features: |
120-3-20-.21 (4) Hall Lanterns. A
visible and audible signal shall be provided at each hoist way entrance to
indicate which car is answering a call. Audible signals shall sound once for
the up direction and twice for the down direction or shall have verbal
annunciators that say "up" or "down." Visible signals shall have the
following features: |
|
|
407.2.2.2 Visible Signals.
Visible signal fixtures shall be centered at 72 inches (1830 mm) minimum above
the finish floor or ground. The visible signal elements shall be 2 1/2 inches
(64 mm) minimum measured along the vertical centerline of the element.
Signals shall be visible from the floor area adjacent to the hall call
button. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Destination-oriented elevators
shall be permitted to have signals visible from the floor area adjacent to
the hoistway entrance. 2. Existing elevators shall not be
required to comply with 407.2.2.2. |
(1)
Hall lantern fixtures shall be mounted so that their centerline is at least
72 in (1830 mm) above the lobby floor. (See Fig. 20.) (2)
Visual elements shall be at least 2-1/2 in (64 mm) in the smallest dimension.
(3)
Signals shall be visible from the vicinity of the hall call button (see Fig.
20). In-car lanterns located in cars, visible from the vicinity of hall call
buttons, and conforming to the above requirements, shall be acceptable. |
(a) Hall lantern fixtures shall be
mounted so that their centerline is at least 72 inches (1830 mm) above the
lobby floor. (See Fig. 20.) (b) Visual elements shall be at least
2-1/2 inches (64 mm) in the smallest dimension. (c) Signals shall be visible from the
vicinity of the hall call button (see Fig. 20). In-car lanterns located in
cars, visible from the vicinity of hall call buttons, and conforming to the
above requirements, shall be acceptable. |
|
|
407.2.2.3 Audible Signals. Audible
signals shall sound once for the up direction and twice for the down
direction, or shall have verbal annunciators that indicate the direction of
elevator car travel. Audible signals shall have a frequency of 1500 Hz
maximum. Verbal annunciators shall have a frequency of 300 Hz minimum and
3000 Hz maximum. The audible signal and verbal annunciator shall be 10 dB
minimum above ambient, but shall not exceed 80 dB, measured at the hall call
button. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Destination-oriented elevators
shall not be required to comply with 407.2.2.3 provided that the audible tone
and verbal announcement is the same as those given at the call button or call
button keypad. 2. Existing elevators shall not be
required to comply with the requirements for frequency and dB range of
audible signals. |
See 4.10.4 |
|
|
|
407.2.2.4 Differentiation.
Each destination-oriented elevator in a bank of elevators shall have audible
and visible means for differentiation. |
|
|
|
|
407.2.3 Hoistway Signs.
Signs at elevator hoistways shall comply with 407.2.3. |
|
|
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not address signs at
elevator hoistways. |
|
407.2.3.1 Floor Designation.
Floor designations complying with 703.2 and 703.4.1 shall be provided on both
jambs of elevator hoistway entrances. Floor designations shall be provided in
both tactile characters and braille. Tactile characters shall be 2 inches (51
mm) high minimum. A tactile star shall be provided on both jambs at the main
entry level. |
4.10.5
Raised and Braille Characters on Hoistway Entrances. All elevator
hoistway entrances shall have raised and Braille floor designations provided
on both jambs. The centerline of the characters shall be 60 in (1525 mm)
above finish floor. Such characters shall be 2 in (50 mm) high and shall
comply with 4.30.4. Permanently applied plates are acceptable if they are
permanently fixed to the jambs. (See Fig. 20). NOTE:
Figure 20 illustrates hall
call buttons mounted 42 inches (1065 mm) measured from the floor to the
centerline between the buttons. Hall lanterns are mounted 72 inches (1830 mm)
minimum measured from the floor to the centerline between the up and down
indicators. Raised and Braille characters on hoistway entrances are mounted
with the centerline at 60 inches (1525 mm) above the floor. Sensors for the
required door protective and reopening device detect an obstruction passing
through the door opening at heights of 5 inches (125 mm), indicated by a
dashed line A and 29 inches (735 mm), indicated by a dashed line B. Each is
measured from the floor. A note indicates, "The automatic door reopening
device is activated if an object passes through either line A or line B. Line
A and line B represent the vertical locations of the door reopening device
not requiring contact." |
120-3-20-.21 (5) Raised and Braille
Characters on Hoist way Entrances. All elevator hoist way entrances shall
have raised and Braille floor designations provided on both jambs. The
centerline of the characters shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) above finish floor.
Such characters shall be 2 inches (50 mm) high and shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.41(4). Permanently
applied plates are acceptable if they are permanently fixed to the jambs.
(See Fig. 20). |
|
|
407.2.3.2 Car Designations.
Destination-oriented elevators shall provide tactile car identification
complying with 703.2 on both jambs of the hoistway immediately below the
floor designation. Car designations shall be provided in both tactile
characters and braille. Tactile characters shall be 2 inches (51 mm) high
minimum. |
See 4.10.5 |
|
|
|
407.3 Elevator Door Requirements.
Hoistway and car doors shall comply with 407.3. |
|
|
|
|
407.3.1 Type. Elevator
doors shall be the horizontal sliding type. Car gates shall be prohibited. |
|
|
|
|
407.3.2 Operation.
Elevator hoistway and car doors shall open and close automatically. EXCEPTION:
Existing manually operated hoistway swing doors shall be permitted provided
that they comply with 404.2.3 and 404.2.9. Car door closing shall not be
initiated until the hoistway door is closed. |
4.10.6
Door Protective and Reopening Device. Elevator doors shall open and
close automatically. They shall be provided with a reopening device that will
stop and reopen a car door and hoistway door automatically if the door
becomes obstructed by an object or person. The device shall be capable of
completing these operations without requiring contact for an obstruction
passing through the opening at heights of 5 in and 29 in (125 mm and 735 mm)
above finish floor (see Fig. 20). Door reopening devices shall remain
effective for at least 20 seconds. After such an interval, doors may close in
accordance with the requirements of ASME A17.1-1990. 4.1.6 Accessible Buildings: Alterations.
(3)
Special Technical Provisions for Alterations to Existing Buildings and
Facilities:
(c) Elevators: (i) If safety door edges are provided
in existing automatic elevators, automatic door reopening devices may be
omitted (see 4.10.6). |
120-3-20-.21 (6) Door Protective and
Reopening Device. Elevator doors shall open and close automatically. They
shall be provided with a reopening device that will stop and reopen a car
door and hoist way door automatically if the door becomes obstructed by an
object or person. The device shall be capable of completing these operations
without requiring contact for an obstruction passing through the opening at
heights of 5 inches and 29 inches (125 mm and 735 mm) above finish floor (see
Fig. 20). Door reopening devices shall remain effective at least 20 seconds. Note: The required door reopening
device would hold the door open for 20 seconds if the doorway remains
obstructed. After 20 seconds, the door may begin to close. However, if designed in accordance
with ASME A17.1-1990, the door closing movement could still be stopped if a
person or object exerts sufficient force at any point on the door edge. |
|
|
407.3.3 Reopening Device. Elevator
doors shall be provided with a reopening device complying with 407.3.3 that
shall stop and reopen a car door and hoistway door automatically if the door
becomes obstructed by an object or person. EXCEPTION:
Existing elevators with manually operated doors shall not be required to
comply with 407.3.3. |
|
||
|
407.3.3.1 Height.
The device shall be activated by sensing an obstruction passing through the
opening at 5 inches (125 mm) nominal and 29 inches (735 mm) nominal above the
finish floor. |
|
|
|
|
407.3.3.2 Contact.
The device shall not require physical contact to be activated, although
contact is permitted to occur before the door reverses. |
|||
|
407.3.3.3 Duration.
Door reopening devices shall remain effective for 20 seconds minimum. |
|||
|
407.3.4 Door and Signal Timing.
The minimum acceptable time from notification that a car is answering a call
or notification of the car assigned at the means for the entry of destination
information until the doors of that car start to close shall be calculated
from the following equation: T = D/(1.5 ft/s) or T = D/(455
mm/s) = 5 seconds minimum where T equals the total time in
seconds and D equals the distance (in feet or millimeters) from the point in
the lobby or corridor 60 inches (1525 mm) directly in front of the farthest
call button controlling that car to the centerline of its hoistway door. EXCEPTIONS:
1. For cars with in-car lanterns, T
shall be permitted to begin when the signal is visible from the point 60
inches (1525 mm) directly in front of the farthest hall call button and the
audible signal is sounded. 2. Destination-oriented elevators
shall not be required to comply with 407.3.4. |
4.10.7
Door and Signal Timing for Hall Calls. The minimum acceptable time
from notification that a car is answering a call until the doors of that car
start to close shall be calculated from the following equation: T = D/(1.5 ft/s) or T = D/(445 mm/s) where T total time in seconds and D
distance (in feet or millimeters) from a point in the lobby or corridor 60 in
(1525 mm) directly in front of the farthest call button controlling that car
to the centerline of its hoistway door (see Fig. 21). For cars with in-car
lanterns, T begins when the lantern is visible from the vicinity of hall call
buttons and an audible signal is sounded. The minimum acceptable notification
time shall be 5 seconds. NOTE:
Figure 21 is a graph of the formula.
The y axis is T, time in seconds and the x axis is D, distance in feet. The
"Acceptable" range is above a line on the graph indicated as
follows: If D = 5 to 8 feet, then T = 5 seconds. If D = 8 to 18 feet, T
increases at approximately 1:1 with the end of the line at D = 18 feet and T
= 12 seconds. The maximum value shown for T is 13 seconds and for D is 18
feet. Values below the line on the graph are indicated as
"Unacceptable." |
120-3-20-.21 (7) Door and Signal
Timing for Hall Calls. The minimum acceptable time from
notification that a car is answering a call until the doors of that car start
to close shall be calculated from the following equation: T = D/(1.5 ft/s) or T = D/(445 mm/s) where T total time in seconds and D
distance (in feet or millimeters) from a point in the lobby or corridor 60
inches (1525 mm) directly in front of the farthest call button controlling
that car to the centerline of its hoist way door (see Fig. 21). For cars with
in-car lanterns, T begins when the lantern is visible from the vicinity of
hall call buttons and an audible signal is sounded. The minimum acceptable
notification time shall be 5 seconds. Note: This paragraph allows variation
in the location of call buttons, advance time for warning signals, and the
door-holding period used to meet the time requirement. |
|
|
407.3.5 Door Delay.
Elevator doors shall remain fully open in response to a car call for 3
seconds minimum. |
4.10.8
Door Delay for Car Calls. The minimum time for elevator doors to
remain fully open in response to a car call shall be 3 seconds. |
120-3-20-.21 (8) Door Delay for Car
Calls. The minimum time for elevator doors to remain fully open in response
to a car call shall be 3 seconds. |
|
|
407.3.6 Width.
The width of elevator doors shall comply with Table 407.4.1. EXCEPTION:
In existing elevators, a power-operated car door complying with 404.2.3 shall
be permitted. |
See 4.10.9 |
|
The
2010 Standards permit automatic swing doors on existing elevators. It would be virtually impossible to
replace these types of doors with horizontal sliding doors on an existing
installation. |
|
407.4 Elevator Car Requirements.
Elevator cars shall comply with 407.4. |
4.10.9
Floor Plan of Elevator Cars. The floor area of
elevator cars shall provide space for wheelchair users to enter the car,
maneuver within reach of controls, and exit from the car. Acceptable door
opening and inside dimensions shall be as shown in Fig. 22. The clearance
between the car platform sill and the edge of any hoistway landing shall be
no greater than 1-1/4 in (32 mm). Note: Figure 22 Minimum Dimensions of
Elevator Cars. Diagram (a) illustrates an elevator
with a door providing a 36 inch (915 mm) minimum clear width, in the middle
of the elevator. The width of the elevator car is a minimum of 80 inches
(2030 mm). The depth of the elevator car measured from the back wall to the
elevator door is a minimum of 54 inches (1370 mm). The depth of the elevator
car measured from the back wall to the control panel is a minimum of 51
inches (1291 mm). Diagram (b) illustrates an elevator
with door providing a minimum 36 inch (915 mm) clear width, located to one
side of the elevator. The width of the elevator car is a minimum of 68 inches
(1730 mm). The depth of the elevator car measured from the back wall to the
elevator door is a minimum of 54 inches (1370 mm). The depth of the elevator
car measured from the back wall to the control panel is a minimum of 51
inches (1291). See also 10.3.1(17) EXCEPTION |
120-3-20-.21 (9) Floor Plan of
Elevator Cars. The floor area of elevator cars shall provide space for
wheelchair users to enter the car, maneuver within reach of controls, and
exit from the car. Acceptable door opening and inside dimensions shall be as
shown in Fig. 22. The clearance between the car platform sill and the edge of
any hoist way landing shall be no greater than 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). Figure
22 of the ADA Standards. Minimum
Dimensions of Elevator Cars. 22(a) Illustrates an elevator with a door
providing a 36 in (915 mm) minimum clear width, in the middle of the
elevator. The width of the
elevator car is a minimum of 80 in (2030 mm). The depth of the elevator car measured
from the back wall to the elevator door is a minimum of 54 in (1370 mm). The depth of the elevator car measured
from the back wall to the control panel is a minimum of 51 in (1291 mm). 22(b) Illustrates an elevator with door
providing a minimum 36 in (915 mm) clear width, located to one side of the
elevator. The width of the elevator
car is a minimum of 68 in (1730 mm).
The depth of the elevator car measured from the back wall to the
elevator door is a minimum of 54 in (1370 mm). The depth of the elevator car measured
from the back wall to the control panel is a minimum of 51 in (1291 mm). |
|
|
407.4.1 Car Dimensions.
Inside dimensions of elevator cars and clear width of elevator doors shall
comply with Table 407.4.1. |
Note
that the 1994 Standards set performance criteria for elevator car sizes
– space to enter, use the controls, and exit – and that the
dimensions in Figure 22 are merely examples of acceptable car
configurations. The 2010
Standards specify dimensional minimum car sizes. |
||
|
EXCEPTION: Existing
elevator car configurations that provide a clear floor area of 16 square feet
(1.5 m2) minimum and also provide an inside clear depth 54 inches
(1370 mm) minimum and a clear width 36 inches (915 mm) minimum shall be
permitted. |
4.1.6
Accessible Buildings: Alterations.
(3)
Special Technical Provisions for Alterations to Existing Buildings and
Facilities: (c)
Elevators: (ii) Where existing shaft
configuration or technical infeasibility prohibits strict compliance with
4.10.9, the minimum car plan dimensions may be reduced by the minimum amount
necessary, but in no case shall the inside car area be smaller than 48 in
(1220 mm) by 48 in (1220 mm). (iii) Equivalent facilitation may be
provided with an elevator car of different dimensions when usability can be
demonstrated and when all other elements required to be accessible comply
with the applicable provisions of 4.10. For example, an elevator of 47 in by
69 in (1195 mm by 1755 mm) with a door opening on the narrow dimension, could
accommodate the standard wheelchair clearances shown in Figure 4. |
120-3-20-.11 (3)(c) Elevators: (i) If safety door edges are provided
in existing automatic elevators, automatic door reopening devices may be
omitted (see 120-3-20-.21). (ii) Where existing shaft
configuration or technical in feasibility prohibits strict compliance with
120-3-20-.21(9), the minimum car plan dimensions may be reduced by the
minimum amount necessary, but in no case shall the inside car area be smaller
than 48 inches by 48 inches. (iii) Equivalent facilitation may be
provided with an elevator car of different dimensions when usability can be
demonstrated and when all other elements required to be accessible comply
with the applicable provisions of 120-3-20-.21. For example, an elevator of
47 inches by 69 inches (1195 mm by 1755 mm) with a door opening on the narrow
dimension, could accommodate the standard wheelchair clearances shown in
Figure 4. |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit
an existing 48 inch by 48 inch elevator car which is inaccessible to many
persons that use wheelchairs. |
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design: 407.4.1 Elevator Car Dimensions |
|||||
|
|
Minimum Dimensions |
||||
|
Door Location |
Door Clear Width |
Inside Car, Side to Side |
Inside Car, Back Wall to Front Return |
Inside Car, Back Wall to Inside Face
of Door |
|
|
Centered |
42 inches (1065 mm) |
80 inches (2030 mm) |
51 inches (1295 mm) |
54 inches (1370 mm) |
|
|
Side (off-centered) |
36 inches (915 mm)1 |
68 inches (1725 mm) |
51 inches (1295 mm) |
54 inches (1370 mm) |
|
|
Any |
36 inches (915 mm)1 |
54 inches (1370 mm) |
80 inches (2030 mm) |
80 inches (2030 mm) |
|
|
Any |
36 inches (915 mm)1 |
60 inches (1525
mm)2 |
60 inches (1525 mm)2 |
60 inches (1525 mm)2 |
|
|
1.
A tolerance of minus 5/8 inch (16 mm) is permitted. 2. Other car configurations that
provide a turning space complying with 304 with the door closed shall be
permitted. |
|||||
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|
|
407.4.2 Floor Surfaces.
Floor surfaces in elevator cars shall comply with 302 and 303. |
4.10.10
Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces shall comply with 4.5. |
120-3-20-.21 (10) Floor Surfaces.
Floor surfaces shall comply with 120-3-20-.16. |
|
|
|
407.4.3 Platform to Hoistway
Clearance. The clearance between the car
platform sill and the edge of any hoistway landing shall be 1 1/4 inch (32
mm) maximum. |
See
4.10.9. |
|
|
|
|
407.4.4 Leveling.
Each car shall be equipped with a self-leveling feature that will
automatically bring and maintain the car at floor landings within a tolerance
of 1/2 inch (13 mm) under rated loading to zero loading conditions. |
See 4.10.2. |
|
|
|
|
407.4.5 Illumination.
The level of illumination at the car controls, platform, car threshold and
car landing sill shall be 5 foot candles (54 lux) minimum. |
4.10.11
Illumination Levels. The level of illumination at the car controls,
platform, and car threshold and landing sill shall be at least 5 footcandles
(53.8 lux). |
120-3-20-.21 (11) Illumination
Levels. The level of illumination at the car controls, platform, and car
threshold and landing sills shall be at least 5 foot candles (53.8 lux). |
|
|
|
407.4.6 Elevator Car Controls.
Where provided, elevator car controls shall comply with 407.4.6 and 309.4. EXCEPTION:
In existing elevators, where a new car operating panel complying with 407.4.6
is provided, existing car operating panels shall not be required to comply
with 407.4.6. |
4.10.12
Car Controls. Elevator control panels shall have the following
features: |
120-3-20-.21 (12) Car Controls.
Elevator control panels shall have the following features: (a) Buttons. All control buttons shall
be at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) in their smallest dimension. They shall be raised or flush. (b) Tactile, Braille, and Visual
Control Indicators. All control buttons shall be designated by Braille and by
raised standard alphabet characters for letters, Arabic characters for
numerals, or standard symbols as shown in Fig. 23(a), and as required in ASME
A17.1-1990. Raised and Braille characters and symbols shall comply with
120-3-20-.41. The call button for
the main entry floor shall be designated by a raised star at the left of the
floor designation (see Fig. 23(a)).
All raised designations for control buttons shall be placed
immediately to the left of the button to which they apply. Applied plates, permanently attached,
are an acceptable means to provide raised control designations. Floor buttons
shall be provided with visual indicators to show when each call is
registered. The visual indicators shall be extinguished when each call is
answered. Note: Industry-wide standardization
of elevator control panel design would make all elevators significantly more
convenient for use by people with severe visual impairments. In many cases,
it will be possible to locate the highest control on elevator panels within
48 inches (1220 mm) from the floor. Figure
23 Car Controls. 23(a) Panel Detail. The diagram illustrates the symbols
used for the following control buttons: main entry floor, door closed, door
open, emergency alarm, and emergency stop. The diagram further states that the
octagon symbol for the emergency stop shall be raised but the X (inside the
octagon) is not. |
|
|
|
407.4.6.1 Location.
Controls shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where the elevator panel serves
more than 16 openings and a parallel approach is provided, buttons with floor
designations shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the
finish floor. 2. In existing elevators, car control
buttons with floor designations shall be permitted to be located 54 inches
(1370 mm) maximum above the finish floor where a parallel approach is
provided. |
(3)
Height. All floor buttons shall be no higher than 54 in (1370 mm) above the
finish floor for side approach and 48 in (1220 mm) for front approach.
Emergency controls, including the emergency alarm and emergency stop, shall
be grouped at the bottom of the panel and shall have their centerlines no
less than 35 in (890 mm) above the finish floor (see Fig. 23(a) and (b)). Note: Figure 23(a) diagram illustrates the
symbols used for the following control buttons: main entry floor, door closed, door
open, emergency alarm, and emergency stop. The diagram further states that
the octagon symbol for the emergency stop shall be raised but the X (inside
the octagon) is not. Figure 23(b) indicates the
maximum height for control buttons and mechanisms is 54 inches (1370 mm).
Minimum height is 35 inches (890 mm). |
(c) Height. All floor buttons shall
be no higher than 54 inches (1370 mm) above the finish floor for side
approach and 48 inches (1220 mm) for front approach. Emergency controls,
including the emergency alarm and emergency stop, shall be grouped at the
bottom of the panel and shall have their center lines no less than 35 inches
(890 mm) above the finish floor (see Fig. 23(a) and (b)). |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit new car controls to be
located 54 inches maximum from the floor. The 2010 Standards only permit this in
existing elevators, or in new elevators where there are 16 or more
stops. (Where there are more than
16 floor buttons and the other controls required, a car control panel cannot
fit into the 35 inch minimum to 48 inch maximum space otherwise specified.) |
|
|
(4)
Location. Controls shall be located on a front wall if cars have center
opening doors, and at the side wall or at the front wall next to the door if
cars have side opening doors (see Fig. 23(c) and (d)). NOTE: In Figure 23(c), control
panel locations are shown on either side of the center opening door. In Figure 23(d), control panel locations are shown to the right of
the side opening door and to the left on the adjacent wall. |
( (d) Location. Controls shall be
located on a front wall if the cars have center opening doors, and at the
side wall or at the front wall next to the door if cars have side opening
doors (see Fig. 23(c) and (d)). |
|
||
|
407.4.6.2 Buttons.
Car control buttons with floor designations shall comply with 407.4.6.2 and
shall be raised or flush. EXCEPTION:
In existing elevators, buttons shall be permitted to be recessed. |
(1)
Buttons. All control buttons shall be at least 3/4 in (19 mm) in their
smallest dimension. They shall be raised or flush. |
120-3-20-.21 (12) (a) Buttons. All
control buttons shall be at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) in their smallest
dimension. They shall be raised
or flush. |
|
|
|
407.4.6.2.1 Size.
Buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum in their smallest dimension. |
|
|||
|
407.4.6.2.2 Arrangement.
Buttons shall be arranged with numbers in ascending order. When two or more
columns of buttons are provided they shall read from left to right. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards specify the arrangement of car control buttons. The 1994
Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code are silent on these issues. |
|
|
407.4.6.3 Keypads. Car
control keypads shall be in a standard telephone keypad arrangement and shall
comply with 407.4.7.2. |
|
|
|
|
|
407.4.6.4 Emergency Controls.
Emergency controls shall comply with 407.4.6.4. |
See 4.10.12 (3). |
|
|
|
|
407.4.6.4.1 Height.
Emergency control buttons shall have their centerlines 35 inches (890 mm)
minimum above the finish floor. |
|
|||
|
407.4.6.4.2 Location.
Emergency controls, including the emergency alarm, shall be grouped at the
bottom of the panel. |
|
|||
|
407.4.7 Designations and Indicators
of Car Controls. Designations and indicators of car
controls shall comply with 407.4.7. EXCEPTION:
In existing elevators, where a new car operating panel complying with 407.4.7
is provided, existing car operating panels shall not be required to comply
with 407.4.7. |
|
|
|
|
|
407.4.7.1 Buttons.
Car control buttons shall comply with 407.4.7.1. |
4.10.12
(2) Tactile, Braille, and Visual
Control Indicators. All control buttons shall be designated by Braille and by
raised standard alphabet characters for letters, arabic characters for
numerals, or standard symbols as shown in Fig. 23(a), and as required in ASME
A17.1-1990. Raised and Braille characters and symbols shall comply with 4.30.
The call button for the main entry floor shall be designated by a raised star
at the left of the floor designation (see Fig. 23(a)). All raised
designations for control buttons shall be placed immediately to the left of
the button to which they apply. Applied plates, permanently attached, are an
acceptable means to provide raised control designations. Floor buttons shall
be provided with visual indicators to show when each call is registered. The
visual indicators shall be extinguished when each call is answered. |
120-3-20-.21 (12) (b) Tactile,
Braille, and Visual Control Indicators. All control buttons shall be
designated by Braille and by raised standard alphabet characters for letters,
Arabic characters for numerals, or standard symbols as shown in Fig. 23(a),
and as required in ASME A17.1-1990. Raised and Braille characters and symbols
shall comply with 120-3-20-.41.
The call button for the main entry floor shall be designated by a
raised star at the left of the floor designation (see Fig. 23(a)). All raised designations for control
buttons shall be placed immediately to the left of the button to which they
apply. Applied plates,
permanently attached, are an acceptable means to provide raised control
designations. Floor buttons shall be provided with visual indicators to show
when each call is registered. The visual indicators shall be extinguished
when each call is answered |
|
|
|
407.4.7.1.1 Type.
Control buttons shall be identified by tactile characters complying with
703.2. |
|
|
|
|
|
407.4.7.1.2 Location.
Raised character and braille designations shall be placed immediately to the
left of the control button to which the designations apply. EXCEPTION:
Where space on an existing car operating panel precludes tactile markings to
the left of the controls, markings shall be placed as near to the control as
possible. |
|
|
|
|
|
407.4.7.1.3 Symbols.
The control button for the emergency stop, alarm, door open, door close, main
entry floor, and phone, shall be identified with tactile symbols as shown in
Table 407.4.7.1.3. Note: The 2010 Standards Table 407.4.7.1.3
Elevator Control Button Identification indicates the following buttons
shall be represented by the indicated symbols and shall include corresponding
contracted braille messages: Emergency stop- octagon with ÔXÕ in middle Alarm- bell shape Door open- two chevrons pointing
outward Door close- two chevrons pointing
inward Main entry floor- star shape Phone- phone hand receiver shape |
Note: Figure
23(a) illustrates the symbols used for the following control buttons: main
entry floor, door closed, door open, emergency alarm, and emergency stop. The
diagram further states that the octagon symbol for the emergency stop shall
be raised but the X (inside the octagon) is not. |
|
|
|
|
407.4.7.1.4 Visible Indicators.
Buttons with floor designations shall be provided with visible indicators to
show that a call has been registered. The visible indication shall extinguish
when the car arrives at the designated floor. |
|
|
|
|
|
407.4.7.2 Keypads.
Keypads shall be identified by characters complying with 703.5 and shall be
centered on the corresponding keypad button. The number five key shall have a
single raised dot. The dot shall be 0.118 inch (3 mm) to 0.120 inch (3.05 mm)
base diameter and in other aspects comply with Table 703.3.1. |
|
|||
|
407.4.8 Car Position Indicators.
Audible and visible car position indicators shall be provided in elevator
cars. |
4.10.13
Car Position Indicators. In elevator cars, a visual car position
indicator shall be provided above the car control panel or over the door to
show the position of the elevator in the hoistway. As the car passes or stops
at a floor served by the elevators, the corresponding numerals shall
illuminate, and an audible signal shall sound. Numerals shall be a minimum of
1/2 in (13 mm) high. The audible signal shall be no less than 20 decibels
with a frequency no higher than 1500 Hz. An automatic verbal announcement of
the floor number at which a car stops or which a car passes may be
substituted for the audible signal. |
120-3-20-.21 (13) Car Position
Indicators. In elevator cars, a visual car position indicator shall be
provided above the car control panel or over the door to show the position of
the elevator in the hoist way. As the car passes or stops at a floor served
by the elevators, the corresponding numerals shall illuminate, and an audible
signal shall sound. Numerals
shall be a minimum of ½ inch (13 mm) high. The audible signal shall be
no less than 20 decibels with a frequency no higher than 1500 Hz. An automatic verbal announcement of
the floor number at which a car stops or which a car passes may be
substituted for the audible signal. Note: A special button may be
provided that would activate the audible signal within the given elevator
only for the desired trip, rather than maintaining the audible signal in
constant operation. |
|
|
|
407.4.8.1 Visible Indicators.
Visible indicators shall comply with 407.4.8.1. |
|
|||
|
407.4.8.1.1 Size. Characters
shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high minimum. |
|
|||
|
407.4.8.1.2 Location.
Indicators shall be located above the car control panel or above the door. |
|
|||
|
407.4.8.1.3 Floor Arrival.
As the car passes a floor and when a car stops at a floor served by the
elevator, the corresponding character shall illuminate. EXCEPTION:
Destination-oriented elevators shall not be required to comply with
407.4.8.1.3 provided that the visible indicators extinguish when the call has
been answered. |
|
|||
|
407.4.8.1.4 Destination Indicator.
In destination-oriented elevators, a display shall be provided in the car
with visible indicators to show car destinations. |
|
|||
|
407.4.8.2 Audible Indicators.
Audible indicators shall comply with 407.4.8.2. |
|
|||
|
407.4.8.2.1 Signal Type.
The signal shall be an automatic verbal annunciator which announces the floor
at which the car is about to stop. EXCEPTION:
For elevators other than destination-oriented elevators that have a rated
speed of 200 feet per minute (1 m/s) or less, a non-verbal audible signal
with a frequency of 1500 Hz maximum which sounds as the car passes or is
about to stop at a floor served by the elevator shall be permitted. |
|
The
2010 Standards require verbal annunciators to announce floors, except where
an elevator has a rated speed of less than 200 feet per minute. |
|
|
|
407.4.8.2.2 Signal Level.
The verbal annunciator shall be 10 dB minimum above ambient, but shall not
exceed 80 dB, measured at the annunciator. |
|
|
|
|
|
407.4.8.2.3 Frequency.
The verbal annunciator shall have a frequency of 300 Hz minimum to 3000 Hz
maximum. |
|
|
|
|
|
407.4.9 Emergency Communication.
Emergency two-way communication systems shall comply with 308. Tactile
symbols and characters shall be provided adjacent to the device and shall
comply with 703.2. |
4.10.14
Emergency Communications. If provided, emergency two-way communication
systems between the elevator and a point outside the hoistway shall comply
with ASME A17.1-1990. The highest operable part of a two-way communication
system shall be a maximum of 48 in (1220 mm) from the floor of the car. It
shall be identified by a raised symbol and lettering complying with 4.30 and
located adjacent to the device. If the system uses a handset then the length
of the cord from the panel to the handset shall be at least 29 in (735 mm). If
the system is located in a closed compartment the compartment door hardware
shall conform to 4.27, Controls and Operating Mechanisms. The emergency
intercommunication system shall not require voice communication |
120-3-20-.21 (14) Emergency
Communications. If provided, emergency two-way communication systems between
the elevator and a point outside the hoist way shall comply with ASME A17.1 -
1990. The highest operable part of a two-way communication system shall be a
maximum of 48 inches(1220 mm) from the floor of the car. It shall be
identified by a raised symbol and lettering complying with 120-3-20-.41 and
located adjacent to the device. If the system uses a handset then the length
of the cord from the panel to the handset shall be at least 29 inches (735
mm). If the system is located in a closed compartment, the compartment door
hardware shall conform to rule 120-3-20-.38, Controls and Operating
Mechanisms. The emergency intercommunication system shall not require voice
communication. Note: A device that requires no
handset is easier to use by people who have difficulty reaching. Also, small
handles on handset compartment doors are not usable by people who have
difficulty grasping. Ideally, emergency two-way
communication systems should provide both voice and visual display
intercommunication so that persons with hearing impairments and persons with
vision impairments can receive information regarding the status of a rescue.
A voice intercommunication system cannot be the only means of communication because
it is not accessible to people with speech and hearing impairments. While a
voice intercommunication system is not required, at a minimum, the system
should provide both an audio and visual indication that a rescue is on the
way. |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
408 Limited-Use/Limited-Application
Elevators |
|
|
LULAÕs
are not referenced in the 1994 Standards or the Georgia Accessibility Code. |
|
|
408.1 General.
Limited-use/limited-application elevators shall comply with 408 and with ASME
A17.1 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in
Chapter 1). They shall be passenger elevators as classified by ASME A17.1.
Elevator operation shall be automatic. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.2 Elevator Landings. Landings
serving limited-use/limited-application elevators shall comply with 408.2. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.2.1 Call Buttons.
Elevator call buttons and keypads shall comply with 407.2.1. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.2.2 Hall Signals. Hall
signals shall comply with 407.2.2. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.2.3 Hoistway Signs.
Signs at elevator hoistways shall comply with 407.2.3.1. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.3 Elevator Doors.
Elevator hoistway doors shall comply with 408.3. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.3.1 Sliding Doors.
Sliding hoistway and car doors shall comply with 407.3.1 through 407.3.3 and
408.4.1. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.3.2 Swinging Doors.
Swinging hoistway doors shall open and close automatically and shall comply
with 404, 407.3.2 and 408.3.2. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.3.2.1 Power Operation.
Swinging doors shall be power-operated and shall comply with ANSI/BHMA
A156.19 (1997 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see
"Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). |
|
|
|
|
|
408.3.2.2 Duration.
Power-operated swinging doors shall remain open for 20 seconds minimum when
activated. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.4 Elevator Cars.
Elevator cars shall comply with 408.4. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.4.1 Car Dimensions and Doors.
Elevator cars shall provide a clear width 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum and a
clear depth 54 inches (1370 mm) minimum. Car doors shall be positioned at the
narrow ends of cars and shall provide 32 inches (815 mm) minimum clear width. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Cars that provide a clear width 51
inches (1295 mm) minimum shall be permitted to provide a clear depth 51
inches (1295 mm) minimum provided that car doors provide a clear opening 36
inches (915 mm) wide minimum. 2. Existing elevator cars shall be
permitted to provide a clear width 36 inches (915 mm) minimum, clear depth 54
inches (1370 mm) minimum, and a net clear platform area 15 square feet (1.4 m2)
minimum. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.4.2 Floor Surfaces.
Floor surfaces in elevator cars shall comply with 302 and 303. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.4.3 Platform to Hoistway
Clearance. The platform to hoistway clearance
shall comply with 407.4.3. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.4.4 Leveling.
Elevator car leveling shall comply with 407.4.4. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.4.5 Illumination. Elevator
car illumination shall comply with 407.4.5. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.4.6 Car Controls.
Elevator car controls shall comply with 407.4.6. Control panels shall be
centered on a side wall. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.4.7 Designations and Indicators
of Car Controls. Designations and indicators of car
controls shall comply with 407.4.7. |
|
|
|
|
|
408.4.8 Emergency Communications.
Car emergency signaling devices complying with 407.4.9 shall be provided. |
|
|
|
|
|
409
Private Residence Elevators |
|
|
|
|
|
409.1
General. Private residence elevators that are
provided within a residential dwelling unit required to provide mobility
features complying with 809.2 through 809.4 shall comply with 409 and with
ASME A17.1 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards"
in Chapter 1). They shall be passenger elevators as classified by ASME A17.1.
Elevator operation shall be automatic. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.2
Call Buttons. Call buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19
mm) minimum in the smallest dimension and shall comply with 309. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.3
Elevator Doors. Hoistway doors, car doors, and car
gates shall comply with 409.3 and 404. EXCEPTION:
Doors shall not be required to comply with the maneuvering clearance
requirements in 404.2.4.1 for approaches to the push side of swinging doors. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.3.1
Power Operation. Elevator car and hoistway doors and
gates shall be power operated and shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.19 (1997
or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced
Standards" in Chapter 1). Power operated doors and gates shall remain
open for 20 seconds minimum when activated. EXCEPTION:
In elevator cars with more than one opening, hoistway doors and gates shall
be permitted to be of the manual-open, self-close type. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.3.2
Location. Elevator car doors or gates shall be
positioned at the narrow end of the clear floor spaces required by 409.4.1. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4
Elevator Cars. Private residence elevator cars
shall comply with 409.4. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.1
Inside Dimensions of Elevator Cars. Elevator cars
shall provide a clear floor space of 36 inches (915 mm) minimum by 48 inches
(1220 mm) minimum and shall comply with 305. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.2
Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces in elevator cars shall
comply with 302 and 303. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.3
Platform to Hoistway Clearance. The clearance
between the car platform and the edge of any landing sill shall be 1 1/2 inch
(38 mm) maximum. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.4
Leveling. Each car shall automatically stop at
a floor landing within a tolerance of 1/2 inch (13 mm) under rated loading to
zero loading conditions. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.5
Illumination Levels. Elevator car illumination
shall comply with 407.4.5. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.6
Car Controls. Elevator car control buttons shall
comply with 409.4.6, 309.3, 309.4, and shall be raised or flush. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.6.1
Size. Control buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum in
their smallest dimension. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.6.2
Location. Control panels shall be on a side
wall, 12 inches (305 mm) minimum from any adjacent wall. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.7
Emergency Communications. Emergency two-way
communication systems shall comply with 409.4.7. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.7.1
Type. A telephone and emergency signal device shall be provided
in the car. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.7.2
Operable Parts. The telephone and emergency
signaling device shall comply with 309.3 and 309.4. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.7.3
Compartment. If the telephone or device is in a
closed compartment, the compartment door hardware shall comply with 309. |
|
|
|
|
|
409.4.7.4
Cord. The telephone cord shall be 29 inches (735 mm) long
minimum. |
|
|
|
|
|
410
Platform Lifts |
4.11
Platform Lifts (Wheelchair Lifts). |
120-3-20-.22
Platform Lifts (Wheelchair Lifts). |
|
|
|
410.1
General. Platform lifts shall comply with
ASME A18.1 (1999 edition or 2003 edition) (incorporated by reference, see
"Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Platform lifts shall not be
attendant-operated and shall provide unassisted entry and exit from the lift.
|
4.11.1
Location. Platform lifts (wheelchair lifts)
permitted by 4.1 shall comply with the requirements of 4.11. |
(1) Location. Platform lifts
(wheelchair lifts) permitted by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with the
requirements of rule 120-3-20-.22. |
The
2010 Standards specifically prohibit attendant operated lifts, while the 1994
Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code merely indicate they shall
facilitate unassisted entry, operation and exit. Note
this section in the 1994 Standards does not prohibit keyed operation of a
lift. In fact, the referenced
ASME A17.1 requires all lifts to be key operated. The ASME A18.1 standard referenced by the
2010 Standard does not require keyed operation. |
|
|
4.11.2
Other Requirements. If platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) are used,
they shall comply with 4.2.4, 4.5, 4.27, and ASME A17.1 Safety Code for
Elevators and Escalators, Section XX, 1990. 4.11.3
Entrance. If platform lifts are used then they shall facilitate
unassisted entry, operation, and exit from the lift in compliance with
4.11.2. |
120-3-20-.22
(2) Other Requirements. If platform lifts (wheelchair
lifts) are used, they shall comply with rules 120-3-20-13(4),
120-3-20-.16(5), 120-3-20-.38(7), and ASME A17.1 Safety Code for Elevators
and Escalators, Section XX, 1990. Note: Inclined stairway chair lifts,
and inclined and vertical platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) are available for
taken in selecting lifts as some lifts are not equally suitable for use by
both wheelchair users and semi-ambulatory individuals. (3) Entrance. If platform lifts are
used then they shall facilitate unassisted entry, operation, and exit from
the lift in compliance with rule 120-3-20-.22(2). |
|||
|
410.2
Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces in platform lifts
shall comply with 302 and 303. |
|
|||
|
410.3
Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space in platform lifts
shall comply with 305. |
|
|||
|
410.4
Platform to Runway Clearance. The clearance
between the platform sill and the edge of any runway landing shall be 1 inch
(32 mm) maximum. |
|
|
|
|
|
410.5
Operable Parts. Controls for platform lifts shall
comply with 309. |
See 4.11.2 |
|
|
|
|
410.6
Doors and Gates. Platform lifts shall have low-energy
power-operated doors or gates complying with 404.3. Doors shall remain open
for 20 seconds minimum. End doors and gates shall provide a clear width 32
inches (815 mm) minimum. Side doors and gates shall provide a clear width 42
inches (1065 mm) minimum. EXCEPTION:
Platform lifts serving two landings maximum and having doors or gates on
opposite sides shall be permitted to have self-closing manual doors or gates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER
5: GENERAL SITE AND BUILDING ELEMENTS |
|
|
|
|
|
501
General |
|
|
|
|
|
501.1
Scope. The provisions of Chapter 5 shall apply where required by
Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document. |
|
|
|
|
|
502
Parking Spaces |
4.6 Parking
and Passenger Loading Zones. |
120-3-20-.17
Parking and Passenger Loading Zones. |
|
|
|
|
4.6.1
Minimum Number. Parking spaces required to be accessible by 4.1 shall
comply with 4.6.2 through 4.6.5. Passenger loading zones required to be
accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.6.5 and 4.6.6. |
(1) Minimum Number. Parking spaces
required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.07 shall comply with rules
120-3-20-.17(2) through 120-3-20-.17(5). Passenger loading zones required to
be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.07 shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.17(5)
and 120-3-20-.17(6). |
|
|
|
502.1
General. Car and van parking spaces shall
comply with 502. Where parking spaces are marked with lines, width
measurements of parking spaces and access aisles shall be made from the
centerline of the markings. EXCEPTION:
Where parking spaces or access aisles are not adjacent to another parking
space or access aisle, measurements shall be permitted to include the full
width of the line defining the parking space or access aisle. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
502.2
Vehicle Spaces. Car parking spaces shall be 96
inches (2440 mm) wide minimum and van parking spaces shall be 132 inches
(3350 mm) wide minimum, shall be marked to define the width, and shall have
an adjacent access aisle complying with 502.3. EXCEPTION:
Van parking spaces shall be permitted to be 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum
where the access aisle is 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum. |
4.6.3
Parking Spaces. Accessible parking spaces shall be at least 96 in
(2440 mm) wide. Parking access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to
the building or facility entrance and shall comply with 4.3. Two accessible
parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig. 9). Parked vehicle
overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route. Parking
spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding
1:50 (2%) in all directions. 4.1.2(5)(b)
EXCEPTION: Provision of all required parking
spaces in conformance with "Universal Parking Design" (see appendix
A4.6.3) is permitted. A4.6.3
Parking Spaces. . . . Universal Parking Space
Design. . . . Under this design, all accessible spaces are 132 in (3350 mm)
wide with a 60 in (1525 mm) access aisle (see Fig. A5(b)). NOTE:
Figure 9 indicates the access aisle shall be a minimum of 60 inches (1525 mm)
wide for cars or a minimum of 96 inches (2440 mm) wide for vans. The
accessible route connected to the access aisle at the front of the parking
spaces shall be a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm). |
120-3-20-.17 (3) Parking Spaces.
Accessible parking spaces shall be at least 96 inches (2440 mm) wide. Parking
access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to the building or
facility entrance and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14. Two accessible
parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig.9). Parked vehicle
overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route. Parking
spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding
1:50 (2%) in all directions. Note: The increasing use of vans with
side-mounted lifts or ramps by persons with disabilities has necessitated
some revisions in specifications for parking spaces and adjacent access
aisles. The typical accessible parking space is 96 inches (2440 mm) wide with
an adjacent 60 inches (1525 mm) access aisle. However, this aisle does not
permit lifts or ramps to be deployed and still leave room for a person using
a wheelchair or other mobility aid to exit the lift platform or ramp. In
tests conducted with actual lift/van/wheelchair combinations, (under a
Board-sponsored Accessible Parking and Loading Zones Project) researchers
found that a space and aisle totaling almost 204 inches (5180 mm) wide was
needed to deploy a lift and exit conveniently. The "van accessible"
parking space required by these rules provides a 96 inches (2440 mm) wide
space with a 96 inches (2440 mm) adjacent access aisle which is just wide
enough to maneuver and exit from a side mounted lift. If a 96 inches (2440 mm) access aisle
is placed between two spaces, two "van accessible" spaces are
created. , An essential consideration for any
design is having the access aisle level with the parking space. Since a
person with a disability, using a lift or ramp, must maneuver within the
access aisle, the aisle cannot include a ramp or sloped area. The access
aisle must be connected to an accessible route to the appropriate accessible
entrance of a building or facility.
The parking access aisle must either blend with the accessible route
or have a curb ramp complying with rule 120-3-20-.18. Such a curb ramp opening must be
located within the access aisle boundaries, not within the parking space
boundaries. Unfortunately, many
facilities are designed with a ramp that is blocked when any vehicle parks in
the accessible space. Also, the required dimensions of the access aisle
cannot be restricted by planters, curbs or wheel stops. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify a constant 96 inch wide
parking space and widen the access aisles for van parking spaces. The 2010
Standards specify a constant 60 inch minimum access aisle on all accessible
parking spaces (see below) and widen their van parking spaces (similar to the
ÒUniversal Parking Space DesignÓ in the 1994 StandardsÕ appendix). The 2010
Standards maintain the 60 inch access aisle because experience has shown that
the 96 inch wide van access aisles specified in the 1994 Standards are often
mistaken for or misused as additional accessible parking spaces. |
|
|
502.3
Access Aisle. Access aisles serving parking spaces
shall comply with 502.3. Access aisles shall adjoin an accessible route. Two
parking spaces shall be permitted to share a common access aisle. |
|
|
|
|
|
502.3.1
Width. Access aisles serving car and van parking spaces shall be
60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum. |
4.1.2(5)(a)
Except as provided in (b), access aisles adjacent to accessible spaces shall
be 60 in (1525 mm) wide minimum. |
120-3-20-.07 (e)(1)Except as provided
in (b), access aisles adjacent to accessible spaces shall be 60 inches (1525
mm) wide minimum. |
|
|
|
502.3.2
Length. Access aisles shall extend the full length of the parking
spaces they serve. |
|
|
|
|
|
502.3.3
Marking. Access aisles shall be marked so as
to discourage parking in them. |
|
|
|
|
|
502.3.4
Location. Access aisles shall not overlap the
vehicular way. Access aisles shall be permitted to be placed on either side
of the parking space except for angled van parking spaces which shall have
access aisles located on the passenger side of the parking spaces. |
|
|
|
|
|
502.4
Floor or Ground Surfaces. Parking spaces and access
aisles serving them shall comply with 302. Access aisles shall be at the same
level as the parking spaces they serve. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTION:
Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. |
4.6.3
Parking Spaces. Accessible parking spaces shall be
at least 96 in (2440 mm) wide. Parking access aisles shall be part of an
accessible route to the building or facility entrance and shall comply with
4.3. Two accessible parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig.
9). Parked vehicle overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an
accessible route. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be level with
surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions. |
120-3-20-.17 (3) Parking Spaces.
Accessible parking spaces shall be at least 96 inches (2440 mm) wide. Parking
access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to the building or
facility entrance and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14. Two accessible
parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig.9). Parked vehicle
overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route. Parking
spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding
1:50 (2%) in all directions. |
|
|
|
502.5
Vertical Clearance. Parking spaces for vans and access
aisles and vehicular routes serving them shall provide a vertical clearance
of 98 inches (2490 mm) minimum. |
4.6.5
Vertical Clearance. Provide minimum vertical
clearance of 114 in (2895 mm) at accessible passenger loading zones and along
at least one vehicle access route to such areas from site entrance(s) and
exit(s). At parking spaces complying with 4.1.2(5)(b), provide minimum
vertical clearance of 98 in (2490 mm) at the parking space and along at least
one vehicle access route to such spaces from site entrance(s) and
exit(s). |
120-3-20-.17 (5) Vertical Clearance.
Provide minimum vertical clearance of 114 inches (2895 mm) at accessible
passenger loading zones and along at least one vehicle access route to such
areas from site entrance(s) and exit(s).
At parking spaces complying with rule 120-3-20-.07(e)(2), provide
minimum vertical clearance of 98 inches (2490 mm) at the parking space and
along at least one vehicle access route to such spaces from site entrance(s)
and exit(s). Note: High-top vans, which disabled
people or transportation services often use, require higher clearances in
parking garages than automobiles. |
|
|
|
502.6
Identification. Parking space identification signs
shall include the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with
703.7.2.1. Signs identifying van parking spaces shall contain the designation
"van accessible." Signs shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum above
the finish floor or ground surface measured to the bottom of the sign. |
4.6.4
Signage. Accessible parking spaces shall be designated as reserved by
a sign showing the symbol of accessibility (see 4.30.7). Spaces complying
with 4.1.2(5)(b) shall have an additional sign "Van-Accessible"
mounted below the symbol of accessibility. Such signs shall be located so
they cannot be obscured by a vehicle parked in the space. |
120-3-20-.17 (4) Signage. Accessible
parking spaces shall be designated as reserved by a sign complying with
120-3-20.41(7) and the following: O.C.G.A. 40-6-221 Provide a blue metal reflective sign
which is at least 12" inches width and 18" inches length and is
erected at 60" from ground to bottom of the sign in such a manner that
it will not be obscured by a vehicle parked in the space and bearing the
international symbol for accessibility. The warning required in this
subparagraph shall be centered on the sign, printed in white, and shall
occupy not less than 75 % of the sign. Spaces complying with rule
120-3-20-.07(e)(2) shall have an additional sign stating
"Van-Accessible" mounted below the symbol of accessibility. Such signs shall be located so they
cannot be obscured by a vehicle parked in the space. The bottom of signs for accessible
autos parking spaces hall be at least 60 inches above grade and 84 inches for
accessible van parking spaces. Note: Signs designating parking
places for disabled people can be seen from a driver's seat if the signs are
mounted high enough above the ground and located at the front of a parking
space. |
The
2010 Standards specify that signs be located 60 inches minimum above the
floor or ground. |
|
|
502.7
Relationship to Accessible Routes. Parking spaces and
access aisles shall be designed so that cars and vans, when parked, cannot
obstruct the required clear width of adjacent accessible routes. |
4.6.3
Parking Spaces. Accessible parking spaces shall be
at least 96 in (2440 mm) wide. Parking access aisles shall be part of an
accessible route to the building or facility entrance and shall comply with
4.3. Two accessible parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig.
9). Parked vehicle overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an
accessible route. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be level with
surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions. |
120-3-20-.17 (3) Parking Spaces.
Accessible parking spaces shall be at least 96 inches (2440 mm) wide. Parking
access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to the building or
facility entrance and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14. Two accessible
parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig.9). Parked vehicle
overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route. Parking
spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding
1:50 (2%) in all directions. |
|
|
|
503 Passenger Loading Zones |
4.6.6
Passenger Loading Zones. Passenger loading zones shall provide an
access aisle at least 60 in (1525 mm) wide and 20 ft (240 in) (6100 mm) long
adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space (see Fig. 10). If there
are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, then a curb
ramp complying with 4.7 shall be provided. Vehicle standing spaces and access
aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all
directions. NOTE: Figure 10 indicates an access aisle is
required at a passenger loading zone which is 240 inches (6100 mm) minimum,
measured parallel to the vehicle pull-up area, and 60 inches (1525 mm)
minimum, measured perpendicular to the vehicle area. This aisle must be clear
of obstructions and at the same level as the vehicle area. |
120-3-20-.17 (6) Passenger Loading
Zones. Passenger loading zones shall provide an access aisle at least 60
inches (1525 mm) wide and 20 feet (240 inches)(6100 mm) long adjacent and
parallel to the vehicle pull-up space (see Fig. 10). If there are curbs
between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, then a curb ramp
complying with rule 120-3-20-.18 shall be provided. Vehicle standing spaces
and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%)
all directions. |
|
|
|
503.1
General. Passenger loading zones shall comply
with 503. |
|
|||
|
503.2
Vehicle Pull-Up Space. Passenger loading zones shall
provide a vehicular pull-up space 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum and 20
feet (6100 mm) long minimum. |
|
|||
|
503.3
Access Aisle. Passenger loading zones shall
provide access aisles complying with 503 adjacent to the vehicle pull-up
space. Access aisles shall adjoin an accessible route and shall not overlap
the vehicular way. |
||||
|
503.3.1
Width. Access aisles serving vehicle pull-up spaces shall be 60
inches (1525 mm) wide minimum. |
|
|
||
|
503.3.2
Length. Access aisles shall extend the full length of the vehicle
pull-up spaces they serve. |
|
The
2010 Standards require that access aisles extend the full length of the
vehicle pull-up spaces they serve; 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility
Code specify a length of 20 feet minimum. |
|
|
|
503.3.3
Marking. Access aisles shall be marked so as
to discourage parking in them. |
|
|||
|
503.4
Floor and Ground Surfaces. Vehicle pull-up
spaces and access aisles serving them shall comply with 302. Access aisles
shall be at the same level as the vehicle pull-up space they serve. Changes
in level are not permitted. EXCEPTION:
Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. |
|
|
|
|
|
503.5
Vertical Clearance. Vehicle pull-up spaces, access
aisles serving them, and a vehicular route from an entrance to the passenger
loading zone, and from the passenger loading zone to a vehicular exit shall
provide a vertical clearance of 114 inches (2895 mm) minimum. |
|
|
|
|
|
504
Stairways |
4.9
Stairs. |
120-3-20-.20 Stairs. |
|
|
|
504.1
General. Stairs shall comply with 504. |
4.9.1
Minimum Number. Stairs required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply
with 4.9. |
(1) Minimum Number. Stairs required to
be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.20. Note: Only interior and exterior
stairs connecting levels that are not connected by an elevator, ramp, or
other accessible means of vertical access have to comply with rule
120-3-20-.20. |
|
|
|
504.2
Treads and Risers. All steps on a flight of stairs
shall have uniform riser heights and uniform tread depths. Risers shall be 4
inches (100 mm) high minimum and 7 inches (180 mm) high maximum. Treads shall
be 11 inches (280 mm) deep minimum. |
4.9.2
Treads and Risers. On any given flight of stairs, all
steps shall have uniform riser heights and uniform tread widths. Stair treads
shall be no less than 11 in (280 mm) wide, measured from riser to riser (see
Fig. 18(a)). Open risers are not permitted. |
120-3-20-.20 (2) Treads and Risers.
On any given flight of stairs, all steps shall have uniform riser heights and
uniform tread widths. Stair treads shall be no less than 11 inches (280 mm)
wide, measured from riser to riser (see Fig. 18(a)). Open risers are not permitted. |
|
|
|
504.3
Open Risers. Open risers are not permitted. |
See 4.9.2 |
|
|
|
|
504.4
Tread Surface. Stair treads shall comply with 302.
Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTION:
Treads shall be permitted to have a slope not steeper than 1:48. |
4.5.1* General. Ground
and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces
including floors, walks, ramps, stairs, and curb ramps, shall be stable,
firm, slip-resistant, and shall comply with 4.5. |
|
|
|
|
504.5
Nosings. The radius of curvature at the
leading edge of the tread shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum. Nosings that
project beyond risers shall have the underside of the leading edge curved or
beveled. Risers shall be permitted to slope under the tread at an angle of 30
degrees maximum from vertical. The permitted projection of the nosing shall
extend 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) maximum over the tread below. |
4.9.3
Nosings. The undersides of nosings shall not
be abrupt. The radius of curvature at the leading edge of the tread shall be
no greater than 1/2 in (13 mm). Risers shall be sloped or the underside of
the nosing shall have an angle not less than 60 degrees from the horizontal.
Nosings shall project no more than 1-1/2 in (38 mm) (see Fig. 18). |
120-3-20-.20 (3) Nosing. The
underside of nosing shall not be abrupt. The radius of curvature at the
leading edge of the tread shall be no greater than ½ inch (13
mm). Risers shall be sloped or
the underside of the nosing shall have an angle not less than 60 degrees from
the horizontal. Nosing shall project no more than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) (see
Fig. 18(a)). |
|
|
|
504.6
Handrails. Stairs shall have handrails
complying with 505. |
4.9.4
Handrails. Stairways shall have handrails at
both sides of all stairs. Handrails shall comply with 4.26 and shall have the following
features: (1) Handrails shall be continuous
along both sides of stairs. The
inside handrail on switchback or dogleg stairs shall always be continuous
(see Fig. 19(a) and (b)). (2) If handrails are not continuous,
they shall extend at least 12 in (305 mm) beyond the top riser and at least
12 in (305 mm) plus the width of one tread beyond the bottom riser. At the top, the extension shall be
parallel with the floor or ground surface. At the bottom, the handrail shall
continue to slope for a distance of the width of one tread from the bottom
riser; the remainder of the extension shall be horizontal (see Fig. 19(c) and
(d)). Handrail extensions shall
comply with 4.4. (3) The clear space between handrails
and wall shall be 1‑1/2 in (38 mm). (4) Gripping surfaces shall be
uninterrupted by newel posts, other construction elements, or obstructions. (5) Top of handrail gripping surface
shall be mounted between 34 in and 38 in (865 mm and 965 mm) above stair
nosing. (6) Ends of handrails shall be either
rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall or post. (7) Handrails shall not rotate within
their fittings. |
120-3-20-.20 (4) Handrails. Stairways
shall have handrails at both sides of all stairs. Handrails shall comply with
120-3-20-.37 and shall have the following features: (a) Handrails shall be continuous
along both sides of stairs. The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg stairs
shall always be continuous (see Fig. 19(a) and (b)). (b) If handrails are not continuous,
they shall extend at 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the top riser and at
least 12 inches (305 mm) plus the width of one tread beyond the bottom riser.
At the top, the extension shall be parallel with the floor or ground surface.
At the bottom, the handrail shall continue to slope for a distance of the
width of one tread from the bottom riser; the remainder of the extension
shall be horizontal (see Fig. 19 (c)). Handrail extensions shall comply with
rule 120-3-20-.15. (c) The clear space between the
handrail and the wall shall be 1 ½ inches (38 mm). (d) Gripping surfaces shall be
continuous, without interruption by newel posts, other construction elements,
or obstructions. (e) Handrails shall have a circular
cross section with an outside diameter of 1 ¼ inches (32 mm) minimum
and 1 ½ inches (51 mm) maximum. (f) Handrails, and any wall or other
surfaces adjacent to them, shall be free of any sharp or abrasive elements.
Edges shall have 1/8 inches (3.2 mm) minimum radius. (g) Top of handrail gripping surfaces
shall be mounted between 34 inches and 38 inches (865 mm and 965 mm) above
stair nosing. (h) Ends of handrails shall be either
rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post. (i) Handrails shall not rotate within
their fittings. (j) The design of guards and
handrails and the hardware for attaching handrails to guards, balusters, or
walls shall be such that there are no projections that may engage loose
clothing. Openings in guards shall be designed to prevent loose clothing from
becoming wedged in such openings. |
|
|
|
504.7
Wet Conditions. Stair treads and landings subject to
wet conditions shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of water. |
4.9.6
Outdoor Conditions. Outdoor stairs and their approaches shall be
designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.9.5
Detectable Warnings at Stairs. (Reserved). |
120-3-20-.20 (5) Detectable Warnings
at Stairs. (1) General. Detectable warning shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.40(4). (2) Detectable Warning at Stairs. All
stairs, except those in dwelling units, in enclosed stair towers, or set to
side of the path of travel shall have a detectable warning at the top of the
each stair run. (See Fig.41) |
|
|
|
505
Handrails |
|
|
|
|
|
505.1
General. Handrails provided along walking
surfaces complying with 403, required at ramps complying with 405, and
required at stairs complying with 504 shall comply with 505. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards regulate handrails along walking surfaces (e.g., in a hospital
or nursing room corridor). |
|
|
505.2
Where Required. Handrails shall be provided on both
sides of stairs and ramps. EXCEPTION:
In assembly areas, handrails shall not be required on both sides of aisle
ramps where a handrail is provided at either side or within the aisle width. |
4.8.5 Handrails. If
a ramp run has a rise greater than 6 in (150 mm) or a horizontal projection
greater than 72 in (1830 mm), then it shall have handrails on both sides.
Handrails are not required on curb ramps or adjacent to seating in assembly
areas. Handrails shall comply with 4.26 and shall have the following
features: (1) Handrails
shall be provided along both sides of ramp segments. The inside handrail on
switchback or dogleg ramps shall always be continuous. 4.9.4 Handrails.
Stairways shall have handrails at both sides of all stairs. Handrails shall
comply with 4.26 and shall have the following features: (1)
Handrails shall be continuous along both sides of stairs. The inside handrail
on switchback or dogleg stairs shall always be continuous (see Fig. 19(a) and
(b)). |
120-3-20-.19 (5) Handrails. If a ramp
run has a rise greater than 6 inches (150 mm) or a horizontal projection
greater than 72 inches (1830 mm), then it shall have handrails on both sides.
Handrails are not required on curb ramps or adjacent to seating in assembly
areas. Handrails shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37 and shall have the
following features: (a) Handrails shall be provided along
both sides of ramp segments. The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg
ramps shall always be continuous. |
|
|
|
120-3-20-.20 (4) Handrails. Stairways
shall have handrails at both sides of all stairs. Handrails shall comply with
120-3-20-.37 and shall have the following features: (a) Handrails shall be continuous
along both sides of stairs. The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg
stairs shall always be continuous (see Fig. 19(a) and (b)). |
|
|||
|
505.3
Continuity. Handrails shall be continuous within
the full length of each stair flight or ramp run. Inside handrails on
switchback or dogleg stairs and ramps shall be continuous between flights or
runs. EXCEPTION:
In assembly areas, handrails on ramps shall not be
required to be continuous in aisles serving seating. |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|||
|
505.4
Height. Top of gripping surfaces of handrails shall be 34 inches
(865 mm) minimum and 38 inches (965 mm) maximum vertically above walking
surfaces, stair nosings, and ramp surfaces. Handrails shall be at a
consistent height above walking surfaces, stair nosings, and ramp surfaces. |
4.9.4(5)
Top of [stair] handrail gripping surface shall be mounted between 34 in and
38 in (865 mm and 965 mm) above stair nosings. 4.8.5(5)
Top of [ramp] handrail gripping surfaces shall be mounted between 34 in and
38 in (865 mm and 965 mm) above ramp surfaces. |
120-3-20-.20 (4) (g) Top of handrail
gripping surfaces shall be mounted between 34 inches and 38 inches (865 mm
and 965 mm) above ramp surfaces. |
|
|
|
120-3-20-.19 (5) (g) Top of handrail
gripping surfaces shall be mounted between 34 inches and 38 inches (865 mm
and 965 mm) above stair nosing. |
|
|||
|
505.5
Clearance. Clearance between handrail gripping
surfaces and adjacent surfaces shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. |
4.8.5(3)
The clear space between the [ramp] handrail and the wall shall be 1 - 1/2 in
(38 mm). 4.9.4(3)
The clear space between [stair] handrails and wall shall be 1-1/2 in (38 mm).
|
120-3-20-.19 (5)(c) The clear space
between the handrail and the wall shall be 1 ½ inches (38 mm). |
The
1994 Standards require a 1 ½ inch absolute spacing between the
handrails and the wall. They
assume a wall exists, which is often not the case. The 2010 Standards specify a minimum 1
½ inch clearance between a handrail and an adjacent surface. |
|
|
120-3-20-.20 (4) (c) The clear space
between the handrail and the wall shall be 1 ½ inches (38 mm). |
||||
|
505.6
Gripping Surface. Handrail gripping surfaces shall be
continuous along their length and shall not be obstructed along their tops or
sides. The bottoms of handrail gripping surfaces shall not be obstructed for
more than 20 percent of their length. Where provided, horizontal projections
shall occur 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum below the bottom of the handrail
gripping surface. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where handrails are provided along
walking surfaces with slopes not steeper than 1:20, the bottoms of handrail
gripping surfaces shall be permitted to be obstructed along their entire
length where they are integral to crash rails or bumper guards. 2. The distance between horizontal
projections and the bottom of the gripping surface shall be permitted to be
reduced by 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) for each 1/2 inch (13 mm) of additional handrail
perimeter dimension that exceeds 4 inches (100 mm). |
4.8.5(4)
Gripping surfaces shall be continuous [ramp]. 4.9.4(4)
Gripping surfaces shall be uninterrupted by newel posts, other construction
elements, or obstructions [stairs]. |
120-3-20-.19 (5)(d) Gripping surfaces
shall be continuous, without interruption by newel posts, other construction
elements, or obstructions. |
|
|
|
505.7
Cross Section. Handrail gripping surfaces shall
have a cross section complying with 505.7.1 or 505.7.2. |
4.26.2
Size and Spacing of Grab Bars and Handrails. The diameter or width of
the gripping surfaces of a handrail or grab bar shall be 1-1/4 in to 1-1/2 in
(32 mm to 38 mm), or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface.
If handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall, the space between
the wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2 in (38 mm) (see Fig. 39(a), (b),
(c), and (e)). Handrails may be located in a recess if the recess is a
maximum of 3 in (75 mm) deep and extends at least 18 in (455 mm) above the
top of the rail (see Fig. 39(d)). |
120-3-20-.37 (2) Size and Spacing of
Grab Bars and Handrails. The diameter
or width of the gripping surfaces of a handrail or grab bar shall be 1-1/4
inches to 1-1/2 inches (32 mm to 38 mm), or the shape shall provide an
equivalent gripping surface. If
handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall, the space between the
wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) (see Fig. 39(a), (b), and
(c)). Handrails may be
located in a recess if the recess is a maximum of 3 inches (75 mm) deep and
extends at least 18 inches (455 mm) above the top of the rail (see Fig. 39(c)). Note: This specification allows for
alternate shapes of handrails as long as they allow an opposing grip similar
to that provided by a circular section of 1-1/4 inches to 1-1/2 inches (32 mm
to 38 mm). |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
505.7.1
Circular Cross Section. Handrail gripping surfaces
with a circular cross section shall have an outside diameter of 1 1/4 inches
(32 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum. |
|
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify a 1 ½ inch
maximum diameter on handrails with a circular cross section. The 2010 Standards specify a 2 inch
maximum diameter, based on research that indicates this is a more graspable
surface, even for children. |
|
|
|
505.7.2
Non-Circular Cross Sections. Handrail gripping
surfaces with a non-circular cross section shall have a perimeter dimension
of 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 1/4 inches (160 mm) maximum, and a
cross-section dimension of 2 1/4 inches (57 mm) maximum. |
|
The
2010 Standards have dimensional requirements for handrails with non-circular
cross sections. The 1994
Standards allow for an equivalent gripping surface. |
|
|
|
505.8
Surfaces. Handrail gripping surfaces and any
surfaces adjacent to them shall be free of sharp or abrasive elements and
shall have rounded edges. |
|
|
|
|
|
505.9
Fittings. Handrails shall not rotate within
their fittings. |
4.8.5(7)
[Ramp] Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings. 4.9.4(7)
[Stair] Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings. |
120-3-20-.19(5) (i) Handrails shall
not rotate within their fittings. 120-3-20-.20 (4)(i) Handrails shall
not rotate within their fittings. |
|
|
|
505.10
Handrail Extensions. Handrail gripping surfaces
shall extend beyond and in the same direction of stair flights and ramp runs
in accordance with 505.10. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Extensions shall not be required
for continuous handrails at the inside turn of switchback or dogleg stairs
and ramps. 2. In assembly areas, extensions
shall not be required for ramp handrails in aisles serving seating where the
handrails are discontinuous to provide access to seating and to permit
crossovers within aisles. |
|
|
|
|
|
3. In alterations, full extensions of
handrails shall not be required where such extensions would be hazardous due
to plan configuration |
4.1.6(3)(b)
Stairs: Full extension of handrails at stairs shall not be required in
alterations where such extensions would be hazardous or impossible due to
plan configuration. |
120-3-20-.11 (3) Special Technical
Provisions for Alterations to Existing Buildings and Facilities: (b) Stairs: Full extension of handrails
at stairs shall not be required in alterations where such extensions would be
hazardous or impossible due to plan configuration. |
|
|
|
505.10.1
Top and Bottom Extension at Ramps. Ramp handrails
shall extend horizontally above the landing for 12 inches (305 mm) minimum
beyond the top and bottom of ramp runs. Extensions shall return to a wall,
guard, or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to the handrail of an
adjacent ramp run. |
4.8.5(2)
If handrails are not continuous, they shall extend at least 12 in (305 mm)
beyond the top and bottom of the ramp segment and shall be parallel with the
floor or ground surface (see Fig. 17). 4.8.5(6)
Ends of [ramp] handrails shall be either rounded or returned smoothly to
floor, wall, or post. NOTE:
Figure 17 shows front and side elevations of ramps that provide handrail
extensions at the top and bottom that are 12 inches long minimum. The handrails are located between 34
and 38 inches high, measured from the ramp surface. Where a second rail is provided below
the handrail, it is less than 27 inches high as measured from the ramp
surface. The clear dimension
between handrails is shown to me 36 inches minimum. The
figure also illustrates four forms of edge protection: 2 inch minimum curbs along both sides
of the ramp; walls along both sides of the ramp; rail balustrades; and a ramp
surface that extends 12 inches minimum in width beyond both railings. |
120-3-20-.19 (5)(b) If handrails are
not continuous, they shall extend at least 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the top and
bottom of the ramp segment and shall be parallel with the floor or ground
surface (see Fig. 17). 120-3-20-.19 (5) (h) Ends of
handrails shall be either rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall, or
post |
|
|
|
505.10.2
Top Extension at Stairs. At the top of a stair flight,
handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing for 12 inches (305 mm)
minimum beginning directly above the first riser nosing. Extensions shall
return to a wall, guard, or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to
the handrail of an adjacent stair flight. |
4.9.4(2)
If handrails are not continuous, they shall extend at least 12 in (305 mm)
beyond the top riser and at least 12 in (305 mm) plus the width of one tread
beyond the bottom riser. At the top, the extension shall be parallel with the
floor or ground surface. At the bottom, the handrail shall continue to slope
for a distance of the width of one tread from the bottom riser; the remainder
of the extension shall be horizontal (see Fig. 19(c) and (d)). Handrail
extensions shall comply with 4.4. 4.9.4(6)
Ends of [stair] handrails shall be either rounded or returned smoothly to
floor, wall or post. |
120-3-20-.20 (4)(b) If handrails are
not continuous, they shall extend at 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the
top riser and at least 12 inches (305 mm) plus the width of one tread beyond
the bottom riser. At the top, the extension shall be parallel with the floor
or ground surface. At the bottom, the handrail shall continue to slope for a
distance of the width of one tread from the bottom riser; the remainder of
the extension shall be horizontal (see Fig. 19 (c)). Handrail extensions
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.15. (h) Ends of handrails shall be either
rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post. |
|
|
|
505.10.3
Bottom Extension at Stairs. At the bottom of a
stair flight, handrails shall extend at the slope of the stair flight for a
horizontal distance at least equal to one tread depth beyond the last riser
nosing. Extension shall return to a wall, guard, or the landing surface, or
shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight. |
|
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require an additional
horizontal extension at the bottom of the ramp, beyond the sloped extension
required by all three documents.
Research has indicated this additional horizontal projection is not
used. |
|
|
|
|
|
120-3-20-.53(4) Handrails at Ramps
and Stairs [Children]. (a) General. In addition to the
handrails required by rule 120-3-20-.19 and rule 120-3-20-.20, a second set
of handrails shall be provided complying with rule 120-3-20-.19(5) or rule
120-3-20-.20(4) and rule 120-3-20-.37, except as modified by the following
provisions. |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Height. The top of handrail
gripping surfaces shall be mounted between 20 inches and 28 inches (510 mm
and 710 mm) above ramp surfaces or stair nosing. |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Size. The gripping surfaces of
handrails shall have a diameter or width of 1 inch to 1-1/4 inches (25 mm to
30 mm), or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface. |
|
|
|
|
4.12
Windows. 4.12.1
General. (Reserved). 4.12.2
Window Hardware. (Reserved). |
120-3-20-.23 Windows. (1) General. Windows intended to be
operated by occupants in accessible spaces shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.23. (2) Window Hardware. Windows requiring
pushing, pulling, or lifting to open (for example, double-hung, sliding, or
casement and awning units without cranks) shall require no more than 5 lbf
(22.2 N) to open or close. Locks, cranks, and other window hardware should
comply with rule 120-3-20-.38. |
|
|
|
CHAPTER
6: PLUMBING ELEMENTS AND FACILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
601
General |
|
|
|
|
|
601.1
Scope. The provisions of Chapter 6 shall apply where required by
Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document. |
|
|
|
|
|
602
Drinking Fountains |
4.15
Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers. |
120-3-20-.26
Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers. |
|
|
|
602.1
General. Drinking fountains shall comply with
307 and 602. |
4.15.1Minimum
Number. Drinking fountains or water coolers
required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.15. |
(1) Minimum Number. Drinking
fountains or water coolers required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.26. |
|
|
|
602.2
Clear Floor Space. Units shall have a clear floor or
ground space complying with 305 positioned for a forward approach and
centered on the unit. Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be
provided. EXCEPTION:
A parallel approach complying with 305 shall be permitted at units for
children's use where the spout is 30 inches (760 mm) maximum above the finish
floor or ground and is 3 1/2 inches (90 mm) maximum from the front edge of
the unit, including bumpers. |
4.15.5
Clearances. (1)
Wall- and post-mounted cantilevered units shall have a clear knee space
between the bottom of the apron and the floor or ground at least 27 in (685
mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm) deep
(see Fig. 27(a) and (b)). Such units shall also have a minimum clear floor
space 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) to allow a person in a wheelchair to
approach the unit facing forward. See also Appendix 4.15.5 (2) Free-standing or built-in units
not having a clear space under them shall have a clear floor space at least
30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) that allows a person in a wheelchair to
make a parallel approach to the unit (see Fig. 27(c) and (d)). This clear
floor space shall comply with 4.2.4. NOTE: Figure 27(a)
indicates that, in addition to clearances discussed in the text, the
following knee clearance is required underneath the fountain: 27 inches (685
mm) minimum from the floor to the underside of the fountain which extends 8
inches (205 mm) minimum measured from the front edge underneath the fountain
back towards the wall; if a minimum 9 inches (230 mm) of toe clearance is
provided, a maximum of 6 inches (150 mm) of the 48 inches (1220 mm) of clear
floor space required at the fixture may extend into the toe space. (4.15.2,
4.15.5) Figure
27(b) show a 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 30 inch
(760 mm) minimum clear floor space is required for a forward approach to a
wall-mounted fountain. If the wall-mounted fountain is in an alcove, the
minimum width of the alcove is 30 inches (760 mm) and the depth is 24 inches
(610 mm) maximum. Figure
27(c) illustrates a free-standing fountain or cooler.
A 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 30 inch (760 mm) minimum clear floor space is
required for a side approach (long side parallel to the front of the fountain
or cooler). Figure
27(d) shows a built-in fountain or cooler. A
48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 30 inch (760 mm) minimum clear floor space is
required for a side approach (long side parallel to the front of the fountain
or cooler). The recess for the fountain is not to exceed the fountain depth. |
120-3-20-.26
(5) Clearances. (a) Wall mounted and post mounted
cantilevered units shall have a clear knee space between the bottom of the
apron and the floor or ground at least 27 inches (685 mm) high, 30 inches
(760 mm) wide, and 17 inches to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm) deep (see Fig.
27(a) and (b)). Such units shall also have a minimum clear floor space 30
inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) to allow a person in a wheelchair to
approach the unit facing forward. (b) Free standing or built-in units
not having a clear space under them shall have a clear floor space at least
30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) that allows a person in a
wheelchair to make a parallel approach to the unit (see Fig. 27(c) and (d)).
This clear floor space shall comply with 120-3-20-.13(4). Figure
27 Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers. 27(a) Spout Height and Knee Clearance. The 27 in (685 mm) high minimum clear
knee space must be free of equipment or obstructions for a minimum of 8 in
(205 mm) extending from the front edge of the fountain back toward the
wall. In addition, a minimum 9 in
(230 mm) high toe clearance space must be provided extending back toward the
wall to a distance no more than 6 in (150 mm) from the back wall. The toe clearance space must be free
of equipment or obstructions. |
|
|
|
602.3
Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with
309. |
4.15.4
Controls. Controls shall comply with 4.27.4.
Unit controls shall be front mounted or side mounted near the front edge. |
120-3-20-.26
(4) Controls. Controls shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.38(4). Unit controls shall be front mounted or side mounted near
the front edge. |
|
|
|
602.4
Spout Height. Spout outlets shall be 36 inches (915
mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. |
4.15.2
Spout Height. Spouts shall be no higher than 36
in (915 mm), measured from the floor or ground surfaces to the spout outlet
(see Fig. 27(a)). |
(2) Spout Height. Spouts shall be no
higher than 36 inches (915 mm), measured from the floor or ground surfaces to
the spout outlet (see Fig. 27(a)). Note: Two drinking fountains mounted
side by side or on a single post, are usable by people with disabilities and
people who find it difficult to bend over. |
|
|
|
602.5
Spout Location. The spout shall be located 15 inches
(380 mm) minimum from the vertical support and 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from
the front edge of the unit, including bumpers. |
4.15.3
Spout Location. The spouts of drinking fountains and
water coolers shall be at the front of the unit and shall direct the water
flow in a trajectory that is parallel or nearly parallel to the front of the
unit. The spout shall provide a flow of water at least 4 in (100 mm) high so
as to allow the insertion of a cup or glass under the flow of water. On an
accessible drinking fountain with a round or oval bowl, the spout must be
positioned so the flow of water is within 3 in (75 mm) of the front edge of
the fountain. |
(3) Spout Location. The spouts of
drinking fountains and water coolers shall be at the front of the unit and
shall direct the water flow in a trajectory that is parallel or nearly
parallel to the front of the unit. The spout shall provide a flow of water at
least 4 inches (100 mm) high so as to allow the insertion of a cup or glass
under the flow of water. On an accessible drinking fountain with a round or
oval bowl, the spout must be positioned so the flow of water is within 3
inches (75 mm) of the front edge of the fountain. |
|
|
|
602.6
Water Flow. The spout shall provide a flow of
water 4 inches (100 mm) high minimum and shall be located 5 inches (125 mm)
maximum from the front of the unit. The angle of the water stream shall be
measured horizontally relative to the front face of the unit. Where spouts
are located less than 3 inches (75 mm) of the front of the unit, the angle of
the water stream shall be 30 degrees maximum. Where spouts are located
between 3 inches (75 mm) and 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front of the
unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 15 degrees maximum. |
|
|||
|
602.7
Drinking Fountains for Standing Persons. Spout
outlets of drinking fountains for standing persons shall be 38 inches (965
mm) minimum and 43 inches (1090 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. |
|
|
Note
the technical requirements for drinking fountains for standing persons in the
2010 Standards. |
|
|
|
|
120-3-20-.53 (5) Drinking Fountains
and Water Coolers [Children]. (a) General. Drinking fountains or
water coolers required to be wheelchair accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall
comply with rule 120-3-20- .26, except as modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(5).
The requirements in rule 120-3-20-.26(2) and rule 120-3-20-.26(5) are
modified by the following provisions. |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Spout Height. Spouts shall be no
higher than 30 inches (760 mm), measured from the floor or ground surface to
the spout outlet. |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) Clearances. Wall-mounted and
post-mounted cantilevered units shall have a clear knee space between the
bottom of the apron and the floor or ground at least 24 inches (610 mm) high
and 8 inches (205 mm) deep, measured from the leading edge of the fountain.
Clear toe space shall be 12 inches (305 mm) high minimum, measured from the
finish floor. Such units shall also have a minimum clear floor space 30
inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) to allow a forward approach to the
unit. The clear floor space may extend a maximum of 14 inches (305 mm)
underneath the fountain. |
|
|
|
603
Toilet and Bathing Rooms |
|
120-3-20-.33
Toilet Rooms. |
|
|
|
4.23 Bathrooms, Bathing
Facilities, and Shower Rooms. |
120-3-20-.34
Bathrooms, Bathing Facilities, and Shower Rooms. |
|
||
|
603.1
General. Toilet and bathing rooms shall
comply with 603. |
4.22.1
Minimum Number. Toilet facilities required to be accessible by 4.1
shall comply with 4.22. Accessible toilet rooms shall be on an accessible
route. |
120-3-20-.33 (1) Minimum Number [Toilet Rooms]. Toilet facilities required to be
accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.33. Accessible toilet rooms shall be on an
accessible route. (1)
Minimum Number [Bathrooms, Bathing
Facilities, and Shower Rooms].
Bathrooms, bathing facilities, or shower rooms required to be
accessible by rule 120-3-20-.08 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.34 and shall
be on an accessible route. |
|
|
|
4.23.1
Minimum Number. Bathrooms, bathing facilities, or shower rooms
required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.23 and shall be on an
accessible route. |
|
|||
|
603.2
Clearances. Clearances shall comply with 603.2. |
4.22.3
Clear Floor Space [Toilet Rooms]. The accessible
fixtures and controls required in 4.22.4, 4.22.5, 4.22.6, and 4.22.7 shall be
on an accessible route. An unobstructed turning space complying with 4.2.3
shall be provided within an accessible toilet room. The clear floor space at
fixtures and controls, the accessible route, and the turning space may
overlap. |
120-3-20-.33 3) Clear Floor Space
[Toilet Rooms]. The accessible
fixtures and controls required in rules 120-3-20-33(4), 120-3-20-.33(5),
120-3-20-.33(6), and 120-3-20-.33(7) shall be on an accessible route. An unobstructed turning space
complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(3) shall be provided within an accessible
toilet room. The clear floor space at fixtures and controls, the accessible
route, and the turning space may overlap. Note: In many small facilities, single-user
rest rooms may be the only facilities provided for all building users. In addition, the rules allow the use
of ÒunisexÓ or ÒfamilyÓ accessible toilet rooms in alterations when technical
infeasibility can be demonstrated.
Experience has shown that the provision of accessible ÒunisexÓ or
single-user rest rooms is a reasonable way to provide access for wheel chair
users and any attendants, especially when attendants are of the opposite
sex. Since these facilities have
proven so useful, it is often considered advantageous to install a ÒunisexÓ
toilet room in new facilities in addition to making the multi-stall rest
rooms accessible, especially in shopping malls, large auditoriums, and
convention centers. |
|
|
|
603.2.1
Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304
shall be provided within the room. |
|
|||
|
603.2.2
Overlap. Required clear floor spaces,
clearance at fixtures, and turning space shall be permitted to overlap. |
|
|
||
|
|
|
Figure 28 (section rule 120-3-20-.27)
provides minimum clear floor space dimensions for toilets in accessible
ÒunisexÓ toilet rooms. The dotted
lines designate the minimum clear floor space, depending on the direction of
approach, required for wheelchair users to transfer onto the water
closet. The dimensions of 48
inches (1220 mm) and 60 inches (1525 mm), respectively, correspond to the
space required for the two common transfer approaches utilized by wheelchair
users (see Fig. A6). It is
important to keep in mind that the placement of the lavatory to the immediate
side of the water closet will preclude the side approach transfer illustrated
in Figure A6(b). To accommodate
the side transfer, the space adjacent to the water closet must remain clear
of obstruction of 42 inches (1065 mm) from the centerline of the toilet
(Figure 28) and the lavatory must not be located within this clear space. A turning circle or T-turn, the clear
floor space at the lavatory, and maneuvering space at the door must be
considered when determining the possible wall locations. A privacy latch or other accessible
means of ensuring privacy during use should be provided at the door. |
|
|
|
|
|
RECOMMENDATIONS: 1. In new construction, accessible
single-user rest rooms may be desirable in some situations because they can
accommodate a wide variety of building users. However, they cannot be used in lieu
of making the multi-stall toilet rooms accessible as required. 2. Where strict compliance to the rules
for accessible toilet facilities is technically infeasible in the alteration
of existing facilities, accessible ÒunisexÓ toilets are a reasonable
alternative. 3. In designing accessible single-user
rest rooms, the provisions of adequate space to allow a side transfer will
provide accommodation to the largest number of wheelchair users. |
|
|
|
|
4.23.3
Clear Floor Space [Bathrooms, Bathing Facilities, and Shower Rooms].
The accessible fixtures and controls required in 4.23.4, 4.23.5, 4.23.6,
4.23.7, 4.23.8, and 4.23.9 shall be on an accessible route. An unobstructed
turning space complying with 4.2.3 shall be provided within an accessible
bathroom. The clear floor spaces at fixtures and controls, the accessible
route, and the turning space may overlap. |
120-3-20-.34 (3) Clear Floor
Space. The accessible fixtures
and controls required in rules 120-3-20-.34(4), 120-3-20-.34(5),
120-3-20-.34(6), 120-3-20-.34(7), 120-3-20-.34(8), and 120-3-20-.34(9) shall
be on an accessible route. An
unobstructed turning space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(3) shall be
provided within an accessible bathroom. The clear floor spaces at fixtures
and controls, the accessible route, and the turning space may overlap. Note: Figure A7 shows two possible
configurations of a toilet room with a roll-in shower. The specific shower shown is designed
to fit exactly within the dimensions of a standard bathtub. Since the shower does not have a lip,
the floor space can be used for required maneuvering space. This would permit a toilet room to be
smaller than would be permitted with a bathtub and still provide enough floor
space to be considered accessible.
This design can provide accessibility in facilities where space is at a
premium (i.e., hotels and medical care facilities). The alternate roll-in shower (Fig.
57b) also provides sufficient room for the ÒT-turnÓ and does not require
plumbing to be on more than one wall. |
|
|
|
|
|
120-3-20-.54 (5)(g) Clear Floor Space
[Residential]. Clear floor space at fixtures shall be permitted to overlap. |
|
|
|
603.2.3
Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into the clear
floor space or clearance required for any fixture. Doors shall be permitted
to swing into the required turning space. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Doors to a toilet room or bathing
room for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for
common use or public use shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor
space or clearance provided the swing of the door can be reversed to comply
with 603.2.3. 2. Where the toilet room or bathing
room is for individual use and a clear floor space complying with 305.3 is
provided within the room beyond the arc of the door swing, doors shall be
permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any
fixture. |
4.22.2
Doors [Toilet Rooms]. All doors to accessible toilet rooms shall
comply with 4.13. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space required
for any fixture. |
120-3-20-.33 (2) Doors [Toilet Rooms].
All doors to accessible toilet rooms shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.24. Doors shall not
swing into the clear floor space required for any fixture. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code prohibit doors from swinging
into the clear floor space of any fixture in all toilet and bathing
facilities. The 2010 Standards
permit doors to swing into the clear floor spaces in certain private rooms
where the door swing can be reversed.
The condition is also permitted in single use toilet or bathing
facilities where a 30 inch by 48 inch clear floor space is provided clear of
the arc of the door swing. This
permits someone in a wheelchair to be clear of the door as it is opening or
closing. |
|
|
4.23.2
Doors Space [Bathrooms, Bathing Facilities, and Shower Rooms]. Doors
to accessible bathrooms shall comply with 4.13. Doors shall not swing into
the floor space required for any fixture. |
120-3-20-.34 (2) Doors Space [Bathrooms,
Bathing Facilities, and Shower Rooms]. Doors to accessible bathrooms shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.24.
Doors shall not swing into the floor space required for any fixture. |
|||
|
120-3-20-.54 (4)(a) Doors
[Residential Bathrooms]. Doors
shall not swing into the clear floor space required for any fixture unless
the toilet or bathroom is for individual use only, or a clear floor space
complying with rule 120-3-20.4.1 is provided beyond the arc of the door swing
within the room. |
||||
|
603.3
Mirrors. Mirrors located above lavatories or
countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface
40 inches (1015 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Mirrors not
located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom
edge of the reflecting surface 35 inches (890 mm) maximum above the finish
floor or ground. |
4.22.6
Lavatories and Mirrors [Toilet Rooms]. If
lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply
with 4.19. |
120-3-20-.33 6) Lavatories and
Mirrors. If lavatories and
mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.30. |
The
2010 Standards specify that mirrors not located above lavatories, sinks or
counters must have a reflecting surface 35 inches maximum above the
floor. This accommodates persons
of short stature. |
|
|
4.23.6
Lavatories and Mirrors Space [Bathrooms, Bathing Facilities, and Shower
Rooms]. If lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each
shall comply with 4.19. |
120-3-20-.34 (6) Lavatories and
Mirrors. If lavatories and
mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with rule
120-2-20-.30. |
|||
|
4.19.6
Mirrors. Mirrors shall be mounted with the bottom edge of the
reflecting surface no higher than 40 in (1015 mm) above the finish floor (see
Fig. 31). |
120-3-20-.30 (6) Mirrors. Mirrors shall be mounted with the
bottom edge of the reflecting surface no higher than 40 inches (1015 mm)
above the finish floor (see Fig. 31).
Note: If mirrors are to be used by both
ambulatory people and wheelchair users, then they must be at least 74 inches
(1880 mm) high at their topmost edge.
A single full length can accommodate all people, including children. |
|||
|
603.4
Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks shall be located
within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40
inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish
floor. |
|
|
|
|
|
604
Water Closets and Toilet Compartments |
120-3-20-.27
Water Closets. |
|
||
|
4.17
Toilet Stalls. |
120-3-20-.28
Toilet Stalls. |
|
||
|
604.1
General. Water closets and toilet compartments
shall comply with 604.2 through 604.8. EXCEPTION:
Water closets and toilet compartments for children's use shall be permitted
to comply with 604.9. |
4.16.1
General. Accessible water closets shall
comply with 4.16.2 through 4.16.6. See also Appendix 4.16.1 |
120-3-20-.27
(1) General.
Accessible water closets shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27. |
The
2010 Standards include an exception for water closets and toilet compartments
for childrenÕs use. |
|
|
4.17.1
Location. Accessible toilet stalls shall be on
an accessible route and shall meet the requirements of 4.17.2 through 4.17.6.
4.17.2
Water Closets. Water closets in accessible stalls
shall comply with 4.16. See also Appendix 4.17.1 |
120-3-20-.28 (1) Location. Accessible toilet stalls shall be on
an accessible route and shall meet the requirements of rule
120-3-20-.28. 120-3-20-.28 (2) Water Closets. Water closets in accessible stalls
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27.
|
|
||
|
604.2
Location. The water closet shall be positioned
with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The centerline of the
water closet shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum to 18 inches (455 mm)
maximum from the side wall or partition, except that the water closet shall
be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum from the side
wall or partition in the ambulatory accessible toilet compartment specified
in 604.8.2. Water closets shall be arranged for a left-hand or right-hand
approach. |
4.16.2
Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space for water closets
not in stalls shall comply with Fig. 28. Clear floor space may be arranged to
allow either a left-handed or right-handed approach. NOTE: Figure
28 shows that for a front transfer to the water closet, the minimum clear
floor space at the water closet is a minimum 48 inches (1220 mm) in width by
a minimum of 66 inches (1675 mm) in length. For a diagonal transfer to the
water closet, the minimum clear floor space is a minimum of 48 inches (1220
mm) in width by a minimum of 56 inches (1420 mm) in length. For a side transfer
to the water closet, the minimum clear floor space is a minimum of 60 inches
(1525 mm) in width by a minimum of 56 inches (1420 mm) in length. The
centerline of the water closet is 18 inches from the side wall. |
120-3-20-.27 (2) Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space for water closets not
in stalls shall comply with Fig. 28.
Clear floor space may be arranged to allow either a left-handed or
right-handed approach. Figure 28 Clear Floor Space at Water
Closets.
For a side or front approach, the water closet must be located along
the back wall and the centerline of the water closet must be 18 in (455 mm)
from the side wall with the side grab bar.
For a front approach/transfer, there must be a clear floor space at
the water closet that is a minimum 48 in (1220 mm) in width (parallel to the
back wall) and a minimum of 66 in (1675 mm) in length. If there is no stall, an accessible
lavatory may overlap the clear floor space at the back wall as long as a minimum
18 in (455 mm) clearance is maintained between the centerline of the water
closet and the nearest edge of the lavatory.
For a side approach/transfer, there must be a clear floor space at the
water closet that is a minimum of 48 in (1220 mm) in width (parallel to the
back wall) and a minimum of 56 in (1420 mm) in length. If there is no stall, an accessible
lavatory may overlap the clear floor space at the back wall as along as a
minimum 18 in (455 mm) clearance is maintained between the centerline of the
water closet and the nearest edge of the lavatory.
For a forward and side approach or for a lateral transfer, there must
be a clear floor space at the water closet that is a minimum of 60 in (1525
mm) in width (parallel to the back wall) and a minimum of 56 in (1420 mm) in
length. There must be a clear
floor space of 42 in (1066 mm) minimum from the centerline of the water
closet to the nearest obstruction/wall.
A lavatory may not overlap this clear space. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify an absolute dimension
of 18 inches from the centerline of the water closet to the side wall. The 2010 Standards specify a dimension
of 16 to 18 inches, based on research done at Syracuse University. |
|
|
604.3
Clearance. Clearances around water closets and
in toilet compartments shall comply with 604.3. |
|
|
||
|
604.3.1
Size. Clearance around a water closet shall be 60 inches (1525
mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the side wall and 56 inches (1420 mm)
minimum measured perpendicular from the rear wall. |
|
The
1994 Standards specify different clearance dimensions based on the presumed
approach to the water closet by someone in a wheelchair and whether a
lavatory is located near the water closet. The 2010 Standards specify a larger
clearance around the water closet, prohibiting any element (including a
lavatory) from encroaching to within 60 inches of the side wall. |
|
|
|
604.3.2
Overlap. The required clearance around the
water closet shall be permitted to overlap the water closet, associated grab
bars, dispensers, sanitary napkin disposal units, coat hooks, shelves,
accessible routes, clear floor space and clearances required at other
fixtures, and the turning space. No other fixtures or obstructions shall be
located within the required water closet clearance. |
|
|
||
|
EXCEPTION:
In residential dwelling units, a lavatory complying with 606 shall be
permitted on the rear wall 18 inches (455 mm) minimum from the water closet
centerline where the clearance at the water closet is 66 inches (1675 mm)
minimum measured perpendicular from the rear wall. |
120-3-20-.54 (4)(2) Water Closets
[Residential]. (a) Clear floor space at the water
closet shall be as shown in Fig. 47(a).
The water closet may be located with the clear area at either side of
the water closet. |
|||
|
604.4
Seats. The seat height of a water closet above the finish floor
shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured
to the top of the seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted
position. EXCEPTIONS:
1. A water closet in a toilet room
for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for
common use or public use shall not be required to comply with 604.4. |
4.16.3
Height. The height of water closets shall be 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to
485 mm), measured to the top of the toilet seat (see Fig. 29(b)). Seats shall
not be sprung to return to a lifted position. Note: In Figure 29(b) the top of the seat of
the water closet is 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm). |
120-3-20-.27 (3) Height. The height of water closets shall be
17 inches to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm), measured to the top of the toilet
seat (see Fig. 29(b)). Note: Height preferences for toilet seats
vary considerably among disabled people.
Higher seat heights may be an advantage to some ambulatory disabled
people, but are often a disadvantage for wheelchair users and others. Toilet seats 18 inches (455 mm) high
seem to be a reasonable compromise.
Thick seats and filler rings are available to adapt standard fixtures
to these requirements. |
The
2010 Standards have exceptions for water closet seat heights in certain
private toilet rooms. This is
permitted by the 1994 Standards as an ÒadaptableÓ feature. |
|
|
2. In residential dwelling units, the
height of water closets shall be permitted to be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum
and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of
the seat. |
120-3-20-.54 (4) (2)(b) [Residential]
Water closet height shall be from 15 inches (380 mm) minimum to 19 inches
(485 mm) maximum, measured from the floor to the top of the toilet seat. |
|||
|
604.5
Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets shall
comply with 609. Grab bars shall be provided on the side wall closest to the
water closet and on the rear wall. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Grab bars shall not be required to
be installed in a toilet room for a single occupant accessed only through a
private office and not for common use or public use provided that
reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to permit the
installation of grab bars complying with 604.5. 2. In residential dwelling units,
grab bars shall not be required to be installed in toilet or bathrooms
provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to
permit the installation of grab bars complying with 604.5. 3. In detention or correction
facilities, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in housing or
holding cells that are specially designed without protrusions for purposes of
suicide prevention. |
4.16.4
Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets not
located in stalls shall comply with 4.26 and Fig. 29. The grab bar behind the
water closet shall be 36 in (915 mm) minimum. |
120-3-20-.27 (4) Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets not
located in stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37 and Fig. 29. The grab bar behind the water closet
shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum.
Note: Fig. A6(a) and (b) show the diagonal
and side approaches most commonly used to transfer from a wheelchair to a
water closet. Some wheelchair
users can transfer from the front of the toilet while others use a 90-degree
approach. Most people who use the
two additional approaches can also use either the diagonal approach or the
side approach. 120-3-20-.54 (4)(2)(c) [Residential]
Grab bars shall be installed as shown in Fig. 29 and comply with rule 120-3-20-.37,
or structural reinforcement or other provisions shall be made that will allow
installation of grab bars in the locations shown in Fig 47(b). |
The
2010 Standards have exceptions for water closet grab bars in certain private
toilet rooms. This is permitted
by the 1994 Standards as an ÒadaptableÓ feature. |
|
|
604.5.1
Side Wall. The side wall grab bar shall be 42
inches (1065 mm) long minimum, located 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the
rear wall and extending 54 inches (1370 mm) minimum from the rear wall. |
Note: In Figure 29(a) a 36 inches (915 mm) minimum length grab bar,
mounted 33-36 inches (840-915 mm) above the finish floor, is required behind
the water closet. The grab bar must extend at least 12 inches (305 mm) from
the centerline of the water closet toward the side wall and at least 24
inches (610 mm) from the centerline of the water closet toward the open side. In Figure 29(b) a 42 inch (1065 mm)
minimum length grab bar is required to the side of the water closet spaced 12
inches (305 mm) maximum from the back wall and extending a minimum of 54
inches (1370 mm) from the back wall at a height between 33 and 36 inches
(840-915 mm). The toilet paper dispenser shall be mounted at a minimum height
of 19 inches (485 mm). (4.16.3, 4.16.4, 4.16.6) |
Figure 29 Grab Bars at Water Closets.
29(a) Back Wall. A 36 in
(915 mm) minimum length grab bar, mounted 33-36 in (840-915 mm) above the
finish floor, is required behind the water closet. The grab bar must extend at least 12
in (305) from the centerline of the water closet toward the side wall and at
least 24 in (610 mm) from the centerline of the water closet toward the open
side.
29(b) Side Wall. A 42 in
(1065 mm) minimum length grab bar is required on the side wall, spaced a
maximum of 12 in (305 mm) from the back wall and extending a minimum of 54 in
(1370 mm) from the back wall at a height of 33-36 in (840-915 mm). |
|
|
|
604.5.2
Rear Wall. The rear wall grab bar shall be 36
inches (915 mm) long minimum and extend from the centerline of the water
closet 12 inches (305 mm) minimum on one side and 24 inches (610 mm) minimum
on the other side. EXCEPTIONS:
1. The rear grab bar shall be
permitted to be 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum, centered on the water
closet, where wall space does not permit a length of 36 inches (915 mm)
minimum due to the location of a recessed fixture adjacent to the water
closet. 2. Where an administrative authority
requires flush controls for flush valves to be located in a position that
conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar, then the rear grab bar
shall be permitted to be split or shifted to the open side of the toilet
area. |
NOTE: In
Figure 29(a) a 36 inch (915 mm) minimum length grab bar is required behind
the water closet mounted at a height between 33 and 36 inches (840-915 mm).
The grab bar must extend a minimum of 12 inches (305) beyond the center of
the water closet toward the side wall and a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm)
toward the open side for either a left or right side approach. Figure 30(c) indicates the grab bar
on the back wall shall be 36 inches minimum in length, extending from the
wall toward the open side of the water closet, 33-36 inches above the finish
floor. |
|
The
2010 Standards permit a 24 inch minimum grab bar on the rear wall where a
recessed fixture is located next to the water closet. It also permits a rear grab bar to be
split or offset where an administrative authority requires the flush control
to be located in a position that conflicts with the grab bar placement. |
|
|
604.6
Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand
operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309.
Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet except
in ambulatory accessible compartments complying with 604.8.2. |
4.16.5
Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic and
shall comply with 4.27.4. Controls for flush valves shall be mounted on the
wide side of toilet areas no more than 44 in (1120 mm) above the floor.
|
120-3-20-.27 (5) Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated
or automatic and shall comply with 120-3-20-.38(4). Controls for flush valves shall be
mounted on the wide side of toilet areas no more than 44 inches (1120 mm)
above the floor. Note: Flush valves and related plumbing can
be located behind walls or to the side of the toilet, or a toilet seat lid
can be provided if plumbing fittings are directly behind the toilet
seat. Such designs reduce the
chance of injury and imbalance cause by leaning back against the
fittings. Flush controls for
tank-type toilets have a standardized mounting location on the left side of
the tank (facing the tank). Tanks
can be obtained by special order with controls mounted on the right side. If administrative authorities require
flush controls for flush valves to be located in a position that conflicts
with the location of the rear grab bar, then that bar may be split or shifted
toward the wide side of the toilet area. |
|
|
|
604.7
Dispensers. Toilet
paper dispensers shall comply with 309.4 and shall be 7 inches (180 mm)
minimum and 9 inches (230 mm) maximum in front of the water closet measured
to the centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be 15
inches (380 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish
floor and shall not be located behind grab bars. Dispensers shall not be of a
type that controls delivery or that does not allow continuous paper flow. |
4.16.6
Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall be installed within reach,
as shown in Fig. 29(b). Dispensers that control delivery, or that do not
permit continuous paper flow, shall not be used. NOTE: In Figure 29(b) the toilet paper
dispenser is required to be mounted at a minimum height of 19 inches (485
mm). (4.16.3, 4.16.4, 4.16.6) |
120-3-20-.27 (6) Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall be
installed within reach, as shown in Fig. 29(b). Dispensers that control delivery, or
that do not permit continuous paper flow, shall not be used. Fig. 29(b) . . .The toilet paper
dispenser shall be mounted below the grab bar, at a minimum height of 19 in
(485 mm). (d) [Residential] The toilet paper
dispenser shall be installed within reach in Fig. 47(b). |
The
2010 Standards specify the distance between the toilet paper dispenser and
the front of the water closet. |
|
|
604.8
Toilet Compartments. Wheelchair accessible toilet
compartments shall meet the requirements of 604.8.1 and 604.8.3. Compartments
containing more than one plumbing fixture shall comply with 603. Ambulatory
accessible compartments shall comply with 604.8.2 and 604.8.3. |
|
|
|
|
|
604.8.1
Wheelchair Accessible Compartments. Wheelchair
accessible compartments shall comply with 604.8.1. |
|
|
|
|
|
604.8.1.1
Size. Wheelchair accessible compartments shall be 60 inches
(1525 mm) wide minimum measured perpendicular to the side wall, and 56 inches
(1420 mm) deep minimum for wall hung water closets and 59 inches (1500 mm)
deep minimum for floor mounted water closets measured perpendicular to the
rear wall. Wheelchair accessible compartments for children's use shall be 60
inches (1525 mm) wide minimum measured perpendicular to the side wall, and 59
inches (1500 mm) deep minimum for wall hung and floor mounted water closets
measured perpendicular to the rear wall. |
4.17.3
Size and Arrangement. The size and arrangement of the standard toilet
stall shall comply with Fig. 30(a), Standard Stall. Standard toilet stalls
with a minimum depth of 56 in (1420 mm) (see Fig. 30(a)) shall have
wall-mounted water closets. If the depth of a standard toilet stall is
increased at least 3 in (75 mm), then a floor-mounted water closet may be
used. Arrangements shown for standard toilet stalls may be reversed to allow
either a left- or right-hand approach. Additional stalls shall be provided in
conformance with 4.22.4. EXCEPTION:
In instances of alteration work where provision of a standard stall (Fig.
30(a)) is technically infeasible or where plumbing code requirements prevent
combining existing stalls to provide space, either alternate stall (Fig.
30(b)) may be provided in lieu of the standard stall. |
120-3-20-.28 (3) Size and
Arrangement. The size and
arrangement of the standard toilet stall shall comply with Fig. 30(a),
Standard Stall. Standard toilet
stalls with a minimum depth of 56 inches (1420 mm) (see Fig. 30(a)) shall
have wall-mounted water closets.
If the depth of a standard toilet stall is increased at least 3 inches
(75 mm), then a floor - mounted water closet may be used. Arrangements shown for standard toilet
stalls may be reversed to allow either a left- or right - hand approach. Additional stalls shall be provided in
conformance with rule 102-3-20-.33(4). EXCEPTION: In instances of alteration
work where provision of a standard stall (Fig. 30(a)) is technically
infeasible or where plumbing code requirements prevent combining existing
stalls to provide space, either alternate stall (Fig. 30(b)) may be provided
in lieu of the standard stall.
Note: This section requires use of the 60
inches (1525 mm) standard stall (Figure 30(a)) and permits the 36 inches (915
mm) or 48 inches (1120 mm) wide alternate stall (Figure 30(b)) only in
alterations where provision of the standard stall is technically infeasible
or where local plumbing codes prohibit reduction in the number of
fixtures. A standard stall
provides a clear space on one side of the water closet to enable persons who
use wheelchairs to perform a side or diagonal transfer from the wheelchair to
the water closet. However, some
persons with disabilities who use mobility aids such as walkers, canes or
crutches are better able to use the two parallel grab bars in the 36 inches
(915 ,,) wide alternate stall to achieve a standing position. In large toilet rooms, where six or
more toilet stalls are provided, it is therefore required that a 36 inches
(915 mm) wide stall with parallel grab bars be provided in addition to the
standard stall required in new construction. The 36 inches (915 mm) width is
necessary to achieve proper use of the grab bars; wider stalls would position
the grab bars to far apart to be easily used and narrower stalls would
position the grab bars too close to the water closet. Since the stall is primarily intended
for use by persons using canes, crutches and walkers, rather than
wheelchairs, the length of the stall could be conventional. The door, however, must swing outward
to ensure a usable space for people who use crutches or walkers. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code include specifications for
smaller alternate stalls. The
2010 Standards do not. |
|
|
|
NOTE: In Figure 30(a), the location
of the door is illustrated to be in front of the clear space (next to the
water closet), with a maximum stile width of 4 inches (100 mm). An alternate
door location is illustrated to be on the side of the toilet stall with a
maximum stile width of 4 inches (100 mm). The minimum width of the standard
stall shall be 60 inches (1525 mm). The centerline of the water closet shall
be 18 inches (455 mm) from the side wall. Figure
30(a-1) indicates that where a standard stall is provided at the end of a row
of stalls, the door (if located on the side of the stall) may swing into to
the stall, if the length of the stall is extended at least a minimum of 36
inches (915 mm) beyond the required minimum length. In Figure
30(b), two alternate stalls are illustrated; one alternate stall
is required to be 36 inches (915 mm) in width. The other alternate stall is
required to be a minimum of 48 inches (1220 mm) in width. If a wall mounted
water closet is used, the depth of the stall is required to be a minimum of
66 inches (1675 mm). If a floor mounted water closet is used, the depth of
the stall is required to be a minimum of 69 inches (1745 mm). The 36 inch
wide stall shall have parallel grab bars on the side walls. The 48 inch
minimum stall shall have a grab bar behind the water closet and one on the
side wall next to the water closet. In each alternate, the centerline of the
water closet is 18 inches (455 mm) from a side wall. |
Figure 30 Toilet Stalls.
30(a) Standard Stall. The minimum width of the stall is 60 in
(1525 mm). The centerline of the
water closet is 18 in (455 mm) from the side wall. The location of the door is in front
of the clear space and diagonal to the water closet, with a maximum stile
width of 4 in (100 mm). An
alternate door location is permitted to be on the adjacent side of the stall
also diagonal to the water closet with a maximum stile width of 4 in (100
mm). The minimum width of the
standard stall shall be 60 in (1525 mm).
If a wall mounted water closet is used, the depth of the stall is
required to be a minimum of 56 in (1420 mm). If a floor mounted water closet is
used, the depth of the stall is required to be a minimum of 59 in (1500
mm). A grab bar at least 36 in
(965 mm) long shall be located behind the water closet, with one end no
further than 6 in (150 mm) from the inside corner of the stall. Another grab bar shall extend at least
52 in (1320 mm) along the side wall, with one end no more than 12 in (305 mm)
from the back wall.
30(a-1) Standard Stall
(end of row). If a standard stall
is provided at the end of a row of stalls, and if the length of the stall is
extended at least a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) beyond the required minimum
length, the door (if located on the side of the stall) may swing into the
stall. Two grab bars are located
in the rear and the side of the water closet. |
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 30
30(b) Alternate
Stalls. Two alternate stalls are
permitted; one alternate stall is required to be 36 in (915 mm) wide. The other alternate stall is required
to be a minimum of 48 in (1220 mm) wide.
In either alternate stall, if a wall mounted water closet is used, the
depth of the stall is required to be a minimum of 66 in (1675 mm). If a floor mounted water closet is
used, the depth of the stall is required to be a minimum of 69 in (1745
mm). The 36 in (915 mm) wide
stall shall have parallel grab bars on the side walls. The 48 in (1220 mm) minimum stall
shall have a grab bar behind the water closet and one on the side wall next
to the water closet. Grab bars
are mounted 33-36 in (840-915 mm) above the finish floor. In both alternate stalls, the
centerline of the water closet is 18 in (455 mm) from a side wall. In both alternate stalls, the grab
bars along the sides of the water closets shall extend at least 54 in (1370 mm)
from the back wall and shall have one end no further than 12 in (305 mm) from
the back wall.
30(c) Rear Wall of
Standard Stall. Grab bars located
behind the water closet shall be at least 36 in (915 mm) in length. All grab bars shall be located 33-36
in (840-915 mm) above the finish floor.
30(d) Side Walls. Side grab bars shall be located 33-36
in (840-915 mm) above the finish floor and shall be no more than 12 in (305
mm) from the rear wall. Grab bars
shall be at least 40 in (1015 mm) long or at least 42 in (1065 mm) long for
alternate stalls. Water closet
seat heights shall be between 17 in (430 mm) and 19 in (485 mm). Toilet paper dispensers shall be below
the grab bar and at least 19 in (485 mm) above the floor and no further than
36 in (915 mm) from the rear wall. |
|
|
|
604.8.1.2
Doors. Toilet compartment doors, including door hardware, shall
comply with 404 except that if the approach is to the latch side of the
compartment door, clearance between the door side of the compartment and any
obstruction shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum. Doors shall be located in
the front partition or in the side wall or partition farthest from the water
closet. Where located in the front partition, the door opening shall be 4
inches (100 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition farthest from the
water closet. Where located in the side wall or partition, the door opening
shall be 4 inches (100 mm) maximum from the front partition. The door shall
be self-closing. A door pull complying with 404.2.7 shall be placed on both
sides of the door near the latch. Toilet compartment doors shall not swing
into the minimum required compartment area. |
4.17.5
Doors. Toilet stall doors, including door hardware, shall comply
with 4.13. If toilet stall approach is from the latch side of the stall door,
clearance between the door side of the stall and any obstruction may be
reduced to a minimum of 42 in (1065 mm) (Fig. 30). |
120-3-20-.28 (5) Doors. Toilet stall doors, including door
hardware, shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24. If toilet stall approach is from the
latch side of the stall door, clearance between the door side of the stall
and any obstruction may be reduced to a minimum of 42 inches (1065 mm) (Fig.
30). Note: To make it easier for wheelchair users
to close toilet stall doors, doors can be provided with closer, spring
hinges, or a pull bar mounted on the inside surface of the door near the
hinge side. |
|
|
|
604.8.1.3
Approach. Compartments shall be arranged for
left-hand or right-hand approach to the water closet. |
See 4.17.3 |
|
|
|
|
604.8.1.4
Toe Clearance. The front partition and at least one
side partition shall provide a toe clearance of 9 inches (230 mm) minimum
above the finish floor and 6 inches (150 mm) deep minimum beyond the
compartment-side face of the partition, exclusive of partition support
members. Compartments for children's use shall provide a toe clearance of 12
inches (305 mm) minimum above the finish floor. EXCEPTION:
Toe clearance at the front partition is not required in a compartment greater
than 62 inches (1575 mm) deep with a wall-hung water closet or 65 inches
(1650 mm) deep with a floor-mounted water closet. Toe clearance at the side
partition is not required in a compartment greater than 66 inches (1675 mm)
wide. Toe clearance at the front partition is not required in a compartment
for children's use that is greater than 65 inches (1650 mm) deep. |
4.17.4
Toe Clearances. In standard stalls, the front partition and at least
one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of at least 9 in (230 mm)
above the floor. If the depth of the stall is greater than 60 in (1525 mm),
then the toe clearance is not required. |
120-3-20-.28 (4) Toe Clearances. In standard stalls, the front
partition and at least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of at
least 9 inches (230 mm) above the floor.
If the depth of the stall is greater than 60 inches (1525 mm), then
the toe clearance is not required.
|
|
|
|
604.8.1.5
Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 609. A
side-wall grab bar complying with 604.5.1 shall be provided and shall be
located on the wall closest to the water closet. In addition, a rear-wall
grab bar complying with 604.5.2 shall be provided. |
4.17.6
Grab Bars. Grab bars complying with the length
and positioning shown in Fig. 30(a), (b), (c), and (d) shall be provided.
Grab bars may be mounted with any desired method as long as they have a
gripping surface at the locations shown and do not obstruct the required
clear floor area. Grab bars shall comply with 4.26. NOTE:
Figure 30(c) indicates grab
bars located behind the water closet shall be at least 36 inches (915 mm) in
length. One end of the grab bar is shown near the corner of the stall closest
to the water closet. Figure 30(a) shows this end 6 inches (150 mm) maximum
from the corner. All grab bars shall be located 33-36 inches (840-915 mm)
above the finish floor. |
120-3-20-.28 (6) Grab Bars. Grab bars complying with the length
and positioning shown in Fig. 30(a), (b), (c), and (d) shall be
provided. Grab bars may be
mounted with any desired method as long as they have a gripping surface at
the locations shown and do not obstruct the required clear floor area. Grab bars shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.37. |
|
|
|
604.8.2
Ambulatory Accessible Compartments. Ambulatory
accessible compartments shall comply with 604.8.2. |
|
|
|
|
|
604.8.2.1
Size. Ambulatory accessible compartments shall have a depth of
60 inches (1525 mm) minimum and a width of 35 inches (890 mm) minimum and 37
inches (940 mm) maximum. |
4.22.4 Water Closets. If
toilet stalls are provided, then at least one shall be a standard toilet
stall complying with 4.17; where 6 or more stalls are provided, in addition
to the stall complying with 4.17.3, at least one stall 36 in (915 mm) wide
with an outward swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying
with Fig. 30(d) and 4.26 shall be provided. Water closets in such stalls
shall comply with 4.16. If water closets are not in stalls, then at least one
shall comply with 4.16. |
120-3-20-.33 4) Water Closets. If toilet stalls are provided, then at
least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with rule 120-3-20-.28;
where 6 or more stalls are
provided, in addition to the stall complying with rule
120-3-20-.28(3), at least one stall 36 inches (915 mm) wide with an outward
swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying with Fig. 30(d)
and rule 120-3-20-.37 shall be provided.
Water closets in such stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27. If water closets are not in stalls,
then at least one shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27. |
The
2010 Standards specify a minimum length of 60 inches in ambulatory accessible
stalls. |
|
|
604.8.2.2
Doors. Toilet compartment doors, including door hardware, shall
comply with 404, except that if the approach is to the latch side of the
compartment door, clearance between the door side of the compartment and any
obstruction shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum. The door shall be
self-closing. A door pull complying with 404.2.7 shall be placed on both
sides of the door near the latch. Toilet compartment doors shall not swing
into the minimum required compartment area. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards specify a door pull on both sides of the compartment door. |
|
|
604.8.2.3
Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 609. A
side-wall grab bar complying with 604.5.1 shall be provided on both sides of
the compartment. |
NOTE:
Figure 30(d) indicates the side grab bar shall be 40-42 inches in length,
beginning 12 inches maximum from the rear wall, 33-36 inches above the finish
floor. |
|
|
|
|
604.8.3
Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks shall be located
within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40
inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish
floor. |
|
|
|
|
|
604.9
Water Closets and Toilet Compartments for Children's Use.
Water closets and toilet compartments for children's use shall comply with
604.9. |
See Appendix 4.16.7 and Appendix
4.17.7 |
120-3-20-.53(6) Water Closets, Toilet
Seats, Grab Bars, and Toilet Paper Dispensers [Children]. (a) General. Water closets required
to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.33(4) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27,
except as modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(6). The requirements in rule
120-3-20-.27 and rule 120-3-20-.37(2) are modified by the following
provisions. |
The
2010 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code include specific requirements
for water closets and toilet compartments for childrenÕs use. |
|
|
604.9.1
Location. The water closet shall be located
with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The centerline of the
water closet shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum and 18 inches (455 mm)
maximum from the side wall or partition, except that the water closet shall
be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum from the side
wall or partition in the ambulatory accessible toilet compartment specified
in 604.8.2. Compartments shall be arranged for left-hand or right-hand
approach to the water closet. |
120-3-20-.53(6)(b) Placement. The
centerline and seat height of the water closet and the centerline height of
the grab bars and toilet paper dispenser shall comply with A, B, or C in the
table below. Selection of A, B, or C should correspond to the age range of
the primary user group. The centerline requirements in the table do not apply
to the 36 inches (915 mm) wide alternate stall permitted in alterations by
rule 120-3-20-.11(3)(e)(ii). The centerline of water closets shall be
measured from one side wall or stall partition. Note: The requirements for water
closets, toilet seats, grab bars, and toilet paper dispensers in rule
120-3-20-.53(6) reflect the differences in the size, stature, and reach
ranges of children ages 2 through 12. Section rule 120-3-20-.53(6)(b)
requires such elements to comply with the specifications in A, B, or C in the
table provided. A, B, and C correspond
to three age groups of children: 2 through 4, 5 through 8, and 9 through 12,
respectively. To permit design discretion where toilet rooms may serve more
than one age group, or where the age group of users does not correspond to
the specific age groups listed in the table, this section specifies that
selection of A, B, or C "shall" correspond to the age of the
primary user group. (See rule 120-3-20-.05(d) General Terminology, regarding
use of the term "shall.")
The application of the specifications
in A, B, or C in the table may allow flexibility when designing for more than
one age group. For example, a water closet with centerline at 12 inches (305
mm), toilet seat at 12 inches (305 mm), grab bars at 20 inches (510 mm), and
dispenser at 14 inches (355 mm) above the finish floor may be appropriate for
A (ages 2 through 4) and B (ages 5 through 8). Similarly, a water closet with
centerline at 15 inches (380 mm), toilet seat at 15 inches (380 mm), grab
bars at 25 inches (635 mm), and dispenser at 17 inches (430 mm) above the
finish floor may be appropriate for B (ages 5 through 8) and C (ages 9
through 12). Multiple accessible fixtures are not required in toilet rooms
serving more than one age group. |
|
|
|
|
604.9.2
Clearance. Clearance around a water closet
shall comply with 604.3. |
|
|||
|
604.9.3
Height. The height of water closets shall be
11 inches (280 mm) minimum and 17 inches (430 mm) maximum measured to the top
of the seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. |
|
|
||
|
604.9.4
Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets shall
comply with 604.5. |
120-3-20-.53(6)(c) Grab Bar Size. The
diameter or width of the gripping surface of a grab bar shall be 1 inch to
1-1/4 inches (25 mm to 30 mm), or the shape shall have an equivalent gripping
surface. |
|
|
|
|
604.9.5
Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand
operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309.2
and 309.4 and shall be installed 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish
floor. Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet
except in ambulatory accessible compartments complying with 604.8.2. |
120-3-20-.53(6)(d) Flush Controls.
Flush controls shall be located within the reach ranges specified by rule
120-3-20-.53(2). |
|
|
|
|
604.9.6
Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall comply
with 309.4 and shall be 7 inches (180 mm) minimum and 9 inches (230 mm)
maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the
dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum
and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the finish floor. There shall be a
clearance of 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum below the grab bar. Dispensers
shall not be of a type that controls delivery or that does not allow
continuous paper flow. |
|
|
|
|
|
604.9.7
Toilet Compartments. Toilet compartments shall
comply with 604.8. |
120-3-20-.53 (7) Toilet Stalls. (a) General. Toilet stalls required
to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.33(4) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.28,
except as modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(7). The requirements in rule
120-3-20-.28(2), 120-3-20-.28(3), 120-3-20-.28(4), 120-3-20-.28(6), and
120-3-20-.37(2) are modified by the following provisions. |
|
||
|
120-3-20-.53 (7) (b) Water Closets.
Water closets in accessible stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.53(6). |
||||
|
120-3-20-.53 (7) (c) Depth. Standard
stalls with floor- or wall-mounted water closets shall have a depth of 59
inches (1500 mm) minimum. Standard stalls at the end of a row with floor- or
wall-mounted water closets shall have a depth of 59 inches (1500 mm) in addition to the minimum
36 inches (915 mm) required for the stall door. Where provided in
alterations, alternate stalls with floor- or wall-mounted water closets shall
have a depth of 69 inches (1745 mm) minimum. |
||||
|
120-3-20-.53 (7) (d) Toe Clearance.
In standard stalls of minimum dimension, the front partition and at least one
side partition shall provide a toe clearance of 12 inches (305 mm) minimum
above the finish floor. If the depth of the stall is greater than 60 inches
(1525 mm), then the toe space is not required. |
||||
|
120-3-20-.53 (7) (e) Grab Bars . Grab
bar mounting heights shall comply with the heights specified in rule
120-3-20-.53(6). The diameter or width of the gripping surfaces of a grab bar
shall be 1 inch to 1-1/4 inches (25 mm to 30 mm), or the shape shall provide
an equivalent gripping surface. |
||||
|
605 Urinals |
4.18
Urinals. |
120-3-20-.29
Urinals. |
|
|
|
605.1
General. Urinals shall comply with 605. |
4.18.1
General. Accessible urinals shall comply with 4.18. |
120-3-20-.29
(1) General.
Any toilet or bathing room provided with urinals must have at least one
that complies with rule 120-3-20-.29.
|
|
|
|
605.2
Height and Depth. Urinals shall be the stall-type or
the wall-hung type with the rim 17 inches (430 mm) maximum above the finish
floor or ground. Urinals shall be 13 1/2 inches (345 mm) deep minimum
measured from the outer face of the urinal rim to the back of the fixture.[13] |
4.18.2
Height. Urinals shall be stall-type or
wall-hung with an elongated rim at a maximum of 17 in (430 mm) above the
finish floor. |
120-3-20-.29
(2) Height.
Urinals shall be stall-type or wall-hung with an elongated rim at a
maximum of 17 inches (430 mm) above the finish floor and extend at least 14
inches from the back wall to the rimÕs front edge. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require accessible urinals to
have an elongated rim but do not specify a dimension. The 2010 Standards specify a depth of
13 ½ inches minimum. |
|
|
605.3
Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space
complying with 305 positioned for forward approach shall be provided. |
4.18.3
Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220
mm) shall be provided in front of urinals to allow forward approach. This
clear space shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route and shall comply with
4.2.4. Urinal shields that do not extend beyond the front edge of the urinal
rim may be provided with 29 in (735 mm) clearance between them. |
120-3-20-.29
(3) Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space 30 inches by 48
inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) shall be provided in front of urinals to allow
forward approach. This clear
space shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route and shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.13. Urinal shields that
do not extend beyond the front edge of the urinal rim may be provided with 29
inch (735 mm) clearance between them. |
The
1994 Standards permit urinal shields that do not extend beyond the front edge
of the urinal to be 29 inches apart.
The 2010 Standards do not address this condition as it was determined
that urinal shields that do not protrude into the required clear floor space
are not in fact regulated by the 1994 StandardsÕ clear floor space
requirement, and need not be regulated at all. |
|
|
605.4
Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated
or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309. |
4.18.4
Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic,
and shall comply with 4.27.4, and shall be mounted no more than 44 in (1120
mm) above the finish floor |
120-3-20-.29
(4) Flush Controls.
Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic, and shall comply
with rule 120-3-20-.38(4), and shall be mounted no more than 44 inch (1120
mm) above the finish floor. |
|
|
|
|
|
120-3-20-.53(8) Urinals [Children]. (a) General. Any toilet or bathing
room provided with urinals must have at least one that complies with rule
120-3-20-.53. |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Height. Urinals shall be
stall-type or wall-hung with an elongated rim at a minimum 11 inches (280 mm)
to a maximum of 17 inches (430 mm) above the finish floor and extend at least
11 inches (280 mm) to 14 inches (355 mm) from the back wall to the rimÕs
front edge. |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) Clear Floor Space. A clear floor
space 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) shall be provided in front
of urinals to allow forward approach. This clear space shall adjoin or
overlap an accessible route and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.13. Urinal
shields that do not extend beyond the front edge of the urinal rim may be
provided with 29 inch (735 mm) clearance between them. |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Flush Controls. Flush controls
shall be hand operated or automatic, and shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.38(4), and shall be located within the reach ranges specified by
rule 120-3-20.53(2). |
|
|
Georgia
Accessibility Committee:
Table120-3-20.53(6)(b)
|
Specifications for Water Closets,
Toilet Seats, Urinals, Grab Bars, and Toilet Paper Dispensers |
||||||
|
|
Water Closet Centerline |
Toilet Seat Height |
Urinal Rim Height |
Urinal Elongated Rim |
Grab Bar Height |
Dispenser Height |
|
A- Ages 2 through 4 |
12 inches (305 mm) |
11 in to 12 in (280 mm to 305 mm) |
11 in to 12 in (280 mm to 305 mm) |
11 inches minimum (280 mm) |
18 in to 20 in (455 mm to 510 mm) |
14 inches (355 mm) |
|
B- Ages 5 through 8 |
12 in to 15 in (305 mm to 380 mm) |
12 in to 15 in (305 mm to 380 mm) |
12 in to 15 in (305 mm to 380 mm) |
12 inches minimum (305 mm) |
20 in to 25 in (510 mm to 635 mm) |
14 in to 17 in (355 mm to 430 mm) |
|
C- Ages 9 through 12 |
15 in to 18 in (380 mm to 455 mm) |
15 in to 17 in (380 mm to 430 mm) |
15 in to 17 in (380 mm to 430 mm) |
14 inches minimum (380 mm) |
25 in to 27 in (635 mm to 685 mm) |
17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm) |
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
||||||||||||
|
606
Lavatories and Sinks |
4.19
Lavatories and Mirrors. |
120-3-20-.30
Lavatories and Mirrors. |
|
||||||||||||
|
4.24
Sinks. |
120-3-20-.35
Sinks. |
|
|||||||||||||
|
606.1
General. Lavatories and sinks shall comply
with 606. |
4.19.1
General. The requirements of 4.19 shall apply to lavatory fixtures,
vanities, and built-in lavatories. |
120-3-20-.30 (1) General. The
requirements of rule 120-3-20-.30 shall apply to lavatory fixtures, vanities,
and built-in lavatories. |
|
||||||||||||
|
4.24.1
General. Sinks required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with
4.24. |
120-3-20-.35 (1) General. Sinks required to be accessible by rule
120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.35.
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
120-3-20-.54 (5) (a)Sinks
[Residential]. The sink and surrounding counter shall comply with the
following requirements (See Fig. 51): |
|||||||||||||||
|
120-3-20-.54 (3) Lavatory, Mirrors,
and Medicine Cabinets [Residential]. (a) The lavatory and mirrors shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.30. |
|||||||||||||||
|
606.2
Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space complying with
305, positioned for a forward approach, and knee and toe clearance complying
with 306 shall be provided. EXCEPTIONS:
1. A parallel approach complying with
305 shall be permitted to a kitchen sink in a space where a cook top or
conventional range is not provided and to wet bars. 2. A lavatory in a toilet room or
bathing facility for a single occupant accessed only through a private office
and not for common use or public use shall not be required to provide knee
and toe clearance complying with 306. 3. In residential dwelling units,
cabinetry shall be permitted under lavatories and kitchen sinks provided that
all of the following conditions are met: (a) the cabinetry can be removed
without removal or replacement of the fixture; (b) the finish floor extends under
the cabinetry; and (c) the walls behind and surrounding
the cabinetry are finished. 4.
A knee clearance of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum above the finish floor or
ground shall be permitted at lavatories and sinks used primarily by children
6 through 12 years where the rim or counter surface is 31 inches (785 mm)
maximum above the finish floor or ground. 5. A parallel approach complying with
305 shall be permitted to lavatories and sinks used primarily by children 5
years and younger. 6. The dip of the overflow shall not
be considered in determining knee and toe clearances. 7. No more than one bowl of a
multi-bowl sink shall be required to provide knee and toe clearance complying
with 306. |
4.19.3
Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space 30 in by 48 in
(760 mm by 1220 mm) complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided in front of a
lavatory to allow forward approach. Such clear floor space shall adjoin or
overlap an accessible route and shall extend a maximum of 19 in (485 mm)
underneath the lavatory (see Fig. 32). NOTE: Figure 32
indicates the minimum depth of the lavatory is 17 inches (430 mm). (4.19.3,
4.24.5) |
120-3-20-.30 (3) Clear Floor
Space. A clear floor space 30
inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) complying with rule 120-3-20-.13
shall be provided in front of a lavatory to allow forward approach. Such clear floor space shall adjoin or
overlap an accessible route and shall extend a maximum of 19 inches (485 mm)
underneath the lavatory (see Fig. 32).
120-3-20-.54 (5) (g) [Residential] A
clear floor space of 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) ,minimum
shall allow forward approach to the sink. The clear floor space shall be
permitted to extend 19 inches (485 mm) maximum underneath the sink. The knee
space shall have a clear width of 30 inches (760 mm) minimum. 120-3-20-.54 (5) (a) [Residential] The
sink and surrounding counter shall be adjustable or replaceable as a unit at
variable heights between 28 inches and 36 inches (710 mm and 915 mm),
measured from the finished floor to the top of the counter surface or sink
rim, or shall be mounted at a fixed height of 34 inches (865 mm) minimum,
measured from the finished floor to the top of the counter surface or sink
rim. 120-3-20-.54 (5) (b) [Residential]
Where sinks are installed to be adjustable in height, rough-in plumbing shall
be located to accept connections of supply and drain pipes for sinks mounted
at the height of 28 inches (710 mm). |
The
2010 Standards clarify that the dip of a lavatory overflow should not be
considered in determining knee and tow clearance. It
includes an exception that permits a parallel approach where cooking
facilities are not provided; include provisions for childrenÕs use; and
clarify that only one bowl is regulated in multibowl sinks. |
||||||||||||
|
4.24.5
Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space at least 30 in by 48 in (760 mm
by 1220 mm) complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided in front of a sink to
allow forward approach. The clear floor space shall be on an accessible route
and shall extend a maximum of 19 in (485 mm) underneath the sink (see Fig.
32). |
120-3-20-.35 (5) Clear Floor
Space. A clear floor space at
least 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) complying with rule
120-3-20-.13(4) shall be provided in front of a sink to allow forward
approach. The clear floor space
shall be on an accessible route and shall extend a maximum of 19 inches (485
mm) underneath the sink (see Fig. 32).
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
4.24.3
Knee Clearance. Knee clearance that is at least 27
in (685 mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and 19 in (485 mm) deep shall be
provided underneath sinks. See also Appendix 4.19.2
EXCEPTIONS |
120-3-20-.35 (3) Knee Clearance. Knee clearance that is at least 27
inches (685 mm) high, 30 inches (760 mm) wide, and 19 inches (485 mm) deep
shall be provided underneath sinks. 120-3-20-.54 (3) (b) [Residential] If
Medicine cabinet is provided under the lavatory, it shall provide, or shall
be removable to provide, the clearances specified in rule 120-3-20-.30(2). 120-3-20-.54 (5)(e) [Residential]
Base cabinets, if provided, shall be removable under the full 30 inches (760
mm) minimum frontages of the sink and surrounding counter. The finished
flooring shall extend under the counter to the wall. |
|
|||||||||||||
|
606.3
Height. Lavatories and sinks shall be installed with the front of
the higher of the rim or counter surface 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the
finish floor or ground. EXCEPTIONS:
1. A lavatory in a toilet or bathing
facility for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not
for common use or public use shall not be required to comply with 606.3. 2. In residential dwelling unit
kitchens, sinks that are adjustable to variable heights, 29 inches (735 mm)
minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum, shall be permitted where rough-in
plumbing permits connections of supply and drain pipes for sinks mounted at
the height of 29 inches (735 mm). |
4.19.2
Height and Clearances. Lavatories shall be mounted with the rim or
counter surface no higher than 34 in (865 mm) above the finish floor. Provide
a clearance of at least 29 in (735 mm) above the finish floor to the bottom
of the apron. Knee and toe clearance shall comply with Fig. 31. NOTE: Figure 31
indicates that, in addition to clearances discussed in the text, the
following knee clearance is required underneath the lavatory: 27 inches (685
mm) minimum from the floor to the underside of the lavatory which extends 8
inches (205 mm) minimum measured from the front edge underneath the lavatory
back towards the wall; if a minimum 9 inches (230 mm) of toe clearance is
provided, a maximum of 6 inches (150 mm) of the 48 inches (1220 mm) of clear
floor space required at the fixture may extend into the toe space. (4.19.2,
4.19.6). Additionally, the figure
shows a vertical clearance of 29 inches (735 mm) to the underside of the
lavatory apron. |
120-3-20-.30 (2) Height and
Clearances. Lavatories shall be
mounted with the rim or counter surface no higher than 34 inches (865 mm)
above the finish floor. Provide a
clearance of at least 29 inches (735 mm) above the finish floor to the bottom
of the apron. Knee and toe
clearance shall comply with Fig. 31.
Figure 31 Lavatory Clearances.
The minimum knee clearance must be free of equipment or obstructions
for a minimum of 8 in (205 mm) extending from the front edge of the lavatory
back toward the wall. This knee
clearance must be 29 in (735 mm) high at the front of the lavatory and no
less than 27 in (685 mm) high at a point 8 in (205 mm) back. In addition, a minimum 9 in (230 mm)
high toe clearance must be provided extending back toward the wall to a
distance no more than 6 in (150 mm) from the back wall. The toe clearance space must be free
of equipment or obstructions |
|
||||||||||||
|
4.24.2
Height. Sinks shall be mounted with the counter or rim no higher than
34 in (865 mm) above the finish floor. |
120-3-20-.35 (2) Height. Sinks shall be mounted with the
counter or rim no higher than 34 inches (865 mm) above the finish floor. Standard sink designs are recommended
to be used instead of the handicapped sink designs where possible. All required clearance shall be
complied with. |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
120-3-20-.54 (5)(f) [Residential]
Counter thickness and supporting structure shall be 2 inches (50 mm) maximum
over the required clear space. |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
4.24.4
Depth. Each sink shall be a maximum of 6-1/2 in (165 mm) deep. |
120-3-20-.35 (4) Depth. Each sink shall be a maximum of 6-1/2
inches (165 mm) deep. 120-3-20-.54 (5)(c) The depth of a
sink bowl shall be 6 1/2 inches (165 mm) maximum. Only one bowl of
double-bowl or triple-bowl sinks needs to meet this requirement
[Residential]. |
The
1994 Standards specify a maximum sink depth of 6 ½ inches
maximum. The 2010 Standards do
not. (However, the 1994 standards
do not scope, and therefore do not require any accessible sinks.) |
||||||||||||
|
606.4
Faucets. Controls for faucets shall comply
with 309. Hand-operated metering faucets shall remain open for 10 seconds
minimum. |
4.19.5
Faucets. Faucets shall comply with 4.27.4. Lever-operated, push-type,
and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs.
If self-closing valves are used the faucet shall remain open for at least 10
seconds. |
120-3-20-.30 (5) Faucets. Faucets shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.38(4). Lever - operated, push-type, and electronically controlled
mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. If self-closing valves are used the
faucet shall remain open for at least 10 seconds. |
|
||||||||||||
|
4.24.7
Faucets. Faucets shall comply with 4.27.4. Lever-operated, push-type,
touch-type, or electronically controlled mechanisms are acceptable designs. |
120-3-20-.35 (7) Faucets. Faucets shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.38(4). Lever -
operated, push-type, touch-type, or electronically controlled mechanisms are
acceptable designs. 120-3-20-.54 (5)(d) [Residential]
Faucets shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38(4). |
|
|||||||||||||
|
606.5
Exposed Pipes and Surfaces. Water supply and
drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise
configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive
surfaces under lavatories and sinks. |
4.19.4
Exposed Pipes and Surfaces. Hot water and drain pipes under lavatories
shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There
shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories. |
120-3-20-.30 (4) Exposed Pipes and
Surfaces. Hot water and drain
pipes under lavatories shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect
against contact. There shall be
no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories. |
|
||||||||||||
|
4.24.6
Exposed Pipes and Surfaces. Hot water and drain pipes exposed under
sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured so as to protect against
contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under sinks. |
120-3-20-.35 (6) Exposed Pipes and
Surfaces. Hot water and drain
pipes exposed under sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured so as to
protect against contact. There
shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under sinks. 120-3-20-.54 (5)(h) [Residential]
There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under sinks. Hot Water supply
pipes and drain pipes under sinks shall be insulated or otherwise covered. |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
120-3-20-.54 (3)(c) [Residential] If
a Medicine cabinets are provided above the lavatory, then the bottom of the
medicine cabinet shall be located with a usable shelf no higher than 44
inches (1120 mm) above the floor. |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
120-3-20-.53(9) Lavatories and
Mirrors [Children]. (a) General. Lavatories and mirrors
required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.33(6) and rule 120-3-20-.34(6)
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.30, except as modified by rule
120-3-20-.53(9). The requirements in rule 120-3-20- .30(2), 120-3-20-.30(3), and 120-3-20-.30(6)
are modified by the following provisions. |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
(b) Height and Clearances. Lavatories
shall be mounted with the rim or counter surface no higher than 30 inches
(760 mm) above the finish floor.
A clearance of 27 inches (685 mm) minimum measured from the finish
floor to the bottom of the apron shall be provided. Minimum clear knee space
24 inches (610 mm) high, measured from the finish floor, and 8 inches (205
mm) deep, measured from the leading edge of the lavatory, shall be provided.
Clear toe space shall be 12 inches (305 mm) high minimum, measured from the
finish floor. |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
(c) Clear Floor Space. Clear floor
space shall extend a maximum of 14 inches (355 mm) underneath the lavatory. |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
(d) Mirrors. Mirrors shall be mounted
with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface no higher than 34 inches (865
mm) above the finish floor. |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
4.22.7
Controls and Dispensers. If
controls, dispensers, receptacles, or other equipment are provided, then at
least one of each shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with 4.27. |
120-3-20-.33 7) Controls and
Dispensers. If controls, dispensers, receptacles, or other equipment are
provided, then at least one of each shall be on an accessible route and shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.38. |
|
||||||||||||
|
607
Bathtubs |
4.20
Bathtubs. |
120-3-20-.31
Bathtubs. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
607.1
General. Bathtubs shall comply with 607. |
4.20.1
General. Accessible bathtubs shall comply with 4.20. |
120-3-20-.31 (1) General. Accessible bathtubs shall comply with
rule 120-3-20-.31. |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
120-3-20-.54 (4) Bathtubs
[Residential]. If a bathtub is
provided, it shall have the following features: |
|
||||||||||||||
|
607.2
Clearance. Clearance in front of bathtubs shall
extend the length of the bathtub and shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide
minimum. A lavatory complying with 606 shall be permitted at the control end
of the clearance. Where a permanent seat is provided at the head end of the
bathtub, the clearance shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the
wall at the head end of the bathtub. |
4.20.2
Floor Space. Clear floor space in front of
bathtubs shall be as shown in Fig. 33. NOTE: Figure 33(a)
indicates that, if the approach is parallel to the bathtub, a 30 inch (760
mm) minimum width by 60 inch (1525 mm) minimum length clear space is required
alongside the bathtub. If the approach is perpendicular to the bathtub, a 48
inch (1220 mm) minimum width by 60 inch (1525 mm) minimum length clear space
is required. Figure 33(b) indicates that, if the
approach is parallel to the bathtub with a seat at the head end, a 30 inch
(760 mm) minimum width by 75 inch (1905 mm) minimum length clear space is
required alongside the bathtub. The seat width must be 15 inches (380 mm) and
must extend the full width of the bathtub. |
120-3-20-.31 (2) Floor Space. Clear floor space in front of bathtubs
shall be as shown in Fig. 33. Figure 33. Clear Floor Space at Bathtubs.
33(a) With Seat in
Tub. If the approach is parallel
to the bathtub, a 30 in (760 mm) minimum width by 60 in (1525 mm) minimum
length clear space is required alongside the bathtub. If the approach is perpendicular to
the bathtub, a 48 in (1220 mm) minimum width by 60 in (1525 mm) minimum
length clear space is required.
An accessible lavatory is permitted within the clear space at the foot
end of the tub.
33(b) With Seat at Head of
Tub. If the approach is parallel
to the bathtub, a 30 in (760 mm) minimum width by 75 in (1905 mm) minimum
length clear space is required alongside the bathtub. The seat width shall be 15 in (380
mm), measured from the back wall to the front of the seat, and shall extend
the full width of the tub. An
accessible lavatory is permitted within the clear space at the foot end of
the tub. |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
120-3-20-.54 (4)(a) Floor Space
[Residential]. Clear floor space
at bathtubs shall comply with Fig 33. |
|
||||||||||||||
|
607.3
Seat. A permanent seat at the head end of the bathtub or a
removable in-tub seat shall be provided. Seats shall comply with 610. |
4.20.3
Seat. An in-tub seat or a seat at the head end of the tub shall be
provided as shown in Fig. 33 and 34. The structural strength of seats and
their attachments shall comply with 4.26.3. Seats shall be mounted securely
and shall not slip during use. |
120-3-20-.31 (3) Seat. An in-tub seat or a seat at the head
end of the tub shall be provided as shown in Fig. 33 and 34. The structural
strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.37(3). Seats shall be
mounted securely and shall not slip during use. 120-3-20-.54 (4)(b) Seat
[Residential]. A removable in-tub
seat or permanent seat at the head end of the tub shall be provided as shown
in Fig. 33 and 34. The structural
strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.34(3). Seats shall be
mounted securely and shall not slip during use. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
607.4
Grab Bars. Grab bars for bathtubs shall comply
with 609 and shall be provided in accordance with 607.4.1 or 607.4.2. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Grab bars shall not be required to
be installed in a bathtub located in a bathing facility for a single occupant
accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use
provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to
permit the installation of grab bars complying with 607.4. 2. In residential dwelling units,
grab bars shall not be required to be installed in bathtubs located in
bathing facilities provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls
and located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with
607.4. |
4.20.4
Grab Bars. Grab bars complying with 4.26 shall be provided as shown in
Fig. 33 and 34. |
120-3-20-.31 (4) Grab Bars. Grab bars complying with rule
120-3-20-.37 shall be provided as shown in Fig. 33 and 34. 120-3-20-.54 (4)(c) Grab Bars
[Residential]. Grab bars shall be
installed within the range heights shown in Fig. 34and shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.37, or structural reinforcement or other provisions, as shown in
Fig. 48, shall be made that will allow installation of grab bars meeting
these requirements. |
The
2010 Standards provide exceptions for grab bars in certain private bathing
rooms. The 1994 Standards permit
this as well as an ÒadaptableÓ feature.
Both include exceptions for residential units, which are not addressed
by the 1994 Standards. |
|
|
||||||||||
|
607.4.1
Bathtubs With Permanent Seats. For bathtubs with
permanent seats, grab bars shall be provided in accordance with 607.4.1. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
607.4.1.1
Back Wall. Two grab bars shall be installed on
the back wall, one located in accordance with 609.4 and the other located 8
inches (205 mm) minimum and 10 inches (255 mm) maximum above the rim of the
bathtub. Each grab bar shall be installed 15 inches (380 mm) maximum from the
head end wall and 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the control end wall. |
NOTE: Figure 34(a)
indicates at the foot of the tub, the grab bar shall be 24 inches (610 mm)
minimum in length measured from the outer edge of the tub. On the back wall,
two grab bars are required. The grab bars mounted on the back (long) wall
shall be a minimum 24 inches (610 mm) in length located 12 inches (305 mm)
maximum from the foot of the tub and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the head
of the tub. One grab bar shall be located 9 inches (230 mm) above the rim of
the tub. The others shall be 33 to 36 inches (840 mm to 910 mm) above the
bathroom floor. At the head of the tub, the grab bar shall be a minimum of 12
inches (305 mm) in length measured from the outer edge of the tub. |
34. Grab Bars at Bathtubs.
34(a) With Seat in
Tub. At the foot of the tub, the
grab bar shall be 24 in (610 mm) minimum in length measured from the outer
edge of the tub. On the back
wall, two grab bars are required.
The grab bars mounted on the back (long) wall shall be a minimum 24 in
(610 mm) in length located 12 in (305 mm) maximum from the foot of the tub
and 24 in (610 mm) maximum from the head of the tub. One grab bar on the back wall shall be
located 9 in (230 mm) above the rim of the tub. The other shall be 33 to 36 in (840 mm
to 915 mm) above the bathroom floor.
At the head of the tub, the grab bar shall be a minimum of 12 in (305
mm) in length measured from the outer edge of the tub.
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
607.4.1.2
Control End Wall. A grab bar 24 inches (610 mm) long
minimum shall be installed on the control end wall at the front edge of the
bathtub. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
607.4.2
Bathtubs Without Permanent Seats. For bathtubs
without permanent seats, grab bars shall comply with 607.4.2. |
See 4.20.4 |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
607.4.2.1
Back Wall. Two grab bars shall be installed on
the back wall, one located in accordance with 609.4 and other located 8
inches (205 mm) minimum and 10 inches (255 mm) maximum above the rim of the
bathtub. Each grab bar shall be 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum and shall be
installed 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the head end wall and 12 inches
(305 mm) maximum from the control end wall. |
NOTE: Figure 34(b)
indicates at the foot of the tub, the grab bar shall be a minimum of 24
inches (610 mm) in length measured from the outer edge of the tub. On the
back wall, two grab bars are required. The grab bars mounted on the back wall
shall be a minimum of 48 inches (1220 mm) in length located a maximum of 12
inches (305 mm) from the foot of the tub and a maximum of 15 inches (380 mm)
from the head of the tub. Heights of grab bars are as described above. |
34(b) With Seat at Head of Tub. At the foot of the tub, the grab bar
shall be a minimum of 24 in (610 mm) in length measured from the outer edge
of the tub. On the back wall, two
grab bars are required. The grab
bars mounted on the back wall shall be a minimum of 48 in (1220 mm) in length
located a maximum of 12 in (305 mm) from the foot of the tub and a maximum of
15 in (380 mm) from the head of the tub.
Heights of grab bars are as described above. No horizontal grab bar should be
placed at the head of the tub. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
607.4.2.2
Control End Wall. A grab bar 24 inches (610 mm) long
minimum shall be installed on the control end wall at the front edge of the
bathtub. |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
607.4.2.3
Head End Wall. A grab bar 12 inches (305 mm) long
minimum shall be installed on the head end wall at the front edge of the
bathtub. |
See 4.20.4 NOTE: Figure 34(a)
indicates at the foot of the tub, the grab bar shall be 24 inches (610 mm)
minimum in length measured from the outer edge of the tub. On the back wall,
two grab bars are required. The grab bars mounted on the back (long) wall
shall be a minimum 24 inches (610 mm) in length located 12 inches (305 mm)
maximum from the foot of the tub and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the head
of the tub. One grab bar shall be located 9 inches (230 mm) above the rim of
the tub. The others shall be 33 to 36 inches ( 840 mm to 910 mm) above the
bathroom floor. At the head of the tub, the grab bar shall be a minimum of 12
inches (305 mm) in length measured from the outer edge of the tub. |
34. Grab Bars at Bathtubs.
34(a) With Seat in
Tub. At the foot of the tub, the
grab bar shall be 24 in (610 mm) minimum in length measured from the outer
edge of the tub. On the back
wall, two grab bars are required.
The grab bars mounted on the back (long) wall shall be a minimum 24 in
(610 mm) in length located 12 in (305 mm) maximum from the foot of the tub
and 24 in (610 mm) maximum from the head of the tub. One grab bar on the back wall shall be
located 9 in (230 mm) above the rim of the tub. The other shall be 33 to 36 in (840 mm
to 915 mm) above the bathroom floor.
At the head of the tub, the grab bar shall be a minimum of 12 in (305
mm) in length measured from the outer edge of the tub.
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
607.5
Controls. Controls, other than drain stoppers,
shall be located on an end wall. Controls shall be between the bathtub rim
and grab bar, and between the open side of the bathtub and the centerline of
the width of the bathtub. Controls shall comply with 309.4. |
4.20.5
Controls. Faucets and other controls complying
with 4.27.4 shall be located as shown in Fig. 34. NOTE:
In figures 34(a) and (b) the control area at the foot of the tub is located
on the open side of the tub. |
120-3-20-.31 (5) Controls. Faucets and other controls complying
with rule 120-3-20-.38(4) shall be located as shown in Fig. 34. Figure 34. Grab Bars at Bathtubs.
Controls are required to be located in an area between the open edge
and the midpoint of the tub ("offset") and to be located at the
foot of the tub. 120-3-20-.54 (4)(d) Controls
[Residential]. Faucets and other
controls shall be located as shown in Fig. 34 and shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.38. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
607.6
Shower Spray Unit and Water. A shower spray
unit with a hose 59 inches (1500 mm) long minimum that can be used both as a
fixed-position shower head and as a hand-held shower shall be provided. The
shower spray unit shall have an on/off control with a non-positive shut-off.
If an adjustable-height shower head on a vertical bar is used, the bar shall
be installed so as not to obstruct the use of grab bars. Bathtub shower spray
units shall deliver water that is 120¡F (49¡C) maximum. |
4.20.6
Shower Unit. A shower spray unit with a hose at least 60 in (1525 mm)
long that can be used both as a fixed shower head and as a hand-held shower
shall be provided. |
120-3-20-.31 (6) Shower Unit. A shower spray unit with a hose at
least 60 inches (1525 mm) long that can be used both as a fixed shower head
and as a hand-held shower shall be provided. 120-3-20-.54 (5)(e) Shower head
[Residential]. A shower spray head
shall be provided with a hose at least 60 inches (1525 mm) long that can be
used as a fixed shower head or as a hand-held shower. If an adjustable height shower head
mounted on a vertical bar is used, the bar shall be installed so as not to
obstruct the use of the grab bars. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify a 60 inch long hose on
hand-held shower units. The 2010
Standards specify a 59 inch length because manufacturers design to the metric
(1500 mm) specifications. The
2010 Standards specify a maximum water temperature to prevent thermal shock. |
|
|||||||||||
|
607.7
Bathtub Enclosures. Enclosures for bathtubs shall not
obstruct controls, faucets, shower and spray units or obstruct transfer from
wheelchairs onto bathtub seats or into bathtubs. Enclosures on bathtubs shall
not have tracks installed on the rim of the open face of the bathtub. |
4.20.7
Bathtub Enclosures. If provided, enclosures for
bathtubs shall not obstruct controls or transfer from wheelchairs onto
bathtub seats or into tubs. Enclosures on bathtubs shall not have tracks
mounted on their rims. |
120-3-20-.31 (7) Bathtub
Enclosures. If provided,
enclosures for bathtubs shall not obstruct controls or transfer from
wheelchairs onto bathtub seats or into tubs. Enclosures on bathtubs shall not have
tracks mounted on their rims. 120-3-20-.54 (5)(f) Bathtub and
Shower Enclosures [Residential]. Enclosures for bathtubs or shower stalls
shall not obstruct controls or transfer form wheelchairs onto shower or
bathtub seats. Enclosures on bathtubs shall not have tracks mounted on their
rims. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
608
Shower Compartments |
120-3-20-.32
Shower Stalls. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
608.1
General. Shower compartments shall comply
with 608. |
4.21.1 General.
Accessible shower stalls shall comply with 4.21. |
120-3-20-.32
(1) General. Accessible
shower stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.32. Note: Shower stalls that are 36 inches by 36
inches (915 mm by 915 mm) wide provide additional safety to people who have
difficulty maintaining balance because all grab bars and walls are within
easy reach. Seated people use the
walls of 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm) showers for back
support. Shower stalls that are
60 inches (1525 mm) wide and have no curb may increase usability of a
bathroom by wheelchair users because the shower area provides additional
maneuvering space. 120-3-20-.54 (5) Showers
[Residential]. If a shower is provided, it shall have the following features: |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
608.2
Size and Clearances for Shower Compartments.
Shower compartments shall have sizes and clearances complying with 608.2. |
4.21.2
Size and Clearances. Except as specified in 9.1.2, shower stall size
and clear floor space shall comply with Fig. 35(a) or (b). The shower stall
in Fig. 35(a) shall be 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm). Shower stalls
required by 9.1.2 shall comply with Fig. 57(a) or (b). The shower stall in
Fig. 35(b) will fit into the space required for a bathtub. NOTE: Figure 35(a)
shows that the clear floor space shall be a minimum of 48 inches (1220 mm)in
length by a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm) in width and allow for a parallel
approach. The clear floor space shall extend 1 foot beyond the shower wall on
which the seat is mounted.
|
120-3-20-.32
(2) Size and Clearances. Except as specified in rule
120-3-20-.51(2), shower stall size and clear floor space shall comply with
Fig. 35(a) or (b). The shower
stall in Fig. 35(a) shall be 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm). Shower stalls required by rule
120-3-20-.51(2) shall comply with Fig. 57(a) or (b). The shower stall in Fig. 35(b) will
fit into the space required for a bathtub. 120-3-20-.54 (5)(a) Size and
Clearances [Residential]. Shower stall size and clear floor space shall
comply with either Fig. 35(a) or (b). The shower stall in Fig. 35(a) shall be
36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm). The shower stall in Fig. 35(b)
will fit into the same space as a standard bathtub, 60 inches long. Figure 35. Shower Size and Clearances.
35(a) 36 in by 36 in (915
mm by 915 mm) Stall (Transfer Shower).
The clear floor space shall be a minimum of 48 in (1220 mm) in length
by a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) in width and allow for a parallel
approach. The clear floor space
shall extend 12 in (305 mm) beyond the shower wall on which the seat is
mounted.
35(b) 30 in by 60 in (760
mm by 1525 mm) Stall (Roll-in Shower).
The clear floor space alongside the shower shall be a minimum of 60 in
(1220 mm) in length by a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) in width. If the controls are located on the
back (long) wall, they must be a maximum of 27 in (685 mm) from a side
wall. An accessible lavatory may
be located in the clear floor space at the end of the shower. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
608.2.1
Transfer Type Shower Compartments. Transfer type
shower compartments shall be 36 inches (915 mm) by 36 inches (915 mm) clear
inside dimensions measured at the center points of opposing sides and shall
have a 36 inch (915 mm) wide minimum entry on the face of the shower
compartment. Clearance of 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum by 48 inches (1220
mm) long minimum measured from the control wall shall be provided. |
The
2010 Standards clarify where the dimension measurements are taken. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
608.2.2
Standard Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. Standard
roll-in type shower compartments shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum by
60 inches (1525 mm) deep minimum clear inside dimensions measured at center points
of opposing sides and shall have a 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum entry on
the face of the shower compartment. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
608.2.2.1
Clearance. A 30 inch (760 mm) wide minimum by
60 inch (1525 mm) long minimum clearance shall be provided adjacent to the
open face of the shower compartment. EXCEPTION:
A lavatory complying with 606 shall be permitted on one 30 inch (760 mm) wide
minimum side of the clearance provided that it is not on the side of the
clearance adjacent to the controls or, where provided, not on the side of the
clearance adjacent to the shower seat. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
608.2.3
Alternate Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. Alternate
roll-in type shower compartments shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide and 60
inches (1525 mm) deep minimum clear inside dimensions measured at center
points of opposing sides. A 36 inch (915 mm) wide minimum entry shall be
provided at one end of the long side of the compartment. |
9.1.2
Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites.
Accessible sleeping rooms or suites that comply with the requirements of 9.2
(Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites) shall be
provided in conformance with the table below. In addition, in hotels, of 50
or more sleeping rooms or suites, additional accessible sleeping rooms or
suites that include a roll- in shower shall also be provided in conformance
with the table below. Such accommodations shall comply with the requirements
of 9.2, 4.21, and Figure 57(a) or (b). NOTE: Figure 57(a) indicates that
where a fixed seat is provided in a 30 inch minimum by 60 inch (716 mm by
1220 mm) minimum shower stall, the controls and spray unit on the back (long)
wall shall be located a maximum of 27 inches (685 mm) from the side wall
where the seat is attached. (4.21.2, 9.1.2) In Figure 57(b), an alternate 36 inch
minimum by 60 inch (915 mm by 1220 mm) minimum shower stall is illustrated.
The width of the stall opening stall shall be a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm)
clear located on a long wall at the opposite end of the shower from the
controls. The shower seat shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum in length by 16
inches (330 mm) minimum in width and may be rectangular in shape. The seat
shall be located next to the opening to the shower and adjacent to the end
wall containing the shower head and controls. (4.21.2, 9.1.2, A4.23.3) |
120-3-20-.51 ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT
LODGING. b) Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms,
and Suites. Accessible sleeping
rooms or suites that comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.51(2).
(Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites) shall be
provided in conformance with the table below. In addition, in hotels, of 50 or more
sleeping rooms or suites, additional accessible sleeping rooms or suites that
include a roll-in shower shall also be provided in conformance with the table
below. Such accommodations shall
comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.51(2), rule 120-3-20-.32, and
Figure 57(a) or (b). Figure 57. Roll-in Shower with Folding Seat.
57(a) Where a fixed seat
is provided in a 30 in minimum by 60 in (716 mm by 1220 mm) minimum shower
stall, the controls and spray unit on the back (long) wall shall be located a
maximum of 27 in (685 mm) from the side wall where the seat is attached.
57(b) An alternate 36 in
by 60 in (915 mm by 1220 mm) minimum shower stall is permitted. The width of the stall opening shall
be a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) clear located on a long wall at the opposite
end of the shower from the controls.
The shower seat shall be 24 in (610 mm) minimum in length by 16 in (330
mm) minimum in width and may be rectangular in shape. The seat shall be located next to the
opening to the shower and adjacent to the end wall containing the shower head
and controls. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify an alternate roll-in
shower compartment that is permitted in transient lodging. The 2010 Standards specify the same
unit, but do not limit its use to a specific occupancy. |
|
|
||||||||||
|
608.3
Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 609 and
shall be provided in accordance with 608.3. Where multiple grab bars are
used, required horizontal grab bars shall be installed at the same height
above the finish floor. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Grab bars shall not be required to
be installed in a shower located in a bathing facility for a single occupant
accessed only through a private office, and not for common use or public use
provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to
permit the installation of grab bars complying with 608.3. 2. In residential dwelling units,
grab bars shall not be required to be installed in showers located in bathing
facilities provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and
located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with 608.3. |
4.21.4
Grab Bars. Grab bars complying with 4.26 shall be provided as shown in
Fig. 37. NOTE: In Figure
37(a), the diagram illustrates an L-shaped grab bar that is located along the
full depth of the control wall (opposite the seat) and halfway along the back
wall. The grab bar shall be mounted between 33 to 36 inches (840-915 mm)
above the shower floor. The bottom of the control area shall be a maximum of
38 inches (965 mm) high and the top of the control area shall be a maximum of
48 inches (1220 mm) high. The controls and spray unit shall be within 18
inches (455 mm) of the front of the shower. In Figure 37(b), the diagram
illustrates a U-shaped grab bar that wraps around the stall. The grab bar
shall be between 33 to 36 inches (840-915 mm) high. The controls are placed
in an area between 38 inches and 48 inches (965 mm and 1220 mm) above the
floor. If the controls are located on the back (long) wall they shall be
located 27 inches (685 mm) from the side wall. The shower head and control
area may be located on either side wall. |
120-3-20-.32 (4) Grab Bars. Grab bars complying with rule
120-3-20-.37 shall be provided as shown in Fig. 37. 120-3-20-.54 (5)(c) Grab Bars
[Residential]. Grab bars shall be installed within the range heights shown in
Fig. 37 and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37, or structural
reinforcement or other provisions, as shown in Fig. 49, shall be made that
will allow installation of grab bars meting these requirements. Figure 37 Grab Bars at Shower Stalls. 37(a) 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm)
Transfer Stall. An L-shaped grab
bar shall be provided, located along the full depth of the control wall
(opposite the seat) and halfway (18 in (455 mm)) along the back wall. The grab bar shall be mounted 33-36 in
(840-915 mm) above the shower floor.
37(b) 30 in by 60 in (760
mm by 1525 mm) Roll-in Stall. A
U-shaped grab bar that wraps around the stall shall be provided. The grab bar shall be 33-36 in
(840-915 mm) high. |
The
2010 Standards provide an exception for grab bars in certain private bathing
rooms. The 1994 Standards permit
this as well as an ÒadaptableÓ feature.
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
608.3.1
Transfer Type Shower Compartments. In transfer type
compartments, grab bars shall be provided across the control wall and back
wall to a point 18 inches (455 mm) from the control wall. |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
608.3.2
Standard Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. Where a
seat is provided in standard roll-in type shower compartments, grab bars
shall be provided on the back wall and the side wall opposite the seat. Grab
bars shall not be provided above the seat. Where a seat is not provided in
standard roll-in type shower compartments, grab bars shall be provided on
three walls. Grab bars shall be installed 6 inches (150 mm) maximum from
adjacent walls. |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
608.3.3
Alternate Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. In
alternate roll-in type shower compartments, grab bars shall be provided on
the back wall and the side wall farthest from the compartment entry. Grab
bars shall not be provided above the seat. Grab bars shall be installed 6
inches (150 mm) maximum from adjacent walls. |
See 9.1.2 |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
608.4
Seats. A folding or non-folding seat shall be provided in
transfer type shower compartments. A folding seat shall be provided in
roll-in type showers required in transient lodging guest rooms with mobility
features complying with 806.2. Seats shall comply with 610. EXCEPTION:
In residential dwelling units, seats shall not be required in transfer type
shower compartments provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls
so as to permit the installation of seats complying with 608.4. |
4.21.3
Seat. A seat shall be provided in shower stalls 36 in by 36 in (915 mm
by 915 mm) and shall be as shown in Fig. 36. The seat shall be mounted 17 in
to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm) from the bathroom floor and shall extend the full
depth of the stall. In a 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm) shower stall, the
seat shall be on the wall opposite the controls. Where a fixed seat is
provided in a 30 in by 60 in minimum (760 mm by 1525 mm) shower stall, it
shall be a folding type and shall be mounted on the wall adjacent to the
controls as shown in Fig. 57. The structural strength of seats and their
attachments shall comply with 4.26.3. |
120-3-20-.32 (3) Seat. A seat shall be provided in shower
stalls 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm) and shall be as shown in
Fig. 36. The seat shall be
mounted 17 inches to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm) from the bathroom floor and
shall extend the full depth of the stall. In a 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by
915 mm) shower stall, the seat shall be on the wall opposite the
controls. Where a fixed seat is
provided in a 30 inches by 60 inches minimum (760 mm by 1525 mm) shower
stall, it shall be a folding type and shall be mounted on the wall adjacent
to the controls as shown in Fig. 57. The structural strength of seats and
their attachments shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37(3). 120-3-20-.54 (5)(b) Seat
[Residential]. A seat shall be
provided in the shower stall in Fig. 35(a) as shown in Fig. 36. The seat
shall be 17 inches to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm) high measured from the
bathroom floor and shall be on the wall opposite the controls. The structural
strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.34(3). Seats shall be mounted securely and shall not slip during
use. Figure 36 Shower Seat Design.
An L-shaped shower seat shall be provided, extending the full depth of
the stall. The seat shall be
located 1-1/2 in (38 mm) maximum from the wall. The front of the seat (nearest to the
opening) shall extend a maximum 16 in (330 mm) from the wall. The back of the seat (against the back
wall) shall extend a maximum of 23 in (582 mm) from the side wall and shall
be a maximum of 15 in (305 mm) deep. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
608.5
Controls. Controls, faucets, and shower spray
units shall comply with 309.4. |
4.21.5
Controls. Faucets and other controls complying with 4.27.4 shall be
located as shown in Fig. 37. In shower stalls 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915
mm), all controls, faucets, and the shower unit shall be mounted on the side
wall opposite the seat. |
120-3-20-.32 (5) Controls. Faucets and other controls complying
with rule 120-3-20-.38(4) shall be located as shown in Fig. 37. In shower stalls 36 inches by 36
inches (915 mm by 915 mm), all controls, faucets, and the shower unit shall
be mounted on the side wall opposite the seat. 120-3-20-.54 (5)(d) Controls
[Residential]. Faucets and other controls shall be located as shown in Fig.
37 and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38. In the shower stall in Fig. 35(a),
all controls, faucets, and the shower head shall be mounted on the side wall
opposite the seat. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
608.5.1
Transfer Type Shower Compartments. In transfer type
shower compartments, the controls, faucets, and shower spray unit shall be
installed on the side wall opposite the seat 38 inches (965 mm) minimum and
48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the shower floor and shall be located on
the control wall 15 inches (380 mm) maximum from the centerline of the seat
toward the shower opening. |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
608.5.2
Standard Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. In standard
roll-in type shower compartments, the controls, faucets, and shower spray
unit shall be located above the grab bar, but no higher than 48 inches (1220
mm) above the shower floor. Where a seat is provided, the controls, faucets,
and shower spray unit shall be installed on the back wall adjacent to the
seat wall and shall be located 27 inches (685 mm) maximum from the seat wall.
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
608.5.3
Alternate Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. In
alternate roll-in type shower compartments, the controls, faucets, and shower
spray unit shall be located above the grab bar, but no higher than 48 inches
(1220 mm) above the shower floor. Where a seat is provided, the controls,
faucets, and shower spray unit shall be located on the side wall adjacent to
the seat 27 inches (685 mm) maximum from the side wall behind the seat or
shall be located on the back wall opposite the seat 15 inches (380 mm)
maximum, left or right, of the centerline of the seat. Where a seat is not
provided, the controls, faucets, and shower spray unit shall be installed on
the side wall farthest from the compartment entry. |
See 9.1.2 |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
608.6
Shower Spray Unit and Water. A shower spray
unit with a hose 59 inches (1500 mm) long minimum that can be used both as a
fixed-position shower head and as a hand-held shower shall be provided. The
shower spray unit shall have an on/off control with a non-positive shut-off.
If an adjustable-height shower head on a vertical bar is used, the bar shall
be installed so as not to obstruct the use of grab bars. Shower spray units
shall deliver water that is 120¡F (49¡C) maximum. EXCEPTION:
A fixed shower head located at 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum
above the shower finish floor shall be permitted instead of a hand-held spray
unit in facilities that are not medical care facilities, long-term care
facilities, transient lodging guest rooms, or residential dwelling units. |
4.21.6
Shower Unit. A shower spray unit with a hose at least 60 in (1525 mm)
long that can be used both as a fixed shower head and as a hand-held shower
shall be provided. EXCEPTION:
In unmonitored facilities where vandalism is a consideration, a fixed shower
head mounted at 48 in (1220 mm) above the shower floor may be used in lieu of
a hand-held shower head. |
120-3-20-.32 (6) Shower Unit. A shower spray unit with a hose at
least 60 inches (1525 mm) long that can be used both as a fixed shower head
and as a hand-held shower shall be provided. EXCEPTION: In unmonitored facilities
where vandalism is a consideration, a fixed shower head mounted at 48 inches
(1220 mm) above the shower floor may be used in lieu of a hand-held
showerhead. 120-3-20-.54 (5)(e) Shower Head
[Residential]. A shower spray head shall be provided with a hose at least 60
inches (1525 mm) long that can be used as a fixed shower head or as a
hand-held shower. If an adjustable height shower head mounted on a vertical
bar is used, the bar shall be installed, so as not to obstruct the use of the
grab bars. |
The
2010 Standards specify a maximum water temperature to prevent thermal shock. |
|
|||||||||||
|
608.7
Thresholds. Thresholds in roll-in type shower
compartments shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum in accordance with 303.
In transfer type shower compartments, thresholds 1/2 inch (13 mm) high
maximum shall be beveled, rounded, or vertical. EXCEPTION:
A threshold 2 inches (51 mm) high maximum shall be permitted in transfer type
shower compartments in existing facilities where provision of a 1/2 inch (13
mm) high threshold would disturb the structural reinforcement of the floor
slab. |
4.21.7
Curbs. If provided, curbs in shower stalls 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by
915 mm) shall be no higher than 1/2 in (13 mm). Shower stalls that are 30 in
by 60 in (760 mm by 1525 mm) minimum shall not have curbs. |
120-3-20-.32 (7) Curbs. If provided, curbs in shower stalls 36
inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm) shall be no higher than ½ inch
(13 mm). Shower stalls that are
30 inches by 60 inches (760 mm by 1525 mm) minimum shall not have curbs. |
The
2010 Standards provide an exception for certain existing transfer type shower
compartments. |
|
|
||||||||||
|
608.8
Shower Enclosures. Enclosures for shower compartments
shall not obstruct controls, faucets, and shower spray units or obstruct
transfer from wheelchairs onto shower seats. |
4.21.8
Shower Enclosures. If provided, enclosures for shower
stalls shall not obstruct controls or obstruct transfer from wheelchairs onto
shower seats. |
120-3-20-.32 (8) Shower
Enclosures. If provided,
enclosures for shower stalls shall not obstruct controls or obstruct transfer
from wheelchairs onto shower seats. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
609
Grab Bars |
4.26 Handrails, Grab Bars, and
Tub and Shower Seats. |
120-3-20-.37
Handrails, Grab Bars, and Tub and Shower Seats. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
609.1
General. Grab bars in toilet facilities and
bathing facilities shall comply with 609. |
4.26.1
General. All handrails, grab bars, and tub and shower seats required
to be accessible by 4.1, 4.8, 4.9, 4.16, 4.17, 4.20 or 4.21 shall comply with
4.26. |
120-3-20-.37
(1) General. All handrails,
grab bars, and tub and shower seats required to be accessible by rules
120-3-20-.03, 120-3-20-.19, 120-3-20-.20, 120-3-20-.27, 120-3-20-.28,
120-3-20-.31 or 120-3-20-.32 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37. Note: Many disabled people rely heavily upon
grab bars and handrails to maintain balance and prevent serious falls. Many people brace their forearms
between supports and walls to give them more leverage and stability in
maintaining balance or for lifting.
The grab bar clearance of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) required in these rules
is a safety clearance to prevent injuries resulting from arms slipping
through the openings. It also
provides adequate gripping room. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
609.2
Cross Section. Grab bars shall have a cross section
complying with 609.2.1 or 609.2.2. |
4.26.2
Size and Spacing of Grab Bars and Handrails. The diameter or width of
the gripping surfaces of a handrail or grab bar shall be 1-1/4 in to 1-1/2 in
(32 mm to 38 mm), or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface.
If handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall, the space between
the wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2 in (38 mm) (see Fig. 39(a), (b),
(c), and (e)). Handrails may be located in a recess if the recess is a
maximum of 3 in (75 mm) deep and extends at least 18 in (455 mm) above the
top of the rail (see Fig. 39(d)). |
120-3-20-.37 (2) Size and Spacing of
Grab Bars and Handrails. The
diameter or width of the gripping surfaces of a handrail or grab bar shall be
1-1/4 inches to 1-1/2 inches (32 mm to 38 mm), or the shape shall provide an
equivalent gripping surface. If
handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall, the space between the
wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) (see Fig. 39(a), (b), and
(c)). Handrails may be
located in a recess if the recess is a maximum of 3 inches (75 mm) deep and
extends at least 18 inches (455 mm) above the top of the rail (see Fig.
39(c)). Note: This specification allows for
alternate shapes of handrails as long as they allow an opposing grip similar
to that provided by a circular section of 1-1/4 inches to 1-1/2 inches (32 mm
to 38 mm). |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify a maximum diameter of 1
½ inches for grab bars with a circular cross section. The 2010
Standards specify a maximum 2 inch diameter. Research indicates the 2 inch diameter
is more usable and safer. |
|
|||||||||||
|
609.2.1
Circular Cross Section. Grab bars with circular cross
sections shall have an outside diameter of 1 1/4 inches (32 mm) minimum and 2
inches (51 mm) maximum. |
NOTE: In Figure 39(b), the handrail shape
has a rounded gripping surface shaped from a rectangular stock. Spacing
between handrail and the adjacent wall shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm).
Handrail gripping surface shall be 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches diameter (32 - 38
mm). |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
609.2.2
Non-Circular Cross Section. Grab bars with
non-circular cross sections shall have a cross-section dimension of 2 inches
(51 mm) maximum and a perimeter dimension of 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and
4.8 inches (120 mm) maximum. |
NOTE: Figure 39(c) shows a
rounded gripping surface provided on top of a rectangular railing supported
from a bottom bracket attached to a side wall. Spacing between handrail and
the adjacent wall shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Rounded handrail surface
shall be 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches diameter (32 - 38 mm). |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
609.3
Spacing. The space between the wall and the
grab bar shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm). The space between the grab bar and
projecting objects below and at the ends shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm)
minimum. The space between the grab bar and projecting objects above shall be
12 inches (305 mm) minimum. EXCEPTION:
The space between the grab bars and shower controls, shower fittings, and
other grab bars above shall be permitted to be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. |
NOTE: Figure 39(a) indicates spacing between
handrail and the adjacent wall shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm). Handrail shall
be 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches diameter (32 - 38 mm). Support for the handrail is
from below. Figure
39(d) illustrates a handrail mounted into a recessed
section of a wall. The bottom of the recessed section is not more than 3
inches wide where the handrail is located. The recessed section shown extends
vertically approximately 6 inches and then angles to a point on the flush
wall a minimum of 18 inches (455 mm) above the grab bar. This profile is
provided to permit grasping from a standing position. Spacing between
handrail and the adjacent wall shall be 1- 1/2 inches (38 mm). Handrail shall
be 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches diameter (32 - 38 mm). Support for the handrail is
from below. In Figure
39(e), the round grab bar surface is 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches
diameter (32 - 38 mm). Spacing from the face of the grab bar to the wall is
1- 1/2 inches (38 mm). |
|
The
2010 Standards clarify that the 1 ½ absolute clearance does not apply
to shower controls, shower fittings or other grab bars that are located near
a grab bar. |
|
|
||||||||||
|
609.4
Position of Grab Bars. Grab bars shall be installed
in a horizontal position, 33 inches (840 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm)
maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface,
except that at water closets for children's use complying with 604.9, grab
bars shall be installed in a horizontal position 18 inches (455 mm) minimum
and 27 inches (685 mm) maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of
the gripping surface. The height of the lower grab bar on the back wall of a
bathtub shall comply with 607.4.1.1 or 607.4.2.1. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
609.5
Surface Hazards. Grab bars and any wall or other
surfaces adjacent to grab bars shall be free of sharp or abrasive elements
and shall have rounded edges. |
4.26.4
Eliminating Hazards. A handrail or grab bar and any wall or other
surface adjacent to it shall be free of any sharp or abrasive elements. Edges
shall have a minimum radius of 1/8 in (3.2 mm). |
120-3-20-.37 (4) Eliminating
Hazards. A handrail or grab bar
and any wall or other surface adjacent to it shall be free of any sharp or
abrasive elements. Edges shall
have a minimum radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
609.6
Fittings. Grab bars shall not rotate within
their fittings. |
4.26.3(5) Grab bars shall not rotate
within their fittings. |
120-3-20-.37 (3)(e) Grab bars shall
not rotate within their fittings. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
609.7
Installation. Grab bars shall be installed in any
manner that provides a gripping surface at the specified locations and that
does not obstruct the required clear floor space. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
609.8
Structural Strength. Allowable stresses shall not
be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250
pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the grab bar, fastener, mounting
device, or supporting structure. |
4.26.3
Structural Strength. The structural strength of grab bars, tub and
shower seats, fasteners, and mounting devices shall meet the following
specification: (1) Bending stress in a grab bar or
seat induced by the maximum bending moment from the application of 250 lbf
(1112N) shall be less than the allowable stress for the material of the grab
bar or seat. (2) Shear stress induced in a grab
bar or seat by the application of 250 lbf (1112N) shall be less than the
allowable shear stress for the material of the grab bar or seat. If the
connection between the grab bar or seat and its mounting bracket or other
support is considered to be fully restrained, then direct and torsional shear
stresses shall be totaled for the combined shear stress, which shall not
exceed the allowable shear stress. (3) Shear force induced in a fastener
or mounting device from the application of 250 lbf (1112N) shall be less than
the allowable lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or the
supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable load. (4) Tensile force induced in a
fastener by a direct tension force of 250 lbf (1112N) plus the maximum moment
from the application of 250 lbf (1112N) shall be less than the allowable
withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure. |
120-3-20-.37 (3) Structural Strength. The structural strength of grab bars,
tub and shower seats, fasteners, and mounting devices shall meet the
following specification: (a) Bending stress in a grab bar or
seat induced by the maximum bending moment from the application of 250 lbf
(1112 N) shall be less than the allowable stress for the material of the grab
bar or seat. (b) Shear stress induced in a grab
bar or seat by the application of 250 lbf (1112 N) shall be less than the
allowable shear stress for the material of the grab bar or seat. If the connection between the grab bar
or seat and its mounting bracket or other support is considered to be fully
restrained, then direct and torsional shear stresses shall be totaled for the
combined shear stress, which shall not exceed the allowable shear stress. (c) Shear force induced in a fastener
or mounting device from the application of 250 lbf (1112 N) shall be less
than the allowable lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or
the supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable load (d) Tensile force induced in a
fastener by a direct tension force of 250 lbf (1112 N) plus the maximum
moment from the application of 250 lbf (1112 N) shall be less than the
allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting
structure. (e) Grab bars shall not rotate within
their fittings. |
The
2010 Standards consolidate all of the different types of stresses addressed
by the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code. |
|
|
||||||||||
|
610
Seats |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
610.1
General. Seats in bathtubs and shower
compartments shall comply with 610. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
610.2
Bathtub Seats. The top of bathtub seats shall be 17
inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the bathroom
finish floor. The depth of a removable in-tub seat shall be 15 inches (380
mm) minimum and 16 inches (405 mm) maximum. The seat shall be capable of
secure placement. Permanent seats at the head end of the bathtub shall be 15
inches (380 mm) deep minimum and shall extend from the back wall to or beyond
the outer edge of the bathtub. |
4.20.3
Seat. An in‑tub seat or a
seat at the head end of the tub shall be provided as shown in Fig. 33 and
34. The structural strength of
seats and their attachments shall comply with 4.26.3. Seats shall be mounted securely and
shall not slip during use. |
120-3-20-.31 Bathtubs. (3) Seat. An in-tub seat or a seat at the head
end of the tub shall be provided as shown in Fig. 33 and 34. The structural
strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.37(3). Seats shall be
mounted securely and shall not slip during use. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
610.3
Shower Compartment Seats. Where a seat is provided in a
standard roll-in shower compartment, it shall be a folding type, shall be
installed on the side wall adjacent to the controls, and shall extend from
the back wall to a point within 3 inches (75 mm) of the compartment entry.
Where a seat is provided in an alternate roll-in type shower compartment, it
shall be a folding type, shall be installed on the front wall opposite the
back wall, and shall extend from the adjacent side wall to a point within 3
inches (75 mm) of the compartment entry. In transfer-type showers, the seat
shall extend from the back wall to a point within 3 inches (75 mm) of the
compartment entry. The top of the seat shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum
and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the bathroom finish floor. Seats shall
comply with 610.3.1 or 610.3.2. |
4.21.3
Seat. A seat shall be provided in
shower stalls 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm) and shall be as shown in Fig.
36. The seat shall be mounted 17
in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm) from the bathroom floor and shall extend the full
depth of the stall. In a 36 in by
36 in (915 mm by 915 mm) shower stall, the seat shall be on the wall opposite
the controls. Where a fixed seat
is provided in a 30 in by 60 in minimum (760 mm by 1525 mm) shower stall, it
shall be a folding type and shall be mounted on the wall adjacent to the
controls as shown in Fig. 57. The
structural strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with 4.26.3. |
120-3-20-.32 Shower Stalls. (3) Seat. A seat shall be provided in shower
stalls 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm) and shall be as shown in
Fig. 36. The seat shall be
mounted 17 inches to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm) from the bathroom floor and
shall extend the full depth of the stall. In a 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by
915 mm) shower stall, the seat shall be on the wall opposite the
controls. Where a fixed seat is
provided in a 30 inches by 60 inches minimum (760 mm by 1525 mm) shower
stall, it shall be a folding type and shall be mounted on the wall adjacent
to the controls as shown in Fig. 57. The structural strength of seats and
their attachments shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37(3). |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
610.3.1
Rectangular Seats. The rear edge of a rectangular seat
shall be 2 1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum and the front edge 15 inches (380 mm)
minimum and 16 inches (405 mm) maximum from the seat wall. The side edge of
the seat shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) maximum from the adjacent wall. |
|
|
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify an L-shaped seat. The
2010 Standards permit either a rectangular or an L-shaped seat. |
|
|
||||||||||
|
610.3.2
L-Shaped Seats. The rear edge of an L-shaped seat
shall be 2 1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum and the front edge 15 inches (380 mm)
minimum and 16 inches (405 mm) maximum from the seat wall. The rear edge of
the "L" portion of the seat shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) maximum
from the wall and the front edge shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and 15
inches (380 mm) maximum from the wall. The end of the "L" shall be
22 inches (560 mm) minimum and 23 inches maximum (585 mm) from the main seat
wall. |
NOTE: In Figure
36, the diagram illustrates an L-shaped shower seat extending the full depth
of the stall. The seat shall be located 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) maximum from the
wall. The front of the seat (nearest to the opening) shall extend a maximum
16 inches (330 mm) from the wall. The back of the seat (against the back
wall) shall extend a maximum of 23 inches (582 mm) from the side wall and
shall be a maximum of 15 inches (305 mm) deep. |
Figure 36 Shower Seat Design.
An L-shaped shower seat shall be provided, extending the full depth of
the stall. The seat shall be
located 1-1/2 in (38 mm) maximum from the wall. The front of the seat (nearest to the
opening) shall extend a maximum 16 in (330 mm) from the wall. The back of the seat (against the back
wall) shall extend a maximum of 23 in (582 mm) from the side wall and shall
be a maximum of 15 in (305 mm) deep. |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
610.4
Structural Strength. Allowable stresses shall not
be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250
pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the seat, fastener, mounting
device, or supporting structure. |
See 4.26.3 |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
611
Washing Machines and Clothes Dryers |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
611.1
General. Washing machines and clothes dryers
shall comply with 611. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (6) Laundry Facilities
[Residential]. If laundry equipment is provided within individual accessible
dwelling units, or if separate laundry facilities serve one or more
accessible dwelling units, they shall meet the requirements of 120-320-.54.6.1
and 120-3-20-.54.6.2. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
120-3-20-.54 (6 (a) Location. Laundry
Facilities and laundry equipment shall be on an accessible route. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
611.2
Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space
complying with 305 positioned for parallel approach shall be provided. The
clear floor or ground space shall be centered on the appliance |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
611.3
Operable Parts. Operable parts, including doors,
lint screens, and detergent and bleach compartments shall comply with 309. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (6) (c) Controls.
Laundry equipment shall comply with 120-3-20-.38. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
611.4
Height. Top loading machines shall have the
door to the laundry compartment located 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the
finish floor. Front loading machines shall have the bottom of the opening to
the laundry compartment located 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915
mm) maximum above the finish floor. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (6) (b) Washing Machines
and Clothes Dryers. Accessible washing machines and clothes dryers in
common-use laundry rooms shall be front loading and shall comply with
120-3-20-.13(4). |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
612
Saunas and Steam Rooms |
|
|
The
2010 Standards have specific requirements for accessible saunas and steam
rooms. |
|
|
||||||||||
|
612.1
General. Saunas and steam rooms shall comply
with 612. |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
612.2
Bench. Where seating is provided in saunas and steam rooms, at
least one bench shall comply with 903. Doors shall not swing into the clear
floor space required by 903.2. EXCEPTION:
A readily removable bench shall be permitted to obstruct the turning space
required by 612.3 and the clear floor or ground space required by 903.2. |
|
||||||||||||||
|
612.3
Turning Space. A turning space complying with 304
shall be provided within saunas and steam rooms. |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
CHAPTER
7: COMMUNICATION ELEMENTS AND FEATURES |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
701
General |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
701.1
Scope. The provisions of Chapter 7 shall apply where required by
Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
702
Fire Alarm Systems |
120-3-20-.39
Alarms. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
702.1
General. Fire alarm systems shall have
permanently installed audible and visible alarms complying with NFPA 72 (1999
or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced
Standards" in Chapter 1), except that the maximum allowable sound level
of audible notification appliances complying with section 4-3.2.1 of NFPA 72
(1999 edition) shall have a sound level no more than 110 dB at the minimum
hearing distance from the audible appliance. In addition, alarms in guest
rooms required to provide communication features shall comply with sections
4-3 and 4-4 of NFPA 72 (1999 edition) or sections 7.4 and 7.5 of NFPA 72
(2002 edition). EXCEPTION:
Fire alarm systems in medical care facilities shall be permitted to be
provided in accordance with industry practice. |
4.28.1
General.
Alarm systems required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.28. At a
minimum, visual signal appliances shall be provided in buildings and
facilities in each of the following areas: restrooms and any other general
usage areas (e.g., meeting rooms), hallways, lobbies, and any other area for
common use. |
120-3-20-.39
(1) General. Alarm systems
required to be accessible by rule 120-3-.20-.03 shall comply with rule
120-3-.20-.39. At a minimum,
visual signal appliances shall be provided in buildings and facilities in
each of the following areas: restrooms and any other general usage areas
(e.g., class rooms, meeting rooms), hallways, lobbies, and any other area for
common use. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have their own requirements for
accessible alarms. The 2010
Standards reference the NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code as this document now
has comprehensive requirements for accessible alarms. |
|
|||||||||||
|
4.28.2
Audible Alarms. If provided, audible emergency alarms shall produce a
sound that exceeds the prevailing equivalent sound level in the room or space
by at least 15 dbA or exceeds any maximum sound level with a duration of 60
seconds by 5 dbA, whichever is louder. Sound levels for alarm signals shall
not exceed 120 dbA. |
120-3-20-.39 (2) Audible Alarms. If provided, audible emergency alarms
shall produce a sound that exceeds the prevailing equivalent sound level in
the room or space by at least 15 dbA or exceeds any maximum sound level with
a duration of 60 seconds by 5 dbA, whichever is louder. Sound levels for alarm signals shall not
exceed 120 dbA. Note: Audible emergency signals must have an
intensity and frequency that can attract the attention of individuals who
have partial hearing loss. People
more than 60 years of age generally have difficulty perceiving frequencies
higher than 10,000 Hz. An alarm
signal which has a periodic element to its signal, such as single stroke
bells (clang-pause-clang-pause), hi-low (up-down-up-down), and fast whoop
(on-off-on-off) are best. Avoid
continuous or reverberating tones.
Select a signal which has a sound characterized by three or four clear
tones without a great deal of ÒnoiseÓ in between. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
4.28.3
Visual Alarms. Visual alarm signal appliances shall be integrated into
the building or facility alarm system. If single station audible alarms are
provided then single station visual alarm signals shall be provided. Visual
alarm signals shall have the following minimum photometric and location
features: |
120-3-20-.39 (3) Visual Alarms. Visual alarm signal appliances shall
be integrated into the building or facility alarm system. If single station audible alarms are
provided then single station, visual alarm signals shall be provided. Visual alarm signals shall have the
following minimum photometric and location features: |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
(1)
The lamp shall be a xenon strobe type or equivalent. (2)
The color shall be clear or nominal white (i.e., unfiltered or clear filtered
white light). (3)
The maximum pulse duration shall be two-tenths of one second (0.2 sec) with a
maximum duty cycle of 40 percent. The pulse duration is defined as the time
interval between initial and final points of 10 percent of maximum signal. (4)
The intensity shall be a minimum of 75 candela. (5)
The flash rate shall be a minimum of 1 Hz and a maximum of 3 Hz. (6)
The appliance shall be placed 80 in (2030 mm) above the highest floor level
within the space or 6 in (152 mm) below the ceiling, whichever is lower. (7)
In general, no place in any room or space required to have a visual signal
appliance shall be more than 50 ft (15 m) from the signal (in the horizontal
plane). In large rooms and spaces exceeding 100 ft (30 m) across, without
obstructions 6 ft (2 m) above the finish floor, such as auditoriums, devices
may be placed around the perimeter, spaced a maximum 100 ft (30 m) apart, in
lieu of suspending appliances from the ceiling. (8)
No place in common corridors or hallways in which visual alarm signaling
appliances are required shall be more than 50 ft (15 m) from the signal. |
(a) The lamp shall be a xenon strobe type
or equivalent. 120-3-20-.39 (3)(b) The color shall
be clear or nominal white (i.e., unfiltered or clear filtered white
light). (c) The maximum pulse duration shall
be two-tenths of one second (0.2 sec) with a maximum duty cycle of 40
percent. The pulse duration is
defined as the time interval between initial and final points of 10 percent
of maximum signal. (d) The intensity shall be a minimum
of 75 candela. (e) The flash rate shall be a minimum
of 1 Hz and a maximum of 3 Hz. (f) The appliance shall be placed 80
inches (2030 mm) above the highest floor level within the space or 6 inches
(152 mm) below the ceiling, whichever is lower. (g) In general, no place in any room
or space required to have a visual signal appliance shall be more than 50
feet (15 m) from the signal (in the horizontal plane). In large rooms and spaces exceeding
100 feet (30 m) across, without obstructions 6 feet (2 m) above the finish floor, such as
auditoriums, devices may be placed around the perimeter, spaced a maximum 100
ft (30 m) apart, in lieu of suspending appliances from the ceiling. (h) No place in common corridors or
hallways in which visual alarm signaling appliances are required shall be
more than 50 feet (15 m) from the signal. Note: The specifications in this section do
not preclude the use of zoned or coded alarm systems. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
703
Signs |
4.30
Signage. |
120-3-20-.41
Signage. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
703.1
General. Signs shall comply with 703. Where
both visual and tactile characters are required, either one sign with both
visual and tactile characters, or two separate signs, one with visual, and
one with tactile characters, shall be provided. |
4.30.1
General. Signage required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with
the applicable provisions of 4.30. |
120-3-20-.41
(1) General. Signage required
to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with the applicable
provisions of rule 120-3-20-.41. Note: In building complexes where finding
locations independently on a routine basis may be a necessity (for example,
college campuses), tactile maps or prerecorded instructions can be very
helpful to visually impaired people.
Several maps and auditory instructions have been developed and tested
for specific applications. The
type of map or instruction used must be bases on the information to be
communicated, which depends highly on the type of buildings or user. Landmarks that can be easily
distinguished by visually impaired individuals are useful as orientation
cues. Such cues include changes
in illumination level, bright colors, unique patterns, wall murals, location
of special equipment or other architectural features. Many people with disabilities have
limitations in movement of their heads and reduced peripheral vision. Thus, signage positioned perpendicular
to the path of travel is easiest for them to notice. People can generally distinguish
signage within an angle of 30 degrees to either side of the centerline of
their faces without moving their heads. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
703.2
Raised Characters. Raised characters shall comply with
703.2 and shall be duplicated in braille complying with 703.3. Raised
characters shall be installed in accordance with 703.4. |
4.30.4 Raised and Brailled Characters
and Pictorial Symbol Signs (Pictograms). Letters
and numerals shall be raised 1/32 in (0.8 mm) minimum, upper case, sans serif
or simple serif type and shall be accompanied with Grade 2 Braille. Raised
characters shall be at least 5/8 in (16 mm) high, but no higher than 2 in (50
mm). Pictograms shall be accompanied by the equivalent verbal description
placed directly below the pictogram. The border dimension of the pictogram
shall be 6 in (152 mm) minimum in height. |
120-3-20-.41 (4) Raised and Braille
Characters and Pictorial Symbol Signs (Pictograms). Letters and numerals shall be raised
1/32 inch, uppercase, sans serif or simple serif type and shall be
accompanied with Grade 2 Braille.
Raised characters shall be at least 5/8 inch (16 mm) high, but no
higher than 2 inches (50 mm).
Pictograms shall be accompanied by the equivalent verbal description
placed directly below the pictogram.
The border dimension of the pictogram shall be 6 inches (152 mm)
minimum in height. Note: The standard dimensions for literary
Braille are as follows:
Raised borders around signs
containing raised characters may make them confusing to read unless the
border is set far away from the characters. Accessible signage with descriptive
materials about public buildings, monuments, and objects of cultural interest
may not provide sufficiently detailed and meaningful information. Interpretive guides, audio tape devices,
or other methods may be more effective in presenting such information. |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
703.2.1
Depth. Raised characters shall be 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) minimum
above their background. |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
703.2.2
Case. Characters shall be uppercase. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
703.2.3
Style. Characters shall be sans serif. Characters shall not be italic,
oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual forms. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
703.2.4
Character Proportions. Characters shall be selected
from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O" is 55
percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter
"I". |
4.30.2
Character Proportion. Letters and numbers on signs shall have a
width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke-width-to-height ratio
between 1:5 and 1:10. |
120-3-20-.41 (2) Character
Proportion. Letters and numbers
on signs shall have a width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a
stroke-width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10. Note: The legibility of printed characters
is a function of the viewing distance, character height, the ratio of the
stroke width to the height of the character, the contrast of color between
character and background and print fonts. The size of characters must be based
upon the intended viewing distance.
A severely nearsighted person may have to be much closer to recognize
a character of a given size than a person with normal visual acuity. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
703.2.5
Character Height. Character height measured vertically
from the baseline of the character shall be 5/8 inch (16 mm) minimum and 2
inches (51 mm) maximum based on the height of the uppercase letter
"I". EXCEPTION:
Where separate raised and visual characters with the same information are
provided, raised character height shall be permitted to be 1/2 inch (13 mm)
minimum. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
703.2.6
Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter
"I" shall be 15 percent maximum of the height of the character. |
See
4.30.2 |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
703.2.7
Character Spacing. Character spacing shall be measured
between the two closest points of adjacent raised characters within a
message, excluding word spaces. Where characters have rectangular cross
sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/8 inch (3.2
mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum. Where
characters have other cross sections, spacing between individual raised
characters shall be 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised
character stroke width maximum at the base of the cross sections, and 1/8
inch (3.2 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum
at the top of the cross sections. Characters shall be separated from raised
borders and decorative elements 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
703.2.8
Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of
separate lines of raised characters within a message shall be 135 percent
minimum and 170 percent maximum of the raised character height. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
703.3
Braille. Braille shall be contracted (Grade
2) and shall comply with 703.3 and 703.4. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
703.3.1
Dimensions and Capitalization. Braille dots shall
have a domed or rounded shape and shall comply with Table 703.3.1. The
indication of an uppercase letter or letters shall only be used before the
first word of sentences, proper nouns and names, individual letters of the
alphabet, initials, and acronyms. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||
|
2010 Standards for
Accessible Design: 703.3.1 Braille Dimensions |
|
|
Measurement Range |
Minimum in Inches Maximum in Inches |
|
Dot
base diameter |
0.059 (1.5 mm) to 0.063 (1.6 mm) |
|
Distance between two dots in the same
cell1 |
0.090 (2.3 mm) to 0.100 (2.5 mm) |
|
Distance between corresponding dots
in adjacent cells1 |
0.241 (6.1 mm) to 0.300 (7.6 mm) |
|
Dot height |
0.025 (0.6 mm) to 0.037 (0.9 mm) |
|
Distance between corresponding dots from one cell directly below1 |
0.395 (10 mm) to 0.400 (10.2 mm) |
|
1. Measured center to center. |
|
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|
703.3.2
Position. Braille shall be positioned below
the corresponding text. If text is multi-lined, braille shall be placed below
the entire text. Braille shall be separated 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from
any other tactile characters and 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from raised
borders and decorative elements. EXCEPTION:
Braille provided on elevator car controls shall be separated 3/16 inch (4.8
mm) minimum and shall be located either directly below or adjacent to the
corresponding raised characters or symbols. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards specify that where text is multilined, braille shall be
located below the entire text and not interspersed between each line of
visual text. The 1994 Standards and
Georgia Accessibility Code are silent on this issue. |
|
703.4
Installation Height and Location. Signs with tactile
characters shall comply with 703.4. |
|
|
|
|
703.4.1
Height Above Finish Floor or Ground. Tactile characters
on signs shall be located 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum above the finish floor
or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the lowest tactile character
and 60 inches (1525 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground surface,
measured from the baseline of the highest tactile character. EXCEPTION:
Tactile characters for elevator car controls shall not be required to comply
with 703.4.1. |
4.30.6
Mounting Location and Height. Where permanent identification is
provided for rooms and spaces, signs shall be installed on the wall adjacent
to the latch side of the door. Where there is no wall space to the latch side
of the door, including at double leaf doors, signs shall be placed on the
nearest adjacent wall. Mounting height shall be 60 in (1525 mm) above the
finish floor to the centerline of the sign. Mounting location for such
signage shall be so that a person may approach within 3 in (76 mm) of signage
without encountering protruding objects or standing within the swing of a
door. |
120-3-20-.41 (6) Mounting Location
and Height. Where permanent
identification is provided for rooms and spaces, signs shall be installed on
the wall adjacent to the latch side of the door. Where there is no wall space to the
latch side of the door, including at double leaf doors, signs shall be placed
on the nearest adjacent wall.
Mounting height shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) above the finish floor to
the centerline of the sign.
Mounting location for such signage shall be so that a person may
approach within 3 inches (76 mm) of signage without encountering protruding
objects or standing within the swing of a door. |
The
2010 Standards specify a mounting height for tactile characters and braille
between 48 and 60 inches high.
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify that signs
must be centered 60 inches above the floor, which results in tactile
characters being significantly above 60 inches on signs with a large amount
of text. |
|
703.4.2
Location. Where a tactile sign is provided at
a door, the sign shall be located alongside the door at the latch side. Where
a tactile sign is provided at double doors with one active leaf, the sign
shall be located on the inactive leaf. Where a tactile sign is provided at
double doors with two active leafs, the sign shall be located to the right of
the right hand door. Where there is no wall space at the latch side of a
single door or at the right side of double doors, signs shall be located on
the nearest adjacent wall. Signs containing tactile characters shall be
located so that a clear floor space of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum by 18
inches (455 mm) minimum, centered on the tactile characters, is provided
beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree
open position. EXCEPTION:
Signs with tactile characters shall be permitted on the push side of doors
with closers and without hold-open devices. |
The
2010 Standards specify an 18 by 18 inch minimum clear floor space in front of
tactile signs. The 1994 Standards
and Georgia Accessibility Code require that people be able to approach to
within 3 inches of the sign without encountering protruding objects. |
||
|
703.5
Visual Characters. Visual characters shall comply with
703.5. EXCEPTION:
Where visual characters comply with 703.2 and are accompanied by braille
complying with 703.3, they shall not be required to comply with 703.5.2
through 703.5.9. |
|
|
|
|
703.5.1
Finish and Contrast. Characters and their
background shall have a non-glare finish. Characters shall contrast with
their background with either light characters on a dark background or dark
characters on a light background. |
4.30.5
Finish and Contrast. The characters and background of signs shall be
eggshell, matte, or other non-glare finish. Characters and symbols shall
contrast with their background -- either light characters on a dark
background or dark characters on a light background. |
120-3-20-.41 (5) Finish and
Contrast. The characters and
background of signs shall be eggshell, matte, or other non glare finish. Characters and symbols shall contrast
with their background -- either light characters on a dark background or dark
characters on a light background.
Note: An eggshell finish (11 to 19 degree
gloss on 60 degree glossimeter) is recommended. Research indicates that signs are more
legible for persons with low vision when characters contrast with their
background by at least 70 percent.
Contrast in percent shall be determined by: Contrast = [(B1 – B2) / B1] x
100 Where B1=light reflectance value
(LRV) of the lighter area and B2=light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker
area. Note: in any application both white and
black are never absolute; thus, B1 never equals 100 and B2 is greater than 0. The greatest readability is usually
achieved through the use of light-colored characters or symbols on a dark
background. |
|
|
703.5.2
Case. Characters shall be uppercase or lowercase or a
combination of both. |
|
|
|
|
703.5.3
Style. Characters shall be conventional in form. Characters
shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual
forms. |
|
|
|
|
703.5.4
Character Proportions. Characters shall be selected
from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O" is 55
percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter
"I". |
|
|
|
|
703.5.5
Character Height. Minimum character height shall comply
with Table 703.5.5. Viewing distance shall be measured as the horizontal
distance between the character and an obstruction preventing further approach
towards the sign. Character height shall be based on the uppercase letter
"I". |
4.30.3 Character Height.
Characters and numbers on signs shall be sized according to the viewing
distance from which they are to be read. The minimum height is measured using
an upper case X. Lower case characters are permitted. |
120-3-20-.41 (3) Character
Height. Characters and numbers on
signs shall be sized according to the viewing distance from which they are to
be read. The minimum height is
measured using an uppercase X.
Lowercase characters are permitted. |
The
2010 Standards provide detailed dimensional requirements for sign characters
based on a spectrum of heights of the sign and viewing distances for the
sign. The 1994 Standards specify
a minimum character height for signs over 80 inches above the floor. |
|
2010 Standards for Accessible Design:
703.5.5 Visual Character Height |
||
|
Height to Finish Floor or
Ground From Baseline of Character |
Horizontal Viewing Distance |
Minimum Character Height |
|
40 inches (1015 mm) to less than or
equal to 70 inches (1780 mm) |
less than 72 inches (1830 mm) |
5/8 inch (16 mm) |
|
72 inches (1830 mm) and greater |
5/8 inch (16 mm), plus 1/8 inch (3.2
mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance above 72 inches (1830 mm) |
|
|
Greater than 70 inches (1780 mm) to
less than or equal to 120 inches (3050 mm) |
less than 180 inches (4570 mm) |
2 inches (51 mm) |
|
180 inches (4570 mm) and greater |
2 inches (51 mm), plus 1/8 inch (3.2
mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance above 180 inches (4570 mm) |
|
|
greater than 120 inches (3050 mm) |
less than 21 feet (6400 mm) |
3 inches (75 mm) |
|
21
feet (6400 mm) and greater |
3 inches (75 mm), plus 1/8 inch (3.2
mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance above 21 feet (6400 mm) |
|
|
1994 Standards for
Accessible Design: Table 4.30.3 and Georgia Accessibility Code requirement |
|
|
Height Above Finished Floor |
Minimum Character Height |
|
Suspended or Projected Overhead in
compliance with 4.4.2 |
3 in (75 mm) minimum |
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|
703.5.6
Height From Finish Floor or Ground. Visual characters
shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTION:
Visual characters indicating elevator car controls shall not be required to
comply with 703.5.6. |
|
|
|
|
703.5.7
Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness of the uppercase
letter "I" shall be 10 percent minimum and 30 percent maximum of
the height of the character. |
|
|
|
|
703.5.8
Character Spacing. Character spacing shall be measured
between the two closest points of adjacent characters, excluding word spaces.
Spacing between individual characters shall be 10 percent minimum and 35
percent maximum of character height. |
|
|
|
|
703.5.9
Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of
separate lines of characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum
and 170 percent maximum of the character height. |
|
|
|
|
703.6
Pictograms. Pictograms shall comply with 703.6. |
|
|
|
|
703.6.1
Pictogram Field. Pictograms shall have a field height
of 6 inches (150 mm) minimum. Characters and braille shall not be located in
the pictogram field. |
|
|
|
|
703.6.2
Finish and Contrast. Pictograms and their field
shall have a non-glare finish. Pictograms shall contrast with their field
with either a light pictogram on a dark field or a dark pictogram on a light
field. |
|
|
|
|
703.6.3
Text Descriptors. Pictograms shall have text descriptors
located directly below the pictogram field. Text descriptors shall comply
with 703.2, 703.3 and 703.4. |
|
|
|
|
703.7
Symbols of Accessibility. Symbols of accessibility shall
comply with 703.7. |
4.30.7 Symbols of
Accessibility. |
(7)
Symbols of Accessibility. |
|
|
703.7.1
Finish and Contrast. Symbols of accessibility and
their background shall have a non-glare finish. Symbols of accessibility
shall contrast with their background with either a light symbol on a dark
background or a dark symbol on a light background. |
|
|
|
|
703.7.2
Symbols. |
|
|
|
|
703.7.2.1
International Symbol of Accessibility. The International
Symbol of Accessibility shall comply with Figure 703.7.2.1. |
4.30.7(1)
Facilities and elements required to be identified as accessible by 4.1 shall
use the international symbol of accessibility. The symbol shall be displayed
as shown in Fig. 43(a) and (b). NOTE:
Figure 43(a) illustrates the International Symbol of Accessibility on a grid
background. Figure 43(b) indicates the symbol
contrast shall be light on dark, or dark on light. |
120-3-20-.41 (7)(a) Facilities and
elements required to be identified as accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall
use the international symbol of accessibility. The symbol shall be displayed as shown
in Fig. 43(a) and (b). Figure 43 International Symbols.
43(a) Proportions, International Symbol of Accessibility. The diagram illustrates the
International Symbol of Accessibility on a grid background.
43(b) Display Conditions,
International Symbol of Accessibility.
The symbol contrast shall be light on dark or dark on light. |
|
|
703.7.2.2
International Symbol of TTY. The International
Symbol of TTY shall comply with Figure 703.7.2.2. |
4.30.7(3)
Text Telephones. Text telephones required by 4.1.3(17)(c) shall be identified
by the international TDD symbol (Fig 43(c)). In addition, if a facility has a
public text telephone), directional signage indicating the location of the
nearest text telephone shall be placed adjacent to all banks of telephones
which do not contain a text telephone. Such directional signage shall include
the international TDD symbol. If a facility has no banks of telephones, the
directional signage shall be provided at the entrance (e.g., in a building
directory). NOTE:
Figure 43(c) illustrates the International TDD Symbol, a stylized keyboard
with keys and a spacer bar and a telephone handset on top. |
120-3-20-.41 (7)(c) Text Telephones.
Text telephones required by rule 120-3-20-.08 (17)(c) shall be identified by
the international TDD symbol (Fig 43(c)). In addition, if a facility has a
public text telephone, directional signage indicating the location of the
nearest text telephone shall be placed adjacent to all banks of telephones
which do not contain a text telephone.
Such directional signage shall include the international TDD
symbol. If a facility has no
banks of telephones, the directional signage shall be provided at the
entrance (e.g., in a building directory). |
|
|
703.7.2.3
Volume Control Telephones. Telephones with a
volume control shall be identified by a pictogram of a telephone handset with
radiating sound waves on a square field such as shown in Figure 703.7.2.3. |
(2)
Volume Control Telephones. Telephones required to have a volume control by
4.1.3(17)(b) shall be identified by a sign containing a depiction of a
telephone handset with radiating sound waves. |
120-3-20-.41 (7)(b) Volume Control
Telephones. Telephones required
to have a volume control by rule 120-3-20-.08(17)(b) shall be identified by a
sign containing a depiction of a telephone handset with radiating sound
waves. |
|
|
703.7.2.4
Assistive Listening Systems. Assistive
listening systems shall be identified by the International Symbol of Access
for Hearing Loss complying with Figure 703.7.2.4. |
(4)
Assistive Listening Systems. In assembly areas where permanently installed
assistive listening systems are required by 4.1.3(19)(b) the availability of
such systems shall be identified with signage that includes the international
symbol of access for hearing loss (Fig 43(d)). NOTE:
Figure 43(d) illustrates the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss,
a stylized ear with a diagonal slash in the field. |
120-3-20-.41 (7)(d) Assistive
Listening Systems. In assembly
areas where permanently installed assistive listening systems are required by
rule 120-3-20-.08(19)(b) the availability of such systems shall be identified
with signage that includes the international symbol of access for hearing
loss (Fig 43(d)). Note: Paragraph 4 of this section requires
signage indicating the availability of an Assistive Listening System. An appropriate message should be
displayed with the international symbol of access for hearing loss since this
symbol conveys general accessibility for people with hearing loss. Some suggestions are: INFRARED ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM AVAILABLE ----PLEASE ASK---- AUDIO LOOP IN USE TURN T-SWITCH FOR BETTER HEARING ----OR ASK FOR HELP---- FM ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM AVAILABLE ----PLEASE ASK---- The symbol may be used to notify
persons of the availability of other auxiliary aids and services such
as: real time captioning,
captioned note taking, sign language interpreters, and oral interpreters. |
|
|
|
4.30.8 Illumination Levels.
(Reserved). |
120-3-20-.41 (8) Illumination
Levels. (Reserved). Note: Illumination levels on the sign
surface shall be in the 100 to 300 lux range (10 to 30 foot candles) and
shall be uniform over the sign surface.
Signs shall be located such that the illumination level on the surface
of the sign is not significantly exceeded by the ambient light or visible
bright lighting source behind or in front of the sign. |
|
|
704
Telephones |
4.31 Telephones.
|
120-3-20-.42
Telephones. |
|
|
704.1
General. Public telephones shall comply with
704. |
4.31.1
General. Public telephones required to be accessible by 4.1 shall
comply with 4.31. |
120-3-20-.42
(1) General. Public
telephones required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with
rule 120-3-20-.42. |
|
|
704.2
Wheelchair Accessible Telephones. Wheelchair
accessible telephones shall comply with 704.2. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards have specific requirements for wheelchair accessible
telephones and for TTYs. This is
because telephones with TTYs that are located at a wheelchair accessible
height are difficult for standing deaf persons to use. |
|
704.2.1
Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or
ground space complying with 305 shall be provided. The clear floor or ground
space shall not be obstructed by bases, enclosures, or seats. |
4.31.2
Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space at least 30
in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) that allows either a forward or parallel
approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at telephones (see
Fig. 44). The clear floor or ground space shall comply with 4.2.4. Bases,
enclosures, and fixed seats shall not impede approaches to telephones by
people who use wheelchairs. NOTE: Figure 44(a) indicates that if
a parallel approach is provided at a telephone in an enclosure, the wing
walls and shelf may extend beyond the face of the telephone a maximum of 10
inches (255 mm). Figure
44(b) indicates that if a front approach is provided at a
telephone with an enclosure, the shelf can extend beyond the face of the
telephone a maximum of 20 inches (510 mm). A wing wall may extend beyond the
face of the telephone a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm). If the wing wall
extends more than 24 inches (610 mm) beyond the face of the telephone, an
additional 6 inches (150 mm) in width of clear floor space shall be provided.
|
120-3-20-.42
(2) Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space at least
30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) that allows either a forward or
parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at
telephones (see Fig.44). The
clear floor or ground space shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.13(4). Bases, enclosures, and fixed seats
shall not impede approaches to telephones by people who use wheelchairs. Figure 44 Mounting Heights and
Clearances for Telephones.
44(a) Side Reach
Possible. If a parallel approach
is provided at a telephone in an enclosure, the wing walls and shelf may
extend beyond the face of the telephone a maximum of 10 in (255 mm). The wing walls and shelf may not
overlap the required clear space.
The controls shall be located no higher than 54 in (1370 mm) above the
floor and the wing walls shall extend downward to 27 in (685 mm) or less
above the floor.
44(b) Forward Reach
Required. If a front approach is
provided at a telephone with an enclosure, the shelf may extend beyond the face
of the telephone a maximum of 20 in (510 mm) into the required clear floor
space. Wing walls may extend
beyond the face of the telephone a maximum of 24 in (610 mm). If wing walls extend more than 24 in
(610 mm) beyond the face of the telephone, an additional 6 in (150 mm) in
width of clear floor space shall be provided, creating a clear floor space of
36 in by 48 in (910 mm by 1220 mm).
Wing walls shall extend downward to 27 in (685 mm) or less above the
floor. The highest operable part
shall be located no higher than 48 in (1220 mm) above the floor. |
|
|
704.2.1.1
Parallel Approach. Where a parallel approach is
provided, the distance from the edge of the telephone enclosure to the face
of the telephone unit shall be 10 inches (255 mm) maximum. |
|
||
|
704.2.1.2
Forward Approach. Where a forward approach is
provided, the distance from the front edge of a counter within the telephone
enclosure to the face of the telephone unit shall be 20 inches (510 mm)
maximum. |
|
|
|
|
704.2.2
Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with
309. Telephones shall have push-button controls where such service is
available. |
4.31.3 Mounting Height.
The highest operable part of the telephone shall be within the reach ranges
specified in 4.2.5 or 4.2.6. |
120-3-20-.42
(3) Mounting Height.
The highest operable part of the telephone shall be within the reach
ranges specified in rule 120-3-20-.12(5) or rule 120-3-20-.13(6). Note: In localities where the dial-tone
first system is in operation, calls can be placed at a coin telephone through
the operator without inserting coins.
The operator button is located at a height of 46 inches (1170 mm) if
the coin slot of the telephone is at 54 inches (1370 mm). A generally available public telephone
with a coin slot mounted lower on the equipment would allow universal
installation of telephones at a height of 48 inches (1220 mm) or less to all
operable parts. |
The
1994 Standards specify push button controls where service is available. Because push buttons are the only type
of public phone now available, the 2010 Standards dropped this requirement. |
|
4.31.6 Controls.
Telephones shall have pushbutton controls where service for such equipment is
available. |
120-3-20-.42
(6) Controls.
Telephones shall have push-button controls where service for such
equipment is available. |
||
|
704.2.3
Telephone Directories. Telephone directories, where
provided, shall be located in accordance with 309. |
4.31.7 Telephone Books.
Telephone books, if provided, shall be located in a position that complies
with the reach ranges specified in 4.2.5 and 4.2.6. |
120-3-20-.42
(7) Telephone Books.
Telephone books, if provided, shall be located in a position that
complies with the reach ranges specified in rule 120-3-20-.13(5) and rule
120-3-20-.13(6). |
|
|
704.2.4
Cord Length. The cord from the telephone to the
handset shall be 29 inches (735 mm) long minimum. |
4.31.8 Cord Length.
The cord from the telephone to the handset shall be at least 29 in (735 mm)
long. |
120-3-20-.42
(8) Cord Length.
The cord from the telephone to the handset shall be at least 29 inches
(735 mm) long. |
|
|
|
4.31.5
Hearing Aid Compatible and Volume Control Telephones Required by 4.1. (1)
Telephones shall be hearing aid compatible. (2)
Volume controls, capable of a minimum of 12 dbA and a maximum of 18 dbA above
normal, shall be provided in accordance with 4.1.3. If an automatic reset is
provided then 18 dbA may be exceeded. |
120-3-20-.42
(5) Hearing Aid Compatible and Volume Control Telephones
Required by rule 120-3-20-.03. (a) Telephones shall be hearing aid
compatible. (b) Volume controls, capable of a minimum
of 12 dbA and a maximum of 18 dbA above normal, shall be provided in
accordance with 4.1.3. If an
automatic reset is provided then 18 dbA may be exceeded. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require telephones to be
hearing aid compatible. The 2010 Standards dropped this requirement because
it is already a mandate under another federal law. |
|
704.3
Volume Control Telephones. Public telephones
required to have volume controls shall be equipped with a receive volume
control that provides a gain adjustable up to 20 dB minimum. For incremental
volume control, provide at least one intermediate step of 12 dB of gain
minimum. An automatic reset shall be provided. |
|
||
|
704.4
TTYs. TTYs required at a public pay telephone shall be
permanently affixed within, or adjacent to, the telephone enclosure. Where an
acoustic coupler is used, the telephone cord shall be sufficiently long to
allow connection of the TTY and the telephone receiver. |
4.31.9
Text Telephones Required by 4.1. (1)
Text telephones used with a pay telephone shall be permanently affixed
within, or adjacent to, the telephone enclosure. If an acoustic coupler is
used, the telephone cord shall be sufficiently long to allow connection of
the text telephone and the telephone receiver. |
120-3-20-.42
(9) Text Telephones Required by 120-3-20-.03. (a) Text telephones used with a pay
telephone shall be permanently affixed within, or adjacent to, the telephone
enclosure. If an acoustic coupler
is used, the telephone cord shall be sufficiently long to allow connection of
the text telephone and the telephone receiver. |
|
|
704.4.1
Height. When in use, the touch surface of TTY keypads shall be 34
inches (865 mm) minimum above the finish floor. EXCEPTION:
Where seats are provided, TTYs shall not be required to
comply with 704.4.1. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards specify a minimum height of 34 inches for TTY keypads where
seats are not provided. |
|
704.5
TTY Shelf. Public pay telephones required to
accommodate portable TTYs shall be equipped with a shelf and an electrical
outlet within or adjacent to the telephone enclosure. The telephone handset
shall be capable of being placed flush on the surface of the shelf. The shelf
shall be capable of accommodating a TTY and shall have 6 inches (150 mm)
minimum vertical clearance above the area where the TTY is to be placed. |
(2) Pay
telephones designed to accommodate a portable text telephone shall be
equipped with a shelf and an electrical outlet within or adjacent to the
telephone enclosure. The telephone handset shall be capable of being placed
flush on the surface of the shelf. The shelf shall be capable of
accommodating a text telephone and shall have 6 in (152 mm) minimum vertical
clearance in the area where the text telephone is to be placed. |
(b) Pay telephones designed to accommodate
a portable text telephone shall be equipped with a shelf and an electrical
outlet within or adjacent to the telephone enclosure. The telephone handset shall be capable
of being placed flush on the surface of the shelf. The shelf shall be capable of
accommodating a text telephone and shall have 6 inches (152 mm) minimum
vertical clearance in the area where the text telephone is to be placed. |
|
|
|
(3)
Equivalent facilitation may be provided. For example, a portable text
telephone may be made available in a hotel at the registration desk if it is
available on a 24-hour basis for use with nearby public pay telephones. In
this instance, at least one pay telephone shall comply with paragraph 2 of
this section. In addition, if an acoustic coupler is used, the telephone
handset cord shall be sufficiently long so as to allow connection of the text
telephone and the telephone receiver. Directional signage shall be provided
and shall comply with 4.30.7. |
(c) Equivalent facilitation may be
provided. For example, a portable
text telephone may be made available in a hotel at the registration desk if
it is available on a 24-hour basis for use with nearby public pay telephones. In this instance, at least one pay
telephone shall comply with paragraph 2 of this section. In addition, if an acoustic coupler is
used, the telephone handset cord shall be sufficiently long so as to allow
connection of the text telephone and the telephone receiver. Directional signage shall be provided
and shall comply with 120-3-20-.41(7). |
The
1994 Standards permit equivalent facilitation specific to the TTY
requirements. The 2010 Standards have
a general allowance for equivalent facilitation, but portable TTYs would
probably not be considered equivalent to the specific TTY scoping and
technical provisions of these documents. |
|
|
|
Note: A public text telephone may be an
integrated text telephone pay phone unit or a conventional portable text telephone
that is permanently affixed within, or adjacent to, the telephone
enclosure. In order to be usable
with a pay phone, a text telephone which is not a single integrated text
telephone pay phone unit will require a shelf large enough (10 inches (255 mm)
wide by 10 inches (255 mm) deep with a 6 inches (150 mm) vertical clearance
minimum) to accommodate the device, an electrical outlet, and a power
cord. Movable or portable text
telephones may be used to provide equivalent facilitation. A text telephone should be readily
available so that a person using it may access the text telephone easily and
conveniently. As currently
designed, pocket-type text telephones for personal use do not accommodate a
wide range of user. Such devices
would not be considered substantially equivalent to conventional text
telephones. However, in the
future as technology develops this could change. |
|
|
|
4.31.4
Protruding Objects. Telephones shall comply with 4.4. |
120-3-20-.42 (4) Protruding
Objects. Telephones shall comply
with rule 120-3-20-.15. |
All
documents proscribe protruding objects on circulation paths. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code make specific reference to telephones. |
|
705
Detectable Warnings |
|
120-3-20-.40
Detectable Warnings. |
|
|
4.29.1 General.
Detectable warnings required by 4.1 and 4.7 shall comply with 4.29. |
120-3-20-.40 (1) General.
Detectable warnings required by rule 120-3-20-.03 and rule
120-3-20-.18 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.40. |
|
|
|
705.1
General. Detectable warnings shall consist of
a surface of truncated domes and shall comply with 705. |
4.29.2
Detectable Warnings on Walking Surfaces. Detectable
warnings shall consist of raised truncated domes with a diameter of nominal
0.9 in (23 mm), a height of nominal 0.2 in (5 mm) and a center-to-center
spacing of nominal 2.35 in (60 mm) and shall contrast visually with adjoining
surfaces, either light-on-dark, or dark-on-light. The material used to provide contrast
shall be an integral part of the walking surface. Detectable warnings used on
interior surfaces shall differ from adjoining walking surfaces in resiliency
or sound-on-cane contact. |
120-3-20-.40
(2) Detectable Warnings on Walking Surfaces. Detectable warning textures on walking
surfaces shall consist of exposed aggregate concrete, cushioned surfaces made
of rubber or plastic, raised strips, or grooves. Texture shall contrast with
that of the surrounding surface.
Raised strips or grooves shall comply with Fig.40. Grooves may be used indoors only. Note: The material used to provide
contrast should contrast by at least 70%. Contrast in percent is determined by: Contrast
= [(B1 - B2)/B1] x 100 where B1 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the
lighter area and B2 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area. Note that in any application both
white and black are never absolute; thus, B1 never equals 100 and B2 is
always greater than 0 |
|
|
705.1.1
Dome Size. Truncated domes in a detectable
warning surface shall have a base diameter of 0.9 inch (23 mm) minimum and
1.4 inches (36 mm) maximum, a top diameter of 50 percent of the base diameter
minimum to 65 percent of the base diameter maximum, and a height of 0.2 inch
(5.1 mm). |
The
1994 Standards specify an absolute dome diameter of nominal 0.9 inch. The
2010 Standards specify a range. |
||
|
705.1.2
Dome Spacing. Truncated domes in a detectable
warning surface shall have a center-to-center spacing of 1.6 inches (41 mm)
minimum and 2.4 inches (61 mm) maximum, and a base-to-base spacing of 0.65
inch (17 mm) minimum, measured between the most adjacent domes on a square
grid. |
The
1994 Standards specify an absolute dome spacing of nominal 2.35 inches. The
2010 Standards specify a range. |
||
|
705.1.3
Contrast. Detectable warning surfaces shall
contrast visually with adjacent walking surfaces either light-on-dark, or
dark-on-light. |
|||
|
|
4.29.7 Standardization. (Reserved). |
120-3-20-.40 (7) Standardization. Textured surfaces for detectable
warnings shall be standard within a building, facility, site, or complex of
buildings. |
The
Georgia Accessibility Code requires detectable warning surfaces to be
standard throughout a facility. |
|
|
|
120-3-20-.40 (8) Outdoor
Conditions. Outdoor stairs and
their approaches shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking
surfaces.
|
|
|
|
4.29.3
Detectable Warnings on Doors To Hazardous Areas. (Reserved).
|
120-3-20-.40 (3) Tactile Warning on
Doors to Hazardous Areas. Doors
that lead to areas that might prove dangerous to a person with a vision
disability. (For example, doors to loading docks, platforms, boiler rooms,
stages, and the like) shall be made identifiable to the touch by a textured
surface on the door handle, knob, pull, or other operating hardware. The texture surface made by knurling
or roughening or by a material applied to the contact surface. Such texture surfaces shall not be
provided for emergency doors or any door other than those to hazardous areas. |
|
|
|
4.29.4
Detectable Warnings at Stairs. (Reserved). |
120-3-20-.40 (4) Detectable Warning at Stairs. All stairs, except those in dwelling
units, in enclosed stair towers, or set to side of the path of travel shall
have a detectable warning at the top of the each stair run, at least 36
inches deep and as wide as the stairs.
(See Fig. 41 and rule 120-3-20-.20(5)) |
|
|
|
4.29.5
Detectable Warnings at Hazardous Vehicular Areas.
If a walk crosses or adjoins a vehicular way, and the walking surfaces are
not separated by curbs, railings, or other elements between the pedestrian
areas and vehicular areas, the boundary between the areas shall be defined by
a continuous detectable warning which is 36 in (915 mm) wide, complying with
4.29.2. |
120-3-20-.40 (5) Detectable Warning at Hazardous
Vehicular Areas. If a walk
crosses or adjoins a frequently used vehicular way, and if there are no
curbs, railing, or other elements detectable by a person who has a visual
disability separating the pedestrian and vehicular areas, the boundary
between the areas shall be defined by a continuous, detectable warning
texture, which is 36 inches wide, complying with rule 120-3-20-.40 (See Fig.
42). |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require detectable warnings at
hazardous vehicular areas. Note:
The US Access BoardÕs Public Rights-of-Way Access Advisory Committee has
issued revised criteria on detectable warnings. The revised specifications
are responsive to concerns that had been raised about the impact of the
truncated dome surface on wheelchair maneuvering. The Board believes that the
draft revised specifications, which permit wider dome spacing, an in-line
grid pattern, and smaller surface coverage at curb ramps (24 inches instead
of the full ramp length, set back from the curbline) will improve usability
of surfaces without affecting detectability. See the figure below for |
|
|
4.29.6 Detectable Warnings at
Reflecting Pools. The edges of reflecting pools
shall be protected by railings, walls, curbs, or detectable warnings
complying with 4.29.2. |
120-3-20-.40 (6) Detectable Warning
at Reflecting Pools. The edges of
reflecting pools shall be protected by railing, walls, curbs, or detectable
warning complying with rule 120-3-20-.40. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require detectable warnings at
reflecting pools. |
|
705.2
Platform Edges. Detectable warning surfaces at
platform boarding edges shall be 24 inches (610 mm) wide and shall extend the
full length of the public use areas of the platform. |
10.3.1
New Construction. New stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter
rail, intercity bus, intercity rail, high speed rail, and other fixed
guideway systems (e.g., automated guideway transit, monorails, etc.) shall
comply with the following provisions, as applicable: (8)
Platform edges bordering a drop-off and not protected by platform screens or
guard rails shall have a detectable warning. Such detectable warnings shall
comply with 4.29.2 and shall be 24 inches wide running the full length of the
platform drop-off. |
120-3-20-.52 (3)(a)8. Detectable
Warnings at Rail and Train Stations. Detectable warnings shall consist of
raised truncated domes with a diameter of nominal 0.9 inches (23 mm), a
height of nominal 0.2 inches (5 mm) and a center-to-center spacing of nominal
2.35 inches (60 mm) and shall contrast visually with adjoining surfaces,
either light-on-dark, or dark-on-light.
The material used to provide contrast shall be an integral part of the
walking surface. Detectable
warnings used on interior surfaces shall differ from adjoining walking
surfaces in resiliency or sound-on-cane contact. |
|
|
706
Assistive Listening Systems |
4.33.7
Types of Listening Systems. Assistive
listening systems (ALS) are intended to augment standard public address and
audio systems by providing signals which can be received directly by persons
with special receivers or their own hearing aids and which eliminate or
filter background noise. The type of assistive listening system appropriate
for a particular application depends on the characteristics of the setting,
the nature of the program, and the intended audience. Magnetic induction
loops, infra-red and radio frequency systems are types of listening systems
which are appropriate for various applications. |
120-3-20-.44 (7) Types of Listening
Systems. Assistive listening
systems (ALS) are intended to augment standard public address and audio
systems by providing signals which can be received directly by persons with
special receivers or their own hearing aids and which eliminate or filter
background noise. The type of
Assistive listening system appropriate for a particular application depends
on the characteristics of the setting, the nature of the program, and the
intended audience. Magnetic
induction loops, infra red and radio frequency systems are types of listening
systems which are appropriate for various applications. |
The
2010 Standards have specific requirements for receiver jacks, hearing aid
compatibility, sound pressure, signal-to-noise ratio, and peak clipping
level. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code do not. |
|
706.1
General. Assistive listening systems required
in assembly areas shall comply with 706. |
|||
|
706.2
Receiver Jacks. Receivers required for use with an
assistive listening system shall include a 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) standard mono
jack. |
|||
|
706.3
Receiver Hearing-Aid Compatibility. Receivers required
to be hearing-aid compatible shall interface with telecoils in hearing aids
through the provision of neckloops. |
|||
|
706.4
Sound Pressure Level. Assistive listening systems
shall be capable of providing a sound pressure level of 110 dB minimum and
118 dB maximum with a dynamic range on the volume control of 50 dB. |
|||
|
706.5
Signal-to-Noise Ratio. The signal-to-noise ratio for
internally generated noise in assistive listening systems shall be 18 dB
minimum. |
|||
|
706.6
Peak Clipping Level. Peak clipping shall not exceed
18 dB of clipping relative to the peaks of speech. |
|||
|
|
|
Note: An assistive listening system
appropriate for an assembly area for a group of persons or where the specific
individuals are not known in advance, such as a playhouse, lecture hall or
movie theater, may be different from the system appropriate for a particular
individual provided as an auxiliary aid or as part of a reasonable
accommodation. The appropriate device
for an individual is the type that individual can use, whereas the
appropriate system for an assembly area will necessarily be geared toward the
ÒaverageÓ or aggregate needs of various individuals. A listening system that can be used
from any seat in a seating area is the most flexible way to meet this
specification. Earphone jacks
with variable volume controls can benefit only people who have slight hearing
loss and do not help people who use hearing aids. At the present time, magnetic
induction loops are the most feasible type o listening system for people who
use hearing aids equipped with ÒT-coils,Ó but people without hearing aids or
those with hearing aids not equipped with inductive pick-ups cannot use them
without special receivers. Radio
frequency systems can be extremely effective and inexpensive. People without hearing aids can use
them, but people with hearing aids need a special receiver to use them as
they are presently designed. If
hearing aids had a jack to allow a by-pass of microphones, then radio
frequency systems would be suitable for people with and without hearing
aids. Some listening systems may
be subject to interference from other equipment and feedback from hearing
aids of people who are using the systems. Such interference can be controlled by
careful engineering design that anticipates feedback sources in the
surrounding area. |
|
|
|
4.33.6 Placement of Listening
Systems. If the listening system provided
serves individual fixed seats, then such seats shall be located within a 50
ft (15 m) viewing distance of the stage or playing area and shall have a
complete view of the stage or playing area. |
120-3-20-.44 (6) Placement of
Listening Systems. If the
listening system provided serves individual fixed seats, then such seats
shall be located within a 50 feet (15 m) viewing distance of the stage or
playing area and shall have a complete view of the stage or playing area. Note: A distance of 50 feet (15 m) allows a
person to distinguish performersÕ facial expressions. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have a placement requirement
for a hard-wired system that is not permitted under the 2010 Standards. |
|
707
Automatic Teller Machines and Fare Machines |
4.34
Automated Teller Machines. |
120-3-20-.45
Automated Teller Machines.
|
The
2010 Standards provide technical requirements that address both ATMs and fare
machines. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code apply only to ATMs. |
|
707.1
General. Automatic teller machines and fare
machines shall comply with 707. |
4.34.1 General.
Each automated teller machine required to be accessible by 4.1.3 shall be on
an accessible route and shall comply with 4.34. |
120-3-20-.45 (1) General. Each
machine required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall be on an
accessible route and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.45. |
|
|
707.2
Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or
ground space complying with 305 shall be provided. EXCEPTION:
Clear floor or ground space shall not be required at drive-up only automatic
teller machines and fare machines. |
4.34.2
Clear Floor Space. The automated teller machine shall
be located so that clear floor space complying with 4.2.4 is provided to
allow a person using a wheelchair to make a forward approach, a parallel
approach, or both, to the machine. |
120-3-20-.45 (2) Clear Floor Space.
The automatic teller machine shall be located so that clear floor space
complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(2) is provided to allow a person using a
wheelchair to make a forward approach, parallel approach, or both, to the
machine. |
|
|
707.3
Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with
309. Unless a clear or correct key is provided, each operable part shall be
able to be differentiated by sound or touch, without activation. EXCEPTION:
Drive-up only automatic teller machines and fare machines shall not be
required to comply with 309.2 and 309.3. |
4.34.3
Reach Ranges. (1)
Forward Approach Only. If only a forward approach is possible, operable parts
of all controls shall be placed within the forward reach range specified in
4.2.5. (2)
Parallel Approach Only. If only a parallel approach is possible, operable
parts of controls shall be placed as follows: (a)
Reach Depth Not More Than 10 in (255 mm). Where the reach depth to the
operable parts of all controls as measured from the vertical plane
perpendicular to the edge of the unobstructed clear floor space at the
farthest protrusion of the automated teller machine or surround is not more
than 10 in (255 mm), the maximum height above the finished floor or grade
shall be 54 in (1370 mm). (b)
Reach Depth More Than 10 in (255 mm). Where the reach depth to the operable
parts of any control as measured from the vertical plane perpendicular to the
edge of the unobstructed clear floor space at the farthest protrusion of the
automated teller machine or surround is more than 10 in (255 mm), the maximum
height above the finished floor or grade shall be as follows: [see table
below] Reach Depth Maximum
Height Reach
Depth Maximum
Height In Mm In Mm In Mm In Mm 10 255 54 1370 17 430 50 1270 11 280 53 ½ 1360 18 455 49 ½ 1255 12 305 53 1345 19 485 49 1245 13 330 52 ½ 1335 20 510 48 ½ 1230 14 355 51 ½ 1310 21 535 47 ½ 1205 15 380 51 1295 22 560 47 1195 16 405 50 ½ 1285 23 585 46 ½ 1180
24 610 46 1170 (3)
Forward and Parallel Approach. If both a forward and parallel approach are
possible, operable parts of controls shall be placed within at least one of
the reach ranges in paragraphs (1) or (2) of this section. |
120-3-20-.45 (3) Reach Ranges.
(a) Forward Approach Only. If only a
forward approach is possible, operable parts of all controls shall be placed
within the forward reach range specified in rule 120-3-20-.13(5) (b) Parallel Approach Only. If only a
parallel approach is possible, operable parts of controls shall be placed as
follows: 1. Reach Depth Not More than 10
inches (255 mm). Where the reach
depth to the operable parts of all controls as measured from the vertical
plane perpendicular to the edge of the unobstructed clear floor space at the
farthest protrusion of the automated teller machine or surround is not more
than 10 in (255 mm), the maximum height above the finished floor or grade
shall be 54 in (1370 mm). 2. Reach Depth More than 10 inches
(255 mm). Where the reach depth
to the operable parts of any control as measured from the vertical plane
perpendicular to the edge of the unobstructed clear floor space at the
farthest protrusion of the automatic teller machine or surround is more than
10 inches (255 mm), the maximum height above the finished floor or grade
shall be as follows: [see table
below] Reach
Depth Maximum Height Reach Depth Maximum Ht In
Mm In Mm In Mm In Mm 10 255 54 1370 17 430 50 1270 11 280 53 ½ 1360 18 455 49 ½ 1255 12 305 53 1345 19 485 49 1245 13 330 52 ½ 1335 20 510 48 ½ 1230 14 355 51 ½ 1310 21 535 47 ½ 1205 15 380 51 1295 22 560 47 1195 16 405 50 ½ 1285 23 585 46 ½ 1180
24
610 46 1170 3. Forward and Parallel
Approach. If both a forward and
parallel approach are possible, operable parts of controls shall be placed
within at least one of the reach ranges in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this
section. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code provide a table of heights and depths for operable parts
on ATMÕS and permits controls up to 54 inches high. The 2010 Standards require operable
parts to comply with their reach ranges. |
|
|
4.34.3 (4)Bins. Where bins are
provided for envelopes, waste paper, or other purposes, at least one of each
type provided shall comply with the applicable reach ranges in paragraph (1),
(2), or (3) of this section. |
120-3-20-.45 4. Bins. Where bins are provided for envelopes,
waste paper, or other purposes, at least one of each type provided shall
comply with the applicable reach ranges in paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of
this section. |
The
2010 Standards require bins to be accessible under their storage and
depository requirements. |
|
|
EXCEPTION: Where
a function can be performed in a substantially equivalent manner by using an
alternate control, only one of the controls needed to perform that function
is required to comply with this section. If the controls are identified by
tactile markings, such markings shall be provided on both controls. |
EXCEPTION: Where a function can be
performed in a substantially equivalent manner by using an alternate control,
only one of the controls needed to perform that function is required to
comply with this section. If the
controls are identified by tactile markings, such marking shall be provided
on both controls. |
|
_files/image002.gif)
1994 Standards for Accessible Design: Table
for 4.34.3(2)(b)
and Georgia Accessibility Code
requirements
|
Reach Depth |
Maximum Height |
||
|
inches |
millimeters |
inches |
Millimeters |
|
10 |
255 |
54 |
1370 |
|
11 |
280 |
53 ½ |
1360 |
|
12 |
305 |
53 |
1345 |
|
13 |
330 |
52 ½ |
1335 |
|
14 |
355 |
51 ½ |
1310 |
|
15 |
380 |
51 |
1295 |
|
16 |
405 |
50 ½ |
1285 |
|
17 |
430 |
50 |
1270 |
|
18 |
455 |
49 ½ |
1255 |
|
19 |
485 |
49 |
1245 |
|
20 |
510 |
48 ½ |
1230 |
|
21 |
535 |
47 ½ |
1205 |
|
22 |
560 |
47 |
1195 |
|
23 |
585 |
46 ½ |
1180 |
|
24 |
610 |
46 |
1170 |
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
||
|
|
4.34.4
Controls. Controls for user activation shall
comply with 4.27.4. |
120-3-20-.45 (4) Controls. Controls for user activation shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.38(4). |
|
||
|
707.4
Privacy. Automatic teller machines shall
provide the opportunity for the same degree of privacy of input and output
available to all individuals. |
4.34.5
Equipment for Persons with Vision Impairments.
Instructions and all information for use shall be made accessible to and
independently usable by persons with vision impairments. |
120-3-20-.45 (5) Equipment for
Persons with Vision Impairments.
Instructions and all information for use shall be made accessible to
and independently usable by persons with vision impairments |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have a general requirement that
ATMs be accessible to persons with vision impairments. The 2010 Standards have specific
requirements for privacy, speech output, receipts, and input controls that
make ATMs and fare machines usable by visually impaired persons. |
||
|
707.5
Speech Output. Machines shall be speech enabled.
Operating instructions and orientation, visible transaction prompts, user
input verification, error messages, and all displayed information for full
use shall be accessible to and independently usable by individuals with
vision impairments. Speech shall be delivered through a mechanism that is
readily available to all users, including but not limited to, an industry
standard connector or a telephone handset. Speech shall be recorded or
digitized human, or synthesized. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Audible tones shall be permitted
instead of speech for visible output that is not displayed for security
purposes, including but not limited to, asterisks representing personal
identification numbers. 2. Advertisements and other similar
information shall not be required to be audible unless they convey
information that can be used in the transaction being conducted. 3. Where speech synthesis cannot be
supported, dynamic alphabetic output shall not be required to be audible. |
|||||
|
707.5.1
User Control. Speech shall be capable of being repeated or interrupted.
Volume control shall be provided for the speech function. EXCEPTION:
Speech output for any single function shall be permitted to be automatically
interrupted when a transaction is selected. |
|||||
|
707.5.2
Receipts. Where receipts are provided, speech
output devices shall provide audible balance inquiry information, error
messages, and all other information on the printed receipt necessary to
complete or verify the transaction. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Machine location, date and time of
transaction, customer account number, and the machine identifier shall not be
required to be audible. 2. Information on printed receipts
that duplicates information available on-screen shall not be required to be
presented in the form of an audible receipt. 3. Printed copies of bank statements
and checks shall not be required to be audible. |
|
||||
|
707.6
Input. Input devices shall comply with 707.6. |
|||||
|
707.6.1
Input Controls. At least one tactilely discernible
input control shall be provided for each function. Where provided, key
surfaces not on active areas of display screens, shall be raised above
surrounding surfaces. Where membrane keys are the only method of input, each
shall be tactilely discernable from surrounding surfaces and adjacent keys. |
|||||
|
707.6.2
Numeric Keys. Numeric keys shall be arranged in a
12-key ascending or descending telephone keypad layout. The number five key
shall be tactilely distinct from the other keys. |
|||||
|
707.6.3
Function Keys. Function keys shall comply with
707.6.3. |
|||||
|
707.6.3.1
Contrast. Function keys shall contrast
visually from background surfaces. Characters and symbols on key surfaces
shall contrast visually from key surfaces. Visual contrast shall be either
light-on-dark or dark-on-light. EXCEPTION:
Tactile symbols required by 707.6.3.2 shall not be required to comply with
707.6.3.1. |
|
||||
|
707.6.3.2
Tactile Symbols. Function key surfaces shall have
tactile symbols as follows: Enter or Proceed key: raised circle; Clear or
Correct key: raised left arrow; Cancel key: raised letter ex; Add Value key:
raised plus sign; Decrease Value key: raised minus sign. |
|||||
|
707.7
Display Screen. The display screen shall comply with
707.7. EXCEPTION:
Drive-up only automatic teller machines and fare machines shall not be
required to comply with 707.7.1. |
|
|
|
||
|
707.7.1
Visibility. The display screen shall be visible
from a point located 40 inches (1015 mm) above the center of the clear floor
space in front of the machine. |
|
The
2010 Standards include a screen visibility requirement that insures access
for persons who use wheelchairs.
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not. |
|||
|
707.7.2
Characters. Characters displayed on the screen
shall be in a sans serif font. Characters shall be 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high
minimum based on the uppercase letter "I". Characters shall
contrast with their background with either light characters on a dark
background or dark characters on a light background. |
|
|
|||
|
707.8
Braille Instructions. Braille instructions for
initiating the speech mode shall be provided. Braille shall comply with
703.3. |
|
|
|||
|
708
Two-Way Communication Systems |
|
|
The
2010 Standards regulate accessible two-way communication systems. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code do not. |
||
|
708.1
General. Two-way communication systems shall
comply with 708. |
|
|
|
||
|
708.2
Audible and Visual Indicators. The system shall
provide both audible and visual signals. |
|
|
|
||
|
708.3
Handsets. Handset cords, if provided, shall be
29 inches (735 mm) long minimum. |
|
|
|
||
|
708.4
Residential Dwelling Unit Communication Systems.
Communications systems between a residential dwelling unit and a site,
building, or floor entrance shall comply with 708.4. |
|
|
|
||
|
708.4.1
Common Use or Public Use System Interface. The common
use or public use system interface shall include the capability of supporting
voice and TTY communication with the residential dwelling unit interface. |
|
|
|
||
|
708.4.2
Residential Dwelling Unit Interface. The residential
dwelling unit system interface shall include a telephone jack capable of
supporting voice and TTY communication with the common use or public use
system interface. |
|
|
|
||
|
CHAPTER
8: SPECIAL ROOMS, SPACES, AND ELEMENTS |
|
|
|
||
|
801
General |
|
|
|
||
|
801.1
Scope. The provisions of Chapter 8 shall apply where required by
Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document. |
|
|
|
||
|
802
Wheelchair Spaces, Companion Seats, and Designated Aisle Seats |
4.33
Assembly Areas. |
120-3-20-.44
Assembly Areas. |
|
||
|
802.1
Wheelchair Spaces. Wheelchair spaces shall comply with
802.1. |
4.33.1 Minimum Number.
Assembly and associated areas required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply
with 4.33. |
120-3-20-.44
(1) Minimum Number. Assembly
and associated areas required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall
comply with rule 120-3-20-.44.
|
|
||
|
802.1.1
Floor or Ground Surface. The floor or ground surface of
wheelchair spaces shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTION:
Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. |
4.33.4
Surfaces. The ground or floor at wheelchair locations shall be level
and shall comply with 4.5. |
120-3-20-.44 (4) Surfaces. The ground or floor at wheelchair
locations shall be level and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16. |
|
||
|
802.1.2
Width. A single wheelchair space shall be 36 inches (915 mm)
wide minimum Where two adjacent wheelchair spaces are provided, each
wheelchair space shall be 33 inches (840 mm) wide minimum. |
4.33.2
Size of Wheelchair Locations. Each wheelchair location shall provide
minimum clear ground or floor spaces as shown in Fig. 46. NOTE: Figure 46(a)
indicates that if seating space for two wheelchair users is accessed from the
front or rear, the minimum space required is 48 inches (1220 mm) deep by 66
inches (1675 mm) wide. Figure
46(b) indicates that if seating space for two wheelchair
users is accessed from the side, the minimum space required is 60 inches
(1525 mm) deep by 66 inches (1675 mm) wide. |
120-3-20-.44 (2) Size of Wheelchair
Locations. Each wheelchair
location shall provide minimum clear ground or floor spaces as shown in Fig.
46 (a) or (b). Note: Spaces large enough for two
wheelchairs allow people who are coming to a performance together to sit
together. Figure 46. Space Requirements for Wheelchair
Seating Spaces in Series.
46(a) Forward or Rear
Access. If seating space for two
wheelchair users is accessed from the front or rear, the minimum space
required is 48 in (1220 mm) deep by 66 in (1675 mm) wide.
46(b) Side Access. If seating space for two wheelchair
users is accessed from the side, the minimum space required is 60 in (1525
mm) deep by 66 in (1675 mm) wide. |
|
||
|
802.1.3
Depth. Where a wheelchair space can be entered from the front or
rear, the wheelchair space shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) deep minimum. Where a
wheelchair space can be entered only from the side, the wheelchair space
shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) deep minimum. |
|
||||
|
802.1.4
Approach. Wheelchair spaces shall adjoin
accessible routes. Accessible routes shall not overlap wheelchair spaces. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards specify that accessible routes to a wheelchair space may not
overlap the space. |
||
|
802.1.5
Overlap. Wheelchair spaces shall not overlap
circulation paths. |
4.33.3
Placement of Wheelchair Locations. Wheelchair areas shall be an
integral part of any fixed seating plan and shall be provided so as to
provide people with physical disabilities a choice of admission prices and
lines of sight comparable to those for members of the general public. They
shall adjoin an accessible route that also serves as a means of egress in
case of emergency. At least one companion fixed seat shall be provided next
to each wheelchair seating area. When the seating capacity exceeds 300,
wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location. Readily
removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not
required to accommodate wheelchair users. EXCEPTION:
Accessible viewing positions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies, and
other areas having sight lines that require slopes of greater than 5 percent.
Equivalent accessible viewing positions may be located on levels having
accessible egress. |
120-3-20-.44 (3) Placement of
Wheelchair Locations. Wheelchair
areas shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan and shall be
provided so as to provide people with physical disabilities a choice of
admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of the
general public. They shall adjoin
an accessible route that also serves as a means of egress in case of
emergency. At least one companion
fixed seat shall be provided next to each wheelchair seating area. When the seating capacity exceeds 300,
wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location. Readily removable seats may be
installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not required to
accommodate wheelchair users. EXCEPTION: Accessible viewing
positions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies, and other areas having
sight lines that require slopes of greater than 5 percent. Equivalent accessible viewing positions
may be located on levels having accessible egress. Note: The location of wheelchair areas can
be planned so that a variety of positions within the seating area are
provided. This will allow choice
in viewing and price categories.
Building/life safety codes set minimum distances between rows of fixed
seats with consideration of the number of seats in a row, the exit aisle
width and arrangement, and the location of exit doors. ÒContinentalÓ seating, with a greater
number of seats per row and a commensurate increase in row spacing and exit
doors, facilitates emergency egress for all people and increases ease of
access to mid-row seats especially for people who walk with difficulty. Consideration of this positive
attribute of ÒcontinentalÓ seating should be included along with all other
factors in the design of fixed seating areas. |
The
2010 Standards specify that wheelchair spaces may not overlap aisles or
circulation paths. |
||
|
802.2
Lines of Sight. Lines of sight to the screen,
performance area, or playing field for spectators in wheelchair spaces shall
comply with 802.2. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code have a general statement specifying that wheelchair
locations must be situated so as to provide wheelchair users lines of sight and
a choice of admission process comparable to those afforded the general
public. The 2010 Standards have specific criteria that address sight
lines. They do not address
admission prices |
||||
|
802.2.1
Lines of Sight Over Seated Spectators. Where spectators
are expected to remain seated during events, spectators in wheelchair spaces
shall be afforded lines of sight complying with 802.2.1. |
The
2010 Standards have specific requirements for providing sight lines over
seated spectators. The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have an exception that permits
wheelchair locations to be clustered where a venues slope exceeds 5%. |
||||
|
802.2.1.1
Lines of Sight Over Heads. Where spectators
are provided lines of sight over the heads of spectators seated in the first
row in front of their seats, spectators seated in wheelchair spaces shall be
afforded lines of sight over the heads of seated spectators in the first row
in front of wheelchair spaces. |
|||||
|
802.2.1.2
Lines of Sight Between Heads. Where spectators
are provided lines of sight over the shoulders and between the heads of
spectators seated in the first row in front of their seats, spectators seated
in wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of sight over the shoulders and
between the heads of seated spectators in the first row in front of
wheelchair spaces. |
|||||
|
802.2.2
Lines of Sight Over Standing Spectators. Where
spectators are expected to stand during events, spectators in wheelchair
spaces shall be afforded lines of sight complying with 802.2.2. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not explicitly address
sightlines over standing spectators.
The 2010 Standards do. |
||||
|
802.2.2.1
Lines of Sight Over Heads. Where standing
spectators are provided lines of sight over the heads of spectators standing
in the first row in front of their seats, spectators seated in wheelchair
spaces shall be afforded lines of sight over the heads of standing spectators
in the first row in front of wheelchair spaces. |
|
||||
|
802.2.2.2
Lines of Sight Between Heads. Where standing
spectators are provided lines of sight over the shoulders and between the
heads of spectators standing in the first row in front of their seats,
spectators seated in wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of sight over
the shoulders and between the heads of standing spectators in the first row
in front of wheelchair spaces. |
|||||
|
802.3
Companion Seats. Companion seats shall comply with
802.3. |
|
|
All
three documents require companion seats.
The 2010 Standards specify that the seats must be aligned with their
wheelchair spaces and must be of a quality that is equivalent to the seating
in the immediate area. |
||
|
802.3.1
Alignment. In row seating, companion seats shall
be located to provide shoulder alignment with adjacent wheelchair spaces. The
shoulder alignment point of the wheelchair space shall be measured 36 inches
(915 mm) from the front of the wheelchair space. The floor surface of the
companion seat shall be at the same elevation as the floor surface of the
wheelchair space. |
|
|
|||
|
802.3.2
Type. Companion seats shall be equivalent in size, quality,
comfort, and amenities to the seating in the immediate area. Companion seats
shall be permitted to be movable. |
|
|
|||
|
802.4
Designated Aisle Seats. Designated aisle seats shall
comply with 802.4. |
|
|
|
||
|
802.4.1
Armrests. Where armrests are provided on the
seating in the immediate area, folding or retractable armrests shall be
provided on the aisle side of the seat. |
|
|
|
||
|
802.4.2
Identification. Each designated aisle seat shall be
identified by a sign or marker. |
4.1.3(19)(a) É. In addition, one percent, but
not less than one, of all fixed seats shall be aisle seats with no armrests
on the aisle side, or removable or folding armrests on the aisle side. Each
such seat shall be identified by a sign or marker. Signage notifying patrons
of the availability of such seats shall be posted at the ticket office. Aisle
seats are not required to comply with 4.33.4. |
120-3-20-.08 (19) (a)In addition, one
percent, but not less than one, of all fixed seats shall be aisle seats with
no armrests on the aisle side, or removable or folding armrests on the aisle
side. Each such seat shall be identified by a sign or marker. Signage
notifying patrons of the availability of such seats shall be posted at the
ticket office. Aisle seats are not required to comply with rule
120-3-20-.44(4). Note: Readily removable or folding
seating units may be installed in lieu of providing an open space for
wheelchair users. Folding seating units are usually two fixed seats that can
be easily folded into a fixed center bar to allow for one or two open spaces
for wheelchair users when necessary. These units are more easily adapted than
removable seats which generally require the seat to be removed in advance by
the facility management. Either a sign or a marker placed on seating with
removable or folding arm rests is required by this section. Consideration
should be given for ensuring identification of such seats in a darkened
theater. For example, a marker which contrasts (light on dark or dark on
light) and which also reflects light could be placed on the side of such
seating so as to be visible in a lighted auditorium and also to reflect light
from a flashlight. |
|
||
|
803
Dressing, Fitting, and Locker Rooms |
4.35
Dressing, Fitting, and Locker Rooms. |
120-3-20-.46
Dressing and Fitting Rooms. |
|
||
|
803.1
General. Dressing, fitting, and locker rooms
shall comply with 803. |
4.35.1
General. Dressing, fitting,
and locker rooms required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.35 and
shall be on an accessible route. |
120-3-20-.46
(1) General. Dressing and
fitting rooms required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply
with rule 120-3-20-.46 and shall be on an accessible route. |
|
||
|
803.2
Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304
shall be provided within the room. |
4.35.2
Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space allowing a person using a
wheelchair to make a 180-degree turn shall be provided in every accessible
dressing room entered through a swinging or sliding door. No door shall swing
into any part of the turning space. Turning space shall not be required in a
private dressing room entered through a curtained opening at least 32 in (815
mm) wide if clear floor space complying with section 4.2 renders the dressing
room usable by a person using a wheelchair. |
120-3-20-.46
(2) Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space allowing a person
using a wheelchair to make a 180-degree turn shall be provided in every
accessible dressing room entered through a swinging or sliding door. No door shall swing into any part of
the turning space. Turning space
shall not be required in a private dressing room entered through a curtained
opening at least 32 inches (815 mm) wide if clear floor space complying with
rule 120-3-20-.13 renders the dressing room usable by a person using a
wheelchair. |
The
2010 Standards require a turning space in all dressing rooms. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code have an exception where the room is entered through a
curtained opening. |
||
|
803.3
Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into the room
unless a clear floor or ground space complying with 305.3 is provided beyond
the arc of the door swing. |
4.35.3
Doors. All doors to accessible dressing rooms shall be in
compliance with section 4.13. |
120-3-20-.46
(3) Doors. All doors to accessible dressing rooms shall be
in compliance with rule 120-3-20-.24. |
The
1994 Standards prohibit a door from swinging into any part of the turning
space. The 2010 Standards permit
a door to swing into the room where a 30 by 48 inch clear floor space is
provided beyond the arc of the door swing. |
||
|
803.4
Benches. A bench complying with 903 shall be
provided within the room. |
4.35.4
Bench. Every accessible dressing room shall have a 24 in by 28 in (610
mm by 1220 mm) bench fixed to the wall along the longer dimension. The bench shall be mounted 17 in to 19
in (430 mm to 485 mm) above the finish floor. Clear floor space shall be provided
alongside the bench to allow a person using a wheelchair to make a parallel
transfer onto the bench. The
structural strength of the bench and attachments shall comply with
4.26.3. Where installed in
conjunction with showers, swimming pools, or other wet locations, water shall
not accumulate upon the surface of the bench and the bench shall have a
slip-resistant surface. See also Appendix 4.35.4. |
120-3-20-.46
(4) Bench.
Every accessible dressing room shall have a 24 inches by 48 inches
bench fixed to the wall along the longer dimension. The bench shall be mounted 17 inches
to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm) above the finish floor. Clear floor space shall be provided
alongside the bench to allow a person using a wheelchair to make a parallel
transfer onto the bench. The
structural strength of the bench and attachments shall comply with rule
120-3-20.37(3). Where installed
in conjunction with showers, swimming pools, or other wet locations, water
shall not accumulate upon the surface of the bench and the bench shall have a
slip-resistant surface. |
|
||
|
803.5
Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks provided within the
room shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308.
Shelves shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum
above the finish floor or ground. |
|
|
|
||
|
|
4.35.5
Mirror. Where mirrors are provided in dressing rooms of the same
use, then in an accessible dressing room, a full-length mirror, measuring at
least 18 in wide by 54 in high (460 mm by 1370 mm), shall be mounted in a
position affording a view to a person on the bench as well as to a person in
a standing position. |
120-3-20-.46
(5) Mirrors.
Where mirrors are provided in dressing rooms of the same use, then in
an accessible dressing room, a full-length mirror, measuring at least 18
inches wide by 54 inches high (460 mm by 1370 mm), shall be mounted in a
position affording a view to a person on the bench as well as to a person in
a standing position. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code address mirrors in dressing
rooms. The 2010 Standards do not,
as all mirrors provided in dressing rooms tend to be full-length mirrors. |
||
|
804
Kitchens and Kitchenettes |
|
|
|
||
|
804.1
General. Kitchens and kitchenettes shall
comply with 804. |
|
|
|
||
|
804.2
Clearance. Where a pass through kitchen is
provided, clearances shall comply with 804.2.1. Where a U-shaped kitchen is
provided, clearances shall comply with 804.2.2. EXCEPTION:
Spaces that do not provide a cooktop or conventional range shall not be
required to comply with 804.2. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (5)(a) Clearance
[Residential]. Where counters provide the knee clearances specified in rule
120-3-20-.43(3), clearances between those counters and all opposing base
cabinets, counter tops, appliances, or walls in kitchens shall be 40 inches
(1015 mm) minimum except in U-shaped kitchens, where such clearances shall be
60 inches (1525 mm) minimum. |
|
||
|
804.2.1
Pass Through Kitchen. In pass through kitchens where
counters, appliances or cabinets are on two opposing sides, or where
counters, appliances or cabinets are opposite a parallel wall, clearance
between all opposing base cabinets, counter tops, appliances, or walls within
kitchen work areas shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum. Pass through
kitchens shall have two entries. |
|
||||
|
804.2.2
U-Shaped. In U-shaped kitchens enclosed on
three contiguous sides, clearance between all opposing base cabinets, counter
tops, appliances, or walls within kitchen work areas shall be 60 inches (1525
mm) minimum. |
|
||||
|
804.3
Kitchen Work Surface. In residential dwelling units
required to comply with 809, at least one 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum
section of counter shall provide a kitchen work surface that complies with
804.3. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (5)(d) Work Surfaces
[Residential]. At least one 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum section of
counter shall provide a work surface that complies with the following
requirements (See Fig. 50): |
|
||
|
804.3.1
Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor
space complying with 305 positioned for a forward approach shall be provided.
The clear floor or ground space shall be centered on the kitchen work surface
and shall provide knee and toe clearance complying with 306. |
|
(iiii) A clear floor space of 30
inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) minimum shall allow a forward
approach to the counter. The 19 inches maximum of clear floor space shall be
permitted to extend (485 mm) underneath the counter. The knee space shall
have a clear width of 30 inches (760 mm) minimum. |
|
||
|
EXCEPTION:
Cabinetry shall be permitted under the kitchen work
surface provided that all of the following conditions are met: (a) the cabinetry can be removed
without removal or replacement of the kitchen work surface; (b) the finish floor extends under
the cabinetry; and (c) the walls behind and surrounding
the cabinetry are finished. |
(ii) Base cabinets, if provided,
shall be removable under the full 30 inches (760 mm) minimum frontage of the
counter. The finished floor shall extend under the counter to the wall |
||||
|
804.3.2
Height. The kitchen work surface shall be 34 inches (865 mm)
maximum above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTION:
A counter that is adjustable to provide a kitchen work surface at variable
heights, 29 inches (735 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum, shall be
permitted. |
|
(i) The counter shall be adjustable
or replaceable as a unit at variable heights between 28 inches and 36 inches
(710 mm and 915 mm), measured from the floor to the top of the counter
surface, or shall be mounted at a fixed height of 34 inches (865 mm) maximum,
measured from the floor to the top of the counter surface. |
|
||
|
|
|
(iii) Counter thickness and
supporting structure shall be 2 inches (51 mm) maximum over the required
clear area. |
|
||
|
804.3.3
Exposed Surfaces. There shall be no sharp or abrasive
surfaces under the work surface counters. |
|
(v) There shall be no sharp or
abrasive surfaces under such counters. |
|
||
|
804.4
Sinks. Sinks shall comply with 606. |
|
|
|
||
|
804.5
Storage. At least 50 percent of shelf space in
storage facilities shall comply with 811. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (10) Kitchen Storage
[Residential]: Cabinets, drawers, and self storage
areas shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.36 and shall have the following
features: |
|
||
|
(a) Maximum height shall be 48 inches
(1220 mm) for at least one shelf .of all cabinets and storage shelves mounted
above work counters (See Fig. 50). |
|||||
|
(b) Door pulIs or handles for wall
cabinets shall be mounted as close to the bottom of cabinet doors as
possible. Door pulls or handles for base cabinets shall be mounted as close
to the top of cabinet doors as possible. Note: Full-height cabinets or tall
cabinets are recommended to be provided rather than cabinets mounted over
work counters. Additional storage
space located conveniently adjacent to kitchens makes up for space lost when
cabinets under counters are removed. |
|||||
|
804.6
Appliances. Where provided, kitchen appliances
shall comply with 804.6. |
|
|
|
||
|
804.6.1
Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or
ground space complying with 305 shall be provided at each kitchen appliance.
Clear floor or ground spaces shall be permitted to overlap. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (5)(b) Clear Floor
Space. A clear floor space 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) minimum
complying with 4.2.4 that allows either a forward or a parallel approach by a
person in a wheelchair shall be provided at all appliances in the kitchen,
including the range or cook top, oven, refrigerator/freezer, dishwasher, and
trash compactor. |
|
||
|
804.6.2
Operable Parts. All appliance controls shall comply
with 309. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Appliance doors and door latching
devices shall not be required to comply with 309.4. 2. Bottom-hinged appliance doors,
when in the open position, shall not be required to comply with 309.3. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (5)(c) Controls. All
controls in kitchens shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38. |
|
||
|
804.6.3
Dishwasher. Clear floor or ground space shall be
positioned adjacent to the dishwasher door. The dishwasher door, in the open
position, shall not obstruct the clear floor or ground space for the
dishwasher or the sink. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (9) Dishwashers
[Residential]. Dishwashers shall comply with 120-3-20-.54.5.2 and
120-3-20-.54.5.3. Dishwashers shall have all rack: space accessible from the
front of the machine for loading and unloading dishes. |
|
||
|
804.6.4
Range or Cooktop. Where a forward approach is provided,
the clear floor or ground space shall provide knee and toe clearance
complying with 306. Where knee and toe space is provided, the underside of
the range or cooktop shall be insulated or otherwise configured to prevent
burns, abrasions, or electrical shock. The location of controls shall not
require reaching across burners. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (6) [Residential] Ranges
and Cook tops. Ranges and Cook tops shall comply with 120-3-20-.54.4.2 and
120-3-20-.54.4.3. If ovens or Cook tops have knee spaces underneath, they
shall be insulated or otherwise protected on the exposed contact surfaces for
protection against burns, abrasions, or electrical shock. The clear floor
space shall be permitted to overlap the knee space, if provided, by 19 inches
(485 mm) maximum. The location of controls for ranges and Cook tops shall not
require reaching across burners. Note: Although not required for
minimum accessibility, counter top range units in a counter with adjustable
heights are an added convenience for wheelchair users. |
|
||
|
804.6.5
Oven. Ovens shall comply with 804.6.5. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (7) Ovens [Residential].
Ovens shall comply with 120-3-20-.54.5.2 and 120-3-20-.54.5.3. Ovens shall be
of the self-cleaning type or be located adjacent to an adjustable height
counter with a 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum knee space below (See Fig.
52). For side-opening ovens, the door latch side shall be next to the open
counter space, and there shall be a pull-out shelf under the oven extending
the full width of the oven and pulling out 10 inches (255 mm) minimum when
fully extended. Ovens shall have controls on front panels. Controls shall be
permitted to be located on either side of the door. Note: Counter top or wall-mounted
ovens with side-opening doors are easier for people in wheelchairs to use.
Clear spaces 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum under counters at the side of
ovens are an added convenience. The pull-out board or fixed shelf under
side-opening oven doors provides a resting place for heavy items being moved
from the oven to a counter. |
|
||
|
804.6.5.1
Side-Hinged Door Ovens. Side-hinged door ovens shall
have the work surface required by 804.3 positioned adjacent to the latch side
of the oven door. |
|
|
|||
|
804.6.5.2
Bottom-Hinged Door Ovens. Bottom-hinged door ovens shall
have the work surface required by 804.3 positioned adjacent to one side of
the door. |
|
|
|||
|
804.6.5.3
Controls. Ovens shall have controls on front
panels. |
|
|
|||
|
804.6.6
Refrigerator/Freezer. Combination refrigerators and
freezers shall have at least 50 percent of the freezer space 54 inches (1370
mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. The clear floor or ground space
shall be positioned for a parallel approach to the space dedicated to a
refrigerator/freezer with the centerline of the clear floor or ground space
offset 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the centerline of the dedicated space. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (8) Refrigerator/Freezers
[Residential]. Refrigerators and freezers shall comply with 120-3-20-.54.5.3.
Provisions shall be made for refrigerator/freezers that are: |
|
||
|
(a) Of the Vertical Side-by-side
combination freezer and refrigerator type; or |
|||||
|
(b) Of the over-and-under type and
meet the following requirements: (i) appliances shall have at least 50
percent of the freezer space and at least 50 percent of the refrigerator
space located 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the floor. (ii) Other combination refrigerators
and freezers shall have at least 50 percent of the freezer space and 100
percent of the refrigerator space and controls 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum
above the floor. Freezers with less than 100 percent of the storage volume
within the limits specified in role 120-3-20-.13(5) or rule 120-3-20-.13(6)
shall be the self-defrosting type. Note: Side-by-side
refrigerator/freezers provide the most usable freezer compartments. Locating
refrigerators so that their doors swing back 180 degrees is more convenient
for wheelchair users. |
|||||
|
|
|||||
|
805
Medical Care and Long-Term Care Facilities |
6.
MEDICAL CARE FACILITIES. |
120-3-20-.48 MEDICAL CARE FACILITIES |
|
||
|
|
6.2 Entrances. At least one accessible entrance that
complies with 4.14 shall be protected from the weather by canopy or roof
overhang. Such entrances shall
incorporate a passenger loading zone that complies with 4.6.6. |
120-3-20-.48 2) Entrances. At least one accessible entrance that
complies with rule 120-3-20-.25 shall be protected from the weather by canopy
or roof overhang. Such entrances
shall incorporate a passenger loading zone that complies with rule
120-3-20-.17(6). |
|
||
|
805.1
General. Medical care facility and long-term
care facility patient or resident sleeping rooms required to provide mobility
features shall comply with 805. |
6.3 Patient
Bedrooms. Provide accessible patient bedrooms
in compliance with section 4. Accessible patient bedrooms shall comply with
the following: |
120-3-20-.48 (3) Patient
Bedrooms. Provide accessible
patient bedrooms in compliance with rules 120-3-20-.03 through
120-3-20-.46. Accessible patient
bedrooms shall comply with the following: |
|
||
|
805.2
Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304
shall be provided within the room. |
(2)
Each bedroom shall have adequate space to provide a maneuvering space that
complies with 4.2.3. In rooms with two beds, it is preferable that this space
be located between beds. |
(b) Each bedroom shall have adequate
space to provide a maneuvering space that complies with rule
120-3-20-.13(3). In rooms with 2
beds, it is preferable that this space be located between beds. |
|||
|
805.3
Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor
space complying with 305 shall be provided on each side of the bed. The clear
floor space shall be positioned for parallel approach to the side of the bed. |
(3)
Each bedroom shall have adequate space to provide a minimum clear floor space
of 36 in (915 mm) along each side of the bed and to provide an accessible
route complying with 4.3.3 to each side of each bed. |
(c) Each bedroom shall have adequate
space to provide a minimum clear floor space of 36 inches (915 mm) along each
side of the bed and to provide an accessible route complying with rule
120-3-20-.14(3) to each side of each bed. |
|||
|
805.4
Toilet and Bathing Rooms. Toilet and bathing rooms that
are provided as part of a patient or resident sleeping room shall comply with
603. Where provided, no fewer than one water closet, one lavatory, and one
bathtub or shower shall comply with the applicable requirements of 603
through 610. |
6.4 Patient
Toilet Rooms. Where toilet/bathrooms are provided
as a part of a patient bedroom, each patient bedroom that is required to be
accessible shall have an accessible toilet/bathroom that complies with 4.22
or 4.23 and shall be on an accessible route. |
120-3-20-.48 (4) Patient Toilet
Rooms. Where toilet/bath rooms
are provided as a part of a patient bedroom, each patient bedroom that is
required to be accessible shall have an accessible toilet/bath room that
complies with rule 120-3-20-.33 or rule 120-3-20-.34 and shall be on an
accessible route. |
|
||
|
806
Transient Lodging Guest Rooms |
9.2 Requirements
for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms and Suites. |
120-3-20-.51 ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT
LODGING. (2) Requirements for Accessible Units,
Sleeping Rooms and Suites. |
|
||
|
806.1
General. Transient lodging guest rooms shall
comply with 806. Guest rooms required to provide mobility features shall
comply with 806.2. Guest rooms required to provide communication features
shall comply with 806.3. |
|
|
|
||
|
806.2
Guest Rooms with Mobility Features. Guest rooms
required to provide mobility features shall comply with 806.2. |
9.2.1
General. Units, sleeping rooms, and suites
required to be accessible by 9.1 shall comply with 9.2. |
(a) General. Units, sleeping rooms, and suites required
to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.51(1) shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.51(2). |
|
||
|
|
4.3.2(4)
An accessible route shall connect at least one accessible entrance of each
accessible dwelling unit with those exterior and interior spaces and
facilities that serve the accessible dwelling unit. |
|
|
||
|
9.2.2
Minimum Requirements. An accessible unit, sleeping room or suite shall
be on an accessible route complying with 4.3 and have the following
accessible elements and spaces. |
(b) Minimum Requirements. An accessible unit, sleeping room or
suite shall be on an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 and
have the following accessible elements and spaces. |
|
|||
|
|
9.2.2(2)
An accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect all accessible spaces
and elements, including telephones, within the unit, sleeping room, or suite.
This is not intended to require an elevator in multi-story units as long as
the spaces identified in 9.2.2(6) and (7) are on accessible levels and the
accessible sleeping area is suitable for dual occupancy. |
120-3-20-.51 (2)2. An accessible
route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 shall connect all accessible spaces
and elements, including telephones, within the unit, sleeping room, or
suite. This is not intended to
require an elevator in multistory units as long as the spaces identified in
rule 120-3-20-.51(2)(b)(6) and rule 120-3-20-.51(2)(b)(7) are on accessible
levels and the accessible sleeping area is suitable for dual occupancy. |
|
||
|
806.2.1
Living and Dining Areas. Living and dining areas shall
be accessible. |
9.2.2(6)
Where provided as part of an accessible unit, sleeping
room, or suite, the following spaces shall be accessible and shall be on an
accessible route: (a) the living area. (b) the dining area. (c)
at least one sleeping area. |
120-3-20-.51 (2)6. Where provided as
part of an accessible unit, sleeping room, or suite, the following spaces
shall be accessible and shall be on an accessible route: (a) the living area. (b) the dining area. (c)
at least one sleeping area. |
|
||
|
806.2.2
Exterior Spaces. Exterior spaces, including patios,
terraces and balconies that serve the guest room shall be accessible. |
(d)
patios, terraces, or balconies. EXCEPTION:
The requirements of 4.13.8 and 4.3.8 do not apply where it is necessary to utilize
a higher door threshold or a change in level to protect the integrity of the
unit from wind/water damage. Where this exception results in patios, terraces
or balconies that are not at an accessible level, equivalent facilitation
shall be provided (e.g., equivalent facilitation at a hotel patio or balcony
might consist of providing raised decking or a ramp to provide
accessibility). |
(d) patios, terraces, or balconies. EXCEPTION: The requirements of rule
120-3-20-.24(8) and rule 120-3-20-.14(8) do not apply where it is necessary
to utilize a higher door threshold or a change in level to protect the
integrity of the unit from wind/water damage. Where this exception results in
patios, terraces or balconies that are not at an accessible level, equivalent
facilitation shall be provided. (e.g., Equivalent facilitation at a hotel
patio or balcony might consist of providing raised decking or a ramp to
provide accessibility). |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have an exception for accessible
patios, terraces and balconies that may subject the unit to wind or water
damage. The 2010 Standards do not have this exception for accessible units. |
||
|
|
9.2.2(3)
Doors and doorways designed to allow passage into and
within all sleeping rooms, suites or other covered units shall comply with
4.13. |
120-3-20-.51 (2)3. Doors and doorways
designed to allow passage into and within all sleeping rooms, suites or other
covered units shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24. |
|
||
|
See
2010 Standards, 205.1 |
9.2.2(5)
All controls in accessible units, sleeping rooms, and suites shall comply
with 4.27. |
120-3-20-.51 (2)5. All controls in
accessible units, sleeping rooms, and suites shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.38. |
The
2010 Standards include a list of exceptions for specific operable parts, many
of which would be subject to the Òspecial equipmentÓ exception in 4.27.3 of
the 1994 Standards. |
||
|
806.2.3
Sleeping Areas. At least one sleeping area shall
provide a clear floor space complying with 305 on both sides of a bed. The clear
floor space shall be positioned for parallel approach to the side of the bed. EXCEPTION:
Where a single clear floor space complying with 305 positioned for parallel
approach is provided between two beds, a clear floor or ground space shall
not be required on both sides of a bed. |
9.2.2(1)
Accessible sleeping rooms shall have a 36 in (915 mm) clear width maneuvering
space located along both sides of a bed, except that where two beds are
provided, this requirement can be met by providing a 36 in (915 mm) wide
maneuvering space located between the two beds. |
120-3-20-.51 (2) (b)1. Accessible
sleeping rooms shall have a 36 inches (915 mm) clear width maneuvering space
located along both sides of a bed, except that where two beds are provided,
this requirement can be met by providing a 36 inches (915 mm) wide
maneuvering space located between the two beds. |
|
||
|
806.2.4
Toilet and Bathing Facilities. At least one
bathroom that is provided as part of a guest room shall comply with 603. No fewer than one water closet, one
lavatory, and one bathtub or shower shall comply with 603 through 610. In
addition, required roll-in shower compartments shall comply with 608.2.2 or
608.2.3. Toilet and bathing
fixtures required to comply with 603 through 610 shall be permitted to be
located in more than one toilet or bathing area, provided that travel between
fixtures does not require travel between other parts of the guest room. |
9.2.2(6) (e)
at least one full bathroom (i.e., one with a water closet, a lavatory, and a
bathtub or shower). (f)
if only half baths are provided, at least one half bath. |
120-3-20-.51 (2) (b) 6. Exception (e)
at least one full bathroom (i.e., one with a water closet, a lavatory, and a
bathtub or shower). (f) if only half baths are provided,
at least one half bath. |
|
||
|
806.2.4.1
Vanity Counter Top Space. If vanity counter top space is
provided in non-accessible guest toilet or bathing rooms, comparable vanity
counter top space, in terms of size and proximity to the lavatory, shall also
be provided in accessible guest toilet or bathing rooms. |
The
2010 Standards specify that vanity top space in accessible units must be
equivalent to that provided in inaccessible units. |
||||
|
806.2.5
Kitchens and Kitchenettes. Kitchens and
kitchenettes shall comply with 804. |
9.2.2(7) Kitchens,
Kitchenettes, or Wet Bars. When provided as accessory to a sleeping room or
suite, kitchens, kitchenettes, wet bars, or similar amenities shall be
accessible. Clear floor space for a front or parallel approach to cabinets,
counters, sinks, and appliances shall be provided to comply with 4.2.4.
Countertops and sinks shall be mounted at a maximum height of 34 in (865 mm)
above the floor. At least fifty percent of shelf space in cabinets or
refrigerator/freezers shall be within the reach ranges of 4.2.5 or 4.2.6 and
space shall be designed to allow for the operation of cabinet and/or
appliance doors so that all cabinets and appliances are accessible and
usable. Controls and operating mechanisms shall comply with 4.27. |
120-3-20-.51 (2)(2)(b)7. Kitchens,
Kitchenettes, or Wet Bars. When
provided as accessory to a sleeping room or suite, kitchens, kitchenettes,
wet bars, or similar amenities shall be accessible. Clear floor space for a front or
parallel approach to cabinets, counters, sinks, and appliances shall be
provided to comply with rule 120-3-20-.13(4). Counter tops and sinks shall be
mounted at a maximum height of 34 inches (865 mm) above the floor. At least fifty percent of shelf space
in cabinets or refrigerator /freezers shall be within the reach ranges of
rule 120-3-20-.13(5) or rule 120-3-20-.13(6) and space shall be designed to
allow for the operation of cabinet and/or appliance doors so that all
cabinets and appliances are accessible and usable. Controls and operating mechanisms
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38. |
|
||
|
806.2.6
Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304
shall be provided within the guest room. |
|
|
|
||
|
|
9.2.2(4)
If fixed or built-in storage facilities such as cabinets,
shelves, closets, and drawers are provided in accessible spaces, at least one
of each type provided shall contain storage space complying with 4.25.
Additional storage may be provided outside of the dimensions required by
4.25. |
120-3-20-.51 (2)(b)4. If fixed or
built-in storage facilities such as cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers
are provided in accessible spaces, at least one of each type provided shall
contain storage space complying with rule 120-3-20-.36. Additional storage may be provided
outside of the dimensions required by rule 120-3-20-.36. |
|
||
|
806.3
Guest Rooms with Communication Features. Guest rooms
required to provide communication features shall comply with 806.3. |
9.3 Visual
Alarms, Notification Devices and Telephones.
|
120-3-20-.51 (3) Visual Alarms, Notification Devices and Telephones. |
|
||
|
806.3.1
Alarms. Where emergency warning systems are provided, alarms
complying with 702 shall be provided. |
9.3.1
General. In sleeping rooms required to comply with this section,
auxiliary visual alarms shall be provided and shall comply with 4.28.4.
Visual notification devices shall also be provided in units, sleeping rooms
and suites to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door
knock or bell. Notification devices shall not be connected to
auxiliary visual alarm signal appliances. Permanently installed telephones
shall have volume controls complying with 4.31.5; an accessible electrical
outlet within 4 ft (1220 mm) of a telephone connection shall be provided to
facilitate the use of a text telephone. |
(a) General. In sleeping rooms required to comply
with this section, auxiliary visual alarms shall be provided and shall comply
with rule 120-3-20-.39(4). Visual
notification devices shall also be provided in units, sleeping rooms and
suites to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door knock
or bell. Notification devices
shall not be connected to auxiliary visual alarm signal appliances. Permanently installed telephones shall
have volume controls complying with rule 120-3-20-.42(5); an accessible
electrical outlet within 4 feet (1220 mm) of a telephone connection shall be
provided to facilitate the use of a text telephone. |
|
||
|
806.3.2
Notification Devices. Visible notification devices
shall be provided to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a
door knock or bell. Notification devices shall not be connected to visible
alarm signal appliances. Telephones shall have volume controls compatible
with the telephone system and shall comply with 704.3. Telephones shall be
served by an electrical outlet complying with 309 located within 48 inches
(1220 mm) of the telephone to facilitate the use of a TTY. |
|||||
|
|
9.3.2
Equivalent Facilitation. For purposes of this section, equivalent
facilitation shall include the installation of electrical outlets (including
outlets connected to a facility's central alarm system) and telephone wiring
in sleeping rooms and suites to enable persons with hearing impairments to
utilize portable visual alarms and communication devices provided by the
operator of the facility. |
(b) Equivalent Facilitation. For purposes of this section,
equivalent facilitation shall include the installation of electrical outlets
(including outlets connected to a facility's central alarm system) and telephone
wiring in sleeping rooms and suites to enable persons with hearing
impairments to utilize portable visual alarms and communication devices
provided by the operator of the facility. |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit
portable visible alarm systems; The 2010 Standards do not. |
||
|
807
Holding Cells and Housing Cells |
See Appendix 12.5 |
|
The
2010 Standards have requirements for accessible holding and housing
cells. The 1994 Standards and Georgia
Accessibility Code do not. |
||
|
807.1
General. Holding cells and housing cells
shall comply with 807. |
|||||
|
807.2
Cells with Mobility Features. Cells required to
provide mobility features shall comply with 807.2. |
See Appendix 12.5.2 |
|
|
||
|
807.2.1
Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304
shall be provided within the cell. |
|||||
|
807.2.2
Benches. Where benches are provided, at least
one bench shall comply with 903. |
|||||
|
807.2.3
Beds. Where beds are provided, clear floor space complying with
305 shall be provided on at least one side of the bed. The clear floor space
shall be positioned for parallel approach to the side of the bed. |
|||||
|
807.2.4
Toilet and Bathing Facilities. Toilet facilities
or bathing facilities that are provided as part of a cell shall comply with
603. Where provided, no fewer than one water closet, one lavatory, and one
bathtub or shower shall comply with the applicable requirements of 603
through 610. |
|||||
|
807.3
Cells with Communication Features. Cells required to
provide communication features shall comply with 807.3. |
See Appendix 12.6 |
|
|
||
|
807.3.1
Alarms. Where audible emergency alarm systems are provided to
serve the occupants of cells, visible alarms complying with 702 shall be
provided. EXCEPTION:
Visible alarms shall not be required where inmates or detainees are not
allowed independent means of egress. |
|||||
|
807.3.2
Telephones. Telephones, where provided within
cells, shall have volume controls complying with 704.3. |
|||||
|
808
Courtrooms |
See Appendix 11.2.1 |
|
The
2010 Standards have requirements for accessible courtrooms. The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not. |
||
|
808.1
General. Courtrooms shall comply with 808. |
|||||
|
808.2
Turning Space. Where provided, areas that are raised
or depressed and accessed by ramps or platform lifts with entry ramps shall
provide unobstructed turning space complying with 304. |
|||||
|
808.3
Clear Floor Space. Each jury box and witness stand shall
have, within its defined area, clear floor space complying with 305. EXCEPTION:
In alterations, wheelchair spaces are not required to be located within the
defined area of raised jury boxes or witness stands and shall be permitted to
be located outside these spaces where ramp or platform lift access poses a
hazard by restricting or projecting into a means of egress required by the
appropriate administrative authority. |
|||||
|
808.4
Judges' Benches and Courtroom Stations. Judges'
benches, clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks' stations, court
reporters' stations and litigants' and counsel stations shall comply with
902. |
|||||
|
809
Residential Dwelling Units |
|
120-3-20-.54 Covered Multi-Family
Dwelling Unit |
The
1994 Standards do not address residential, nontransient dwelling units. |
||
|
|
|
120-3-20-.54 (2) Adaptability. Both adaptable dwelling units and
units in which fixtures are permanently installed within the heights specified
in 120-3-20-.54.4 bathrooms and 120-3-20-.54.5 kitchens shall be considered
accessible dwelling units. Note: Adaptable dwelling units are
particularly beneficial in rental housing where the demand for accessible
units varies over time. Dwelling
units designed for adaptability accommodate either able-bodies residents or
residents having any of the disabilities described in 1.1, and have the
further advantage of allowing the user to select the degree of accessibility
that is desired. For example, an
occupant chooses to have grab bars installed in the bathroom but prefers the
standard-height counter and sink. Where parking is provided for
facilities with all dwelling units designed for adaptability, accessible
parking spaces are provided according to the number and particular needs of
the disabled residents occupying the adaptable units. The subsections on bathrooms and
kitchens specify a range of heights and clearances within which certain
fixtures are installed (for example, grab bars at bathtubs and toilets, and
work surface and sink heights in kitchens). In the case of grab bars, provision is
made for later installation within the specified height range, as requested
by the occupant of the dwelling unit.
Other fixtures are permanently installed at a height within these
ranges, or the fixtures are adjustable within the ranges. |
|
||
|
809.1
General. Residential dwelling units shall
comply with 809. Residential dwelling units required to provide mobility
features shall comply with 809.2 through 809.4. Residential dwelling units
required to provide communication features shall comply with 809.5. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (3) Basic
Components. Accessible dwelling
units shall provide accessible elements and spaces as identified in Table 4.
(Below) |
|
||
|
Georgia Accessibility Code |
||
|
Accessible Spaces 1.
Spaces Allowances |
Section 4.2 |
Application All
rooms and spaces |
|
2.
Accessible routes |
4.3 |
(a)
Within dwelling units to all rooms and spaces (b)
Connecting accessible dwelling unit(s) to accessible entrance(s) and to
common-use spaces and facilities. (c)
From public transportation stops, accessible parking spaces, accessible
passenger loading zones and public streets, or sidewalks to accessible
entrance(s) (d)
Connecting accessible buildings, facilities, elements, and spaces that are on
the same site. (e)
Connecting accessible buildings or facility entrances with accessible spaces
and elements within the building or facility. |
|
3.
Floor surfaces |
4.5 |
Accessible
routes, rooms and spaces. |
|
4.
Parking and passenger loading zones |
4.6 |
If
provided at facility. |
|
5.
Windows |
4.12 |
If
operable windows are provided within dwelling units. |
|
6.
Doors |
4.13 |
At
entrance; to and in accessible spaces. |
|
7.
Entrances |
4.14 |
To
dwelling unit |
|
8.
Storage |
4.23 |
If
provided within in accessible spaces. |
|
9.
Controls |
4.25 |
Within
dwelling units, including heating, ventilating, and air conditioning
equipment (other than air distribution registers) requiring regular periodic
maintenance and adjustment by the occupant of the dwelling unit. |
|
10.
Emergency alarms |
4.26 |
If
provided within the dwelling unit. |
|
II.
Bathrooms |
120-3-20-.54.4 |
Design
for fixed installation of grab bars within specified range of heights, or
with provision for subsequent addition of grab bars within the range. |
|
12.
Kitchens |
120-3-20-.54.5 |
Work
surfaces and sinks may be designed for fixed installation within specified
range of heights, or for adjustable heights within the range. |
|
13.
Laundry Facilities |
120-3-20-.54.6 |
If
provided in dwelling unit or if common-use facilities serving accessible
dwelling unit. |
|
14. Common-use spaces and facilities |
4.2
through 120-3-20-.54 |
If
provided at facility and serving accessible dwelling unit. |
|
15.
Patios, terraces, balconies, carports, and garages. |
4.2
through 120-3-20-.54 |
If
provided with accessible dwelling unit. |
|
2010
Standards for Accessible Design |
1994
Standards for Accessible Design |
Georgia
Accessibility Code |
Commentary |
|||||||||||
|
809.2
Accessible Routes. Accessible routes complying with
Chapter 4 shall be provided within residential dwelling units in accordance
with 809.2. EXCEPTION:
Accessible routes shall not be required to or within unfinished attics or
unfinished basements. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.2.1
Location. At least one accessible route shall
connect all spaces and elements which are a part of the residential dwelling
unit. Where only one accessible route is provided, it shall not pass through
bathrooms, closets, or similar spaces. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.2.2
Turning Space. All rooms served by an accessible
route shall provide a turning space complying with 304. EXCEPTION:
Turning space shall not be required in exterior spaces 30 inches (760 mm)
maximum in depth or width. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.3
Kitchen. Where a kitchen is provided, it
shall comply with 804. Note: Some of the special features in
kitchens, referred to as ÒadaptableÓ in earlier editions of that standard,
are located as exceptions in section 804 of the 2010 Standards. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (5) Kitchens. Accessible
kitchens and their components shall be on an accessible route and shall
comply with the requirements of 120-3-20-.54.5. |
|
|||||||||||
|
809.4
Toilet Facilities and Bathing Facilities. At least
one bathroom shall comply with 603. No fewer than one of each type of fixture
provided shall comply with applicable requirements of 603 through 610. Toilet
and bathing fixtures required to comply with 603 through 610 shall be located
in the same toilet and bathing area, such that travel between fixtures does
not require travel between other parts of the residential dwelling unit. Note: Many of the special features in ANSI
toilet and bathing facilities, referred to as ÒadaptableÓ in earlier editions
of that standard, are located as exceptions in sections 603 through 610 of the
2010 Standards. |
|
120-3-20-.54 (4) Bathrooms. Accessible bathrooms shall be on an
accessible route and shall comply with the requirements of 120-3-20-.54.4. Note: Although not required by these
specifications, it is important to install grab bars at toilets, bathtubs,
and showers if it is known that a dwelling unit is to be occupied by elderly people
or people with severe disabilities. |
|
|||||||||||
|
809.5
Residential Dwelling Units with Communication Features.
Residential dwelling units required to provide communication features shall
comply with 809.5. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.5.1
Building Fire Alarm System. Where a building
fire alarm system is provided, the system wiring shall be extended to a point
within the residential dwelling unit in the vicinity of the residential
dwelling unit smoke detection system. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.5.1.1
Alarm Appliances. Where alarm appliances are provided
within a residential dwelling unit as part of the building fire alarm system,
they shall comply with 702. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
809.5.1.2
Activation. All visible alarm appliances
provided within the residential dwelling unit for building fire alarm
notification shall be activated upon activation of the building fire alarm in
the portion of the building containing the residential dwelling unit. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.5.2
Residential Dwelling Unit Smoke Detection System.
Residential dwelling unit smoke detection systems shall comply with NFPA 72
(1999 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced
Standards" in Chapter 1). |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.5.2.2
Activation. All visible alarm appliances
provided within the residential dwelling unit for smoke detection
notification shall be activated upon smoke detection. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.5.3
Interconnection. The same visible alarm appliances shall be permitted to provide
notification of residential dwelling unit smoke detection and building fire
alarm activation. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.5.4
Prohibited Use. Visible alarm appliances used to
indicate residential dwelling unit smoke detection or building fire alarm
activation shall not be used for any other purpose within the residential
dwelling unit. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.5.5
Residential Dwelling Unit Primary Entrance.
Communication features shall be provided at the residential dwelling unit
primary entrance complying with 809.5.5. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.5.5.1
Notification. A hard-wired electric doorbell shall
be provided. A button or switch shall be provided outside the residential
dwelling unit primary entrance. Activation of the button or switch shall
initiate an audible tone and visible signal within the residential dwelling
unit. Where visible doorbell signals are located in sleeping areas, they
shall have controls to deactivate the signal. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.5.5.2
Identification. A means for visually identifying a
visitor without opening the residential dwelling unit entry door shall be
provided and shall allow for a minimum 180 degree range of view. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
809.5.6
Site, Building, or Floor Entrance. Where a system,
including a closed-circuit system, permitting voice communication between a
visitor and the occupant of the residential dwelling unit is provided, the
system shall comply with 708.4. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
810
Transportation Facilities |
10 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES |
120-3-20-.52
TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
10.2 Bus Stops and Terminals |
120-3-20-.52
(2) Bus Stops and Terminals. |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
10.2.1 New Construction |
120-3-20-.52
(2) (a) New Construction. |
|
|||||||||||
|
810.2
Bus Boarding and Alighting Areas. Bus boarding and
alighting areas shall comply with 810.2. |
10.2.1(1)
Where new bus stop pads are constructed at bus stops, bays or other areas
where a lift or ramp is to be deployed, they shall have a firm, stable
surface; a minimum clear length of 96 inches (measured from the curb or
vehicle roadway edge) and a minimum clear width of 60 inches (measured
parallel to the vehicle roadway) to the maximum extent allowed by legal or
site constraints; and shall be connected to streets, sidewalks or pedestrian
paths by an accessible route complying with 4.3 and 4.4. The slope of the pad
parallel to the roadway shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as the
roadway. For water drainage, a maximum slope of 1:50 (2%) perpendicular to
the roadway is allowed. |
1. Where new bus stop pads are
constructed at bus stops, bays or other areas where a lift or ramp is to be
deployed, they shall have a firm, stable surface; a minimum clear length of 96 inches
(measured from the curb or vehicle roadway edge) and a minimum clear width of
60 inches (measured parallel to the vehicle roadway) to the maximum extent
allowed by legal or site constraints; and shall be connected to streets,
sidewalks or pedestrian paths by an accessible route complying with rule
120-3-20-.14 and rule 120-3-20-.15.
The slope of the pad parallel to the roadway shall, to the extent
practicable, be the same as the roadway.
For water drainage, a maximum slope of 1:50 (2%) perpendicular to the
roadway is allowed. |
|
|||||||||||
|
810.2.1
Surface. Bus stop boarding and alighting areas
shall have a firm, stable surface. |
||||||||||||||
|
810.2.2
Dimensions. Bus stop boarding and alighting
areas shall provide a clear length of 96 inches (2440 mm) minimum, measured
perpendicular to the curb or vehicle roadway edge, and a clear width of 60
inches (1525 mm) minimum, measured parallel to the vehicle roadway. |
||||||||||||||
|
810.2.3
Connection. Bus stop boarding and alighting
areas shall be connected to streets, sidewalks, or pedestrian paths by an
accessible route complying with 402. |
||||||||||||||
|
810.2.4
Slope. Parallel to the roadway, the slope of the bus stop
boarding and alighting area shall be the same as the roadway, to the maximum
extent practicable. Perpendicular to the roadway, the slope of the bus stop
boarding and alighting area shall not be steeper than 1:48. |
||||||||||||||
|
810.3
Bus Shelters. Bus shelters shall provide a minimum
clear floor or ground space complying with 305 entirely within the shelter.
Bus shelters shall be connected by an accessible route complying with 402 to
a boarding and alighting area complying with 810.2. |
10.2.1(2)
Where provided, new or replaced bus shelters shall be installed or positioned
so as to permit a wheelchair or mobility aid user to enter from the public
way and to reach a location, having a minimum clear floor area of 30 inches
by 48 inches, entirely within the perimeter of the shelter. Such shelters
shall be connected by an accessible route to the boarding area provided under
paragraph (1) of this section. |
2. Where provided, new or replaced
bus shelters shall be installed or positioned so as to permit a wheelchair or
mobility aid user to enter from the public way and to reach a location,
having a minimum clear floor area of 30 inches by 48 inches, entirely within
the perimeter of the shelter. Such shelters shall be connected by an accessible
route to the boarding area provided under paragraph (1) of this section. |
|
|||||||||||
|
810.4
Bus Signs. Bus route identification signs shall
comply with 703.5.1 through 703.5.4, and 703.5.7 and 703.5.8. In addition, to
the maximum extent practicable, bus route identification signs shall comply
with 703.5.5. EXCEPTION:
Bus schedules, timetables and maps that are posted at the bus stop or bus bay
shall not be required to comply. |
10.2.1(3)
Where provided, all new bus route identification signs shall comply with
4.30.5. In addition, to the maximum extent practicable, all new bus route
identification signs shall comply with 4.30.2 and 4.30.3. Signs that are
sized to the maximum dimensions permitted under legitimate local, state or
federal regulations or ordinances shall be considered in compliance with
4.30.2 and 4.30.3 for purposes of this section. EXCEPTION:
Bus schedules, timetables, or maps that are posted at the bus stop or bus bay
are not required to comply with this provision. |
3. Where provided, all new bus route
identification signs shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.41(5). In addition, to the maximum extent
practicable, all new bus route identification signs shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.41(2) and rule 120-3-20-.41(3). Signs that are sized to the maximum dimensions
permitted under legitimate local, state or federal regulations or ordinances
shall be considered in compliance with rule 120-3-20-.41(2) and rule
120-3-20-.41(3) for purposes of this section. EXCEPTION: Bus schedules, timetables, or maps
that are posted at the bus stop or bus bay are not required to comply with
this provision |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
10.2.2 Bus Stop Siting and
Alterations. (1)
Bus stop sites shall be chosen such that, to the maximum extent practicable,
the areas where lifts or ramps are to be deployed comply with section
10.2.1(1) and (2). (2)
When new bus route identification signs are installed or old signs are
replaced, they shall comply with the requirements of 10.2.1(3). |
120-3-20-.52
(2) (b) Bus Stop Siting and
Alterations. 1. Bus stop sites shall be chosen
such that, to the maximum extent practicable, the areas where lifts or ramps
are to be deployed comply with rule 120-3-20-.52(a)1 and 2. 2. When new bus route identification
signs are installed or old signs are replaced, they shall comply with the
requirements of rule 120-3-20-.52(a)3.
|
|
|||||||||||
|
810.5
Rail Platforms. Rail platforms shall comply with
810.5. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
810.5.1
Slope. Rail platforms shall not exceed a slope of 1:48 in all
directions. EXCEPTION:
Where platforms serve vehicles operating on existing track or track laid in
existing roadway, the slope of the platform parallel to the track shall be
permitted to be equal to the slope (grade) of the roadway or existing track. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
810.5.2
Detectable Warnings. Platform boarding edges not protected
by platform screens or guards shall have detectable warnings complying with
705 along the full length of the public use area of the platform. |
10.3.1(8)
Platform edges bordering a drop-off and not protected by platform screens or
guard rails shall have a detectable warning. Such detectable warnings shall
comply with 4.29.2 and shall be 24 inches wide running the full length of the
platform drop-off. |
120-3-20-.52
(3) 8.
Platform edges bordering a drop-off and not protected by platform screens or guard
rails shall have a detectable warning.
Such detectable warnings shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.40(2) and
shall be 24 inches wide running the full length of the platform drop-off. |
|
|||||||||||
|
810.6
Rail Station Signs. Rail station signs shall comply with
810.6. EXCEPTION.
Signs shall not be required to comply with 810.6.1 and 810.6.2 where audible
signs are remotely transmitted to hand-held receivers, or are user- or
proximity-actuated. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
810.6.1
Entrances. Where signs identify a station or
its entrance, at least one sign at each entrance shall comply with 703.2 and
shall be placed in uniform locations to the maximum extent practicable. Where
signs identify a station that has no defined entrance, at least one sign
shall comply with 703.2 and shall be placed in a central location. |
10.3.1(4)
Where signs are provided at entrances to stations identifying the station or
the entrance, or both, at least one sign at each entrance shall comply with
4.30.4 and 4.30.6. Such signs shall be placed in uniform locations at
entrances within the transit system to the maximum extent practicable. EXCEPTION:
Where the station has no defined entrance, but signage is provided, then the
accessible signage shall be placed in a central location. |
120-3-20-.52
(3) 4.
Where signs are provided at entrances to stations identifying the station or
the entrance, or both, at least one sign at each entrance shall comply with
rule 120-3-20-.41(1) 4.30.4 and rule 120-3-20-.41(6). Such signs shall be placed in uniform
locations at entrances within the transit system to the maximum extent
practicable. EXCEPTION: Where the station has no defined
entrance, but signage is provided, then the accessible signage shall be
placed in a central location |
|
|||||||||||
|
810.6.2
Routes and Destinations. Lists of stations, routes and
destinations served by the station which are located on boarding areas,
platforms, or mezzanines shall comply with 703.5. At least one tactile sign
identifying the specific station and complying with 703.2 shall be provided
on each platform or boarding area. Signs covered by this requirement shall,
to the maximum extent practicable, be placed in uniform locations within the
system. EXCEPTION:
Where sign space is limited, characters shall not be required to exceed 3
inches (75 mm). |
10.3.1(6)
Lists of stations, routes, or destinations served by the station and located
on boarding areas, platforms, or mezzanines shall comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.2,
4.30.3, and 4.30.5. A minimum of one sign identifying the specific station
and complying with 4.30.4 and 4.30.6 shall be provided on each platform or
boarding area. All signs referenced in this paragraph shall, to the maximum
extent practicable, be placed in uniform locations within the transit system.
|
120-3-20-.52
(3) 6.
Lists of stations, routes, or destinations served by the station and located
on boarding areas, platforms, or mezzanines shall comply with rules
120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3), 120-3-20-.41(5), A minimum
of one sign identifying the specific station and complying with rule
120-3-20-.41(4) and rule 120-3-20-.41(6) shall be provided on each platform
or boarding area. All signs
referenced in this paragraph shall, to the maximum extent practicable, be
placed in uniform locations within the transit system. |
|
|||||||||||
|
810.6.3
Station Names. Stations covered by this section
shall have identification signs complying with 703.5. Signs shall be clearly
visible and within the sight lines of standing and sitting passengers from
within the vehicle on both sides when not obstructed by another vehicle. |
10.3.1(5)
Stations covered by this section shall have identification signs complying
with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, and 4.30.5. Signs shall be placed at frequent
intervals and shall be clearly visible from within the vehicle on both sides
when not obstructed by another train. When station identification signs are
placed close to vehicle windows (i.e., on the side opposite from boarding)
each shall have the top of the highest letter or symbol below the top of the
vehicle window and the bottom of the lowest letter or symbol above the
horizontal mid-line of the vehicle window. |
120-3-20-.52
(3) 5.
Stations covered by this section shall have identification signs complying
with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3), 120-3-20-.41(5),
Signs shall be placed at frequent intervals and shall be clearly visible from
within the vehicle on both sides when not obstructed by another train. When station identification signs are
placed close to vehicle windows (i.e., on the side opposite from boarding)
each shall have the top of the highest letter or symbol below the top of the
vehicle window and the bottom of the lowest letter or symbol above the
horizontal mid-line of the vehicle window. |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
10.3.1(11) Illumination
levels in the areas where signage is located shall be uniform and shall
minimize glare on signs. Lighting along circulation routes shall be of a type
and configuration to provide uniform illumination. |
120-3-20-.52
(3) 11.
Illumination levels in the areas where signage is located shall be uniform
and shall minimize glare on signs.
Lighting along circulation routes shall be of a type and configuration
to provide uniform illumination. |
The 194 Standards specify uniform illumination of
signs in transportation facilities.
The 2010 Standards do not include this as it would be impossible to
regulate illumination at an outdoor station and guarantee uniformity with
indoor stations on the same system. |
|||||||||||
|
810.7
Public Address Systems. Where public address systems
convey audible information to the public, the same or equivalent information
shall be provided in a visual format. |
10.3.1(14)
Where public address systems are provided to convey information to the public
in terminals, stations, or other fixed facilities, a means of conveying the
same or equivalent information to persons with hearing loss or who are deaf
shall be provided. |
120-3-20-.52
(3) 14.
Where public address systems are provided to convey information to the public
in terminals, stations, or other fixed facilities, a means of conveying the
same or equivalent information to persons with hearing loss or who are deaf
shall be provided. |
|
|||||||||||
|
810.8
Clocks. Where clocks are provided for use by the public, the
clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible.
Hands, numerals and digits shall contrast with the background either
light-on-dark or dark-on-light. Where clocks are installed overhead, numerals
and digits shall comply with 703.5. |
10.3.1(15)
Where clocks are provided for use by the general public, the clock face shall
be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible. Hands, numerals,
and/or digits shall contrast with the background either light-on-dark or
dark-on-light. Where clocks are mounted overhead, numerals and/or digits
shall comply with 4.30.3. Clocks shall be placed in uniform locations
throughout the facility and system to the maximum extent practicable. |
120-3-20-.52
(3) 15.
Where clocks are provided for use by the general public, the clock face shall
be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible. Hands, numerals, and/or digits shall
contrast with the background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. Where clocks are mounted overhead,
numerals and/or digits shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.41(3). Clocks shall
be placed in uniform locations throughout the facility and system to the
maximum extent practicable. |
|
|||||||||||
|
810.9
Escalators. Where provided, escalators shall
comply with the sections 6.1.3.5.6 and 6.1.3.6.5 of ASME A17.1 (incorporated
by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) and shall
have a clear width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum. EXCEPTION:
Existing escalators in key stations shall not be required to comply with
810.9. |
10.3.1(16)
Where provided in below grade stations, escalators shall have a minimum clear
width of 32 inches. At the top and bottom of each escalator run, at least two
contiguous treads shall be level beyond the comb plate before the risers
begin to form. All escalator treads shall be marked by a strip of clearly
contrasting color, 2 inches in width, placed parallel to and on the nose of
each step. The strip shall be of a material that is at least as slip
resistant as the remainder of the tread. The edge of the tread shall be
apparent from both ascending and descending directions. |
120-3-20-.52
(3) 16.
Where provided in below grade stations, escalators shall have a minimum clear
width of 32 inches. At the top
and bottom of each escalator run, at least two contiguous treads shall be
level beyond the comb plate before the risers begin to form. All escalator treads shall be marked
by a strip of clearly contrasting color, 2 inches in width, placed parallel
to and on the nose of each step.
The strip shall be of a material that is at least as slip resistant as
the remainder of the tread. The edge of the tread shall be apparent from both
ascending and descending directions. |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
10.3.1(17)
Where provided, elevators shall be glazed or have transparent panels to allow
an unobstructed view both in to and out of the car. Elevators shall comply
with 4.10. EXCEPTION:
Elevator cars with a clear floor area in which a 60 inch diameter circle can
be inscribed may be substituted for the minimum car dimensions of 4.10, Fig.
22. |
120-3-20-.52
(3) 17. Where provided, elevators shall be
glazed or have transparent panels to allow an unobstructed view both in to
and out of the car. Elevators
shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.21. EXCEPTION: Elevator cars with a clear
floor area in which a 60 inches in diameter circle can be inscribed may be
substituted for the minimum car dimensions of rule 120-3-20-.21, Fig. 22. |
The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code include
a requirement that elevator cars have glazed or transparent panels. The 2010 Standards do not have a
similar requirement because transparent car walls may only permit viewing the
interior of a hoistway wall.
Also, the implication that some level of additional safety is
necessary for this occupancy alone is unsupported. |
|||||||||||
|
810.10
Track Crossings. Where a circulation path serving
boarding platforms crosses tracks, it shall comply with 402. EXCEPTION:
Openings for wheel flanges shall be permitted to be 2 1/2 inches (64 mm)
maximum. |
10.3.1(13)
Where it is necessary to cross tracks to reach boarding platforms, the route
surface shall be level and flush with the rail top at the outer edge and
between the rails, except for a maximum 2-1/2 inch gap on the inner edge of
each rail to permit passage of wheel flanges. Such crossings shall comply
with 4.29.5. Where gap reduction is not practicable, an above-grade or
below-grade accessible route shall be provided. |
120-3-20-.52
(3) 13.
Where it is necessary to cross tracks to reach boarding platforms, the route
surface shall be level and flush with the rail top at the outer edge and
between the rails, except for a maximum 2-1/2 inches gap on the inner edge of
each rail to permit passage of wheel flanges. Such crossings shall comply
with rule 120-3-20-.40(5). Where gap reduction is not practicable, an
above-grade or below-grade accessible route shall be provided. |
|
|||||||||||
|
811
Storage |
120-3-20-.36
Storage. |
|
||||||||||||
|
811.1
General. Storage shall comply with 811. |
4.25.1
General. Fixed storage facilities such as cabinets, shelves, closets,
and drawers required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.25. |
(1) General. Fixed storage facilities such as
cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers required to be accessible by rule
120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.36. |
|
|||||||||||
|
811.2
Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or
ground space complying with 305 shall be provided. |
4.25.2 Clear Floor Space.
A clear floor space at least 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) complying
with 4.2.4 that allows either a forward or parallel approach by a person
using a wheelchair shall be provided at accessible storage facilities. |
120-3-20-.36
(2) Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space at least 30 inches
by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) complying with rule 120-3-20-.12(4) that
allows either a forward or parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair
shall be provided at accessible storage facilities. |
|
|||||||||||
|
811.3
Height. Storage elements shall comply with at least one of the
reach ranges specified in 308. |
4.25.3
Height. Accessible storage spaces shall be within at least one of the
reach ranges specified in 4.2.5 and 4.2.6 (see Fig. 5 and Fig. 6). Clothes
rods or shelves shall be a maximum of 54 in (1370 mm) above the finish floor
for a side approach. Where the distance from the wheelchair to the clothes
rod or shelf exceeds 10 in (255 mm) (as in closets without accessible doors)
the height and depth to the rod or shelf shall comply with Fig. 38(a) and
Fig. 38(b). NOTE: Figure 38(a) indicates that if
the clear floor space allows a parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair
and the distance between the wheelchair and the shelf exceeds 10 inches, the
maximum high side reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) above the floor and the
low side reach shall be a minimum of 9 inches (230 mm) above the floor. The
shelves can be adjustable. The maximum distance from the user to the shelf
shall be 21 inches (535 mm).
|
120-3-20-.36
(3) Height.
Accessible storage spaces shall be within at least one of the reach
ranges specified in rule 120-3-20-.13(5) and rule 120-3-20-.13(6) (see Fig. 5
and Fig 6). Clothes rod or
shelves shall be a maximum of 54 inches (1370 mm) above the finish floor for
a side approach. Where the
distance from the wheelchair to the clothes rods or shelf exceeds 10 inches
(255 mm) (as in closets without accessible doors) the height and depth to the
rod or shelf shall comply with Fig. 38(a) and Fig. 38(b). Figure 38 Storage Shelves and Closets.
38(a) Shelves. If the clear floor space allows a
parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair and the distance between the
wheelchair and the shelf exceeds 10 in (255 mm), the maximum high side reach
shall be 48 in (1220 mm) above the floor and the low side reach shall be a
minimum of 9 in (230 mm) above the floor. The shelves can be adjustable. The maximum distance from the user to
the middle of the shelf shall be 21 in (535 mm).
38(b) Closets. If the clear floor space allows a
parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair and the distance between the
wheelchair and the clothes rod exceeds 10 in (255 mm), the maximum high side
reach shall be 48 in (1220 mm).
The maximum distance from the user to the clothes rod shall be 21 in
(535 mm). |
|
|||||||||||
|
8.4 Card Catalogs and Magazine
Displays. Minimum clear aisle space at card
catalogs and magazine displays shall comply with Fig. 55. Maximum reach
height shall comply with 4.2, with a height of 48 in (1220 mm) preferred
irrespective of approach allowed. NOTE: Figure 55 indicates the
lowest shelf of a card catalog shall be 18 inches (455 mm). |
120-3-20-.50 (4) Card Catalogs and
Magazine Displays. Minimum clear
aisle space at card catalogs and magazine displays shall comply with Fig. 55.
Maximum reach height shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.13, with a height of 48
inches (1220 mm) preferred irrespective of approach allowed. |
|
||||||||||||
|
811.4
Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with
309. |
4.25.4
Hardware. Hardware for accessible storage facilities shall comply with
4.27.4. Touch latches and U-shaped pulls are acceptable. |
120-3-20-.36 (4) Hardware. Hardware for accessible storage
facilities shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38(4). Touch latches and U-shaped pulls are
acceptable. |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
120-3-20-.53(10) Storage [Children]. (a) General. Fixed storage facilities
such as lockers, cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers required to be
accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.36, except
as modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(10). The requirements in rule
120-3-20-.36(3) are modified by the following provision. |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
(b) Height. Accessible storage spaces
shall be within at least one of the reach ranges specified in rule
120-3-20-.53(2). Clothes rods, hooks, or shelves shall be a maximum of 36
inches (915 mm) above the finish floor for a side approach. |
|
|||||||||||
|
CHAPTER
9: BUILT-IN ELEMENTS |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
901
General |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
901.1
Scope. The provisions of Chapter 9 shall apply where required by
Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
902
Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces |
4.32 Fixed or Built-in Seating and
Tables. |
120-3-20-.43
Fixed or Built-in Seating and Tables.
|
|
|||||||||||
|
902.1
General. Dining surfaces and work surfaces
shall comply with 902.2 and 902.3. EXCEPTION:
Dining surfaces and work surfaces for children's use shall be permitted to
comply with 902.4. |
4.32.1 Minimum Number.
Fixed or built-in seating or tables required to be accessible by 4.1 shall
comply with 4.32.2 through 4.32.4. See also Appendix 4.32.1 EXCEPTION |
120-3-20-.43 (1) Minimum Number. Fixed or built-in seating or tables
required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule
120-3-20-.43. |
|
|||||||||||
|
See 2010 Standards, 206.2.4 |
5.3 Access Aisles.
All accessible fixed tables shall be accessible by means of an access aisle
at least 36 in (915 mm) clear between parallel edges of tables or between a
wall and the table edges. |
120-3-20-.47 (3) Access Aisles. All accessible fixed tables shall be
accessible by means of an access aisle at least 36 inches (915 mm) clear
between parallel edges of tables or between a wall and the table edges. |
The
1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have a provision for access
aisles that is replicated in the 2010 StandardsÕ accessible route
requirements. |
|||||||||||
|
902.2
Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor
space complying with 305 positioned for a forward approach shall be provided.
Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided. |
4.32.2 Seating.
If seating spaces for people in wheelchairs are provided at fixed tables or
counters, clear floor space complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided. Such
clear floor space shall not overlap knee space by more than 19 in (485 mm)
(see Fig. 45). NOTE: Figure 45 illustrates wheelchair
seating locations at tables, with two adjacent to each other on the long side
of a rectangular table and two locations on opposing sides of a square table. The width of the seating locations is
30 inches, the length 48 inches, with 19 inches of the length located under
the table surface. |
120-3-20-.43
(2) Seating.
If seating spaces for people in wheelchairs are provided at fixed
tables or counters, clear floor space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(4)
shall be provided. Such clear
floor space shall not overlap knee space by more than 19 inches (485 mm) (see
Fig. 45). Figure 45 Minimum Clearances for
Seating and Tables.
If wheelchair seating is beside fixed seats, clear floor space 30 in
by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) minimum must be provided. If wheelchair seating is across the
front of fixed seating, the minimum required clear floor space is 42 in by 48
in (1065 mm by 1220 mm). An
accessible route to wheelchair seating must be provided. |
|
|||||||||||
|
4.32.3 Knee Clearances.
If seating for people in wheelchairs is provided at tables or counters, knee
spaces at least 27 in (685 mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and 19 in (485 mm)
deep shall be provided (see Fig. 45). |
120-3-20-.43
(3) Knee Clearances.
If seating for people in wheelchairs is provided at tables or
counters, knee spaces at least 27 inches (685 mm) high, 30 inches (760 mm)
wide, and 19 inches (485 mm) deep shall be provided (see Fig. 45). |
|
||||||||||||
|
902.3
Height. The tops of dining surfaces and work surfaces shall be 28
inches (710 mm) minimum and 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the finish floor
or ground. |
4.32.4
Height of Tables or Counters. The tops of accessible tables and
counters shall be from 28 in to 34 in (710 mm to 865 mm) above the finish
floor or ground. |
120-3-20-.43
(4) Height of Tables or Counters. The tops of accessible tables and
counters shall be from 28 inches to 34 inches (710 mm to 865 mm) above the
finish floor or ground. |
|
|||||||||||
|
5.2 Counters and Bars. Where
food or drink is served at counters exceeding 34 in (865 mm) in height for
consumption by customers seated on stools or standing at the counter, a
portion of the main counter which is 60 in (1525 mm) in length minimum shall
be provided in compliance with 4.32 or service shall be available at
accessible tables within the same area. |
TABLE A1 – CONVENIENT HEIGHTS
OF TABLES AND COUNTERS FOR SEATED PEOPLE1
1 All dimensions are based on a
work-surface thickness of 1 ½ inches (38 mm) and a clearance of 1
½ (38 mm) between legs and the underside of a work surface. People who sit will be using the same
counter area. 2 This type of wheelchair arm does
not interfere with the positioning of a wheelchair under a work surface. 3 This dimension is limited by the
height of the armrests: a lower
height would be preferable. Some
people in this group prefer lower work surfaces, which require positioning
the wheelchair back from the edge of the counter. Note: Different types of work require
different table or counter heights for comfort and optimal performance. Light detailed work such as writing
requires a table or counter close to elbow height for a standing person. Heavy manual work such as rolling
dough requires a counter or table height about 10 inches (255 mm) below elbow
height for a standing person.
This principle of high/low table or counter heights also applies for
seated persons; however, the limiting condition for seated manual work is
clearance under the table or counter. Table A1 shows convenient counter
heights for seated persons. The
great variety of heights for comfort and optimal performance indicates a need
for alternatives or a compromise in height if people who stand and people who
sit will be using the same counter area. |
The
1994 Standards include a requirement for an accessible counter surface at
counters and bars that are 60 inches minimum in length. |
||||||||||||
|
120-3-20-.47 (2) Counters and
Bars. Where food or drink is
served at counters exceeding 34 inches (865 mm) in height for consumption by
customers seated on stools or standing at the counter, a portion of the main
counter which is 60 inches (1525 mm) in length minimum shall be provided in
compliance with rule 120-3-20-.43 or service shall be available at accessible
tables within the same area. |
||||||||||||||
|
902.4
Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces for Children's Use.
Accessible dining surfaces and work surfaces for children's use shall comply
with 902.4. EXCEPTION:
Dining surfaces and work surfaces that are used primarily by children 5 years
and younger shall not be required to comply with 902.4 where a clear floor or
ground space complying with 305 positioned for a parallel approach is
provided. |
See Appendix 4.32.5 EXCEPTIONS |
120-3-20-.53(11) Fixed or Built-in
Seating and Tables [Children]. (a) General. Fixed or built-in
seating or tables required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply
with rule 120-3-20-.43, except as modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(11). The
requirements in rule 120-3-20-.43(2), rule 120- 3-20-.43(3), and rule 120-3-20-.43(4)
are modified by the following provisions. |
The
2010 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have requirements for dining
and work surfaces for childrenÕs use. |
|||||||||||
|
902.4.1
Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor
space complying with 305 positioned for forward approach shall be provided.
Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided, except that knee
clearance 24 inches (610 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground shall
be permitted. |
(b) Seating. Clear floor space shall
not overlap knee space by more than 14 inches (355 mm). |
|
||||||||||||
|
(c) Knee Clearances. Knee clearance
at least 24 inches (610 mm) high, 30 inches (760 mm) wide, and 14 inches (355
mm) deep shall be provided. |
||||||||||||||
|
902.4.2
Height. The tops of tables and counters shall be 26 inches (660
mm) minimum and 30 inches (760 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. |
(d) Height of Tables or Counters. The
tops of accessible tables and counters shall be from 26 inches to 30 inches
(660 mm to 760 mm) above the finish floor or ground. |
|
||||||||||||
|
903
Benches |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
903.1
General. Benches shall comply with 903. |
See 4.35.4 See also Appendix 4.37 |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
903.2
Clear Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or
ground space complying with 305 shall be provided and shall be positioned at
the end of the bench seat and parallel to the short axis of the bench. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
903.3
Size. Benches shall have seats that are 42 inches (1065 mm)
long minimum and 20 inches (510 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) deep
maximum. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
903.4
Back Support. The bench shall provide for back
support or shall be affixed to a wall. Back support shall be 42 inches (1065
mm) long minimum and shall extend from a point 2 inches (51 mm) maximum above
the seat surface to a point 18 inches (455 mm) minimum above the seat
surface. Back support shall be 2 1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum from the rear
edge of the seat measured horizontally. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
903.5
Height. The top of the bench seat surface shall be 17 inches (430
mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
903.6
Structural Strength. Allowable stresses shall not
be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250
pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the seat, fastener, mounting
device, or supporting structure. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
903.7
Wet Locations. Where installed in wet locations,
the surface of the seat shall be slip resistant and shall not accumulate
water. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
904
Check-Out Aisles and Sales and Service Counters |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
904.1
General. Check-out aisles and sales and
service counters shall comply with the applicable requirements of 904. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
904.2
Approach. All portions of counters required to
comply with 904 shall be located adjacent to a walking surface complying with
403. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
904.3
Check-Out Aisles. Check-out aisles shall comply with
904.3. |
7.3(2)
Clear aisle width for accessible check-out aisles shall comply with 4.2.1 and
maximum adjoining counter height shall not exceed 38 in (965 mm) above the
finish floor. The top of the lip shall not exceed 40 in (1015 mm) above the
finish floor. |
120-3-20-.49 (3) (b) Clear aisle width
for accessible check-out aisles shall comply with 4.2.1 and maximum adjoining
counter height shall not exceed 38 in (965 mm) above the finish floor. The top of the lip shall not exceed 40
in (1015 mm) above the finish floor. |
|
|||||||||||
|
904.3.1
Aisle. Aisles shall comply with 403. |
||||||||||||||
|
904.3.2
Counter. The counter surface height shall be
38 inches (965 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. The top of the
counter edge protection shall be 2 inches (51 mm) maximum above the top of
the counter surface on the aisle side of the check-out counter. |
||||||||||||||
|
904.3.3
Check Writing Surfaces. Where provided, check writing
surfaces shall comply with 902.3. |
|
|
The
2010 Standards have specific requirements for accessible check writing
surfaces. |
|||||||||||
|
904.4
Sales and Service Counters. Sales counters and
service counters shall comply with 904.4.1 or 904.4.2. The accessible portion
of the counter top shall extend the same depth as the sales or service
counter top. EXCEPTION:
In alterations, when the provision of a counter complying with 904.4 would
result in a reduction of the number of existing counters at work stations or
a reduction of the number of existing mail boxes, the counter shall be
permitted to have a portion which is 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum
complying with 904.4.1 provided that the required clear floor or ground space
is centered on the accessible length of the counter. |
7.2(1)
In areas used for transactions where counters have cash registers and are
provided for sales or distribution of goods or services to the public, at
least one of each type shall have a portion of the counter which is at least
36 in (915mm) in length with a maximum height of 36 in (915 mm) above the
finish floor. It shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3. Such
counters shall include, but are not limited to, counters in retail stores,
and distribution centers. The accessible counters must be dispersed
throughout the building or facility. In alterations where it is technically
infeasible to provide an accessible counter, an auxiliary counter meeting
these requirements may be provided. |
120-3-20-.49 (2) Sales and Service
Counters, Teller Windows, Information Counters. (a) In department stores and
miscellaneous retail stores where counters have cash registers and are
provided for sales or distribution of goods or services to the public, at
least one of each type shall have a portion of the counter which is at least
36 inches (915mm) in length with a maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm) above
the finish floor. It shall be on
an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14. The accessible counters must be
dispersed throughout the building or facility. In alterations where it is technically
infeasible to provide an accessible counter, an auxiliary counter meeting
these requirements may be provided. (b) At ticketing counters, teller
stations in a bank, registration counters in hotels and motels, box office
ticket counters, and other counters that may not have a cash register but at
which goods or services are sold or distributed, either: 1. a portion of the main counter
which is a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm) in length shall be provided with a
maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm); or 2. an auxiliary counter with a
maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm) in close proximity to the main counter
shall be provided; or 3. equivalent facilitation shall be
provided (e.g., at a hotel registration counter, equivalent facilitation
might consist of: (i) provision of a folding shelf
attached to the main counter on which an individual with disabilities can
write, and (ii) use of the space on the side of
the counter or at the concierge desk, for handing materials back and forth).
All accessible sales and service counters shall be on an accessible route
complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 |
The
2010 Standards include an exception for alterations to sales and service counters. |
|||||||||||
|
7.2(2)
In areas used for transactions that may not have a cash register but at which
goods or services are sold or distributed including, but not limited to,
ticketing counters, teller stations, registration counters in transient
lodging facilities, information counters, box office counters and library
check-out areas, either: (i) a portion of the main counter
which is a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) in length shall be provided with a
maximum height of 36 in (915 mm); or (ii) an auxiliary counter with a
maximum height of 36 in (915 mm) in close proximity to the main counter shall
be provided; or (iii) equivalent facilitation shall
be provided (e.g., at a hotel registration counter, equivalent facilitation
might consist of: (1) provision of a folding shelf attached to the main
counter on which an individual with a disability can write, and (2) use of
the space on the side of the counter or at the concierge desk, for handing
materials back and forth). All accessible sales and service
counters shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3. |
|
|||||||||||||
|
904.4.1
Parallel Approach. A portion of the counter surface
that is 36 inches (915 mm) long minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) high maximum
above the finish floor shall be provided. A clear floor or ground space
complying with 305 shall be positioned for a parallel approach adjacent to
the 36 inch (915 mm) minimum length of counter. EXCEPTION:
Where the provided counter surface is less than 36 inches (915 mm) long, the
entire counter surface shall be 36 inches (915 mm) high maximum above the
finish floor. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
904.4.2
Forward Approach. A portion of the counter surface
that is 30 inches (760 mm) long minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) high maximum
shall be provided. Knee and toe space complying with 306 shall be provided
under the counter. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be
positioned for a forward approach to the counter. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
904.5
Food Service Lines. Counters in food service lines shall
comply with 904.5. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
904.5.1
Self-Service Shelves and Dispensing Devices.
Self-service shelves and dispensing devices for tableware, dishware,
condiments, food and beverages shall comply with 308. |
5.6 Tableware and Condiment Areas.
Self-service shelves and dispensing devices for tableware, dishware,
condiments, food and beverages shall be installed to comply with 4.2 (see
Fig. 54). NOTE: Figure 54 indicates the
maximum height is 54 inches (1370 mm). |
120-3-20-.47 (6) Tableware and
Condiment Areas. Self-service
shelves and dispensing devices for tableware, dish ware, condiments, food and
beverages shall be installed to comply with rule 120-3-20-.13 (see Fig. 54). Figure 54. Tableware Areas.
The maximum height is 54 in (1370 mm). |
|
|||||||||||
|
904.5.2
Tray Slides. The tops of tray slides shall be 28
inches (710 mm) minimum and 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the finish floor
or ground. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
904.6
Security Glazing. Where counters or teller windows
have security glazing to separate personnel from the public, a method to
facilitate voice communication shall be provided. Telephone handset devices,
if provided, shall comply with 704.3. |
7.2(3)
In public facilities where counters or teller windows have solid partitions
or security glazing to separate personnel from the public, at least one of
each type shall provide a method to facilitate voice communication. Such
methods may include, but are not limited to, grilles, slats, talk-through
baffles, intercoms, or telephone handset devices. The method of communication
shall be accessible to both individuals who use wheelchairs and individuals
who have difficulty bending or stooping. If provided for public use, at least
one telephone communication device shall be equipped with volume controls
complying with 4.31.5. Hand-operable communications devices, if provided,
shall comply with 4.27. |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
CHAPTER
10: RECREATION FACILITIES |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
1001
General |
||||||||||||||
|
1001.1
Scope. The provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply where required
by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document. |
||||||||||||||
|
1002
Amusement Rides |
See Appendix 15.1 |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
1002.1
General. Amusement rides shall comply with
1002. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.2
Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving amusement
rides shall comply with Chapter 4. EXCEPTIONS:
1. In load or unload areas and on
amusement rides, where compliance with 405.2 is not structurally or
operationally feasible, ramp slope shall be permitted to be 1:8 maximum. 2. In load or unload areas and on
amusement rides, handrails provided along walking surfaces complying with 403
and required on ramps complying with 405 shall not be required to comply with
505 where compliance is not structurally or operationally feasible. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.3
Load and Unload Areas. A turning space complying with
304.2 and 304.3 shall be provided in load and unload areas. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4
Wheelchair Spaces in Amusement Rides. Wheelchair spaces
in amusement rides shall comply with 1002.4. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4.1
Floor or Ground Surface. The floor or ground surface of
wheelchair spaces shall be stable and firm. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4.2
Slope. The floor or ground surface of wheelchair spaces shall
have a slope not steeper than 1:48 when in the load and unload position. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4.3
Gaps. Floors of amusement rides with wheelchair spaces and
floors of load and unload areas shall be coordinated so that, when amusement
rides are at rest in the load and unload position, the vertical difference
between the floors shall be within plus or minus 5/8 inches (16 mm) and the
horizontal gap shall be 3 inches (75 mm) maximum under normal passenger load
conditions. EXCEPTION:
Where compliance is not operationally or structurally feasible, ramps, bridge
plates, or similar devices complying with the applicable requirements of 36
CFR 1192.83(c) shall be provided. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4.4
Clearances. Clearances for wheelchair spaces
shall comply with 1002.4.4. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where provided, securement devices
shall be permitted to overlap required clearances. 2. Wheelchair spaces shall be
permitted to be mechanically or manually repositioned. 3. Wheelchair spaces shall not be
required to comply with 307.4. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4.4.1
Width and Length. Wheelchair spaces shall provide a
clear width of 30 inches (760 mm) minimum and a clear length of 48 inches
(1220 mm) minimum measured to 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the floor
surface. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4.4.2
Side Entry. Where wheelchair spaces are entered
only from the side, amusement rides shall be designed to permit sufficient
maneuvering clearance for individuals using a wheelchair or mobility aid to
enter and exit the ride. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4.4.3
Permitted Protrusions in Wheelchair Spaces. Objects are
permitted to protrude a distance of 6 inches (150 mm) maximum along the front
of the wheelchair space, where located 9 inches (230 mm) minimum and 27
inches (685 mm) maximum above the floor or ground surface of the wheelchair
space. Objects are permitted to protrude a distance of 25 inches (635 mm)
maximum along the front of the wheelchair space, where located more than 27
inches (685 mm) above the floor or ground surface of the wheelchair space. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4.5
Ride Entry. Openings providing entry to wheelchair
spaces on amusement rides shall be 32 inches (815 mm) minimum clear. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4.6
Approach. One side of the wheelchair space
shall adjoin an accessible route when in the load and unload position. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4.7
Companion Seats. Where the interior width of the
amusement ride is greater than 53 inches (1345 mm), seating is provided for
more than one rider, and the wheelchair is not required to be centered within
the amusement ride, a companion seat shall be provided for each wheelchair
space. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.4.7.1
Shoulder-to-Shoulder Seating. Where an amusement
ride provides shoulder-to-shoulder seating, companion seats shall be
shoulder-to-shoulder with the adjacent wheelchair space. EXCEPTION:
Where shoulder-to-shoulder companion seating is not operationally or
structurally feasible, compliance with this requirement shall be required to
the maximum extent practicable. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.5
Amusement Ride Seats Designed for Transfer. Amusement
ride seats designed for transfer shall comply with 1002.5 when positioned for
loading and unloading. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.5.1
Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or
ground space complying with 305 shall be provided in the load and unload area
adjacent to the amusement ride seats designed for transfer. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.5.2
Transfer Height. The height of amusement ride seats
designed for transfer shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and 24 inches (610
mm) maximum measured from the surface of the load and unload area. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.5.3
Transfer Entry. Where openings are provided for
transfer to amusement ride seats, the openings shall provide clearance for
transfer from a wheelchair or mobility aid to the amusement ride seat. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.5.4
Wheelchair Storage Space. Wheelchair storage spaces
complying with 305 shall be provided in or adjacent to unload areas for each
required amusement ride seat designed for transfer and shall not overlap any
required means of egress or accessible route. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.6
Transfer Devices for Use with Amusement Rides.
Transfer devices for use with amusement rides shall comply with 1002.6 when
positioned for loading and unloading. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.6.1
Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or
ground space complying with 305 shall be provided in the load and unload area
adjacent to the transfer device. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.6.2
Transfer Height. The height of transfer device seats
shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum measured
from the load and unload surface. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1002.6.3
Wheelchair Storage Space. Wheelchair storage spaces
complying with 305 shall be provided in or adjacent to unload areas for each
required transfer device and shall not overlap any required means of egress
or accessible route. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1003
Recreational Boating Facilities |
See Appendix 15.2 |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
1003.1
General. Recreational boating facilities
shall comply with 1003. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1003.2
Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving
recreational boating facilities, including gangways and floating piers, shall
comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by the exceptions in 1003.2. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1003.2.1
Boat Slips. Accessible routes serving boat slips
shall be permitted to use the exceptions in 1003.2.1. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where an existing gangway or
series of gangways is replaced or altered, an increase in the length of the
gangway shall not be required to comply with 1003.2 unless required by 202.4. 2. Gangways shall not be required to
comply with the maximum rise specified in 405.6. 3. Where the total length of a
gangway or series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route
is 80 feet (24 m) minimum, gangways shall not be required to comply with
405.2. 4. Where facilities contain fewer
than 25 boat slips and the total length of the gangway or series of gangways
serving as part of a required accessible route is 30 feet (9145 mm) minimum,
gangways shall not be required to comply with 405.2. 5. Where gangways connect to
transition plates, landings specified by 405.7 shall not be required. 6. Where gangways and transition
plates connect and are required to have handrails, handrail extensions shall
not be required. Where handrail extensions are provided on gangways or
transition plates, the handrail extensions shall not be required to be
parallel with the ground or floor surface. 7. The cross slope specified in 403.3
and 405.3 for gangways, transition plates, and floating piers that are part
of accessible routes shall be measured in the static position. 8. Changes in level complying with
303.3 and 303.4 shall be permitted on the surfaces of gangways and boat
launch ramps. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1003.2.2
Boarding Piers at Boat Launch Ramps. Accessible routes
serving boarding piers at boat launch ramps shall be permitted to use the
exceptions in 1003.2.2. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Accessible routes serving floating
boarding piers shall be permitted to use Exceptions 1, 2, 5, 6, 7 and 8 in
1003.2.1. 2. Where the total length of the
gangway or series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route
is 30 feet (9145 mm) minimum, gangways shall not be required to comply with
405.2. 3. Where the accessible route serving
a floating boarding pier or skid pier is located within a boat launch ramp,
the portion of the accessible route located within the boat launch ramp shall
not be required to comply with 405. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1003.3
Clearances. Clearances at boat slips and on
boarding piers at boat launch ramps shall comply with 1003.3. |
||||||||||||||
|
1003.3.1
Boat Slip Clearance. Boat slips shall provide clear
pier space 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and at least as long as the boat
slips. Each 10 feet (3050 mm) maximum of linear pier edge serving boat slips
shall contain at least one continuous clear opening 60 inches (1525 mm) wide
minimum. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Clear pier space shall be permitted
to be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum for a length of 24 inches (610 mm)
maximum, provided that multiple 36 inch (915 mm) wide segments are separated
by segments that are 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and 60 inches (1525 mm)
long minimum. 2. Edge protection shall be permitted
at the continuous clear openings, provided that it is 4 inches (100 mm) high
maximum and 2 inches (51 mm) wide maximum. 3. In existing piers, clear pier
space shall be permitted to be located perpendicular to the boat slip and
shall extend the width of the boat slip, where the facility has at least one
boat slip complying with 1003.3, and further compliance with 1003.3 would
result in a reduction in the number of boat slips available or result in a
reduction of the widths of existing slips. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1003.3.2
Boarding Pier Clearances. Boarding piers at boat launch
ramps shall provide clear pier space 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and
shall extend the full length of the boarding pier. Every 10 feet (3050 mm)
maximum of linear pier edge shall contain at least one continuous clear
opening 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum. EXCEPTIONS:
1. The clear pier space shall be
permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum for a length of 24 inches
(610 mm) maximum provided that multiple 36 inch (915 mm) wide segments are
separated by segments that are 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and 60 inches
(1525 mm) long minimum. 2. Edge protection shall be permitted
at the continuous clear openings provided that it is 4 inches (100 mm) high
maximum and 2 inches (51 mm) wide maximum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1004
Exercise Machines and Equipment |
See Appendix 15.7 |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
1004.1
Clear Floor Space. Exercise machines and equipment
shall have a clear floor space complying with 305 positioned for transfer or
for use by an individual seated in a wheelchair. Clear floor or ground spaces
required at exercise machines and equipment shall be permitted to overlap. |
||||||||||||||
|
1005
Fishing Piers and Platforms |
See Appendix 15.3 |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
1005.1
Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving fishing
piers and platforms, including gangways and floating piers, shall comply with
Chapter 4. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Accessible routes serving floating
fishing piers and platforms shall be permitted to use Exceptions 1, 2, 5, 6,
7 and 8 in 1003.2.1. 2. Where the total length of the
gangway or series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route
is 30 feet (9145 mm) minimum, gangways shall not be required to comply with
405.2. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1005.2
Railings. Where provided, railings, guards, or
handrails shall comply with 1005.2. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1005.2.1
Height. At least 25 percent of the railings, guards, or handrails
shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the ground or deck surface. EXCEPTION:
Where a guard complying with sections 1003.2.12.1 and 1003.2.12.2 of the
International Building Code (2000 edition) or sections 1012.2 and 1012.3 of
the International Building Code (2003 edition) (incorporated by reference,
see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) is provided, the guard
shall not be required to comply with 1005.2.1. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1005.2.1.1
Dispersion. Railings, guards, or handrails
required to comply with 1005.2.1 shall be dispersed throughout the fishing
pier or platform. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1005.3
Edge Protection. Where railings, guards, or handrails
complying with 1005.2 are provided, edge protection complying with 1005.3.1
or 1005.3.2 shall be provided. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
1005.3.1
Curb or Barrier. Curbs or barriers shall extend 2
inches (51 mm) minimum above the surface of the fishing pier or platform. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1005.3.2
Extended Ground or Deck Surface. The ground or deck
surface shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the inside face of the
railing. Toe clearance shall be provided and shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide
minimum and 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the ground or deck surface beyond
the railing. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1005.4
Clear Floor or Ground Space. At each location
where there are railings, guards, or handrails complying with 1005.2.1, a
clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided. Where there
are no railings, guards, or handrails, at least one clear floor or ground
space complying with 305 shall be provided on the fishing pier or platform. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1005.5
Turning Space. At least one turning space complying
with 304.3 shall be provided on fishing piers and platforms. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1006
Golf Facilities |
See Appendix 15.4 |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
1006.1
General. Golf facilities shall comply with
1006. |
||||||||||||||
|
1006.2
Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving teeing
grounds, practice teeing grounds, putting greens, practice putting greens,
teeing stations at driving ranges, course weather shelters, golf car rental
areas, bag drop areas, and course toilet rooms shall comply with Chapter 4
and shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) wide minimum. Where handrails are provided,
accessible routes shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum. EXCEPTION:
Handrails shall not be required on golf courses. Where handrails are provided
on golf courses, the handrails shall not be required to comply with 505. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1006.3
Golf Car Passages. Golf car passages shall comply with
1006.3. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1006.3.1
Clear Width. The clear width of golf car passages
shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1006.3.2
Barriers. Where curbs or other constructed
barriers prevent golf cars from entering a fairway, openings 60 inches (1525
mm) wide minimum shall be provided at intervals not to exceed 75 yards (69
m). |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1006.4
Weather Shelters. A clear floor or ground space 60
inches (1525 mm) minimum by 96 inches (2440 mm) minimum shall be provided
within weather shelters. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1007
Miniature Golf Facilities |
See Appendix 15.5 |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
1007.1
General. Miniature golf facilities shall
comply with 1007. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1007.2
Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving holes on
miniature golf courses shall comply with Chapter 4. Accessible routes located
on playing surfaces of miniature golf holes shall be permitted to use the
exceptions in 1007.2. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Playing surfaces shall not be
required to comply with 302.2. 2. Where accessible routes intersect
playing surfaces of holes, a 1 inch (25 mm) maximum curb shall be permitted
for a width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum. 3. A slope not steeper than 1:4 for a
4 inch (100 mm) maximum rise shall be permitted. 4. Ramp landing slopes specified by
405.7.1 shall be permitted to be 1:20 maximum. 5. Ramp landing length specified by
405.7.3 shall be permitted to be 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum. 6. Ramp landing size specified by
405.7.4 shall be permitted to be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum by 60 inches
(1525 mm) minimum. 7. Handrails shall not be required on
holes. Where handrails are provided on holes, the handrails shall not be
required to comply with 505. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1007.3
Miniature Golf Holes. Miniature golf holes shall
comply with 1007.3. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1007.3.1
Start of Play. A clear floor or ground space 48
inches (1220 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum with slopes not
steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at the start of play. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1007.3.2
Golf Club Reach Range Area. All areas within
holes where golf balls rest shall be within 36 inches (915 mm) maximum of a
clear floor or ground space 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum and 48 inches
(1220 mm) long minimum having a running slope not steeper than 1:20. The
clear floor or ground space shall be served by an accessible route. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008
Play Areas |
See Appendix 15.6 |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
1008.1
General. Play areas shall comply with 1008. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2
Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving play areas
shall comply with Chapter 4 and 1008.2 and shall be permitted to use the
exceptions in 1008.2.1 through 1008.2.3. Where accessible routes serve ground
level play components, the vertical clearance shall be 80 inches high (2030
mm) minimum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.1
Ground Level and Elevated Play Components. Accessible
routes serving ground level play components and elevated play components
shall be permitted to use the exceptions in 1008.2.1. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Transfer systems complying with
1008.3 shall be permitted to connect elevated play components except where 20
or more elevated play components are provided no more than 25 percent of the
elevated play components shall be permitted to be connected by transfer
systems. 2. Where transfer systems are
provided, an elevated play component shall be permitted to connect to another
elevated play component as part of an accessible route. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.2
Soft Contained Play Structures. Accessible routes
serving soft contained play structures shall be permitted to use the
exception in 1008.2.2. EXCEPTION:
Transfer systems complying with 1008.3 shall be permitted to be used as part
of an accessible route. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.3
Water Play Components. Accessible routes serving
water play components shall be permitted to use the exceptions in 1008.2.3. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where the surface of the accessible
route, clear floor or ground spaces, or turning spaces serving water play
components is submerged, compliance with 302, 403.3, 405.2, 405.3, and
1008.2.6 shall not be required. 2. Transfer systems complying with
1008.3 shall be permitted to connect elevated play components in water. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.4
Clear Width. Accessible routes connecting play
components shall provide a clear width complying with 1008.2.4. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.4.1
Ground Level. At ground level, the clear width of
accessible routes shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum. EXCEPTIONS: 1. In play areas less than 1000
square feet (93 m2), the clear width of accessible routes shall be
permitted to be 44 inches (1120 mm) minimum, if at least one turning space
complying with 304.3 is provided where the restricted accessible route
exceeds 30 feet (9145 mm) in length. 2. The clear width of accessible
routes shall be permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum for a distance of
60 inches (1525 mm) maximum provided that multiple reduced width segments are
separated by segments that are 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and 60 inches
(1525 mm) long minimum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.4.2
Elevated. The clear width of accessible routes
connecting elevated play components shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. EXCEPTIONS: 1. The clear width of accessible routes
connecting elevated play components shall be permitted to be reduced to 32
inches (815 mm) minimum for a distance of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum provided
that reduced width segments are separated by segments that are 48 inches (1220
mm) long minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum. 2. The clear width of transfer
systems connecting elevated play components shall be permitted to be 24
inches (610 mm) minimum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.5
Ramps. Within play areas, ramps connecting ground level play
components and ramps connecting elevated play components shall comply with
1008.2.5. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.5.1
Ground Level. Ramp runs connecting ground level
play components shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:16. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.5.2
Elevated. The rise for any ramp run connecting
elevated play components shall be 12 inches (305 mm) maximum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.5.3
Handrails. Where required on ramps serving play
components, the handrails shall comply with 505 except as modified by
1008.2.5.3. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Handrails shall not be required on
ramps located within ground level use zones. 2. Handrail extensions shall not be
required. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.5.3.1
Handrail Gripping Surfaces. Handrail gripping
surfaces with a circular cross section shall have an outside diameter of 0.95
inch (24 mm) minimum and 1.55 inches (39 mm) maximum. Where the shape of the
gripping surface is non-circular, the handrail shall provide an equivalent
gripping surface. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.5.3.2
Handrail Height. The top of handrail gripping surfaces
shall be 20 inches (510 mm) minimum and 28 inches (710 mm) maximum above the
ramp surface. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.6
Ground Surfaces. Ground surfaces on accessible routes,
clear floor or ground spaces, and turning spaces shall comply with 1008.2.6. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.6.1
Accessibility. Ground surfaces shall comply with
ASTM F 1951 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards"
in Chapter 1). Ground surfaces shall be inspected and maintained regularly
and frequently to ensure continued compliance with ASTM F 1951. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.2.6.2
Use Zones. Ground surfaces located within use
zones shall comply with ASTM F 1292 (1999 edition or 2004 edition)
(incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter
1). |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.3
Transfer Systems. Where transfer systems are provided
to connect to elevated play components, transfer systems shall comply with
1008.3. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.3.1
Transfer Platforms. Transfer platforms shall be
provided where transfer is intended from wheelchairs or other mobility aids.
Transfer platforms shall comply with 1008.3.1. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.3.1.1
Size. Transfer platforms shall have level surfaces 14 inches
(355 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) wide minimum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.3.1.2
Height. The height of transfer platforms
shall be 11 inches (280 mm) minimum and 18 inches (455 mm) maximum measured
to the top of the surface from the ground or floor surface. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.3.1.3
Transfer Space. A transfer space complying with 305.2
and 305.3 shall be provided adjacent to the transfer platform. The 48 inch
(1220 mm) long minimum dimension of the transfer space shall be centered on
and parallel to the 24 inch (610 mm) long minimum side of the transfer
platform. The side of the transfer platform serving the transfer space shall
be unobstructed. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.3.1.4
Transfer Supports. At least one means of support for
transferring shall be provided. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.3.2
Transfer Steps. Transfer steps shall be provided
where movement is intended from transfer platforms to levels with elevated
play components required to be on accessible routes. Transfer steps shall
comply with 1008.3.2. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.3.2.1
Size. Transfer steps shall have level surfaces 14 inches (355
mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) wide minimum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.3.2.2
Height. Each transfer step shall be 8 inches (205 mm) high
maximum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.3.2.3
Transfer Supports. At least one means of support for
transferring shall be provided. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.4
Play Components. Ground level play components on
accessible routes and elevated play components connected by ramps shall
comply with 1008.4. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.4.1
Turning Space. At least one turning space complying
with 304 shall be provided on the same level as play components. Where swings
are provided, the turning space shall be located immediately adjacent to the
swing. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.4.2
Clear Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or
ground space complying with 305.2 and 305.3 shall be provided at play
components. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.4.3
Play Tables. Where play tables are provided, knee
clearance 24 inches (610 mm) high minimum, 17 inches deep (430 mm) minimum,
and 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum shall be provided. The tops of rims,
curbs, or other obstructions shall be 31 inches (785 mm) high maximum. EXCEPTION:
Play tables designed and constructed primarily for children 5 years and
younger shall not be required to provide knee clearance where the clear floor
or ground space required by 1008.4.2 is arranged for a parallel approach. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.4.4
Entry Points and Seats. Where play components require
transfer to entry points or seats, the entry points or seats shall be 11
inches (280 mm) minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the clear floor
or ground space. EXCEPTION:
Entry points of slides shall not be required to comply with 1008.4.4. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1008.4.5
Transfer Supports. Where play components require
transfer to entry points or seats, at least one means of support for
transferring shall be provided. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009
Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, and Spas |
See Appendix 15.8 |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
1009.1
General. Where provided, pool lifts, sloped
entries, transfer walls, transfer systems, and pool stairs shall comply with
1009. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.2
Pool Lifts. Pool lifts shall comply with 1009.2.
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.2.1
Pool Lift Location. Pool lifts shall be located where
the water level does not exceed 48 inches (1220 mm). EXCEPTIONS: 1. Where the entire pool depth is
greater than 48 inches (1220 mm), compliance with 1009.2.1 shall not be
required. 2. Where multiple pool lift locations
are provided, no more than one pool lift shall be required to be located in
an area where the water level is 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.2.2
Seat Location. In the raised position, the
centerline of the seat shall be located over the deck and 16 inches (405 mm)
minimum from the edge of the pool. The deck surface between the centerline of
the seat and the pool edge shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.2.3
Clear Deck Space. On the side of the seat opposite the
water, a clear deck space shall be provided parallel with the seat. The space
shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum and shall extend forward 48 inches
(1220 mm) minimum from a line located 12 inches (305 mm) behind the rear edge
of the seat. The clear deck space shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.2.4
Seat Height. The height of the lift seat shall be
designed to allow a stop at 16 inches (405 mm) minimum to 19 inches (485 mm)
maximum measured from the deck to the top of the seat surface when in the
raised (load) position. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.2.5
Seat Width. The seat shall be 16 inches (405 mm)
wide minimum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.2.6
Footrests and Armrests. Footrests shall be provided
and shall move with the seat. If provided, the armrest positioned opposite
the water shall be removable or shall fold clear of the seat when the seat is
in the raised (load) position. EXCEPTION:
Footrests shall not be required on pool lifts provided in spas. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.2.7
Operation. The lift shall be capable of
unassisted operation from both the deck and water levels. Controls and
operating mechanisms shall be unobstructed when the lift is in use and shall
comply with 309.4. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.2.8
Submerged Depth. The lift shall be designed so that
the seat will submerge to a water depth of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum below
the stationary water level. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.2.9
Lifting Capacity. Single person pool lifts shall have
a weight capacity of 300 pounds. (136 kg) minimum and be capable of
sustaining a static load of at least one and a half times the rated load. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.3
Sloped Entries. Sloped entries shall comply with
1009.3. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.3.1
Sloped Entries. Sloped entries shall comply with
Chapter 4 except as modified in 1109.3.1 through 1109.3.3. EXCEPTION:
Where sloped entries are provided, the surfaces shall not be required to be
slip resistant. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.3.2
Submerged Depth. Sloped entries shall extend to a
depth of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum and 30 inches (760 mm) maximum below the
stationary water level. Where landings are required by 405.7, at least one
landing shall be located 24 inches (610 mm) minimum and 30 inches (760 mm)
maximum below the stationary water level. EXCEPTION:
In wading pools, the sloped entry and landings, if provided, shall extend to
the deepest part of the wading pool. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.3.3
Handrails. At least two handrails complying with
505 shall be provided on the sloped entry. The clear width between required
handrails shall be 33 inches (840 mm) minimum and 38 inches (965 mm) maximum. EXCEPTIONS:
1. Handrail extensions specified by
505.10.1 shall not be required at the bottom landing serving a sloped entry. 2. Where a sloped entry is provided
for wave action pools, leisure rivers, sand bottom pools, and other pools
where user access is limited to one area, the handrails shall not be required
to comply with the clear width requirements of 1009.3.3. 3. Sloped entries in wading pools
shall not be required to provide handrails complying with 1009.3.3. If
provided, handrails on sloped entries in wading pools shall not be required
to comply with 505. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.4
Transfer Walls. Transfer walls shall comply with
1009.4. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.4.1
Clear Deck Space. A clear deck space of 60 inches (1525
mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum with a slope not steeper than 1:48
shall be provided at the base of the transfer wall. Where one grab bar is
provided, the clear deck space shall be centered on the grab bar. Where two
grab bars are provided, the clear deck space shall be centered on the
clearance between the grab bars. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.4.2
Height. The height of the transfer wall shall
be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured from
the deck. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.4.3
Wall Depth and Length. The depth of the transfer wall
shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum and 16 inches (405 mm) maximum. The
length of the transfer wall shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum and shall be
centered on the clear deck space. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.4.4
Surface. Surfaces of transfer walls shall not
be sharp and shall have rounded edges. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.4.5
Grab Bars. At least one grab bar complying with
609 shall be provided on the transfer wall. Grab bars shall be perpendicular
to the pool wall and shall extend the full depth of the transfer wall. The
top of the gripping surface shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches
(150 mm) maximum above transfer walls. Where one grab bar is provided,
clearance shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum on both sides of the grab bar.
Where two grab bars are provided, clearance between grab bars shall be 24
inches (610 mm) minimum. EXCEPTION:
Grab bars on transfer walls shall not be required to comply with 609.4. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.5
Transfer Systems. Transfer systems shall comply with
1009.5. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.5.1
Transfer Platform. A transfer platform shall be
provided at the head of each transfer system. Transfer platforms shall
provide 19 inches (485 mm) minimum clear depth and 24 inches (610 mm) minimum
clear width. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.5.2
Transfer Space. A transfer space of 60 inches (1525
mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum with a slope not steeper than 1:48
shall be provided at the base of the transfer platform surface and shall be
centered along a 24 inch (610 mm) minimum side of the transfer platform. The
side of the transfer platform serving the transfer space shall be
unobstructed. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.5.3
Height. The height of the transfer platform shall comply with
1009.4.2. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.5.4
Transfer Steps. Transfer step height shall be 8
inches (205 mm) maximum. The surface of the bottom tread shall extend to a
water depth of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum below the stationary water level. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.5.5
Surface. The surface of the transfer system
shall not be sharp and shall have rounded edges. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.5.6
Size. Each transfer step shall have a tread clear depth of 14
inches (355 mm) minimum and 17 inches (430 mm) maximum and shall have a tread
clear width of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.5.7
Grab Bars. At least one grab bar on each
transfer step and the transfer platform or a continuous grab bar serving each
transfer step and the transfer platform shall be provided. Where a grab bar
is provided on each step, the tops of gripping surfaces shall be 4 inches
(100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above each step and transfer
platform. Where a continuous grab bar is provided, the top of the gripping
surface shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum
above the step nosing and transfer platform. Grab bars shall comply with 609
and be located on at least one side of the transfer system. The grab bar
located at the transfer platform shall not obstruct transfer. EXCEPTION:
Grab bars on transfer systems shall not be required to comply with 609.4. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.6
Pool Stairs. Pool stairs shall comply with
1009.6. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.6.1
Pool Stairs. Pool stairs shall comply with 504. EXCEPTION:
Pool step riser heights shall not be required to be 4 inches (100 mm) high
minimum and 7 inches (180 mm) high maximum provided that riser heights are uniform. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1009.6.2
Handrails. The width between handrails shall be
20 inches (510 mm) minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. Handrail
extensions required by 505.10.3 shall not be required on pool stairs. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1010
Shooting Facilities with Firing Positions |
See Appendix 15.7.4 |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
1010.1
Turning Space. A circular turning space 60 inches
(1525 mm) diameter minimum with slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be
provided at shooting facilities with firing positions. |
APPENDIX
This appendix contains requirements
that were been added to the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility
Guidelines (ADAAG) by the U.S. Access Board subsequent to the DOJ adoption of
the 1994 Standards for Accessible Design (column 2 of the analysis) through
September 2002. The new material was not incorporated in the older Department
of Justice accessibility standards and therefore was not enforceable.
1. PURPOSE.
This document contains scoping and technical requirements
for accessibility to buildings and facilities by individuals with disabilities
under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990. These scoping and
technical requirements are to be applied during the design, construction, and
alteration of buildings and facilities covered by titles II and III of the ADA
to the extent required by regulations issued by Federal agencies, including the
Department of Justice and the Department of Transportation, under the ADA.
*****
2.1 Provisions for Adults and Children.
The specifications in these guidelines are based upon adult dimensions and
anthropometrics. These guidelines also contain alternate specifications based
on children's dimensions and anthropometrics for drinking fountains, water
closets, toilet stalls, lavatories, sinks, and fixed or built-in seating and tables.
*****
2.3
Incorporation by Reference.
2.3.1
General. The publications listed in 2.3.2 are
incorporated by reference in this document. The Director of the Federal
Register has approved these materials for incorporation by reference in
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 C.F.R. part 51. Copies of the
referenced publications may be inspected at the Architectural and
Transportation Barriers Compliance Board, 1331 F Street, NW., Suite 1000,
Washington, DC; at the Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, Disability
Rights Section, 1425 New York Avenue, NW., Washington, DC; or at the Office of
the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC.
2.3.2 Referenced Publications.
The specific edition of the publications listed below are referenced in this
document. Where differences occur between this document and the referenced
publications, this document applies.
2.3.2.1
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards. Copies
of the referenced publications may be obtained from the American Society for
Testing and Materials, 100 Bar Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania
19428 (http://www.astm.org).
ASTM F 1292-99 Standard Specification for Impact Attenuation
of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment (see 15.6.7.2 Ground
Surfaces, Use Zones).
ASTM F 1487-98 Standard Consumer Safety Performance
Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use (see 3.5 Definitions, Use
Zone).
ASTM F 1951-99 Standard Specification for Determination of
Accessibility of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment (see
15.6.7.1 Ground Surfaces, Accessibility).
2.3.2.2 International Code Council
(ICC) Codes. Copies of the referenced publications
may be obtained from the International Code Council, 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite
600, Falls Church, VA 2204-3401 (http://www.intlcode.org).
International Building Code 2000 (see 15.3.3.2 Height).
*****
3.5 Definitions.
Amusement Attraction.
Any facility, or portion of a facility, located within an amusement park or theme
park which provides amusement without the use of an amusement device. Examples
include, but are not limited to, fun houses, barrels, and other attractions
without seats.
Amusement Ride.
A system that moves persons through a fixed course within a defined area for
the purpose of amusement.
Amusement Ride Seat. A seat that is built-in or mechanically
fastened to an amusement ride intended to be occupied by one or more
passengers.
*****
Area of Sport Activity. That
portion of a room or space where the play or practice of a sport occurs.
*****
Boarding Pier. A portion of a pier where a boat is
temporarily secured for the purpose of embarking or disembarking.
Boat Launch Ramp. A sloped surface designed for launching
and retrieving trailered boats and other water craft to and from a body of
water.
Boat Slip. That portion of a pier, main pier,
finger pier, or float where a boat is moored for the purpose of berthing,
embarking, or disembarking.
*****
Catch Pool. A pool or designated section of a pool
used as a terminus for water slide flumes.
*****
Elevated Play Component. A
play component that is approached above or below grade and that is part of a
composite play structure consisting of two or more play components attached or
functionally linked to create an integrated unit providing more than one play
activity.
*****
Gangway. A variable-sloped pedestrian walkway
that links a fixed structure or land with a floating structure. Gangways which
connect to vessels are not included.
Golf Car Passage. A continuous passage on which a
motorized golf car can operate.
*****
Ground Level Play
Component. A
play component that is approached and exited at the ground level.
*****
Play Area.
A portion of a site containing play components designed and constructed for
children.
Play Component.
An element intended to generate specific opportunities for play, socialization,
or learning. Play components may be manufactured or natural, and may be stand
alone or part of a composite play structure.
*****
Private Facility. A place of public accommodation or a
commercial facility subject to title III of the ADA and 28 C.F.R. part 36 or a
transportation facility subject to title III of the ADA and 49 C.F.R. 37.45.
Public Facility. A facility or portion of a facility
constructed by, on behalf of, or for the use of a public entity subject to
title II of the ADA and 28 C.F.R. part 35 or to title II of the ADA and 49
C.F.R. 37.41 or 37.43.
*****
Soft Contained Play
Structure. A play structure made up of one or
more components where the user enters a fully enclosed play environment that
utilizes pliable materials (e.g., plastic, netting, fabric).
*****
TDD (Telecommunication Devices for the Deaf). See
text telephone.
TTY (Tele-Typewriter). See
text telephone.
*****
Technically Infeasible. See
4.1.6(1)(j) EXCEPTION.
Teeing Ground. In golf, the starting place for
the hole to be played.
*****
Transfer Device. Equipment designed to facilitate the
transfer of a person from a wheelchair or other mobility device to and from an
amusement ride seat.
*****
Transition Plate. A sloping pedestrian walking
surface located at the end(s) of a gangway.
Use Zone.
The ground level area beneath and immediately adjacent to a play structure or
equipment that is designated by ASTM F 1487 Standard Consumer Safety
Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use (incorporated
by reference, see 2.3.2) for unrestricted circulation around the equipment and
on whose surface it is predicted that a user would land when falling from or
exiting the equipment.
*****
4.1.1(5)
(b)
Accessibility is not required to or in:
(i) raised areas used primarily for purposes of security or
life or fire safety, including, but not limited to, observation or lookout
galleries, prison guard towers, fire towers, or fixed life guard stands;
(ii) non-occupiable spaces accessed only by ladders,
catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, tunnels, or freight
(non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for maintenance,
repair, or occasional monitoring of equipment; such spaces may include, but are
not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, piping or equipment
catwalks, water or sewage treatment pump rooms and stations, electric
substations and transformer vaults, and highway and tunnel utility facilities;
(iii) single occupant structures accessed only by a
passageway that is below grade or that is elevated above standard curb height,
including, but not limited to, toll booths accessed from underground tunnels;
(iv) raised structures used solely for refereeing, judging,
or scoring a sport;
(v) water slides;
(vi) animal containment areas that are not for public use;
or
(vii) raised boxing or wrestling rings.
*****
4.1.2(2)
(b) Court Sports: An accessible route complying with 4.3
shall directly connect both sides of the court in court sports.
(3)
All objects that protrude from surfaces or posts into circulation paths shall
comply with 4.4.
EXCEPTION:
The requirements of 4.4 shall not apply within an area of sport activity.
(4) Ground surfaces along accessible routes and in
accessible spaces shall comply with 4.5.
EXCEPTION
1: The requirements of 4.5
shall not apply within an area of sport activity.
EXCEPTION
2: Animal containment areas designed and constructed
for public use shall not be required to provide stable, firm, and slip
resistant ground and floor surfaces and shall not be required to comply with
4.5.2.
*****
4.1.3
(1)(a)
At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect accessible
building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements within
the building or facility.
(b) Court Sports. An accessible route complying with 4.3
shall directly connect both sides of the court in court sports.
(2)
All objects that overhang or protrude into circulation paths shall comply with
4.4.
EXCEPTION:
The requirements of 4.4 shall not apply within an area of sport activity.
(3) Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in
accessible rooms and spaces shall comply with 4.5.
EXCEPTION
1: The requirements of 4.5 shall not apply
within an area of sport activity.
EXCEPTION
2: Animal containment areas designed and constructed
for public use shall not be required to provide stable, firm, and slip
resistant ground and floor surfaces and shall not be required to comply with
4.5.2.
*****
(5)
One passenger elevator complying with 4.10 shall serve each level, including
mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted below.
If more than one elevator is provided, each passenger elevator shall comply
with 4.10.
EXCEPTION
1: Elevators are not required in:
(a) private facilities that are less than three stories or
that have less than 3000 square feet per story unless the building is a
shopping center, a shopping mall, or the professional office of a health care
provider, or another type of facility as determined by the Attorney General; or
(b) public facilities that are less than three stories and
that are not open to the general public if the story above or below the
accessible ground floor houses no more than five persons and is less than 500
square feet. Examples may include, but are not limited to, drawbridge towers
and boat traffic towers, lock and dam control stations, and train dispatching
towers.
*****
EXCEPTION
4:
Platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) complying with 4.11 of this guideline and
applicable State or local codes may be used in lieu of an elevator only under
the following conditions:
*****
(e) To provide access to raised judges' benches, clerks'
stations, speakers' platforms, jury boxes and witness stands or to depressed
areas such as the well of a court.
(f) To provide access to player seating areas serving an
area of sport activity.
EXCEPTION
5: Elevators located in air traffic control towers are not
required to serve the cab and the floor immediately below the cab.
*****
4.1.3(8)(a)
(iv) In detention and correctional facilities subject to
section 12, public entrances that are secured shall be accessible as required
by 12.2.1.
*****
4.1.3(8)(b)
(iii) In judicial, legislative, and regulatory facilities
subject to section 11, restricted and secured entrances shall be accessible in
the number required by 11.1.1.
*****
4.1.3(12)
(c) Where lockers are provided in accessible spaces, at
least 5 percent, but not less than one, of each type of locker shall comply
with 4.25.
*****
4.1.3(13)
Controls and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces,
along accessible routes, or as parts of accessible elements (for example, light
switches and dispenser controls) shall comply with 4.27.
EXCEPTION:
The requirements of 4.27 shall not apply to exercise machines.
*****
4.1.3(17)(c)
(i) If four or more public pay telephones (including both
interior and exterior telephones) are provided at a site of a private facility,
and at least one is in an interior location, then at least one interior public
text telephone (TTY) shall be provided. If an interior public pay telephone is
provided in a public use area in a building of a public facility, at least one
interior public text telephone (TTY) shall be provided in the building in a
public use area.
(ii) If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a
private facility that is a stadium or arena, a convention center, a hotel with
a convention center, or a covered mall, at least one interior public text
telephone (TTY) shall be provided in the facility. In stadiums, arenas and
convention centers which are public facilities, at least one public text
telephone (TTY) shall be provided on each floor level having at least one
interior public pay telephone.
*****
(iv) If an interior public pay telephone is provided in the
secured area of a detention or correctional facility subject to section 12,
then at least one public text telephone (TTY) shall also be provided in at
least one secured area. Secured areas are those areas used only by detainees or
inmates and security personnel.
(d)
Where a bank of telephones in the interior of a building consists of three or
more public pay telephones, at least one public pay telephone in each such bank
shall be equipped with a shelf and outlet in compliance with 4.31.9(2).
EXCEPTION:
This requirement does not apply to the secured areas of detention or
correctional facilities where shelves and outlets are prohibited for purposes
of security or safety.
*****
4.1.3(19)
(c) Where a team or player seating area contains fixed seats
and serves an area of sport activity, the seating area shall contain the number
of wheelchair spaces required by 4.1.3(19)(a), but not less than one wheelchair
space. Wheelchair spaces shall comply with 4.33.2, 4.33.3, 4.33.4, and 4.33.5.
EXCEPTION
1: Wheelchair spaces in team or player seating areas shall
not be required to provide a choice of admission price or lines of sight
comparable to those for members of the general public.
EXCEPTION
2: This provision shall not apply to team or player seating
areas serving bowling lanes not required to be accessible by 15.7.3.
*****
4.1.3(21)
Where dressing, fitting, or locker rooms are provided, the
rooms shall comply with 4.35.
EXCEPTION:
Where dressing, fitting, or locker rooms are provided in a cluster, at least 5
percent, but not less than one, of the rooms for each type of use in each
cluster shall comply with 4.35.
4.1.3(22)
Where saunas or steam rooms are provided, the rooms shall
comply with 4.36.
EXCEPTION:
Where saunas or steam rooms are provided in a cluster, at least 5 percent, but
not less than one, of the rooms for each type of use in each cluster shall
comply with 4.36.
*****
4.1.6(1)
(k)
EXCEPTION:
(i) These guidelines do not require the installation of an
elevator in an altered facility that is exempt from the requirement for an
elevator under 4.1.3(5).
*****
4.15.5
(1) Wall- and post-mounted cantilevered units shall have a
clear knee space between the bottom of the apron and the floor or ground at
least 27 in (685 mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to
485 mm) deep (see Fig. 27(a) and (b)). Such units shall also have a minimum
clear floor space 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) to allow a person in a
wheelchair to approach the unit facing forward.
EXCEPTION:
These clearances shall not be required at units used primarily by children ages
12 and younger where clear floor space for a parallel approach complying with
4.2.4 is provided and where the spout is no higher than 30 in (760 mm),
measured from the floor or ground surface to the spout outlet.
*****
4.16.1 General.
Accessible water closets shall comply with 4.16.2 through 4.16.6.
EXCEPTION:
Water closets used primarily by children ages 12 and younger shall be permitted
to comply with 4.16.7.
*****
4.16.7
Water Closets for Children. Water closets used primarily by
children ages 12 and younger shall comply with 4.16.7 as permitted by
4.16.1.
(1)
Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space for water closets not in stalls shall
comply with Fig. 28 except that the centerline of water closets shall be 12 in
minimum to 18 in maximum (305 mm to 455 mm) from the side wall or partition.
Clear floor space may be arranged to allow either a left- or right-hand
approach.
(2)
Height. The height of water closets shall be 11 in minimum to 17 in maximum
(280 mm to 430 mm), measured to the top of the toilet seat. Seats shall not be
sprung to return to a lifted position.
(3)
Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets not located in stalls shall comply with
4.26 and Fig. 29 except that grab bars shall be mounted 18 in minimum to 27 in
maximum (455 mm to 685 mm) above the finish floor measured to the grab bar
centerline. The grab bar behind the water closet shall be 36 in (915 mm)
minimum.
EXCEPTION:
If administrative authorities require flush controls for flush valves to be
located in a position that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar,
then that grab bar may be split or, at water closets with a centerline
placement below 15 in (380 mm), a rear grab bar 24 in (610 mm) minimum on the
open side of the toilet area shall be permitted.
(4)
Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic and shall
comply with 4.27.4. Controls for flush valves shall be mounted on the wide side
of the toilet area no more than 36 in (915 mm) above the floor.
(5)
Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall be installed 14 in minimum to 19 in
maximum (355 mm to 485 mm) above the finish floor measured to the dispenser
centerline. Dispensers that control delivery, or that do not permit continuous
paper flow, shall not be used.
*****
4.17.1 Location.
Accessible toilet stalls shall be on an accessible route and shall meet the
requirements of 4.17.2 through 4.17.6.
EXCEPTION:
Toilet stalls used primarily by children ages 12 and younger shall be permitted
to comply with 4.17.7.
*****
4.17.7
Toilet Stalls for Children. Toilet stalls used
primarily by children ages 12 and younger shall comply with 4.17.7 as permitted
by 4.17.1.
(1)
Water Closets. Water closets in accessible stalls shall comply with 4.16.7.
(2)
Size and Arrangement. The size and arrangement of the standard toilet stall
shall comply with 4.17.3 and Fig. 30(a), Standard Stall, except that the centerline
of water closets shall be 12 in minimum to 18 in maximum (305 mm to 455 mm)
from the side wall or partition and the minimum depth for stalls with
wall-mounted water closets shall be 59 in (1500 mm). Alternate stalls complying
with Fig. 30(b) may be provided where permitted by 4.17.3 except that the stall
shall have a minimum depth of 69 in (1745 mm) where wall-mounted water closets
are provided.
(3)
Toe Clearances. In standard stalls, the front partition and at least one side
partition shall provide a toe clearance of at least 12 in (305 mm) above the
finish floor.
(4)
Doors. Toilet stall doors shall comply with 4.17.5.
(5)
Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 4.17.6 and the length and positioning
shown in Fig. 30(a), (b), (c), and (d) except that grab bars shall be mounted
18 in minimum to 27 in maximum (455 mm to 685 mm) above the finish floor
measured to the grab bar centerline.
EXCEPTION:
If administrative authorities require flush controls for flush valves to be
located in a position that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar,
then that grab bar may be split or, at water closets with a centerline
placement below 15 in (380 mm), a rear grab bar 24 in (610 mm) minimum on the
open side of the toilet area shall be permitted.
*****
4.19.2
Height and Clearances. Lavatories shall be mounted with the rim or
counter surface no higher than 34 in (865 mm) above the finish floor. Provide a
clearance of at least 29 in (735 mm) above the finish floor to the bottom of
the apron. Knee and toe clearance shall comply with Fig. 31.
EXCEPTION
1: Lavatories used primarily by children ages 6 through 12
shall be permitted to have an apron clearance and a knee clearance 24 in (610
mm) high minimum provided that the rim or counter surface is no higher than 31
in (760 mm).
EXCEPTION 2: Lavatories used
primarily by children ages 5 and younger shall not be required to meet these
clearances if clear floor space for a parallel approach complying with 4.2.4 is
provided.
*****
4.24.3 Knee Clearance.
Knee clearance that is at least 27 in (685 mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and
19 in (485 mm) deep shall be provided underneath sinks.
EXCEPTION
1: Sinks used primarily by children ages 6 through 12 shall
be permitted to have a knee clearance 24 in (610 mm) high minimum provided that
the rim or counter surface is no higher than 31 in (760 mm).
EXCEPTION 2: Sinks used primarily by
children ages 5 and younger shall not be required to provide knee clearance if
clear floor space for a parallel approach complying with 4.2.4 is provided.
*****
4.32.1
Minimum Number. Fixed or built-in seating or tables
required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.32.2 through 4.32.4.
EXCEPTION:
Fixed or built-in seating or tables used primarily by children ages 12 and
younger shall be permitted to comply with 4.32.5.
*****
4.32.5
Children's Fixed or Built-in Seating and Tables.
Fixed or built-in seating or tables used primarily by children ages 12 and
younger shall comply with 4.32.5 as permitted by 4.32.1.
EXCEPTION:
Fixed or built-in seating or tables used primarily by children ages 5 and
younger shall not be required to comply with 4.32.5 if clear floor space
complying with 4.2.4 parallel to fixed tables or counters is provided.
(1)
Seating. If seating spaces for people in wheelchairs are provided at fixed
tables or counters, clear floor space complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided.
Such clear floor space shall not overlap knee space by more than 19 in (485 mm)
(see Fig. 45).
(2)
Knee Clearances. If seating for people in wheelchairs is provided at tables or
counters, knee spaces at least 24 in (610 mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and 19
in (485 mm) deep shall be provided (see Fig. 45).
(3)
Height of Tables or Counters. The tops of accessible tables and counters shall
be from 26 in to 30 in (660 mm to 760 mm) above the finish floor or ground.
*****
4.35.4
Bench. A bench complying with 4.37 shall be provided within the room.
*****
4.36
Saunas and Steam Rooms.
4.36.1
General. Saunas and steam rooms required to be accessible by 4.1 shall
comply with 4.36.
4.36.2
Wheelchair Turning Space. A wheelchair turning space complying with
4.2.3 shall be provided within the room.
EXCEPTION:
Wheelchair turning space shall be permitted to be obstructed by readily
removable seats.
4.36.3
Sauna and Steam Room Bench. Where seating is provided, at least one
bench shall be provided and shall comply with 4.37.
4.36.4
Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into any part of the clear floor or
ground space required at a bench complying with 4.37.
4.37
Benches.
4.37.1
General. Benches required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with
4.37.
4.37.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space.
Clear floor or ground space complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided and shall be
positioned for parallel approach to a short end of a bench seat.
EXCEPTION:
Clear floor or ground space required by 4.37.2 shall be permitted to be
obstructed by readily removable seats in saunas and steam rooms.
4.37.3
Size. Benches shall be fixed and shall have seats that are 20 inches
(510 mm) minimum to 24 inches (610 mm) maximum in depth and 42 inches (1065 mm)
minimum in length (see Fig. 47).
4.37.4
Back Support. Benches shall have back support that is 42 inches (1065
mm) minimum in length and that extends from a point 2 inches (51 mm) maximum
above the seat to a point 18 inches (455 mm) minimum above the seat (see Fig.
48).
4.37.5
Seat Height. Bench seats shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum to 19
inches (485 mm) maximum above the floor or ground.
4.37.6
Structural Strength. Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for
materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 lbs. (1112 N) is
applied at any point on the seat, fastener, mounting device, or supporting
structure.
4.37.7
Wet Locations. The surface of benches installed in wet locations shall
be slip-resistant and shall not accumulate water.
*****
11. JUDICIAL, LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY FACILITIES.
11.1
General. In addition to the requirements in section 4 and 11.1,
judicial facilities shall comply with 11.2 and legislative and regulatory
facilities shall comply with 11.3.
11.1.1 Entrances.
Where provided, at least one restricted entrance and one secured entrance to
the facility shall be accessible in addition to the entrances required to be
accessible by 4.1.3(8). Restricted entrances are those entrances used only by
judges, public officials, facility personnel or other authorized parties on a
controlled basis. Secured entrances are those entrances to judicial facilities
used only by detainees and detention officers.
EXCEPTION:
At secured entrances, doors and doorways operated only by security personnel
shall be exempt from 4.13.9, 4.13.10, 4.13.11 and 4.13.12.
11.1.2
Security Systems. An accessible route complying with 4.3
shall be provided through fixed security barriers at required accessible
entrances. Where security barriers incorporate equipment such as metal
detectors, fluoroscopes, or other similar devices which cannot be made
accessible, an accessible route shall be provided adjacent to such security
screening devices to facilitate an equivalent circulation path.
11.1.3
Two-Way Communication Systems. Where a two-way
communication system is provided to gain admittance to a facility or to
restricted areas within the facility, the system shall provide both visual and
audible signals and shall comply with 4.27.
11.2
Judicial Facilities.
11.2.1
Courtrooms.
(1) Where
provided, the following elements and spaces shall be on an accessible route
complying with 4.3. Areas that are raised or depressed and accessed by ramps or
platform lifts with entry ramps shall provide unobstructed turning space
complying with 4.2.3.
EXCEPTION:
Vertical access to raised judges' benches or courtroom stations need not be
installed provided that the requisite areas, maneuvering spaces, and, if
appropriate, electrical service are installed at the time of initial
construction to allow future installation of a means of vertical access
complying with 4.8, 4.10, or 4.11 without requiring substantial reconstruction
of the space.
(a)
Spectator, Press, and Other Areas with Fixed Seats. Where spectator, press or
other areas with fixed seats are provided, each type of seating area shall
comply with 4.1.3(19)(a).
(b) Jury
Boxes and Witness Stands. Each jury box and witness stand shall have within its
defined area clear floor space complying with 4.2.4.
EXCEPTION:
In alterations, accessible wheelchair spaces are not required to be located
within the defined area of raised jury boxes or witness stands and may be
located outside these spaces where ramp or lift access poses a hazard by
restricting or projecting into a means of egress required by the appropriate
administrative authority.
(c)
Judges' Benches and Courtroom Stations. Judges' benches, clerks' stations,
bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks' stations, court reporters' stations and
litigants' and counsel stations shall comply with 4.32.
(2)
Permanently installed assistive listening systems complying with 4.33 shall be
provided in each courtroom. The minimum number of receivers shall be four percent
of the room occupant load, as determined by applicable State or local codes,
but not less than two receivers. An informational sign indicating the
availability of an assistive listening system and complying with 4.30.1,
4.30.2, 4.30.3, 4.30.5, and 4.30.7(4) shall be posted in a prominent
place.
11.2.2
Jury Assembly Areas and Jury Deliberation Areas.
Where provided in areas used for jury assembly or deliberation, the following
elements or spaces shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3 and shall
comply with the following provisions:
(1)
Refreshment Areas. Refreshment areas, kitchenettes and fixed or built-in
refreshment dispensers shall comply with the technical provisions of 9.2.2(7).
(2)
Drinking Fountains. Where provided in rooms covered under 11.2.2, there shall
be a drinking fountain in each room complying with 4.15.
11.2.3 Courthouse
Holding Facilities.
(1)
Holding Cells - Minimum Number. Where provided, facilities for detainees,
including central holding cells and court-floor holding cells, shall comply
with the following:
(a)
Central Holding Cells. Where separate central holding cells are provided for
adult male, juvenile male, adult female, or juvenile female, one of each type
shall comply with 11.2.3(2). Where central-holding cells are provided, which
are not separated by age or sex, at least one cell complying with 11.2.3(2)
shall be provided.
(b)
Court-Floor Holding Cells. Where separate court-floor holding cells are
provided for adult male, juvenile male, adult female, or juvenile female, each
courtroom shall be served by one cell of each type complying with
11.2.3(2). Where court-floor
holding cells are provided, which are not separated by age or sex, courtrooms
shall be served by at least one cell complying with 11.2.3(2). Cells may serve
more than one courtroom.
(2)
Requirements for Accessible Cells. Accessible cells shall be on an accessible
route complying with 4.3. Where provided, the following elements or spaces
serving accessible cells shall be accessible and on an accessible route:
(a)
Doors and Doorways. All doors and doorways to accessible spaces and on an
accessible route shall comply with 4.13.
EXCEPTION:
Doors and doorways operated only by security personnel shall be exempt from
4.13.9, 4.13.10, 4.13.11 and 4.13.12.
(b)
Toilet and Bathing Facilities. Toilet facilities shall comply with 4.22 and
bathing facilities shall comply with 4.23. Privacy screens shall not intrude on
the clear floor space required for fixtures or the accessible route.
(c)
Beds. Beds shall have maneuvering space at least 36 in (915 mm) wide along one
side. Where more than one bed is provided in a cell, the maneuvering space
provided at adjacent beds may overlap.
(d)
Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers. Drinking fountains shall be accessible to
individuals who use wheelchairs in accordance with 4.15 and shall be accessible
to those who have difficulty bending or stooping. This can be accomplished by
the use of a "hi-lo" fountain; by providing one fountain accessible
to those who use wheelchairs and one fountain at a standard height convenient
for those who have difficulty bending; by providing a fountain accessible under
4.15 and a water cooler; or by other such means as would achieve the required
accessibility for each group.
(e) Fixed
or Built-in Seating and Tables. Fixed or built-in seating, tables or counters
shall comply with 4.32.
(f)
Fixed Benches. Fixed benches shall be mounted at 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485
mm) above the finish floor and provide back support (e.g., attachment to wall).
The structural strength of the bench attachments shall comply with 4.26.3.
(3)
Visiting Areas. The following elements, where provided, shall be located on an
accessible route complying with 4.3 and shall comply with the following
provisions:
(a)
Cubicles and Counters. Five percent, but not less than one, of fixed cubicles
shall comply with 4.32 on both the visitor and detainee sides. Where counters
are provided, a portion at least 36 in (915 mm) in length shall comply with
4.32 on both the visitor and detainee sides.
(b)
Partitions. Solid partitions or security glazing that separate visitors from
detainees shall comply with 7.2(3).
11.3
Legislative and Regulatory Facilities. Assembly areas
designated for public use, including public meeting rooms, hearing rooms, and
chambers shall comply with 11.3.
11.3.1 Where provided, the
following elements and spaces shall be on an accessible route complying with
4.3. Areas that are raised or depressed and accessed by ramps or platform lifts
with entry ramps shall provide unobstructed turning space complying with 4.2.3.
(1)
Raised Speakers' Platforms. Where raised speakers' platforms are provided, at
least one of each type shall be accessible.
(2)
Spectator, Press, and Other Areas with Fixed Seats. Where spectator, press or
other areas with fixed seats are provided, each type of seating area shall
comply with 4.1.3(19)(a).
11.3.2
Each assembly area provided with a permanently installed
audio-amplification system shall have a permanently installed assistive listening
system. The minimum number of receivers shall be four percent of the room
occupant load, as determined by applicable State or local codes, but not less
than two receivers. An informational sign indicating the availability of an
assistive listening system and complying with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, 4.30.5,
and 4.30.7(4) shall be posted in a prominent place.
12. DETENTION
AND CORRECTIONAL FACILITIES.
12.1
General. This section applies to jails, holding cells in police
stations, prisons, juvenile detention centers, reformatories, and other
institutional occupancies where occupants are under some degree of restraint or
restriction for security reasons. Except as specified in this section,
detention and correctional facilities shall comply with the applicable
requirements of section 4. All common use areas serving accessible cells or
rooms and all public use areas are required to be designed and constructed to
comply with section 4.
EXCEPTIONS:
Requirements for areas of rescue assistance in 4.1.3(9), 4.3.10, and 4.3.11 do
not apply. Compliance with requirements for elevators in 4.1.3(5) and stairs
4.1.3(4) is not required in multi-story housing facilities where accessible
cells or rooms, all common use areas serving them, and all public use areas are
on an accessible route. Compliance with 4.1.3(16) is not required in areas
other than public use areas.
12.2
Entrances and Security Systems.
12.2.1
Entrances. Entrances used by the public,
including those that are secured, shall be accessible as required by
4.1.3(8).
EXCEPTION:
Compliance with 4.13.9, 4.13.10, 4.13.11 and 4.13.12 is not required at
entrances, doors, or doorways that are operated only by security personnel or
where security requirements prohibit full compliance with these provisions.
12.2.2
Security Systems. Where security systems are provided at
public or other entrances required to be accessible by 12.2.1 or 12.2.2, an
accessible route complying with 4.3 shall be provided through fixed security
barriers. Where security barriers incorporate equipment such as metal
detectors, fluoroscopes, or other similar devices which cannot be made
accessible, an accessible route shall be provided adjacent to such security
screening devices to facilitate an equivalent circulation path.
12.3
Visiting Areas. In non-contact visiting areas where
inmates or detainees are separated from visitors, the following elements, where
provided, shall be accessible and located on an accessible route complying with
4.3:
(1)
Cubicles and Counters. Five percent, but not less than one, of fixed cubicles
shall comply with 4.32 on both the visitor and detainee or inmate sides. Where
counters are provided, a portion at least 36 in (915 mm) in length shall comply
with 4.32 on both the visitor and detainee or inmate sides.
EXCEPTION:
At non-contact visiting areas not serving accessible cells or rooms, the
requirements of 12.3(1) do not apply to the inmate or detainee side of cubicles
or counters.
(2)
Partitions. Solid partitions or security glazing separating visitors from inmates
or detainees shall comply with 7.2(3).
12.4
Holding and Housing Cells or Rooms: Minimum Number.
12.4.1
Holding Cells and General Housing Cells or Rooms.
At least two percent, but not less than one, of the total number of housing or
holding cells or rooms provided in a facility shall comply with 12.5.
12.4.2
Special Holding and Housing Cells or Rooms. In addition
to the requirements of 12.4.1, where special holding or housing cells or rooms
are provided, at least one serving each purpose shall comply with 12.5. An
accessible special holding or housing cell or room may serve more than one
purpose. Cells or rooms subject to this requirement include, but are not
limited to, those used for purposes of orientation, protective custody,
administrative or disciplinary detention or segregation, detoxification, and
medical isolation.
EXCEPTION:
Cells or rooms specially designed without protrusions and to be used solely for
purposes of suicide prevention are exempt from the requirement for grab bars at
water closets in 4.16.4.
12.4.3
Accessible Cells or Rooms for Persons with Hearing Impairments. In
addition to the requirements of 12.4.1, two percent, but not less than one, of
general housing or holding cells or rooms equipped with audible emergency warning
systems or permanently installed telephones within the cell or room shall
comply with the applicable requirements of 12.6.
12.4.4
Medical Care Facilities. Medical care facilities providing
physical or medical treatment or care shall comply with the applicable
requirements of section 6.1, 6.3 and 6.4, if persons may need assistance in
emergencies and the period of stay may exceed 24 hours. Patient bedrooms or
cells required to be accessible under 6.1 and 6.3 shall be provided in addition
to any medical isolation cells required to be accessible under 12.4.2.
12.4.5 Alterations
to Cells or Rooms. (Reserved.)
12.5
Requirements for Accessible Cells or Rooms.
12.5.1
General. Cells or rooms required to be accessible by 12.4 shall
comply with 12.5.
12.5.2
Minimum Requirements. Accessible cells or rooms shall
be on an accessible route complying with 4.3. Where provided to serve
accessible housing or holding cells or rooms, the following elements or spaces
shall be accessible and connected by an accessible route.
(1)
Doors and Doorways. All doors and doorways on an accessible route shall comply
with 4.13.
EXCEPTION:
Compliance with 4.13.9, 4.13.10, 4.13.11 and 4.13.12 is not required at
entrances, doors, or doorways that are operated only by security personnel or
where security requirements prohibit full compliance with these provisions.
(2)
Toilet and Bathing Facilities. At least one toilet facility shall comply with
4.22 and one bathing facility shall comply with 4.23. Privacy screens shall not
intrude on the clear floor space required for fixtures and the accessible
route.
(3)
Beds. Beds shall have maneuvering space at least 36 in (915 mm) wide along one
side. Where more than one bed is provided in a room or cell, the maneuvering
space provided at adjacent beds may overlap.
(4)
Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers. At least one drinking fountain shall
comply with 4.15.
(5)
Fixed or Built-in Seating or Tables. Fixed or built-in seating, tables and
counters shall comply with 4.32.
(6)
Fixed Benches. At least one fixed bench shall be mounted at 17 in to 19 in (430
mm to 485 mm) above the finish floor and provide back support (e.g., attachment
to wall). The structural strength of the bench attachments shall comply with
4.26.3.
(7)
Storage. Fixed or built-in storage facilities, such as cabinets, shelves,
closets, and drawers, shall contain storage space complying with 4.25.
(8)
Controls. All controls intended for operation by inmates shall comply with
4.27.
(9)
Accommodations for persons with hearing impairments required by 12.4.3 and
complying with 12.6 shall be provided in accessible cells or rooms.
12.6
Visual Alarms and Telephones.
Where audible emergency warning systems are provided to
serve the occupants of holding or housing cells or rooms, visual alarms
complying with 4.28.4 shall be provided. Where permanently installed telephones
are provided within holding or housing cells or rooms, they shall have volume
controls complying with 4.31.5.
EXCEPTION:
Visual alarms are not required where inmates or detainees are not allowed
independent means of egress.
*****
Newly designed or newly constructed and altered recreation
facilities shall comply with the applicable requirements of section 4 and the
special application sections, except as modified or otherwise provided in this
section.
15.1.1
General. Newly designed or newly constructed and altered amusement rides
shall comply with 15.1.
EXCEPTION
1: Mobile or portable amusement rides shall not be required
to comply with 15.1.
EXCEPTION
2: Amusement rides which are controlled or operated by the
rider shall be required to comply only with 15.1.4 and 15.1.5.
EXCEPTION
3: Amusement rides designed primarily for children, where
children are assisted on and off the ride by an adult, shall be required to
comply only with 15.1.4 and 15.1.5.
EXCEPTION
4: Amusement rides without amusement ride seats shall be
required to comply only with 15.1.4 and 15.1.5.
15.1.2
Alterations to Amusement Rides. A modification to an existing amusement
ride is an alteration subject to 15.1 if one or more of the following
conditions apply:
1. The amusement rideÕs structural or operational
characteristics are changed to the extent that the rideÕs performance differs
from that specified by the manufacturer or the original design criteria; or
2. The load and unload area of the amusement ride is newly
designed and constructed.
15.1.3
Number Required. Each amusement ride shall provide at least one
wheelchair space complying with 15.1.7, or at least one amusement ride seat
designed for transfer complying with 15.1.8, or at least one transfer device
complying with 15.1.9.
15.1.4 Accessible Route.
When in the load and unload position, amusement rides required to comply with
15.1 shall be served by an accessible route complying with 4.3. Any part of an
accessible route serving amusement rides with a slope greater than 1:20 shall
be considered a ramp and shall comply with 4.8.
EXCEPTION
1: The maximum slope specified in 4.8.2 shall not apply in
the load and unload areas or on the amusement ride where compliance is
structurally or operationally infeasible, provided that the slope of the ramp
shall not exceed 1:8.
EXCEPTION
2: Handrails shall not be required in the load and unload
areas or on the amusement ride where compliance is structurally or
operationally infeasible.
EXCEPTION
3: Limited-use/limited-application elevators and platform
lifts complying with 4.11 shall be permitted to be part of an accessible route
serving the load and unload area.
15.1.5 Load and Unload
Areas. Load and unload areas serving amusement rides required to comply
with 15.1 shall provide a maneuvering space complying with 4.2.3. The
maneuvering space shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48.
15.1.6
Signage. Signage shall be provided at the entrance of the queue or
waiting line for each amusement ride to identify the type of access provided.
Where an accessible unload area also serves as the accessible load area,
signage shall be provided at the entrance to the queue or waiting line
indicating the location of the accessible load and unload area.
15.1.7
Amusement Rides with Wheelchair Spaces. Amusement rides with wheelchair
spaces shall comply with 15.1.7.
15.1.7.1 Floor or Ground Surface.
The floor or ground surface of wheelchair spaces shall comply with 15.1.7.1.
15.1.7.1.1 Slope.
The floor or ground surface of wheelchair spaces shall have a slope not steeper
than 1:48 when in the load and unload position and shall be stable and firm.
15.1.7.1.2 Gaps.
Floors of amusement rides with wheelchair spaces and floors of load and unload
areas shall be coordinated so that, when the amusement rides are at rest in the
load and unload position, the vertical difference between the floors shall be
within plus or minus 5/8 inches (16 mm) and the horizontal gap shall be no
greater than 3 inches (75 mm) under normal passenger load conditions.
EXCEPTION:
Where compliance is not operationally or structurally feasible, ramps, bridge
plates, or similar devices complying with the applicable requirements of 36
C.F.R. 1192.83(c) shall be provided.
15.1.7.2 Clearances.
Clearances for wheelchair spaces shall comply with 15.1.7.2.
EXCEPTION
1: Where provided, securement devices shall be permitted to
overlap required clearances.
EXCEPTION
2: Wheelchair spaces shall be permitted to be mechanically or
manually repositioned.
EXCEPTION
3: Wheelchair spaces shall not be required to comply with
4.4.2.
15.1.7.2.1 Width and Length. Wheelchair
spaces shall provide a clear width of 30 inches (760 mm) minimum and a clear
length of 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum measured to 9 inches (230 mm) minimum
above the floor surface.
15.1.7.2.2
Wheelchair Spaces - Side Entry. Where the wheelchair space can be
entered only from the side, the ride shall be designed to permit sufficient
maneuvering space for individuals using a wheelchair or mobility device to
enter and exit the ride.
15.1.7.2.3
Protrusions in Wheelchair Spaces. Objects are permitted to protrude a
distance of 6 inches (150 mm) maximum along the front of the wheelchair space
where located 9 inches (230 mm) minimum and 27 inches (685 mm) maximum above
the floor or ground surface of the wheelchair space. Objects are permitted to
protrude a distance of 25 inches (635 mm) maximum along the front of the wheelchair
space, where located more than 27 inches (685 mm) above the floor or ground
surface of the wheelchair space (see Fig. 58).
NOTE:
Figure 58 shows in side elevation that objects may protrude 6 inches maximum
along the front of the wheelchair space where located 9 inches minimum and 27
inches (685 mm) maximum above the floor or ground surface of the wheelchair
space. Objects may protrude a distance of 25 inches maximum along the front of
the wheelchair space, where located more than 27 inches above the floor or
ground surface.
15.1.7.3 Openings.
Where openings are provided to access wheelchair spaces on amusement rides, the
entry shall provide a 32 inch (815 mm) minimum clear opening.
15.1.7.4
Approach. One side of the wheelchair space shall adjoin an accessible
route.
15.1.7.5
Companion Seats. Where the interior width of the amusement ride is
greater than 53 inches (1346 mm), seating is provided for more than one rider,
and the wheelchair is not required to be centered within the amusement ride, a
companion seat shall be provided for each wheelchair space.
15.1.7.5.1 Shoulder-to-Shoulder
Seating. Where an amusement ride provides shoulder-to-shoulder
seating, companion seats shall be shoulder-to-shoulder with the adjacent
wheelchair space.
EXCEPTION:
Where shoulder-to-shoulder companion seating is not operationally or
structurally feasible, compliance with this provision shall be required to the
maximum extent feasible.
15.1.8
Amusement Ride Seats Designed for Transfer. Amusement
ride seats designed for transfer shall comply with 15.1.8 when positioned for
loading and unloading.
15.1.8.1
Clear Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or ground space complying with
4.2.4 shall be provided in the load and unload area adjacent to the amusement
ride seats designed for transfer.
15.1.8.2
Transfer Height. The height of the amusement ride seats shall be 14
inches (355 mm) minimum to 24 inches (610mm) maximum measured above the load
and unload surface.
15.1.8.3 Transfer Entry.
Where openings are provided to transfer to amusement ride seats, the space
shall be designed to provide clearance for transfer from a wheelchair or
mobility device to the amusement ride seat.
15.1.8.4
Wheelchair Storage Space. Wheelchair storage spaces complying with 4.2.4
shall be provided in or adjacent to unload areas for each required amusement
ride seat designed for transfer and shall not overlap any required means of
egress or accessible route.
15.1.9
Transfer Devices for Use with Amusement Rides.
Transfer devices for use with amusement rides shall comply with 15.1.9 when
positioned for loading and unloading.
15.1.9.1
Clear Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or ground space complying with
4.2.4 shall be provided in the load and unload area adjacent to the transfer
devices.
15.1.9.2
Transfer Height. The height of the transfer device seats shall be 14
inches (355 mm) minimum to 24 inches (610 mm) maximum measured above the load
and unload surface.
15.1.9.3
Wheelchair Storage Space. Wheelchair storage spaces complying with 4.2.4
shall be provided in or adjacent to unload areas for each required transfer
device and shall not overlap any required means of egress or accessible route.
15.2.1
General. Newly designed or newly constructed and altered boating
facilities shall comply with 15.2.
15.2.2 Accessible Route.
Accessible routes, including gangways that are part of accessible routes,
shall comply with 4.3.
EXCEPTION
1. Where an existing gangway or series of gangways is
replaced or altered, an increase in the length of the gangway is not required
to comply with 15.2.2, unless required by 4.1.6(2).
EXCEPTION
2. The maximum rise specified in 4.8.2 shall not apply to
gangways.
EXCEPTION
3. Where the total length of the gangway or series of
gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is at least 80 feet (24
m), the maximum slope specified in 4.8.2 shall not apply to the gangways.
EXCEPTION
4. In facilities containing fewer than 25 boat slips and
where the total length of the gangway or series of gangways serving as part of
a required accessible route is at least 30 feet (9140 mm), the maximum slope
specified in 4.8.2 shall not apply to the gangways.
EXCEPTION
5. Where gangways connect to transition plates, landings
specified by 4.8.4 shall not be required.
EXCEPTION
6. Where gangways and transition plates connect and are
required to have handrails, handrail extensions specified by 4.8.5 shall not be
required. Where handrail extensions are provided on gangways or transition
plates, such extensions are not required to be parallel with the ground or
floor surface.
EXCEPTION
7. The cross slope of gangways, transition plates, and
floating piers that are part of an accessible route shall be 1:50 maximum
measured in the static position.
EXCEPTION
8. Limited-use/limited-application elevators or platform
lifts complying with 4.11 shall be permitted in lieu of gangways complying with
4.3.
15.2.3 Boat Slips: Minimum Number.
Where boat slips are provided, boat slips complying with 15.2.5 shall be
provided in accordance with Table 15.2.3. Where the number of boat slips is not
identified, each 40 feet (12 m) of boat slip edge provided along the perimeter
of the pier shall be counted as one boat slip for the purpose of this
section.
Table 15.2.3
|
Total Boat Slips in Facility |
Minimum Number of Required Accessible
Boat Slips |
|
1 to 25 |
1 |
|
26 to 50 |
2 |
|
51 to 100 |
3 |
|
101 to 150 |
4 |
|
151 to 300 |
5 |
|
301 to 400 |
6 |
|
401 to 500 |
7 |
|
501 to 600 |
8 |
|
601 to 700 |
9 |
|
701 to 800 |
10 |
|
801 to 900 |
11 |
|
901 to 1000 |
12 |
|
1001 and over |
12, plus 1 for each 100 or fraction
thereof over 1000 |
15.2.3.1
Dispersion. Accessible boat slips shall be dispersed throughout the
various types of slips provided. This provision does not require an increase in
the minimum number of boat slips required to be accessible.
15.2.4
Boarding Piers at Boat Launch Ramps. Where boarding piers are provided
at boat launch ramps, at least 5 percent, but not less than one of the boarding
piers shall comply with 15.2.4 and shall be served by an accessible route
complying with 4.3.
EXCEPTION
1. Accessible routes serving floating boarding piers shall be
permitted to use exceptions 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, and 8 in 15.2.2.
EXCEPTION
2. Where the total length of the gangway or series of
gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is at least 30 feet
(9140 mm), the maximum slope specified by 4.8.2 shall not apply to the
gangways.
EXCEPTION
3. Where the accessible route serving a floating boarding
pier or skid pier is located within a boat launch ramp, the portion of the
accessible route located within the boat launch ramp shall not be required to
comply with 4.8.
15.2.4.1
Boarding Pier Clearances. The entire length of the piers shall comply
with 15.2.5.
15.2.5
Accessible Boat Slips. Accessible boat slips shall comply with
15.2.5.
15.2.5.1
Clearances. Accessible boat slips shall be served by clear pier space 60
inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and at least as long as the accessible boat
slips. Every 10 feet (3050 mm) maximum of linear pier edge serving the
accessible boat slips shall contain at least one continuous clear opening 60
inches (1525 mm) minimum in width (see Fig. 59).
NOTE:
Figure 59 illustrates pier clearances in plan view.
Accessible boat slips are served by clear pier space 60 inches wide minimum and
at least as long as the accessible boat slips. Every 10 feet maximum of linear
pier edge serving the accessible boat slips contains at least one continuous
clear opening 60 inches minimum wide.
EXCEPTION
1: The width of the clear pier space shall be permitted to be
36 inches (915 mm) minimum for a length of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum, provided
that multiple 36 inch (915 mm) wide segments are separated by segments
that are 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum clear in width and 60 inches (1525 mm)
minimum clear in length. (see Fig. 60)
NOTE:
Figure 60 shows in plan view that the width of the clear
pier space can be 36 inches wide minimum for a length of 24 inches maximum
where multiple 36 inch wide segments are separated by clear segments 60 by 60
inches minimum.
EXCEPTION
2: Edge protection 4 inches (100 mm) high maximum and 2
inches (51 mm) deep maximum shall be permitted at the continuous clear
openings. (see Fig. 61)
NOTE:
Figure 61 shows in elevation pier edge protection that is 4
inches high maximum and 2 inches deep maximum.
EXCEPTION
3: In alterations to existing facilities, clear pier space
shall be permitted to be located perpendicular to the boat slip and shall
extend the width of the boat slip, where the facility has at least one boat
slip complying with 15.2.5, and further compliance with 15.2.5 would result in
a reduction in the number of boat slips available or result in a reduction of
the widths of existing slips.
15.2.5.2 Cleats and Other Boat
Securement Devices. Cleats and other boat securement
devices shall not be required to comply with 4.27.3.
15.3
Fishing Piers and Platforms.
15.3.1 General.
Newly designed or newly constructed and altered fishing piers and platforms
shall comply with 15.3.
15.3.2
Accessible Route. Accessible routes, including gangways that are part of
accessible routes, serving fishing piers and platforms shall comply with 4.3.
EXCEPTION
1: Accessible routes serving floating fishing piers and
platforms shall be permitted to use exceptions 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, and 8 in 15.2.2.
EXCEPTION
2: Where the total length of the gangway or series of
gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is at least 30 feet
(9140 mm), the maximum slope specified by 4.8.2 shall not apply to the
gangways.
15.3.3
Railings. Where railings, guards, or handrails are provided, they shall
comply with 15.3.3.
15.3.3.1
Edge Protection. Edge protection shall be provided and shall extend 2
inches (51 mm) minimum above the ground or deck surface.
EXCEPTION:
Where the railing, guard, or handrail is 34 inches (865 mm) or less above the
ground or deck surface, edge protection shall not be required if the deck
surface extends 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the inside face of the
railing. Toe clearance shall be 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the ground or
deck surface beyond the railing. Toe clearance shall be 30 inches (760 mm)
minimum wide (see Fig. 62).
NOTE:
Figure 62 shows in side elevation (a) and front elevation
(b) edge protection at fishing piers. Where a railing or guard is no higher
than 34 inches, edge protection shall not be required if the deck surface
extends 12 inches minimum beyond the inside face of the railing. Toe clearance
shall be at least 9 inches high beyond the railing and at least 30 inches wide.
15.3.3.2
Height. At least 25 percent of the railings, guard, or handrail shall be
34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the ground or deck surface.
EXCEPTION:
This provision shall not apply to that portion of a fishing pier or platform
where a guard which complies with sections 1003.2.12.1 (Height) and 1003.2.12.2
(Opening limitations) of the International Building Code (incorporated by
reference, see 2.3.2) is provided.
15.3.3.3 Dispersion.
Railings required to comply with 15.3.3.2 shall be dispersed throughout a
fishing pier or platform.
15.3.4
Clear Floor or Ground Space. At least one clear floor or ground space
complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided where the railing height required by
15.3.3.2 is located. Where no railings are provided, at least one clear floor
or ground space complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided.
15.3.5 Maneuvering Space. At
least one maneuvering space complying with 4.2.3 shall be provided on the
fishing pier or platform.
15.4.1
General. Newly designed or newly constructed and altered golf courses,
driving ranges, practice putting greens, and practice teeing grounds shall
comply with 15.4.
15.4.2 Accessible Route - Golf Course.
An accessible route shall connect accessible elements and spaces within the
boundary of the golf course. In addition, an accessible route shall connect the
golf car rental area, bag drop areas, practice putting greens, accessible
practice teeing grounds, course toilet rooms, and course weather shelters. The
accessible route required by this section shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum
wide. Where handrails are provided, the accessible route shall be 60 inches
(1525 mm) minimum wide.
EXCEPTION
1: A golf car passage complying with 15.4.7 shall be
permitted in lieu of all or part of an accessible route required by 15.4.2.
EXCEPTION
2: The handrail requirements of 4.8.5 shall not apply to an accessible
route located within the boundary of a golf course.
15.4.3 Accessible Route - Driving
Ranges. An accessible route shall connect accessible teeing
stations at driving ranges with accessible parking spaces and shall be 48
inches (1220 mm) wide minimum. Where handrails are provided, the accessible
route shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.
EXCEPTION:
A golf car passage complying with 15.4.7 shall be permitted in lieu of all or
part of an accessible route required by 15.4.3.
15.4.4
Teeing Grounds. Teeing grounds shall comply with 15.4.4.
15.4.4.1 Number Required. Where
one or two teeing grounds are provided for a hole, at least one teeing ground
serving the hole shall comply with 15.4.4.3. Where three or more teeing grounds
are provided for a hole, at least two teeing grounds shall comply with
15.4.4.3.
15.4.4.2 Forward Teeing Ground.
The forward teeing ground shall be accessible.
EXCEPTION:
In alterations, the forward teeing ground shall not be required to be
accessible where compliance is not feasible due to terrain.
15.4.4.3 Teeing Grounds.
Teeing grounds required by 15.4.4.1 and 15.4.4.2 shall be designed and
constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the teeing ground.
15.4.5 Teeing Stations at Driving
Ranges and Practice Teeing Grounds. Where teeing
stations or practice teeing grounds are provided, at least 5 percent of the
practice teeing stations or practice teeing grounds, but not less than one,
shall comply with 15.4.4.3.
15.4.6
Weather Shelters. Where weather shelters are provided on a golf course,
each weather shelter shall have a clear floor or ground space 60 inches (1525
mm) minimum by 96 inches (2440 mm) minimum and shall be designed and
constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit.
15.4.7 Golf Car Passage.
Where curbs or other constructed barriers are provided along a golf car passage
to prohibit golf cars from entering a fairway, openings at least 60 inches
(1525 mm) wide shall be provided at intervals not to exceed 75 yds (69 m).
15.4.7.1 Width.
The golf car passage shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum wide.
15.4.8
Putting Greens. Each putting green shall be designed and constructed so
that a golf car can enter and exit the putting green.
15.5.1
General. Newly designed or newly constructed and altered miniature golf
courses shall comply with 15.5.
15.5.2
Accessible Holes. At least fifty percent of holes on a miniature golf
course shall comply with 15.5.3 through 15.5.5 and shall be consecutive.
EXCEPTION:
One break in the sequence of consecutive accessible holes shall be permitted,
provided that the last hole on a miniature golf course is the last hole in the
sequence.
15.5.3
Accessible Route. An accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect
the course entrance with the first accessible hole and the start of play area
on each accessible hole. The course shall be configured to allow exit from the
last accessible hole to the course exit or entrance and shall not require
travel back through other holes.
15.5.3.1 Accessible Route - Located On
the Playing Surface. Where the accessible route is located
on the playing surface of the accessible hole, exceptions 1-5 shall be
permitted.
EXCEPTION
1: Where carpet is provided, the requirements of 4.5.3 shall
not apply.
EXCEPTION
2: Where the accessible route intersects the playing surface
of a hole, a 1 inch (26 mm) maximum curb shall be permitted for a width of 32
inches (815 mm) minimum.
EXCEPTION
3: A slope of 1:4 maximum for a 4 inch (100 mm) maximum rise
shall be permitted.
EXCEPTION
4: Landings required by 4.8.4 shall be permitted to be 48
inches (1220 mm) in length minimum. Landing size required by 4.8.4(3) shall be
permitted to be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.
Landing slopes shall be permitted to be 1:20 maximum.
EXCEPTION
5: Handrail requirements of 4.8.5 shall not apply.
15.5.3.2 Accessible Route - Adjacent to
the Playing Surface. Where the accessible route is located
adjacent to the playing surface, the requirements of 4.3 shall apply.
15.5.4
Start of Play Areas. Start of play areas at holes required to comply
with 15.5.2 shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48 and shall be 48 inches
(1220 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.
15.5.5
Golf Club Reach Range. All areas within accessible holes where golf
balls rest shall be within 36 inches (915 mm) maximum of an accessible route
having a maximum slope of 1:20 for 48 inches (1220 mm) in length (see Fig.
63).
NOTE:
Figure 63 shows in plan view golf club reach range to be 36
inches maximum measured from accessible routes with a width of 36 inches
minimum and a slope of 1:20 maximum.
15.6.1
General. Newly designed and newly constructed
play areas for children ages 2 and over and altered portions of existing play
areas shall comply with the applicable provisions of section 4, except as
modified or otherwise provided by this section. Where separate play areas are
provided within a site for specified age groups, each play area shall comply
with this section. Where play areas are designed or constructed in phases, this
section shall be applied so that when each successive addition is completed,
the entire play area complies with all the applicable provisions of this
section.
EXCEPTION 1:
Play areas located in family child care facilities where the proprietor
actually resides shall not be required to comply with 15.6.
EXCEPTION 2:
Where play components are relocated in existing play areas for the purpose of
creating safe use zones, 15.6 shall not apply, provided that the ground surface
is not changed or extended for more than one use zone.
EXCEPTION 3:
Where play components are altered and the ground surface is not altered, the
ground surface shall not be required to comply with 15.6.7, unless required by
4.1.6(2).
EXCEPTION 4:
The provisions of 15.6.1 through 15.6.7 shall not apply to amusement
attractions.
EXCEPTION 5:
Compliance with 4.4 shall not be required within the boundary of the play area.
EXCEPTION 6:
Stairs shall not be required to comply with 4.9.
15.6.2 Ground
Level Play Components. Ground level play components
shall be provided in the number and types required by 15.6.2.1 and 15.6.2.2.
Ground level play components that are provided to comply with 15.6.2.1 shall be
permitted to satisfy the number required by 15.6.2.2, provided that the minimum
required types of play components are provided. Where more than one ground
level play component required by 15.6.2.1 and 15.6.2.2 is provided, the play
components shall be integrated in the play area.
15.6.2.1 General. Where ground level
play components are provided, at least one of each type provided shall be
located on an accessible route complying with 15.6.4 and shall comply with
15.6.6.
15.6.2.2 Additional Number and Types.
Where elevated play components are provided, ground level play components shall
be provided in accordance with Table 15.6.2.2. Ground level play components
required by 15.6.2.2 shall be located on an accessible route complying with
15.6.4 and shall comply with 15.6.6.
EXCEPTION:
If at least 50 percent of the elevated play components are connected by a ramp,
and if at least 3 of the elevated play components connected by the ramp are
different types of play components, 15.6.2.2 shall not apply.
Table
15.6.2.2 Number and Types of Ground Level Play Components
Required to
be on Accessible Route
|
Number of Elevated Play Components
Provided |
Minimum Number of Ground Level Play
Components Required to be on Accessible Route |
Minimum Number of Different Types of
Ground Level Play Components Required to be on Accessible Route |
|
1 |
Not applicable |
Not applicable |
|
2 to 4 |
1 |
1 |
|
5 to 7 |
2 |
2 |
|
8 to 10 |
3 |
3 |
|
11 to 13 |
4 |
3 |
|
14 to 16 |
5 |
3 |
|
17 to 19 |
6 |
3 |
|
20 to 22 |
7 |
4 |
|
23 to 25 |
8 |
4 |
|
More than 25 |
8 plus 1 for each additional 3 over
25, or fraction thereof |
5 |
15.6.3 Elevated Play Components.
Where elevated play components are provided, at least 50 percent shall be
located on an accessible route complying with 15.6.4. Elevated play components
connected by a ramp shall comply with 15.6.6.
15.6.4 Accessible Routes.
At least one accessible route complying with 4.3, as modified by 15.6.4, shall
be provided.
EXCEPTION 1:
Transfer systems complying with 15.6.5 shall be permitted to connect elevated
play components, except where 20 or more elevated play components are provided,
no more than 25 percent of the elevated play components shall be permitted to
be connected by transfer systems.
EXCEPTION 2:
Where transfer systems are provided, an elevated play component shall be
permitted to connect to another elevated play component in lieu of an
accessible route.
EXCEPTION 3:
Platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) complying with 4.11 and applicable State or
local codes shall be permitted to be used as part of an accessible route.
15.6.4.1
Location. Accessible routes shall be located
within the boundary of the play area and shall connect ground level play
components as required by 15.6.2.1 and 15.6.2.2 and elevated play components as
required by 15.6.3, including entry and exit points of the play components.
15.6.4.2
Protrusions. Objects shall not protrude into ground
level accessible routes at or below 80 in (2030 mm) above the ground or floor
surface.
15.6.4.3
Clear Width. The clear width of accessible routes
within play areas shall comply with 15.6.4.3.
15.6.4.3.1
Ground Level. The clear width of accessible routes
at ground level shall be 60 in (1525 mm) minimum.
EXCEPTION 1:
In play areas less than 1,000 square feet, the clear width of accessible routes
shall be permitted to be 44 in (1120 mm) minimum, provided that at least one
turning space complying with 4.2.3 is provided where the restricted accessible
route exceeds 30 feet (9.14 m) in length.
EXCEPTION 2:
The clear width of accessible routes shall be permitted to be 36 in (915 mm)
minimum for a distance of 60 in (1525 mm) maximum, provided that multiple
reduced width segments are separated by segments that are 60 in (1525 mm)
minimum in width and 60 in (1525 mm) minimum in length.
15.6.4.3.2
Elevated. The clear width of accessible routes
connecting elevated play components shall be 36 in (915 mm).
EXCEPTION
1: The clear width of accessible routes connecting elevated
play components shall be permitted to be reduced to 32 in (815 mm) minimum for
a distance of 24 in (610 mm) maximum provided that reduced width segments are
separated by segments that are 48 in (1220 mm) minimum in length and 36 in (915
mm) minimum in width.
EXCEPTION
2: The clear width of transfer systems
connecting elevated play components shall be permitted to be 24 in (610 mm)
minimum.
15.6.4.4
Ramp Slope and Rise. Any part of an accessible route
with a slope greater than 1:20 shall be considered a ramp and shall comply with
4.8, as modified by 15.6.4.4.
15.6.4.4.1
Ground Level. The maximum slope for ramps connecting
ground level play components within the boundary of a play area shall be 1:16.
15.6.4.4.2
Elevated. Where a ramp connects elevated play
components, the maximum rise of any ramp run shall be 12 in (305 mm).
15.6.4.5
Handrails. Where required on ramps, handrails
shall comply with 4.8.5, as modified by 15.6.4.5.
EXCEPTION
1: Handrails shall not be required at ramps located
within ground level use zones.
EXCEPTION
2: Handrail extensions shall not be required.
15.6.4.5.1
Handrail Gripping Surface. Handrails shall have
a diameter or width of 0.95 in (24.1 mm) minimum to 1.55 in (39.4 mm) maximum,
or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface.
15.6.4.5.2
Handrail Height. The top of handrail gripping surfaces
shall be 20 in (510 mm) minimum to 28 in (710 mm) maximum above the ramp
surface.
15.6.5 Transfer Systems.
Where transfer systems are provided to connect elevated play components, the
transfer systems shall comply with 15.6.5.
15.6.5.1
Transfer Platforms. Transfer platforms complying
with 15.6.5.1 shall be provided where transfer is intended to be from a
wheelchair or other mobility device (see Fig. 64).
NOTE:
Figure 64a shows a transfer platform with a surface height
11 to 18 inches (280 to 455 mm) above the ground. Figure 64b shows in plan view
a transfer platform 14 inches (335 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm)
wide, minimum; clear floor space that is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum is
centered on this dimension parallel to the 24 in (610 mm) minimum long
unobstructed side of the transfer platform.
15.6.5.1.1
Size. Platforms shall have a level surface
14 in (355 mm) minimum in depth and 24 in (610 mm) minimum in width.
15.6.5.1.2
Height. Platform surfaces shall be 11 in (280
mm) minimum to 18 in (455 mm) maximum above the ground or floor surface.
15.6.5.1.3
Transfer Space. A level space complying with 4.2.4
shall be centered on the 48 in (1220 mm) long dimension parallel to the 24 in
(610 mm) minimum long unobstructed side of the transfer platform.
15.6.5.1.4
Transfer Supports. A means of support for
transferring shall be provided.
15.6.5.2
Transfer Steps. Transfer steps complying with 15.6.5.2
shall be provided where movement is intended from a transfer platform to a
level with elevated play components required to be located on an accessible
route (see Fig. 65).
NOTE:
Figure 65(a) shows a transfer step 8 inches (205 mm) high
maximum. Figure 65(b) shows a transfer step that is 14 inches (355 mm) deep
minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum.
15.6.5.2.1
Size. Transfer steps shall have a level
surface 14 in (355 mm) minimum in depth and 24 in (610 mm) minimum in width.
15.6.5.2.2
Height. Each transfer step shall be 8 in (205
mm) maximum high.
15.6.5.2.3
Transfer Supports. A means of support for
transferring shall be provided.
15.6.6 Play Components.
Ground level play components located on accessible routes and elevated play
components connected by ramps shall comply with 15.6.6.
15.6.6.1
Maneuvering Space. Maneuvering space complying with
4.2.3 shall be provided on the same level as the play components. Maneuvering
space shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48 in all directions. The
maneuvering space required for a swing shall be located immediately adjacent to
the swing.
15.6.6.2
Clear Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or
ground space shall be provided at the play components and shall be 30 in (760
mm) by 48 in (1220 mm) minimum. Clear floor or ground space shall have a slope
not steeper than 1:48 in all directions.
15.6.6.3 Play Tables: Height and Clearances. Where
play tables are provided, knee clearance 24 in (610 mm) high minimum, 17 in
deep (430 mm) minimum, and 30 in (760 mm) wide minimum shall be provided. The
tops of rims, curbs, or other obstructions shall be 31 in (785 mm) high
maximum.
EXCEPTION:
Play tables designed or constructed primarily for children ages 5 and under
shall not be required to provide knee clearance if the clear floor or ground
space required by 15.6.6.2 is arranged for a parallel approach and if the rim
surface is 31 in (785 mm) high maximum.
15.6.6.4
Entry Points and Seats: Height. Where a play
component requires transfer to the entry point or seat, the entry point or seat
shall be 11 in (280 mm) minimum and 24 in (610 mm) maximum above the clear
floor or ground space.
EXCEPTION:
The entry point of a slide shall not be required to comply with 15.6.6.4.
15.6.6.5
Transfer Supports. Where a play component requires
transfer to the entry point or seat, a means of support for transferring shall
be provided.
15.6.7 Ground Surfaces.
Ground surfaces along accessible routes, clear floor or ground spaces, and
maneuvering spaces within play areas shall comply with 4.5.1 and 15.6.7.
15.6.7.1
Accessibility. Ground surfaces shall comply with ASTM
F 1951 Standard Specification for Determination of Accessibility of Surface
Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment (incorporated by reference, see
2.3.2). Ground surfaces shall be inspected and maintained regularly and
frequently to ensure continued compliance with ASTM F 1951.
15.6.7.2
Use Zones. If located within use zones, ground
surfaces shall comply with ASTM F 1292 Standard Specification for Impact
Attenuation of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment
(incorporated by reference, see 2.3.2).
15.6.8
Soft Contained Play Structures. Soft contained play
structures shall comply with 15.6.8.
15.6.8.1
Accessible Routes to Entry Points. Where three or fewer
entry points are provided, at least one entry point shall be located on an
accessible route. Where four or more entry points are provided, at least two
entry points shall be located on an accessible route. Accessible routes shall
comply with 4.3.
EXCEPTION:
Transfer systems complying with 15.6.5 or platform lifts (wheelchair lifts)
complying with 4.11 and applicable State or local codes shall be permitted to
be used as part of an accessible route.
15.7
Exercise Equipment and Machines, Bowling Lanes, and
Shooting Facilities.
15.7.1 General.
Newly designed or newly constructed and altered exercise equipment and
machines, bowling lanes, and shooting facilities shall comply with 15.7.
15.7.2 Exercise Equipment and Machines.
At least one of each type of exercise equipment and machines shall be provided
with clear floor or ground space complying with 4.2.4 and shall be served by an
accessible route. Clear floor or ground space shall be positioned for transfer
or for use by an individual seated in a wheelchair. Clear floor or ground
spaces for more than one piece of equipment shall be permitted to
overlap.
15.7.3
Bowling Lanes. Where bowling lanes are provided, at
least 5 percent, but not less than one of each type of lane shall be served by
an accessible route.
15.7.4 Shooting Facilities.
Where fixed firing positions are provided at a site, at least 5 percent, but
not less than one, of each type of firing position shall comply with
15.7.4.1.
15.7.4.1 Fixed Firing Position.
Fixed firing positions shall contain a 60 inch (1525 mm) diameter space and
shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48.
15.8
Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, and Spas.
15.8.1 General.
Newly designed or newly constructed and altered swimming pools, wading pools,
and spas shall comply with 15.8.
EXCEPTION:
An accessible route shall not be required to serve raised diving boards or
diving platforms.
15.8.2 Swimming Pools.
At least two accessible means of entry shall be provided for each public use
and common use swimming pool. The primary means of entry shall comply with
15.8.5 (Swimming Pool Lifts) or 15.8.6 (Sloped Entries). The secondary means of
entry shall comply with one of the following: 15.8.5 (Swimming Pool Lifts),
15.8.6 (Sloped Entries), 15.8.7 (Transfer Walls), 15.8.8 (Transfer Systems), or
15.8.9 (Pool Stairs).
EXCEPTION
1: Where a swimming pool has less than 300 linear feet (91 m)
of swimming pool wall, at least one accessible means of entry shall be provided
and shall comply with 15.8.5 (Swimming Pool Lifts) or 15.8.6 (Sloped
Entries).
EXCEPTION
2: Wave action pools, leisure rivers, sand bottom pools, and
other pools where user access is limited to one area, shall provide at least
one accessible means of entry that complies with 15.8.5 (Swimming Pool Lifts),
15.8.6 (Sloped Entries), or 15.8.8 (Transfer Systems).
EXCEPTION
3: Catch pools shall be required only to be served by an
accessible route that connects to the pool edge.
15.8.3 Wading Pools.
At least one accessible means of entry complying with 15.8.6 (Sloped Entries)
shall be provided for each wading pool.
15.8.4 Spas.
At least one accessible means of entry complying with 15.8.5 (Swimming Pool
Lifts), 15.8.7 (Transfer Walls), or 15.8.8 (Transfer Systems) shall be provided
for each spa.
EXCEPTION:
Where spas are provided in a cluster, 5 percent, but not less than one, in each
cluster shall be accessible.
15.8.5
Pool Lifts. Pool lifts shall comply with
15.8.5.
15.8.5.1 Pool Lift Location. Pool
lifts shall be located where the water level does not exceed 48 inches (1220
mm).
EXCEPTION
1: Where the entire pool depth is greater than 48 inches
(1220 mm), 15.8.5.1 shall not apply.
EXCEPTION
2: Where multiple pool lift locations are provided, no more
than one shall be required to be located in an area where the water level does
not exceed 48 inches (1220 mm).
15.8.5.2 Seat Location.
In the raised position, the centerline of the seat shall be located over the
deck and 16 inches (405 mm) minimum from the edge of the pool. The deck surface
between the centerline of the seat and the pool edge shall have a slope not
greater than 1:48 (see Fig. 68).
NOTE:
Figure 68 shows pool lift seat in plan view located over the
deck 16 inches minimum from the edge of the pool, measured to the seat
centerline.
15.8.5.3 Clear Deck Space.
On the side of the seat opposite the water, a clear deck space shall be
provided parallel with the seat. The space shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide
minimum and shall extend forward 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum from a line
located 12 inches (305 mm) behind the rear edge of the seat. The clear
deck space shall have a slope not greater than 1:48 (see Fig. 69).
NOTE:
Figure 69 - plan view of clear deck space at pool lifts. On
the side of the seat opposite the water, a clear deck space at least 36 inches
wide and 48 inches long is shown parallel to the seat. The 48 inch length
extends from a line located 12 inches behind the rear edge of the seat.
15.8.5.4 Seat Height. The
height of the lift seat shall be designed to allow a stop at 16 inches (405 mm)
minimum to 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured from the deck to the top of the
seat surface when in the raised (load) position (see Fig. 70).
NOTE:
Figure 70 - elevation drawing shows pool lift seat height to
be 16 inches minimum to 19 inches maximum measured from the deck to the top of
the seat surface when in the raised (load) position.
15.8.5.5 Seat Width.
The seat shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum wide.
15.8.5.6 Footrests and Armrests.
Footrests shall be provided and shall move with the seat. If provided, armrests
positioned opposite the water shall be removable or shall fold clear of the
seat when the seat is in the raised (load) position.
EXCEPTION:
Footrests shall not be required on pool lifts provided in spas.
15.8.5.7 Operation.
The lift shall be capable of unassisted operation from both the deck and water
levels. Controls and operating mechanisms shall be unobstructed when the lift
is in use and shall comply with 4.27.4.
15.8.5.8 Submerged Depth. The
lift shall be designed so that the seat will submerge to a water depth of 18
inches (455 mm) minimum below the stationary water level (see Fig. 71).
NOTE:
Figure 71 shows in elevation a pool lift with a seat
submerged to a water depth of 18 inches minimum below the stationary water
level.
15.8.5.9 Lifting Capacity.
Single person pool lifts shall have a minimum weight capacity of 300 lbs. (136
kg) and be capable of sustaining a static load of at least one and a half times
the rated load.
15.8.6
Sloped Entries. Sloped entries designed to provide
access into the water shall comply with 15.8.6.
15.8.6.1 Sloped Entries. Sloped
entries shall comply with 4.3, except as modified below.
EXCEPTION:
Where sloped entries are provided, the surfaces shall not be required to be
slip resistant.
15.8.6.2 Submerged Depth.
Sloped entries shall extend to a depth of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum to 30
inches (760 mm) maximum below the stationary water level. Where landings are
required by 4.8, at least one landing shall be located 24 inches (610 mm)
minimum to 30 inches (760 mm) maximum below the stationary water level (see
Fig. 72).
NOTE:
Figure 72 shows in side elevation a sloped entry with a
submerged depth of 24 inches minimum to 30 inches maximum below the stationary
water level at the landing.
EXCEPTION:
In wading pools, the sloped entry and landings, if provided, shall extend to
the deepest part of the wading pool.
15.8.6.3 Handrails.
Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the sloped entry and shall comply
with 4.8.5. The clear width between handrails shall be 33 inches (840 mm)
minimum and 38 inches (965 mm) maximum (see Fig. 73).
NOTE:
Figure 73 is an elevation drawing of a sloped entry with
handrails on both sides that provide a clear width of 33 inches minimum and 38
inches maximum.
EXCEPTION
1: Handrail extensions specified by 4.8.5 shall not be
required at the bottom landing serving a sloped entry.
EXCEPTION
2: Where a sloped entry is provided for wave action pools,
leisure rivers, sand bottom pools, and other pools where user access is limited
to one area, the required clear width between handrails shall not apply.
EXCEPTION
3: The handrail requirements of 4.8.5 and 15.8.6.3 shall not
be required on sloped entries in wading pools.
15.8.7
Transfer Walls. Transfer walls shall comply with
15.8.7.
15.8.7.1 Clear Deck Space.
A clear deck space of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm)
minimum with a slope not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at the base of the
transfer wall. Where one grab bar is provided, the clear deck space shall be
centered on the grab bar. Where two grab bars are provided, the clear deck
space shall be centered on the clearance between the grab bars (see Fig. 74).
NOTE:
Figure 74 shows in plan view clear deck space of 60 by 60
inches minimum. Figure (a) shows this space centered at one grab bar. Figure
(b) shows this space centered on the clearance between two grab bars.
15.8.7.2
Height. The height of the transfer wall shall be 16 inches (405 mm)
minimum to 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured from the deck (see Fig. 75).
NOTE:
Figure 75 shows in elevation the height of a transfer wall
16 inches minimum to 19 inches maximum measured from the deck.
15.8.7.3 Wall Depth and Length.
The depth of the transfer wall shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum to 16 inches
(405 mm) maximum. The length of the transfer wall shall be 60 inches (1525 mm)
minimum and shall be centered on the clear deck space (see Fig. 76).
NOTE:
Figure 76 illustrates in plan view a transfer wall with a
depth of 12 inches minimum to 16 inches maximum and a length of 60 inches
minimum.
15.8.7.4 Surface.
Surfaces of transfer walls shall not be sharp and shall have rounded edges.
15.8.7.5 Grab Bars.
At least one grab bar shall be provided on the transfer wall. Grab bars shall
be perpendicular to the pool wall and shall extend the full depth of the
transfer wall. The top of the gripping surface shall be 4 inches (100 mm)
minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above walls. Where one grab bar is
provided, clearance shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum on both sides of the
grab bar. Where two grab bars are provided, clearance between grab bars shall
be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum. Grab bars shall comply with 4.26 (see Fig. 77).
NOTE:
Figure 77 illustrates grab bars at transfer walls that are
perpendicular to the pool wall and that extend the full depth of the transfer
wall. Figure (a) shows in plan view two grab bars with a clearance between them
of 24 inches minimum. Figure (b) shows in plan view one grab bar with a
clearance of 24 inches minimum on both sides. Figure (c) shows in side
elevation a height of the grab bar gripping surface 4 to 6 inches above the
wall, measured to the top of the gripping surface.
15.8.8
Transfer Systems. Transfer systems shall comply with
15.8.8.
15.8.8.1 Transfer Platform. A
transfer platform 19 inches (485 mm) minimum clear depth by 24 inches (610 mm)
minimum clear width shall be provided at the head of each transfer system (see
Fig. 78).
NOTE:
Figure 78 shows in plan view a transfer platform at the head
end with a clear depth of 19 inches minimum clear and a clear width of by 24
inches minimum clear width.
15.8.8.2 Clear Deck Space. A
clear deck space of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum
with a slope not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at the base of the
transfer platform surface and shall be centered along a 24 inch (610 mm)
minimum unobstructed side of the transfer platform (see Fig. 79).
NOTE:
Figure 79 shows clear deck space 60 by 60 inches minimum at
the base of the transfer platform surface that is centered along a 24 inch
minimum unobstructed side of the transfer platform.
15.8.8.3 Height.
The height of the transfer platform shall comply with 15.8.7.2.
15.8.8.4 Transfer Steps.
Transfer step height shall be 8 inches (205 mm) maximum. Transfer steps shall
extend to a water depth of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum below the stationary
water level (see Fig. 80).
NOTE:
Figure 80 shows in elevation transfer system steps that are
8 inches high maximum that extend to a water depth of 18 inches minimum below
the stationary water level.
15.8.8.5 Surface.
The surface of the transfer system shall not be sharp and shall have rounded
edges.
15.8.8.6 Size. Each
transfer step shall have a tread clear depth of 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and
17 inches (430 mm) maximum and shall have a tread clear width of 24 inches (610
mm) minimum (see Fig. 81).
NOTE:
Figure 81 illustrates in plan view a transfer system with
each step having a tread clear depth of 14 inches minimum and 17 inches maximum
and a tread clear width of 24 inches minimum.
15.8.8.7 Grab Bars.
At least one grab bar on each transfer step and the transfer platform, or a
continuous grab bar serving each transfer step and the transfer platform, shall
be provided. Where provided, the top of the gripping surface shall be 4 inches
(100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above each step and transfer
platform. Where a continuous grab bar is provided, the top of the gripping
surface shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above
the step nosing and transfer platform. Grab bars shall comply with 4.26 and be
located on at least one side of the transfer system. The grab bar located at
the transfer platform shall not obstruct transfer (see Fig. 82).
NOTE:
Figure 82 shows in elevation grab bars at transfer systems.
Figure (a) shows the top of the gripping surface to be 4 inches minimum and 6
inches maximum above each step and transfer platform. Figure (b) shows a
continuous grab bar with the top of the gripping surface 4 inches minimum and 6
inches maximum above the step nosing and transfer platform.
15.8.9
Pool Stairs. Pool stairs shall comply with 15.8.9.
15.8.9.1 Pool Stairs.
Pool stairs shall comply with 4.9, except as modified below.
15.8.9.2 Handrails.
The width between handrails shall be 20 inches (510 mm) minimum and 24 inches
(610 mm) maximum. Handrail extensions required by 4.9.4 shall not be required
at the bottom landing serving a pool stair.
15.8.10 Water Play Components.
Where water play components are provided, the provisions of 15.6 and 4.3 shall
apply, except as modified or otherwise provided in this section.
EXCEPTION
1: Where the surface of the accessible route, clear floor or
ground spaces and maneuvering spaces connecting play components is submerged,
the provisions of 15.6 and 4.3 for cross slope, running slope, and
surface shall not apply.
EXCEPTION
2: Transfer systems complying with 15.6.5 shall be permitted
to be used in lieu of ramps to connect elevated play components.